Owner's Manual and Maintenance

2021 ROGUE OWNER’S MANUAL and MAINTENANCE INFORMATION

For your safety, read carefully and keep in this vehicle. CALIFORNIA PROPOSITION 65 WARNING Foreword

This manual was prepared to help you READ FIRST — THEN DRIVE SAFELY WARNING understand the operation and mainte- Before driving your vehicle, read your nance of your vehicle so that you may Owner’s Manual carefully. This will ensure enjoy many miles of driving pleasure. familiarity with controls and maintenance Operating, servicing and main- Please read through this manual before requirements, assisting you in the safe taining a passenger vehicle or operating your vehicle. operation of your vehicle. off-highway motor vehicle can A separate Warranty Information Book- let explains details about the warranties expose you to chemicals in- covering your vehicle. Additionally, a WARNING cluding engine exhaust, carbon separate Customer Care/Lemon Law monoxide, phthalates, and Booklet (U.S. only) will explain how to IMPORTANT SAFETY INFORMATION resolve any concerns you may have REMINDERS! lead, which are known to the with your vehicle, as well as clarify your Follow these important driving rules State of California to cause rights under your state’s lemon law. to help ensure a safe and comforta- cancer and birth defects or In addition to factory installed options, ble trip for you and your passengers! your vehicle may also be equipped with other reproductive harm. To . NEVER drive under the influence additional accessories installed by NISSAN of alcohol or drugs. or by your NISSAN dealer prior to delivery. minimize exposure, avoid . It is important that you familiarize your- ALWAYS observe posted speed breathing exhaust, do not idle self with all disclosures, warnings, cau- limits and never drive too fast the engine except as neces- tions and instructions concerning proper for conditions. sary, service your vehicle in a use of such accessories prior to operating . ALWAYS give your full attention to the vehicle and/or accessory. It is recom- driving and avoid using vehicle well-ventilated area and wear mended you see a NISSAN dealer for features or taking other actions gloves or wash your hands details concerning the particular acces- that could distract you. frequently when servicing your sories with which your vehicle is . ALWAYS use your seat belts and equipped. appropriate child restraint sys- vehicle. For more information Your NISSAN dealer knows your vehicle tems. Pre-teen children should go to www.P65Warnings.ca. best. When you require any service or be seated in the rear seat. gov/passenger-vehicle. have any questions, we will be glad to . ALWAYS provide information assist you with the extensive resources about the proper use of vehicle available to us. safety features to all occupants MODIFICATION OF YOUR VEHI- WHEN READING THE MANUAL of the vehicle. CLE This manual includes information for all . ALWAYS review this Owner’s Man- features and equipment available on ual for important safety informa- This vehicle should not be modified. this model. Features and equipment in tion. Modification could affect its perfor- your vehicle may vary depending on mance, safety or durability, and may model, trim level, options selected, or- even violate governmental regula- der, date of production, region or avail- On-pavement and off-road tions. In addition, damage or perfor- ability. Therefore, you may find driving mance problems resulting from information about features or equip- modification may not be covered un- ment that are not included or installed This vehicle will handle and maneuver der NISSAN warranties. on your vehicle. differently from an ordinary passenger car because it has a higher center of All information, specifications and illustra- gravity. As with other vehicles with tions in this manual are those in effect at features of this type, failure to operate WARNING the time of printing. NISSAN reserves the this vehicle correctly may result in loss right to change specifications, perfor- of control or an accident. Be sure to Installing an aftermarket On-Board mance, design or component suppliers read “Avoiding collision and rollover” Diagnostic (OBD) plug-in device that without notice and without obligation. and “Driving safety precautions” in the uses the port during normal driving, From time to time, NISSAN may update “5. Starting and driving” section of this for example remote insurance com- or revise this manual to provide Owners manual. pany monitoring, remote vehicle di- with the most accurate information cur- agnostics, telematics or engine rently available. Please carefully read and reprogramming, may cause interfer- retain with this manual all revision up- ence or damage to vehicle systems. dates sent to you by NISSAN to ensure We do not recommend or endorse you have access to accurate and up-to- the use of any aftermarket OBD date information regarding your vehicle. plug-in devices, unless specifically Current versions of vehicle Owner’s Man- approved by NISSAN. The vehicle uals and any updates can also be found in warranty may not cover damage the Owner section of the NISSAN website caused by any aftermarket plug-in at https://owners.nissanusa.com/now- device. ners/navigation/manualsGuide. If you have questions concerning any information in your Owner’s Manual, contact NISSAN Consumer Affairs. See the NISSAN those above call attention to an item in CUSTOMER CARE PROGRAM page in this the illustration. Owner’s Manual for contact information. CALIFORNIA PERCHLORATE ADVI- IMPORTANT INFORMATION ABOUT SORY THIS MANUAL Some vehicle parts, such as lithium You will see various symbols in this batteries, may contain perchlorate ma- manual. They are used in the following terial. The following advisory is pro- ways: vided: “Perchlorate Material - special handling may apply, see www.dtsc.ca. WARNING gov/hazardouswaste/perchlorate.”

This is used to indicate the presence of a hazard that could cause death or SIC0697 serious personal injury. To avoid or reduce the risk, the procedures must If you see the symbol above, it means “Do be followed precisely. not do this” or “Do not let this happen”.

CAUTION If you see a symbol similar to those above in an illustration, it means the arrow This is used to indicate the presence points to the front of the vehicle. of a hazard that could cause minor or moderate personal injury or da- © 2020 NISSAN MOTOR CO., LTD. mage to your vehicle. To avoid or Arrows in an illustration that are similar to All rights reserved. No part of this Owner’s reduce the risk, the procedures must those above indicate movement or ac- Manual may be reproduced or stored in a be followed carefully. tion. retrieval system, or transmitted in any form, or by any means, electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording or otherwise, without the prior written per- Arrows in an illustration that are similar to mission of Nissan Motor Co., Ltd. NISSAN CUSTOMER CARE PROGRAM

NISSAN CARES ... Both NISSAN and your NISSAN dealer are dedicated to serving all your automotive needs. Your satisfaction with your vehicle and your NISSAN dealer are our primary concerns. Your NISSAN dealer is always available to assist you with all your automobile sales and service needs. However, if there is something that your You can write to NISSAN with the infor- If you prefer, visit us at: NISSAN dealer cannot assist you with or mation at: www.nissanusa.com (for U.S. customers) you would like to provide NISSAN directly For U.S. customers or with comments or questions, please con- Nissan North America, Inc. www.nissan.ca (for Canadian customers) tact the NISSAN Consumer Affairs Depart- Consumer Affairs Department ment using our toll-free number: P.O. Box 685003 We appreciate your interest in NISSAN For U.S. customers Franklin, TN 37068-5003 and thank you for buying a quality NISSAN 1-800-NISSAN-1 or via e-mail at: vehicle. (1-800-647-7261) nnaconsumeraffairs@nissan-usa. For Canadian customers com 1-800-387-0122 For Canadian customers The Consumer Affairs Department will Nissan Canada Inc. ask for the following information: 5290 Orbitor Drive Mississauga, Ontario L4W 4Z5 . Your name, address, and telephone or via e-mail at: number . information.centre@nissancana- Vehicle identification number (at- da.com tached to the top of the instrument panel on the driver’s side) . Date of purchase . Current odometer reading . Your NISSAN dealer’s name . Your comments or questions OR

Table of Illustrated table of contents 0 Contents Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 Instruments and controls 2

Pre-driving checks and adjustments 3 Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio and phone systems 4 Starting and driving 5

In case of emergency 6

Appearance and care 7

Do-it-yourself 8

Maintenance and schedules 9

Technical and consumer information 10

Index 11

0 Illustrated table of contents

Seats, seat belts and Supplemental Restraint Meters and gauges ...... 0-8 System (SRS)...... 0-2 Models with analog meter and Exterior front ...... 0-3 color display ...... 0-8 Exterior rear ...... 0-4 Models with full-screen display...... 0-9 Passenger compartment ...... 0-5 Engine compartment ...... 0-10 Cockpit ...... 0-6 PR25DD engine model...... 0-10 Instrument panel ...... 0-7 KR15DDT engine model ...... 0-11 Warning and indicator lights ...... 0-12 SEATS, SEAT BELTS AND SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)

10. Driver and front passenger supplemental knee air bags (P.1-47) 11. Front seats (P.1-4) 12. Front seat-mounted side-impact supplemental air bags* (P.1-47) 13. Seat belt pretensioners (P.1-66) 14. Rear seats (P.1-7) — Child restraints (P.1-24) 15. LATCH (Lower Anchors and Tethers for CHildren) system (for rear seats) (P.1-26) 16. Child restraint anchor points (for top tether strap) (P.1-43) *: if so equipped

WAA0168X

1. Supplemental front-impact air bags 5. Seat belts (P.1-14) (P.1-47) 6. Head restraints/headrests (P.1-10) 2. Front passenger air bag status light 7. Roof-mounted curtain side-impact and (P.1-55) rollover supplemental air bags (P.1-47) 3. Occupant classification sensors (weight 8. Rear armrest (P.1-9) sensors) (P.1-47) 9. Rear outboard seat-mounted side-impact 4. Front central seat-mounted side-impact supplemental air bags (P.1-47) supplemental air bag* (P.1-47) 0-2 Illustrated table of contents EXTERIOR FRONT

11. Sonar sensors (side)* — Sonar system (P.5-162) 12. Tires — Wheels and tires (P.8-31, P.10-10) — Spare tire (P.6-3) — Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) (P.2-18, P.5-6) 13. Outside mirrors (P.3-35) 14. Side view camera* (P.4-9) 15. Doors — Keys (P.3-3) — Door locks (P.3-5) — Intelligent Key system (P.3-7) — Security system (P.2-52) — Remote engine start* (P.3-19) *: if so equipped

WAA0169X

1. Hood (P.3-22) 5. Power windows (P.2-82) 2. Windshield wiper and washer 6. Side turn signal light* (P.2-64) — Switch operation (P.2-54) 7. Sonar sensors (center and corner)* — Window washer fluid (P.8-13) — Sonar system (P.5-162) 3. Front camera* (P.2-61, P.5-44, P.5-47, 8. Front view camera* (P.4-9) P.5-52, P.5-66, P.5-85, P.5-122) 9. Fog lights* (P.2-64) 4. Moonroof* (P.2-85) 10. Headlights and turn signal lights (P.2-57)

Illustrated table of contents 0-3 EXTERIOR REAR

9. Rear combination light (P.8-28) 10. Sonar sensors (side)* — Rear Automatic Braking (RAB) (P.5-143) — Sonar system (P.5-162) 11. Fuel-filler door (P.3-29) — Fuel information (P.10-5) 12. Child safety rear door locks (P.3-7) *: if so equipped

WAA0170X

1. Rear window defroster (P.2-57) 6. Sonar sensors (center and corner) 2. Rear window wiper and washer — Sonar system* (P.5-162) — Switch operation (P.2-55) — Rear Sonar System (RSS)* (P.5-168) — Window washer fluid (P.8-13) — Rear Automatic Braking (RAB) (P.5-143) 3. High-mounted stop light (P.8-28) 7. Liftgate (P.3-23) 4. Antenna (P.4-38) — Intelligent Key system* (P.3-7) 5. Roof rack* (P.2-81) 8. Rear view camera* (P.4-2, P.4-9)

0-4 Illustrated table of contents PASSENGER COMPARTMENT

13. Outside mirror control switch (driver’s side) (P.3-35) 14. Power door lock switches (P.3-6) 15. Memory seat switches (driver’s side)* (P.3-37) 16. Lower console tray (P.2-78) 17. Front cup holders (P.2-73) 18. Console box (P.2-78) — Power outlet (P.2-68) — USB (Universal Serial Bus) charging connector* (P.2-69) — Heated rear seat switches* (P.2-65) — Rear temperature control* (P.4-36) 19. Cargo area — Power outlet (P. 2-68) — Adjustable luggage floor* (P.2-75) — Single luggage board* (P.2-75) — Luggage hooks (P.2-80) — Cargo cover* (P.2-80) — Spare tire (P.6-5) *: if so equipped **: Refer to the separate NissanConnect® WAA0171X Owner’s Manual (if so equipped).

1. Inside mirror (P.3-33) 7. Room light* (P.2-88) 2. Sunglasses holder (P.2-78) 8. Rear personal lights* (P.2-89) 3. Map lights (P.2-88) 9. Coat hooks (P.2-79) — Microphone** 10. Rear cup holders (P.2-73) 4. Moonroof switch* (P.2-85) 11. Cargo light (P.2-89) 5. Emergency Call (SOS) button* (P.2-72) 12. Power window switch (P.2-82) 6. Sun visors (P.3-32)

Illustrated table of contents 0-5 COCKPIT

side) — Cruise control switches* (P.5-83) — ProPILOT Assist switch* (P.5-85, P.5-52, P.5-66) — Bluetooth® Hands-Free Phone System switches** — Voice Recognition system switch** — Siri® Eyes Free** 9. Hazard indicator flasher switch (P.6-2) 10. Shift lever — Continuously Variable Transmission (CVT) (P.5-19) 11. Instrument brightness control (P.2-11) 12. Power liftgate switch* (P.3-23) 13. Push-button ignition switch (P.5-14) 14. Parking brake switch (P.5-25) 15. Automatic brake hold switch (P.5-28) 16. Drive Mode Selector (P.5-31) *: if so equipped **: See the separate NissanConnect® Own- er’s Manual (if so equipped).

WAA0172X

1. Steering Assist switch* (models with Pro- — Audio control** PILOT Assist) (P.2-67, P.5-85) — Vehicle information display control 2. Head Up Display (HUD) switch* (P.2-49) (P.2-23) 3. Headlight and turn signal switch (P.2-57)/ 6. Steering wheel (P.3-31) Fog light switch* (P.2-64) — Horn (P.2-65) 4. Paddle shifters (P.5-23) 7. Wiper and washer switch (P.2-54) 5. Steering-wheel-mounted controls (left 8. Steering-wheel-mounted controls (right side) 0-6 Illustrated table of contents INSTRUMENT PANEL

9. Tilt and telescopic steering lock lever (P.3-31) 10. Driver supplemental front-impact air bag (P.1-47) 11. Driver supplemental knee air bag (P.1-47) 12. Heater and air conditioner control (P.4-26) — Defroster switch (P.2-57) — Heated seat switches* (P.2-65) — Heated steering wheel switch* (P.2-65) 13. USB (Universal Serial Bus) connection ports** 14. Wireless charger* (P.2-70) 15. Power outlet (P.2-68) 16. Front passenger supplemental knee air bag (P.1-47) 17. Glove box (P.2-77) *: if so equipped **: See the separate NissanConnect® Own- er’s Manual (if so equipped).

WAA0173X

1. Side ventilator (P.4-25) (P.4-9) 2. Meters and gauges (P.2-5)/Clock (P.2-48) — Bluetooth® Hands-Free Phone Sys- 3. Head Up Display (HUD)* (P.2-49) tem** 4. Center ventilator (P.4-25) 6. Front passenger supplemental air bag 5. Audio system** or navigation system** (P.1-47) — RearView Monitor* (P.4-2) 7. Hood release handle (P.3-22) — Intelligent Around View® Monitor* 8. Fuse box cover (P.8-24)

Illustrated table of contents 0-7 METERS AND GAUGES

WAA0046X MODELS WITH ANALOG METER AND 4. Speedometer (P.2-8) COLOR DISPLAY 5. Engine coolant temperature gauge (P.2-9) 1. Tachometer (P.2-9) 6. Fuel gauge (P.2-10) 2. Warning and indicator lights (P.2-13) 3. Vehicle information display (P.2-22) — Odometer (P.2-8)

0-8 Illustrated table of contents WAA0167X 1. Tachometer (P.2-9) MODELS WITH FULL-SCREEN DIS- 2. Vehicle information display (P.2-22) PLAY — Odometer (P.2-8) The view of the meter screen can be 3. Warning and indicator lights (P.2-13) changed. (See “Changing the meter 4. Speedometer (P.2-8) screen view (models with full-screen dis- 5. Engine coolant temperature gauge (P.2-9) play)” (P.2-23).) 6. Fuel gauge (P.2-10)

Illustrated table of contents 0-9 ENGINE COMPARTMENT

WAA0302X PR25DD ENGINE MODEL 7. Window washer fluid reservoir (P.8-13) 1. Engine coolant reservoir (P.8-6) 8. Drive belt (P.8-17) 2. Engine oil filler cap (P.8-8) 9. Air cleaner (P.8-19) 3. Engine oil dipstick (P.8-8) 4. Brake fluid reservoir (P.8-12) 5. Battery (P.8-15) 6. Fuse/fusible link box (P.8-22) 0-10 Illustrated table of contents WAA0301X KR15DDT ENGINE MODEL 7. Intercooler coolant reservoir (P.8-6) 1. Engine coolant reservoir (P.8-6) 8. Window washer fluid reservoir (P.8-13) 2. Engine oil dipstick (P.8-8) 9. Drive belt (P.8-17) 3. Engine oil filler cap (P.8-8) 10. Air cleaner (P.8-19) 4. Brake fluid reservoir (P.8-12) 5. Battery (P.8-15) 6. Fuse/fusible link box (P.8-22)

Illustrated table of contents 0-11 WARNING AND INDICATOR LIGHTS

Yellow Other Red light Name Page Name Page Name Page light light Automatic brake hold indi- 2-14 2-21 Brake warning light Anti-lock Braking System 2-17 cator light (white) (ABS) warning light Automatic brake hold indi- 2-21 cator light (green) Charge warning light 2-15 Automatic Emergency Braking (AEB) system OFF 2-17 Exterior light indicator 2-21 Electric shift control system 2-15 warning light warning light Front fog light indicator 2-21 Electric power steering 2-17 light (if so equipped) Electronic parking brake warning light 2-15 High beam assist indicator 2-21 warning light Electronic parking brake 2-18 light system warning light Engine oil pressure warning High beam indicator light 2-21 2-15 Low tire pressure warning 2-18 light light Turn signal/hazard indica- 2-21 Hands OFF warning light (if 2-16 Malfunction Indicator Light 2-19 tor lights so equipped) (MIL) Master warning light 2-16 Master warning light 2-20

Seat belt warning light 2-16 Rear Automatic Braking (RAB) system OFF warning 2-20 Supplemental air bag 2-16 light warning light Slip indicator light 2-20

Vehicle Dynamic Control 2-20 (VDC) off indicator light

0-12 Illustrated table of contents 1 Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system

Seats ...... 1-3 Child restraints ...... 1-24 Front seats ...... 1-4 Precautions on child restraints ...... 1-24 Rear seats ...... 1-7 Lower Anchors and Tethers for CHildren Armrest ...... 1-9 (LATCH) system ...... 1-26 Head restraints/headrests ...... 1-10 Rear-facing child restraint installation Adjustable head using LATCH ...... 1-31 restraint/headrest components ...... 1-11 Rear-facing child restraint installation Non-adjustable head using the seat belts...... 1-33 restraint/headrest components ...... 1-11 Forward-facing child restraint installation Remove ...... 1-11 using LATCH ...... 1-36 Install...... 1-12 Forward-facing child restraint installation using the seat belts...... 1-39 Adjust...... 1-12 Booster seats...... 1-44 Seat belts ...... 1-14 Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) ...... 1-47 Precautions on seat belt usage ...... 1-14 Precautions on SRS ...... 1-47 Seat belt warning light and chime ...... 1-16 NISSAN Advanced Air Bag System Pregnant women ...... 1-17 (front seats) ...... 1-53 Injured persons ...... 1-17 Driver and front passenger supplemental Three-point type seat belt with retractor ...... 1-17 knee air bag...... 1-62 Seat belt extenders ...... 1-20 Front, front central, rear outboard Seat belt maintenance ...... 1-21 seat-mounted side-impact supplemental Child safety ...... 1-21 air bag and roof-mounted curtain Infants ...... 1-22 side-impact and rollover supplemental air Small children ...... 1-22 bag systems ...... 1-64 Larger children ...... 1-22 Seat belts with pretensioners (front and rear outboard seats) ...... 1-66 Supplemental air bag warning labels ...... 1-67 Repair and replacement procedure ...... 1-68 Supplemental air bag warning light ...... 1-67 SEATS

. To help avoid risk of injury or death through unintended operation of the vehicle and/or its systems, do not leave children, people who require the assistance of others or pets unattended in your vehicle. Additionally, the temperature inside a closed vehicle on a warm day can quickly become high enough to cause a significant risk of injury or death to people and pets. . Do not adjust the driver’s seat SSS0133 while driving so full attention may be given to vehicle operation. The well back and upright in the seat seat may move suddenly and WARNING with both feet on the floor and could cause loss of control of adjust the seat properly. See the vehicle. . Do not ride in a moving vehicle “Precautions on seat belt usage” . The seatback should not be re- when the seatback is reclined. (P.1-14). clined any more than needed for This can be dangerous. The . After adjustment, gently rock in comfort. Seat belts are most ef- shoulder belt will not be against the seat to make sure it is se- fective when the passenger sits your body. In an accident, you curely locked. well back and straight up in the could be thrown into it and re- . seat. If the seatback is reclined, ceive neck or other serious inju- Do not leave children unattended the risk of sliding under the lap ries. You could also slide under inside the vehicle. They could belt and being injured is in- the lap belt and receive serious unknowingly activate switches creased. internal injuries. or controls. Unattended children could become involved in serious . For the most effective protection accidents. when the vehicle is in motion, the seat should be upright. Always sit Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-3 CAUTION

When adjusting the seat positions, be sure not to contact any moving parts to avoid possible injuries and/ or damage.

FRONT SEATS Your vehicle seats can be adjusted in manual or power operation. For additional information about adjusting the seats, refer to the steps outlined in this section. JVR0332X Front manual seat adjustment different sizes to help obtain the proper seat belt fit. (See “Seat belts” (P.1-14).) Forward and backward: The seatback may be reclined to allow 1. Pull up the adjusting lever . occupants to rest when the vehicle is 2. Slide the seat to the desired position. parked. 3. Release the adjusting lever to lock the seat in position. Reclining: 1. Pull up the adjusting lever . 2. Tilt the seatback to the desired position. 3. Release the adjusting lever to lock the seatback in position. The reclining feature allows the adjustment of the seatback for occupants of 1-4 Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system See “Memory seat” (P.3-37) for the seat position memory function (if so equipped).

JVR0333X

Seat lifter (if so equipped): Pull up or push down the adjusting lever to adjust the seat height until the desired position is achieved. Front power seat adjustment Operating tips: . The power seat motor has an auto- reset overload protection circuit. If the motor stops during the seat adjustment, wait 30 seconds, then reacti- vate the switch. . To avoid discharge of the battery, do not operate the power seats for a long period of time when the engine is not running. Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-5 WAB0160X WAB0062X

Forward and backward: Seat lifter (if so equipped): Move forward or backward the adjusting Move the switch as shown to adjust the switch to the desired position. angle of the front portion or height of the seat. Reclining: Move forward or backward the adjusting switch to the desired position. The reclining feature allows the adjustment of the seatback for occupants of different sizes to help obtain the proper seat belt fit. (See “Seat belts” (P.1-14).) The seatback may be reclined to allow occupants to rest when the vehicle is parked.

1-6 Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system Folding Before folding the rear seats . Secure the outer seat belt on the seat belt hook. (See “Seat belt hook” (P.1- 20).) . If the rear seat is equipped with the head restraints/headrests, slide the front seat forward to make enough room behind the seat so that the rear seatback can be folded flat. . Remove drink containers from the rear cup holder.

WAB0063X WAB0126X

Lumbar support (if so equipped) REAR SEATS The lumbar support feature provides low- Reclining (if so equipped) er back support to the driver. 1. Pull up the lever . Push the switch as shown to adjust the 2. Tilt the seatback backward. It is re- seat lumbar area until the desired posi- clined slightly. tion is achieved. 3. Release the lever to lock the seatback NOTE: in position. The motor of the lumbar support will continue to run while the switch is pushed even after full travel in both directions is achieved.

Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-7 when they are in the fold-down position. In a collision, people riding in these areas without proper restraints are more likely to be seriously injured or killed. . Do not allow people to ride in any area of your vehicle that is not equipped with seats and seat belts. Be sure everyone in your vehicle is in a seat and using a seat belt properly. . Do not allow more than one person to use the same seat belt. WAB0126X WAB0132X . Do not fold down the rear seats when occupants are in the rear . To fold down the seatback Pull the lever (if so equipped) seat area or any luggage is on the . Pull up the lever and fold the seat- located on the side of the luggage rear seats. area. back flat. — Make sure that the seat path To return the seatback is clear before moving the To return the seatback to a seating seat. position, raise the seatback until it latches in place. — Be careful not to allow hands or feet to get caught or When returning the seatback, make sure pinched in the seat. that the seat belts are not interfering with the seatback latch mechanism. . Head restraints/headrests should be adjusted properly as they may provide significant protection WARNING against injury in an accident. Al- ways replace and adjust them . Never allow anyone to ride in the properly if they have been re- cargo area or on the rear seats moved for any reason.

1-8 Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system . If the head restraints/headrests your body. In an accident, you are removed for any reason, they could be thrown into it and re- should be securely stored to pre- ceive neck or other serious inju- vent them from causing injury to ries. You could also slide under passengers or damage to the the lap belt and receive serious vehicle in case of sudden braking internal injuries. or an accident. . For the most effective protection . When returning the seatbacks to when the vehicle is in motion, the the upright position, be certain seat should be upright. Always sit they are completely secured in well back and upright in the seat the latched position. If they are with both feet on the floor and not completely secured, passen- adjust the seat belt properly. (See gers may be injured in an acci- “Precautions on seat belt usage” dent or sudden stop. (P.1-14).) JVR0327X . Properly secure all cargo to help Rear seats prevent it from sliding or shifting. Do not place cargo higher than ARMREST the seatbacks. In a sudden stop Pull the armrest down as shown. or collision, unsecured cargo could cause personal injury.

WARNING

. After adjustment, gently rock in the seat to make sure it is securely locked. . Do not ride in a moving vehicle when the seatback is reclined. This can be dangerous. The shoulder belt will not be against Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-9 HEAD RESTRAINTS/HEADRESTS

position. WARNING . The non-adjustable head restraints/ headrests have a single locking notch Head restraint/headrest supplement to secure them to the seat frame. the other vehicle safety systems. . Proper Adjustment: They may provide additional protec- — For the adjustable type, align the tion against injury in certain rear end head restraint/headrest so the collisions. Adjustable head re- center of your ear is approximately straints/headrests must be adjusted level with the center of the head properly, as specified in this section. restraint/headrest. Check the adjustment after someone — If your ear position is still higher else uses the seat. Do not attach than the recommended alignment, anything to the head restraint/head- place the head restraint/headrest rest stalks or remove the head re- at the highest position. JVR0530X straint/headrest. Do not use the seat . If the head restraint/headrest has if the head restraint/headrest has The illustration shows the seating posi- been removed, ensure that it is re- been removed. If the head restraint/ tions equipped with head restraint/head- installed and locked in place before headrest was removed, reinstall and rest. riding in that designated seating posi- properly adjust the head restraint/ tion. headrest before an occupant uses Indicates the seating position is the seating position. Failure to follow equipped with a head restraint. these instructions can reduce the Indicates the seating position is effectiveness of the head restraint/ equipped with a headrest. headrest. This may increase the risk + Indicates the seating position is not of serious injury or death in a colli- equipped with a head restraint or head- sion. rest. . Your vehicle is equipped with a head restraint/headrest that may be integrated, adjustable or non-adjustable. . Adjustable head restraints/headrests have multiple notches along the stalk to lock them in a desired adjustment 1-10 Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system SSS0992 JVR0203X SSS1037 ADJUSTABLE HEAD RESTRAINT/ NON-ADJUSTABLE HEAD RE- REMOVE HEADREST COMPONENTS STRAINT/HEADREST COMPONENTS Use the following procedure to remove 1. Removable head restraint/headrest 1. Removable head restraint/headrest the head restraint/headrest. 2. Multiple notches 2. Single notch 1. Pull the head restraint/headrest up to the highest position. 3. Lock knob 3. Lock knob 2. Push and hold the lock knob. 4. Stalks 4. Stalks 3. Remove the head restraint/headrest from the seat. 4. Store the head restraint/headrest properly in a secure place so it is not loose in the vehicle. 5. Reinstall and properly adjust the head restraint/headrest before an occupant uses the seating position.

Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-11 SSS1038 SSS0997 JVR0259X INSTALL ADJUST For non-adjustable head restraint/ 1. Align the head restraint/headrest For adjustable head restraint/headrest headrest stalks with the holes in the seat. Make Adjust the head restraint/headrest so the Make sure the head restraint/headrest is sure that the head restraint/headrest center is level with the center of your ears. positioned so the lock knob is engaged in is facing the correct direction. The If your ear position is still higher than the the notch before riding in that designated stalk with the adjustment notch recommended alignment, place the head seating position. must be installed in the hole with the restraint/headrest at the highest posi- lock knob . tion. 2. Push and hold the lock knob and push the head restraint/headrest down. 3. Properly adjust the head restraint/ headrest before an occupant uses the seating position.

1-12 Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system SSS0993 SSS0994

Raise Lower To raise the head restraint/headrest, pull To lower, push and hold the lock knob it up. and push the head restraint/headrest Make sure the head restraint/headrest is down. positioned so the lock knob is engaged in Make sure the head restraint/headrest is the notch before riding in that designated positioned so the lock knob is engaged in seating position. the notch before riding in that designated seating position.

Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-13 SEAT BELTS

PRECAUTIONS ON SEAT BELT USAGE If you are wearing your seat belt properly adjusted, and you are sitting upright and well back in your seat with both feet on the floor, your chances of being injured or killed in an accident and/or the severity of injury may be greatly reduced. NISSAN strongly encourages you and all of your passengers to buckle up every time you drive, even if your seating position includes a supplemental air bag. Most U.S. states and Canadian provinces or territories specify that seat SSS0136 belts be worn at all times when a vehicle is being driven.

SSS0134

1-14 Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system . Be sure the seat belt tongue is WARNING securely fastened to the proper buckle. . Every person who drives or rides . Do not wear the seat belt inside in this vehicle should use a seat out or twisted. Doing so may belt at all times. Children should reduce its effectiveness. be properly restrained in the rear . seat and, if appropriate, in a child Do not allow more than one restraint. person to use the same seat belt. . . The seat belt should be properly Never carry more people in the adjusted to a snug fit. Failure to vehicle than there are seat belts. do so may reduce the effective- . If the seat belt warning light ness of the entire restraint sys- glows continuously while the tem and increase the chance or ignition is turned ON with all SSS0016 severity of injury in an accident. doors closed and all seat belts Serious injury or death can occur fastened, it may indicate a mal- if the seat belt is not worn prop- function in the system. Have the erly. system checked. It is recom- . Always route the shoulder belt mended you visit a NISSAN dealer over your shoulder and across for this service. your chest. Never put the belt . No changes should be made to behind your back, under your the seat belt system. For exam- arm or across your neck. The belt ple, do not modify the seat belt, should be away from your face add material, or install devices and neck, but not falling off your that may change the seat belt shoulder. routing or tension. Doing so may . Position the lap belt as low and affect the operation of the seat snug as possible AROUND THE belt system. Modifying or tam- HIPS, NOT THE WAIST. A lap belt pering with the seat belt system SSS0014 worn too high could increase the may result in serious personal risk of internal injuries in an injury. accident. Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-15 . Once a seat belt pretensioner has ignition switch is placed in the ON activated, it cannot be reused and position. must be replaced together with . The front passenger’s seat belt is not the retractor. It is recommended fastened and objects or external force you visit a NISSAN dealer for this on the passenger seat change the service. seat belt reminder classification to “occupied”. . All seat belt assemblies, including retractors and attaching hard- The seat belt warning light will flash ware, should be inspected after under the conditions shown above until any collision. It is recommended the necessary seat belt is securely fas- you visit a NISSAN dealer for this tened. service. NISSAN recommends that A warning chime will sound for approxi- all seat belt assemblies in use mately 95 seconds or until one of the during a collision be replaced following conditions is met: JVR0575X unless the collision was minor . The unbuckled front passenger’s seat and the belts show no damage SEAT BELT WARNING LIGHT AND belt is securely fastened. and continue to operate properly. CHIME . The seat belt reminder function in the Seat belt assemblies not in use front passenger seat no longer de- The driver and front passenger seats are during a collision should also be tects that the front passenger seat is equipped with an enhanced seat belt inspected and replaced if either occupied. reminder function. If your vehicle is damage or improper operation is . noted. equipped with an enhanced seat belt The ignition switch is turned off. . reminder function, a visual and audible The below situations could result in the All child restraints and attaching seat belt warning light being illuminated hardware should be inspected alert will operate if a driver or front passenger seat belt is unbuckled at and the chime sounding, even with no after any collision. Always follow occupant present in the passenger seat: the restraint manufacturer’s in- speeds of approximately 10 MPH (15 . spection instructions and repla- km/h) or more under the following con- Heavy objects placed on the seat. cement recommendations. The ditions: . Someone pushing or pulling on the child restraints should be re- . If the driver seat belt is not fastened. front passenger seat. placed if they are damaged. . The front passenger’s seat belt is not . An object placed under the front fastened and the seat is occupied by a passenger seat. passenger for 7 seconds after the 1-16 Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system . An object placed between the seat THREE-POINT TYPE SEAT BELT becomes wrapped around a cushion and center console or be- WITH RETRACTOR child’s neck with the ALR mode tween the seat cushion and the door. activated, the child can be ser- . An object hanging on the seat or iously injured or killed if the seat placed in the seatback pocket. WARNING belt retracts and becomes tight. . A child restraint or other object press- This can occur even if the vehicle ing against the rear of the seatback. . Every person who drives or rides is parked. Unbuckle the seat belt The rear seats may be equipped with a in this vehicle should use a seat to release the child. If the seat seat belt warning in the vehicle informa- belt at all times. Children should belt can not be unbuckled or is tion display. (See “11. Rear seat belt warn- be in the rear seats and in an already unbuckled, release the ing” (P.2-35).) appropriate restraint. child by cutting the seat belt with PREGNANT WOMEN . Do not ride in a moving vehicle a suitable tool (such as a knife or when the seatback is reclined. scissors) to release the seat belt. NISSAN recommends that pregnant wo- This can be dangerous. The men use seat belts. The seat belt should shoulder belt will not be against Fastening the seat belts be worn snug, and always position the lap your body. In an accident, you belt as low as possible around the hips, could be thrown into it and re- 1. Adjust the seat. (See “Seats” (P.1-3).) not the waist. Place the shoulder belt over ceive neck or other serious inju- your shoulder and across your chest. ries. You could also slide under Never put the lap/shoulder belt over your the lap belt and receive serious abdominal area. Contact your doctor for internal injuries. specific recommendations. . For the most effective protection INJURED PERSONS when the vehicle is in motion, the NISSAN recommends that injured persons seat should be upright. Always sit use seat belts, depending on the injury. well back and upright in the seat Check with your doctor for specific re- with both feet on the floor and commendations. adjust the seat belt properly. . Do not allow children to play with the seat belts. Most seating positions are equipped with Auto- matic Locking Retractor (ALR) mode seat belts. If the seat belt Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-17 The ELR locks the seat belt when the vehicle slows down rapidly or during certain impacts. The Automatic Locking Retractor (ALR) mode (child restraint mode) locks the seat belt for child restraint installation. When ALR mode is activated the seat belt cannot be extended again until the seat belt tongue is detached from the buckle and fully retracted. The seat belt returns to the ELR mode after the seat belt fully retracts. For additional information, see “Child restraints” (P.1-24).

JVR0572X JVR0573X The ALR mode should be used only for child restraint installation. During nor- 2. Slowly pull the seat belt out of the 3. Position the lap belt portion low and mal seat belt use by an occupant, the retractor and insert the tongue into snug on the hips as shown. ALR mode should not be activated. If it the buckle until you hear and feel 4. Pull the shoulder belt portion toward is activated, it may cause uncomforta- the latch engage. the retractor to take up extra slack . ble seat belt tension. It can also change . The retractor is designed to lock Be sure the shoulder belt is routed the operation of the front passenger air during a sudden stop or on im- over your shoulder and across your bag. pact. A slow pulling motion per- chest. mits the belt to move and allows The three-point seat belts in the front you some freedom of movement WARNING passenger seat and the rear seating in the seat. positions have two modes of operation: . If the seat belt cannot be pulled When fastening the seat belts, be . from its fully retracted position, Emergency Locking Retractor (ELR) certain that seatbacks are comple- firmly pull the belt and release it. . Automatic Locking Retractor (ALR) tely secured in the latched position. Then smoothly pull the belt out of The Emergency Locking Retractor (ELR) If they are not completely secured, the retractor. mode allows the seat belt to extend and passengers may be injured in an retract to allow the driver and passengers accident or sudden stop. some freedom of movement in the seat. 1-18 Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system . Grasp the shoulder belt and pull forward quickly. The retractor should lock and restrict further belt movement. If the retractor does not lock during this check, get the system checked. It is recommended you visit a NISSAN dealer for this service, or to learn more about seat belt operation.

JVR0574X SSS0351A

Unfastening the seat belts Shoulder belt height adjustment To unfasten the seat belt, push the (for front seats) button on the buckle . The seat belt The shoulder belt anchor height should automatically retracts. be adjusted to the position best for you. (See “Precautions on seat belt usage” (P.1- Checking seat belt operation 14).) Seat belt retractors are designed to lock To adjust, pull the adjustment button , seat belt movement by two separate and then move the shoulder belt anchor methods: to the desired position , so that the belt . When the belt is pulled quickly from passes over the center of the shoulder. the retractor. The belt should be away from your face . When the vehicle slows down rapidly. and neck, but not falling off of your To increase your confidence in the seat shoulder. Release the adjustment button belts, check the operation as follows: to lock the shoulder belt anchor into position. The range of height adjustment of the Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-19 shoulder belt may vary depending on the SEAT BELT EXTENDERS model. If, because of body size or driving position, it is not possible to properly fit the lap/ WARNING shoulder belt and fasten it, an extender that is compatible with the installed seat belts is available that can be purchased. . After adjustment, release the ad- The extender adds approximately 8 in justment button and try to move (200 mm) of length and may be used for the shoulder belt anchor up and either the driver or front passenger seat- down to make sure it is securely ing position. It is recommended you visit a fixed in position. NISSAN dealer for assistance with pur- . The shoulder belt anchor height chasing an extender if an extender is should be adjusted to the posi- required. tion best for you. Failure to do so may reduce the effectiveness of WAB0084X the entire restraint system and WARNING increase the chance or severity of Seat belt hook injury in an accident. When the seat belt is not in use and when . It is recommended that only folding down the rear seats, hook the rear NISSAN seat belt extenders, made outer seat belts on the seat belt hooks. by the same company which made the original equipment seat belts, be used with NISSAN seat WARNING belts. . Adults and children who can use Before folding up the rear seats, the standard seat belt should not ensure the seat belts are not ob- use an extender. Such unneces- structing the rear seatback latches sary use could result in serious to avoid damage to the seat belt personal injury in the event of an webbing. accident. . Never use seat belt extenders to install child restraints. If the child restraint is not secured properly, 1-20 Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system CHILD SAFETY

the child could be seriously in- There are three basic types of child jured or killed in a collision or a WARNING restraint systems: sudden stop. . Rear-facing child restraint Do not allow children to play with the . Forward-facing child restraint SEAT BELT MAINTENANCE seat belts. Most seating positions are . Booster seat . To clean the seat belt webbing, apply equipped with Automatic Locking The proper restraint depends on the a mild soap solution or any solution Retractor (ALR) mode seat belts. If child’s size. Generally, infants up to about recommended for cleaning upholstery the seat belt becomes wrapped 1 year and less than 20 lbs (9 kg) should or carpets. Then wipe with a cloth and around a child’s neck with the ALR be placed in rear-facing child restraints. allow the seat belts to dry in the mode activated, the child can be Forward-facing child restraints are avail- shade. Do not allow the seat belts to seriously injured or killed if the seat able for children who outgrow rear-facing retract until they are completely dry. belt retracts and becomes tight. This child restraints and are at least 1 year old. can occur even if the vehicle is . If dirt builds up in the shoulder belt Booster seats are used to help position a parked. Unbuckle the seat belt to guide of the seat belt anchors, the vehicle lap/shoulder belt on a child who release the child. If the seat belt can seat belts may retract slowly. Wipe the can no longer use a forward-facing child not be unbuckled or is already un- shoulder belt guide with a clean, dry restraint. buckled, release the child by cutting cloth. the seat belt with a suitable tool . Periodically check to see that the (such as a knife or scissors) to WARNING seat belt and the metal components, release the seat belt. such as buckles, tongues, retractors, Infants and children need special flexible wires and anchors, work prop- protection. The vehicle’s seat belts erly. If loose parts, deterioration, cuts Children need adults to help protect may not fit them properly. The or other damage on the webbing is them. shoulder belt may come too close found, the entire seat belt assembly They need to be properly restrained. to the face or neck. The lap belt may should be replaced. In addition to the general information in not fit over their small hip bones. In this manual, child safety information is an accident, an improperly fitting available from many other sources, in- seat belt could cause serious or fatal cluding doctors, teachers, government injury. Always use appropriate child traffic safety offices, and community or- restraints. ganizations. Every child is different, so be sure to learn the best way to transport your child. All U.S. states and Canadian provinces or Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-21 territories require the use of approved SMALL CHILDREN obtain proper seat belt fit. For a seat belt child restraints for infants and small Children that are over 1 year old and to fit properly, the booster seat should children. See “Child restraints” (P.1-24). weigh at least 20 lbs (9 kg) should remain raise the child so that the shoulder belt is A child restraint may be secured in the in a rear-facing child restraint as long as properly positioned across the chest and vehicle by using either the LATCH (Lower possible up to the height or weight limit the top, middle portion of the shoulder. Anchors and Tethers for CHildren) system of the child restraint. Children who out- The shoulder belt should not cross the or with the vehicle seat belt. See “Child grow the height or weight limit of the neck or face and should not fall off the shoulder. The lap belt should lie snugly restraints” (P.1-24) for more information. rear-facing child restraint and are at least 1 year old should be secured in a forward- across the lower hips or upper thighs, not NISSAN recommends that all pre-teens the abdomen. and children be restrained in the rear facing child restraint with a harness. Refer seat. Studies show that children are to the manufacturer’s instructions for A booster seat can only be used in safer when properly restrained in the minimum and maximum weight and seating positions that have a three-point rear seat than in the front seat. height recommendations. NISSAN recom- type seat belt. The booster seat should fit mends that small children be placed in the vehicle seat and have a label certify- This is especially important because child restraints that comply with Federal ing that it complies with Federal Motor your vehicle has a supplemental re- Motor Vehicle Safety Standards or Cana- Vehicle Safety Standards or Canadian straint system (Air bag system) for the dian Motor Vehicle Safety Standards. You Motor Vehicle Safety Standards. front passenger. See “Supplemental Restraint System (SRS)” (P.1-47). should choose a child restraint that fits A booster seat should be used until the your vehicle and always follow the man- child can pass the seat belt fit test below: INFANTS ufacturer’s instructions for installation . Are the child’s back and hips against and use. Infants up to at least 1 year old should be the vehicle seatback? placed in a rear-facing child restraint. LARGER CHILDREN . Is the child able to sit without slouch- NISSAN recommends that infants be Children should remain in a forward- ing? placed in child restraints that comply with facing child restraint with a harness until . Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standards Do the child’s knees bend easily over they reach the maximum height or or Canadian Motor Vehicle Safety Stan- the front edge of the seat with feet flat weight limit allowed by the child restraint dards. You should choose a child restraint on the floor? manufacturer. that fits your vehicle and always follow . Can the child safely wear the seat belt the manufacturer’s instructions for instal- Once a child outgrows the height or (lap belt low and snug across the hips lation and use. weight limit of the harness-equipped and shoulder belt across mid-chest forward-facing child restraint, NISSAN and shoulder)? recommends that the child be placed in a commercially available booster seat to 1-22 Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system . Is the child able to use the properly seriously injured or killed in a sudden adjusted head restraint/headrest? stop or collision. . Will the child be able to stay in position for the entire ride?

JVR0473X If you answered no to any of these questions, the child should remain in a booster seat using a three-point type seat belt. NOTE: Laws in some communities may follow different guidelines. Check local and state regulations to confirm your child is using the correct restraint system before traveling. WARNING

Never let a child stand or kneel on any seat and do not allow a child in the cargo area. The child could be Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-23 CHILD RESTRAINTS

PRECAUTIONS ON CHILD RE- seat than in the front seat. If STRAINTS you must install a forward- facing child restraint in the front seat, see “Forward-fa- WARNING cing child restraint installation using the seat belts” (P.1-39). . Failure to follow the warnings and instructions for proper use — Even with the NISSAN Ad- and installation of child restraints vanced Air Bag System, never could result in serious injury or install a rear-facing child re- death of a child or other passen- straint in the front seat. An gers in a sudden stop or collision: inflating air bag could seriously injure or kill a child. A — The child restraint must be rear-facing child restraint used and installed properly. SSS0099 must only be used in the rear Always follow all of the child seat. restraint manufacturer’s instructions for installation and — Be sure to purchase a child use. restraint that will fit the child and vehicle. Some child re- — Infants and children should straints may not fit properly never be held on anyone’s in your vehicle. lap. Even the strongest adult cannot resist the forces of a — Child restraint anchorages are collision. designed to withstand only those loads imposed by cor- — Do not put a seat belt around rectly fitted child restraints. both a child and another pas- Under no circumstances are senger. they to be used to attach — NISSAN recommends that all adult seat belts, or other child restraints be installed in items or equipment to the vehicle. Doing so could da- SSS0100 the rear seat. Studies show that children are safer when mage the child restraint an- properly restrained in the rear chorages. The child restraint 1-24 Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system . will not be properly installed Check the child restraint in your using the damaged ancho- CAUTION vehicle to be sure it is compatible with rage, and a child could be the vehicle’s seat and seat belt sys- seriously injured or killed in a A child restraint in a closed vehicle tem. . collision. can become very hot. Check the If the child restraint is compatible with your vehicle, place your child in the — Never use the anchor points seating surface and buckles before placing a child in the child restraint. child restraint and check the various for adult seat belts or har- adjustments to be sure the child nesses. restraint is compatible with your child. This vehicle is equipped with a universal — A child restraint with a top Choose a child restraint that is de- child restraint anchor system, referred to tether strap should not be signed for your child’s height and as the LATCH (Lower Anchors and used in the front passenger weight. Always follow all recom- Tethers for CHildren) system. Some child seat. mended procedures. restraints include rigid or webbing- . — Keep seatbacks as upright as mounted attachments that can be con- If the combined weight of the child possible after fitting the child nected to these anchors. and child restraint is less than 65 lbs restraint. (29.5 kg), you may use either the For details, see “Lower Anchors and LATCH anchors or the seat belt to — Infants and children should Tethers for CHildren (LATCH) system” install the child restraint (not both at always be placed in an appro- (P.1-26). the same time). priate child restraint while in If you do not have a LATCH compatible . If the combined weight of the child the vehicle. child restraint, the vehicle seat belts can and child restraint is greater than 65 . When the child restraint is not in be used. lbs (29.5 kg), use the vehicle’s seat belt use, keep it secured with the Several manufacturers offer child re- (not the lower anchors) to install the LATCH system or a seat belt. In a straints for infants and small children of child restraint. sudden stop or collision, loose various sizes. When selecting any child . Be sure to follow the child restraint objects can injure occupants or restraint, keep the following points in manufacturer’s instructions for instal- damage the vehicle. mind: lation. . Choose only a restraint with a label All U.S. states and Canadian provinces certifying that it complies with Federal or territories require that infants and Motor Vehicle Safety Standard 213 or small children be restrained in an ap- Canadian Motor Vehicle Safety Stan- proved child restraint at all times while dard 213. the vehicle is being operated. Canadian Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-25 law requires the top tether strap on restraint manufacturer’s instructions for forward-facing child restraints be se- installation. cured to the designated anchor point The LATCH anchor points can be used to on the vehicle. install child restraints in either of the rear outboard seating positions or in the center rear seating position. Please refer to the following section of this Owner’s Manual for specific information about installing a child restraint in the center rear seating position using the LATCH anchors.

CAUTION WAB0108X LATCH system anchor location Store the loose LATCH covers (for Lower Anchors and Tethers for example, in the console box) where they will not get damaged to avoid CHildren (LATCH) SYSTEM losing them. (See “Console box” (P.2- Your vehicle is equipped with special 78).) anchor points that are used with LATCH system compatible child restraints. This system may also be referred to as the LATCH lower anchor ISOFIX or ISOFIX compatible system. With this system, you do not have to use a vehicle seat belt to secure the child WARNING restraint unless the combined weight of the child and child restraint exceeds 65 Failure to follow the warnings and lbs (29.5 kg). If the combined weight of the instructions for proper use and in- child and child restraint is greater than 65 stallation of child restraints could lbs (29.5 kg), use the vehicle’s seat belt result in serious injury or death of a (not the lower anchors) to install the child child or other passengers in a sud- restraint. Be sure to follow the child den stop or collision: 1-26 Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system . Only attach LATCH system com- collision. patible child restraints to the Lower Anchors shown in the illustration. For additional informa- LATCH lower anchor location tion, refer to the following The LATCH lower anchor points are sections of this Owner’s Manual provided to install child restraints in the for installation guidance. rear seats. Do not attempt to install child . Attach LATCH system compatible restraints in the center and left out- child restraints only at the loca- board seating positions simultaneously tions shown in the illustration. using the LATCH lower anchors. . Inspect the lower anchors by inserting your fingers into the lower anchor area. Feel to make sure there are no obstructions over the anchors such as seat belt webbing or seat cushion material. The child restraint will not be secured properly if the lower anchors are obstructed. . Child restraint anchorages are designed to withstand only those loads imposed by correctly fitted child restraints. Under no circum- WAB0109X stances are they to be used to LATCH lower anchor cover removal attach adult seat belts, or other The LATCH lower anchor points are items or equipment to the vehi- located under covers labelled ISOFIX at cle. Doing so could damage the the bottom of the rear seat cushions. To child restraint anchorages. The access a LATCH lower anchor point, insert child restraint will not be properly your finger into the cover and pull the installed using the damaged an- cover off. chorage, and a child could be seriously injured or killed in a Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-27 CAUTION WARNING

Store the loose LATCH covers (for Never attach two CRS attachments example, in the console box) where to the same LATCH anchor. This may they will not get damaged to avoid overload the anchor in a collision, losing them. (See “Console box” (P.2- which could increase the risk of the 78).) occupant’s serious injury or death. When installing the CRS in the center rear seating position with the inboard LATCH anchors, be careful to ensure any occupant or CRS in the outboard seating positions is prop- WAB0117X erly restrained using the vehicle seat belt and there is no interference with the center CRS installation. If the LATCH in the center rear seating outboard occupants cannot be prop- position erly restrained, consider using the A 5th LATCH anchor can be found be- vehicle seat belt to restrain the CRS tween the outboard LATCH anchor pairs. in the center seating position, or It is specifically designed to be used moving the CRS to another position together with the inboard LATCH anchor instead. on the driver’s side, in order to install a When installing a CRS in the center CRS in the rear center seating position. seating position, use the seat back These anchors utilize standard LATCH recline feature to align the left and anchor spacing, of 11.02 in (280mm). right sides of the seat back, creating one evenly reclined surface. Never install a CRS in the center seating position when one part of the seat back is further reclined than the other. This may create an unstable surface on which to install the CRS. 1-28 Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system Failure to evenly recline the seat backs before CRS installation could increase the risk of the occupant’s serious injury or death. Remember to re-check that the CRS is properly installed any time the seats are reclined or adjusted.

WAB0118X SSS0643 OK LATCH webbing-mounted attachment Installing child restraint LATCH lower anchor attachments LATCH compatible child restraints include two rigid or webbing-mounted attachments that can be connected to two anchors located at certain seating positions in your vehicle. With this system, you do not have to use a vehicle seat belt to secure the child restraint. Check your child restraint for a label stating that it is compatible with LATCH. This information may also be in the instructions provided by the child restraint manufacturer.

WAB0119X NG (the seatback recline is not aligned) Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-29 collision. If the cargo cover (if so equipped) contacts the top tether strap when it is attached to the top tether anchor, remove the cargo cover from the vehicle. If the cargo cover is not removed, it may damage the top tether strap during a collision. Your child could be seriously injured or killed in a collision if the child restraint top tether strap is damaged.

SSS0644 WAB0110X LATCH rigid-mounted attachment When installing a child restraint, carefully Top tether anchor point locations read and follow the instructions in this manual and those supplied with the child restraint. WARNING Top tether anchor Child restraint anchorages are designed to withstand only those loads imposed by correctly fitted child WARNING restraints. Under no circumstances are they to be used to attach adult Properly secure cargo and do not seat belts, or other items or equip- allow it to contact the top tether ment to the vehicle. Doing so could strap when it is attached to the top damage the child restraint an- tether anchor. Cargo that is not chorages. The child restraint will not properly secured or cargo that con- be properly installed using the da- tacts the top tether strap may damaged anchorage, and a child could mage the top tether strap during a be seriously injured or killed in a 1-30 Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system collision. REAR-FACING CHILD RESTRAINT INSTALLATION USING LATCH Anchor points are located on the back For additional information, refer to all side of the seatbacks. Warnings and Cautions in the “Child If a child restraint has a top tether strap, it safety” and “Child restraints” sections must be used when installing with the before installing a child restraint. LATCH lower anchor attachments or seat Do not use the lower anchors if the belts as instructed by the child restraint combined weight of the child and the manufacturer. child restraint exceeds 65 lbs (29.5 kg). If If you have any questions when instal- the combined weight of the child and the ling a top tether strap child restraint on child restraint is greater than 65 lbs (29.5 the rear seat, it is recommended you kg), use the vehicle’s seat belt (not the visit a NISSAN dealer for this service. lower anchors) to install the child restraint. Be sure to follow the child re- SSS0648 straint manufacturer’s instructions for Rear-facing web-mounted — step 2 installation. 2. Secure the child restraint anchor at- Follow these steps to install a rear-facing tachments to the LATCH lower an- child restraint using the LATCH system: chors. Check to make sure the LATCH 1. Position the child restraint on the seat. attachment is properly attached to Always follow the child restraint man- the lower anchors. ufacturer’s instructions.

Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-31 SSS0649 SSS0639 SSS0650 Rear-facing rigid-mounted — step 2 Rear-facing — step 3 Rear-facing — step 4 3. For child restraints that are equipped 4. After attaching the child restraint, test with webbing-mounted attachments, it before you place the child in it. Push remove any additional slack from the it from side to side while holding the anchor attachments. Press downward child restraint near the LATCH attach- and rearward firmly in the center of ment path. The child restraint should the child restraint with your hand to not move more than 1 inch (25 mm), compress the vehicle seat cushion from side to side. Try to tug it forward and seatback while tightening the and check to see if the LATCH attach- webbing of the anchor attachments. ment holds the restraint in place. If the restraint is not secure, tighten the LATCH attachment as necessary, or put the restraint in another seat and test it again. You may need to try a different child restraint or try installing by using the vehicle seat belt (if applicable). Not all child restraints fit

1-32 Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system in all types of vehicles. REAR-FACING CHILD RESTRAINT Follow these steps to install a rear-facing 5. Check to make sure the child restraint INSTALLATION USING THE SEAT child restraint using the vehicle seat belts is properly secured prior to each use. If BELTS in the rear seats: the child restraint is loose, repeat steps 1 through 4. WARNING

The three-point seat belt with Auto- matic Locking Retractor (ALR) must be used when installing a child restraint. Failure to use the ALR mode will result in the child restraint not being properly secured. The restraint could tip over or be loose and cause injury to a child in a sudden stop or collision.

For additional information, refer to all Warnings and Cautions in the “Child safety” and “Child restraints” sections before installing a child restraint. Do not use the lower anchors if the combined weight of the child and the child restraint exceeds 65 lbs (29.5 kg). If the combined weight of the child and the child restraint is greater than 65 lbs (29.5 kg), use the vehicle’s seat belt (not the lower anchors) to install the child restraint. Be sure to follow the child restraint manufacturer’s instructions for installation.

Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-33 SSS0100 SSS0654 SSS0655 Rear-facing — step 1 Rear-facing — step 2 Rear-facing — step 3 1. Child restraints for infants must be 2. Route the seat belt tongue through 3. Pull the shoulder belt until the belt is used in the rear-facing direction and the child restraint and insert it into the fully extended. At this time, the seat therefore must not be used in the buckle until you hear and feel the belt retractor is in the Automatic front seat. Position the child restraint latch engage. Be sure to follow the Locking Retractor (ALR) mode (child on the seat. Always follow the re- child restraint manufacturer’s instruc- restraint mode). It reverts to the straint manufacturer’s instructions. tions for belt routing. Emergency Locking Retractor (ELR) mode when the seat belt is fully retracted.

1-34 Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system SSS0656 SSS0657 SSS0658 Rear-facing — step 4 Rear-facing — step 5 Rear-facing — step 6 4. Allow the seat belt to retract. Pull up 5. Remove any additional slack from the 6. After attaching the child restraint, test on the shoulder belt to remove any seat belt; press downward and rear- it before you place the child in it. Push slack in the belt. ward firmly in the center of the child it from side to side while holding the restraint to compress the vehicle seat child restraint near the seat belt path. cushion and seatback while pulling up The child restraint should not move on the seat belt. more than 1 inch (25 mm), from side to side. Try to tug it forward and check to see if the belt holds the restraint in place. If the restraint is not secure, tighten the seat belt as necessary, or put the restraint in another seat and test it again. You may need to try a different child restraint. Not all child restraints fit in all types of vehicles. 7. Check to make sure that the child restraint is properly secured prior to

Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-35 each use. If the seat belt is not locked, FORWARD-FACING CHILD RE- repeat steps 1 through 6. STRAINT INSTALLATION USING After the child restraint is removed and LATCH the seat belt fully retracted, the ALR mode For additional information, refer to all (child restraint mode) is canceled. Warnings and Cautions in the “Child safety” and “Child restraints” sections before installing a child restraint. Do not use the lower anchors if the combined weight of the child and the child restraint exceeds 65 lbs (29.5 kg). If the combined weight of the child and the child restraint is greater than 65 lbs (29.5 kg), use the vehicle’s seat belt (not the lower anchors) to install the child re- SSS0645 straint. Be sure to follow the child re- Forward-facing web-mounted — step 2 straint manufacturer’s instructions for 2. Secure the child restraint anchor at- installation. tachments to the LATCH lower an- Follow these steps to install a forward- chors. Check to make sure the LATCH facing child restraint using the LATCH attachment is properly attached to system: the lower anchors. 1. Position the child restraint on the seat. If the child restraint is equipped with a Always follow the child restraint man- top tether strap, route the top tether ufacturer’s instructions. strap and secure the tether strap to the tether anchor point. See “Installing top tether strap” (P.1-38). Do not install child restraints that require the use of a top tether strap in seating positions that do not have a top tether anchor.

1-36 Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system child restraint fit, try another seating position or a different child restraint.

SSS0646 SSS0647 Forward-facing rigid-mounted — step 2 Forward-facing — step 4 3. The back of the child restraint should 4. For child restraints that are equipped be secured against the vehicle seat- with webbing-mounted attachments, back. remove any additional slack from the If necessary, adjust or remove the anchor attachments. Press downward head restraint/headrest to obtain the and rearward firmly in the center of correct child restraint fit. If the head the child restraint with your knee to restraint/headrest is removed, store it compress the vehicle seat cushion in a secure place. Be sure to reinstall and seatback while tightening the the head restraint/headrest when webbing of the anchor attachments. the child restraint is removed. See 5. Tighten the tether strap according to “Head restraints/headrests” (P.1-10) for the manufacturer’s instructions to head restraint/headrest adjustment remove any slack. information. If the seating position does not have an adjustable head restraint/headrest and it is interfering with the proper Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-37 7. Check to make sure the child restraint is properly secured prior to each use. If the child restraint is loose, repeat steps 1 through 6.

SSS0638 WAB0110X Forward-facing — step 6 6. After attaching the child restraint, test Installing top tether strap it before you place the child in it. Push it from side to side while holding the child restraint near the LATCH attach- WARNING ment path. The child restraint should not move more than 1 inch (25 mm), . Child restraint anchorages are from side to side. Try to tug it forward designed to withstand only those and check to see if the LATCH attach- loads imposed by correctly fitted ment holds the restraint in place. If the child restraints. Under no circum- restraint is not secure, tighten the stances are they to be used to LATCH attachment as necessary, or attach adult seat belts, or other put the restraint in another seat and items or equipment to the vehi- test it again. You may need to try a cle. Doing so could damage the different child restraint. Not all child child restraint anchorages. The restraints fit in all types of vehicles. child restraint will not be properly installed using the damaged anchorage, and a child could be 1-38 Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system seriously injured or killed in a If you have any questions when instal- FORWARD-FACING CHILD RE- collision. ling a top tether strap, it is recom- STRAINT INSTALLATION USING THE mended that you visit a NISSAN dealer . Do not hook the top tether strap for this service. SEAT BELTS on the seatback carpet. Be sure to use the tether anchor point to secure the top tether strap. WARNING

The child restraint top tether strap must The three-point seat belt with Auto- be used when installing forward-facing matic Locking Retractor (ALR) must child restraint with the LATCH lower be used when installing a child re- anchor attachments. straint. Failure to use the ALR mode will result in the child restraint not First, secure the child restraint with the being properly secured. The restraint LATCH lower anchors. could tip over or be loose and cause 1. Remove the head restraint/headrest injury to a child in a sudden stop or and store it in a secure place. Be sure collision. Also, it can change the to reinstall the head restraint/head- operation of the front passenger air rest when the child restraint is re- bag. See “Front passenger air bag moved. and status light” (P.1-55). See “Head restraints/headrests” (P.1- 10) for head restraint/headrest adjust- For additional information, refer to all ment, removal and installation infor- Warnings and Cautions in the “Child mation. safety” and “Child restraints” sections 2. Position the top tether strap as before installing a child restraint. shown. Do not use the lower anchors if the 3. Secure the top tether strap to the combined weight of the child and the tether anchor point as shown. child restraint exceeds 65 lbs (29.5 kg). If the combined weight of the child and the 4. Refer to the appropriate child restraint child restraint is greater than 65 lbs (29.5 installation procedure steps in this kg), use the vehicle’s seat belt (not the section before tightening the tether lower anchors) to install the child re- strap. straint. Be sure to follow the child re- Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-39 straint manufacturer’s instructions for correct child restraint fit. If the head installation. restraint/headrest is removed, store it Follow these steps to install a forward- in a secure place. Be sure to reinstall facing child restraint using the vehicle the head restraint/headrest when seat belt in the rear seats or in the front the child restraint is removed. See passenger seat: “Head restraints/headrests” (P.1-10) for head restraint/headrest adjustment, removal and installation information. If the seating position does not have an adjustable head restraint/headrest and it is interfering with the proper child restraint fit, try another seating position or a different child restraint.

SSS0640 Forward-facing (front passenger seat) — step 1 1. If you must install a child restraint in the front seat, it should be placed in a forward-facing direction only. Move the seat to the rearmost position. Child restraints for infants must be used in the rear-facing direction and, therefore, must not be used in the front seat. 2. Position the child restraint on the seat. Always follow the child restraint manufacturer’s instructions. The back of the child restraint should be secured against the vehicle seatback. If necessary, adjust or remove the head restraint/headrest to obtain the 1-40 Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system SSS0360B SSS0651 SSS0652 Forward-facing — step 3 Forward-facing — step 4 Forward-facing — step 5 3. Route the seat belt tongue through 4. Pull the shoulder belt until the belt is 5. Allow the seat belt to retract. Pull up the child restraint and insert it into the fully extended. At this time, the seat on the shoulder belt to remove any buckle until you hear and feel the belt retractor is in the Automatic slack in the belt. latch engage. Be sure to follow the Locking Retractor (ALR) mode (child child restraint manufacturer’s instruc- restraint mode). It reverts to Emer- tions for belt routing. gency Locking Retractor (ELR) mode If the child restraint is equipped with a when the seat belt is fully retracted. top tether strap, route the top tether strap and secure the tether strap to the tether anchor point (rear seat installation only). See “Installing top tether strap” (P.1-43). Do not install child restraints that require the use of a top tether strap in seating positions that do not have a top tether anchor.

Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-41 the seat belt is not locked, repeat steps 2 through 8.

SSS0653 SSS0641 Forward-facing — step 6 Forward-facing — step 8 6. Remove any additional slack from the 8. After attaching the child restraint, test seat belt; press downward and rear- it before you place the child in it. Push ward firmly in the center of the child it from side to side while holding the restraint with your knee to compress child restraint near the seat belt path. the vehicle seat cushion and seatback The child restraint should not move while pulling up on the seat belt. more than 1 inch (25 mm), from side to 7. Tighten the tether strap according to side. Try to tug it forward and check to the manufacturer’s instructions to see if the belt holds the restraint in remove any slack. place. If the restraint is not secure, tighten the seat belt as necessary, or put the restraint in another seat and test it again. You may need to try a different child restraint. Not all child restraints fit in all types of vehicles. 9. Check to make sure the child restraint is properly secured prior to each use. If 1-42 Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system seriously injured or killed in a collision. . Do not hook the top tether strap on the seatback carpet. Be sure to use the tether anchor point to secure the top tether strap.

The child restraint top tether strap must be used when installing forward-facing child restraint with the seat belts. First, secure the child restraint with the seat belt. 1. Remove the head restraint/headrest JVR0192X WAB0110X and store it in a secure place. Be sure Forward-facing — step 10 to reinstall the head restraint/head- 10. If the child restraint is installed in the Installing top tether strap rest when the child restraint is re- front passenger seat, place the igni- moved. tion switch in the ON position. The WARNING See “Head restraints/headrests” (P.1- front passenger air bag status light 10) for head restraint/headrest adjust- should illuminate. If this light is not . ment, removal and installation infor- illuminated, see “Front passenger air Child restraint anchorages are mation. bag and status light” (P.1-55). Move designed to withstand only those 2. Position the top tether strap as the child restraint to another seating loads imposed by correctly fitted shown. position. Have the system checked. It child restraints. Under no circum- is recommended you visit a NISSAN stances are they to be used to 3. Secure the top tether strap to the dealer for this service. attach adult seat belts, or other tether anchor point as shown. items or equipment to the vehi- After the child restraint is removed and 4. Refer to the appropriate child restraint cle. Doing so could damage the the seat belt is fully retracted, the ALR installation procedure steps in this child restraint anchorages. The mode (child restraint mode) is canceled. section before tightening the tether child restraint will not be properly strap. installed using the damaged anchorage, and a child could be If you have any questions when instal- Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-43 ling a top tether strap, it is recom- Booster seats of various sizes are offered mended you visit a NISSAN dealer for by several manufacturers. When selecting this service. any booster seat, keep the following BOOSTER SEATS points in mind: . For additional information on installing a Choose only a booster seat with a booster seat in your vehicle, follow the label certifying that it complies with instructions outlined in this section. Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard 213 or Canadian Motor Vehicle Safety Precautions on booster seats Standard 213. . Check the booster seat in your vehicle to be sure it is compatible with the WARNING vehicle’s seat and seat belt system.

If a booster seat and seat belt are not used properly, the risk of a child LRS0453 being injured or killed in a sudden stop or collision greatly increases: . Make sure the shoulder portion of the belt is away from the child’s face and neck and the lap portion of the belt does not cross the stomach. . Make sure the shoulder belt is not behind the child or under the child’s arm. . A booster seat must only be installed in a seating position that has a lap/shoulder belt.

LRS0455

1-44 Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system . Make sure the child’s head will be Booster seat installation properly supported by the booster seat or vehicle seat. The seatback must be at or above the center of WARNING the child’s ears. For example, if a low back booster seat is chosen, the To avoid injury to child, do not use vehicle seatback must be at or above the lap/shoulder belt Automatic the center of the child’s ears. If the Locking Retractor (ALR) mode when seatback is lower than the center of using a booster seat with the seat the child’s ears, a high back booster belts. seat should be used. . If the booster seat is compatible with For additional information, refer to all your vehicle, place your child in the Warnings and Cautions in the “Child booster seat and check the various safety”, “Child restraints” and “Booster adjustments to be sure the booster LRS0464 seats” sections earlier in this section seat is compatible with your child. before installing a child restraint. Always follow all recommended pro- All U.S. states and Canadian provinces cedures. or territories require that infants and Follow these steps to install a booster small children be restrained in an ap- seat in the rear seat or in the front proved child restraint at all times while passenger seat: the vehicle is being operated. The instructions in this section apply to booster seat installation in the rear seats or the front passenger seat.

Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-45 seating position or a different booster seat. 4. Position the lap portion of the seat belt low and snug on the child’s hips. Be sure to follow the booster seat manufacturer’s instructions for adjusting the seat belt routing. 5. Pull the shoulder belt portion of the seat belt toward the retractor to take up extra slack. Be sure the shoulder belt is positioned across the top, middle portion of the child’s shoulder. Be sure to follow the booster seat manufacturer’s instructions for ad- SSS0640 LRS0454 justing the seat belt routing. Front passenger position 1. If you must install a booster seat in 6. Follow the warnings, cautions and the front seat, move the seat to the 3. The booster seat should be positioned instructions for properly fastening a rearmost position. on the vehicle seat so that it is stable. seat belt shown in “Seat belts” (P.1-14). 2. Position the booster seat on the seat. If necessary, adjust or remove the Only place it in a forward-facing head restraint/headrest to obtain the direction. Always follow the booster correct booster seat fit. If the head seat manufacturer’s instructions. restraint/headrest is removed, store it in a secure place. Be sure to reinstall the head restraint/headrest when the booster seat is removed. See “Head restraints/headrests” (P.1-10) for head restraint/headrest adjustment, removal and installation information. If the head restraint/headrest of the seating position is interfering with the proper booster seat fit, try another 1-46 Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)

PRECAUTIONS ON SRS Front seat-mounted side-impact supplemental air bag system:This system This SRS section contains important in- can help cushion the impact force to the formation concerning the following sys- chest and pelvic area of the driver and tems: front passenger in certain side impact . Driver and front passenger supple- collisions. The side air bag is designed to mental front-impact air bag (NISSAN inflate on the side where the vehicle is Advanced Air Bag System) impacted. . Driver and front passenger supple- Rear outboard seat-mounted side-im- mental knee air bag pact supplemental air bag system: This . Front seat-mounted side-impact sup- system can help cushion the impact force plemental air bag to the chest and pelvic area of the rear . Rear outboard seat-mounted side- outboard seat passengers in certain side- impact supplemental air bag impact collisions. The side air bags are JVR0192X . Front central seat-mounted side-im- designed to inflate on the side where the vehicle is impacted. 7. If the booster seat is installed in the pact supplemental air bag (if so front passenger seat, place the igni- equipped) Front central seat-mounted side-im- . tion switch in the ON position. The Roof-mounted curtain side-impact pact supplemental air bag (if so front passenger air bag status light and rollover supplemental air bag equipped): This system can help cushion may or may not illuminate de- . Seat belt with pretensioner (front and the impact force to the head area of the pending on the size of the child and rear outboard seats) driver and front passenger in certain side- the type of booster seat used. See Supplemental front-impact air bag sys- impact collisions. The front central side- “Front passenger air bag and status tem: The NISSAN Advanced Air Bag Sys- impact air bag is designed to inflate in the light” (P.1-55). tem can help cushion the impact force to front central area where the vehicle is the head and chest of the driver and front impacted. passenger in certain frontal collisions. Roof-mounted curtain side-impact and Driver and front passenger supplemen- rollover supplemental air bag system: tal knee air bag system: This system can This system can help cushion the impact help cushion the impact force to the force to the heads of occupants in front driver’s and front passenger’s knees in and rear outboard seating positions in certain collisions. certain side impact or rollover collisions. In a side-impact, the curtain air bags are Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-47 designed to inflate on the side where the vehicle is impacted. In a rollover, the curtain air bags on both sides are designed to inflate. Under both side-impact and rollover situations, the curtain air bags will remain inflated for a short period of time. These supplemental restraint systems are designed to supplement the crash protection provided by the driver, passenger and rear outboard seat belts and are not a substitute for them. Seat belts should always be correctly worn and the occupant seated a suitable distance away from the steering wheel, instrument pa- SSS0131 nel and door finishers. (See “Seat belts” (P.1-14) for instructions and precautions on seat belt usage.) The supplemental air bags operate only when the ignition switch is in the ON position. After the ignition is placed in the ON position, the supplemental air bag warning light illuminates. The supplemental air bag warning light will turn off after about 7 seconds if the systems are operational.

SSS0132

1-48 Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system against the seatback and as far- increase the risk that they are WARNING away as practical from the steer- injured if the front air bag in- ing wheel or instrument panel. flates. . The front air bags ordinarily will Always properly use the seat not inflate in the event of a side belts. impact, rear impact, rollover, or . The driver and front passenger lower severity frontal collision. seat belt buckles are equipped Always wear your seat belts to with sensors that detect if the help reduce the risk or severity of seat belts are fastened. The Ad- injury in various kinds of acci- vanced Air Bag System monitors dents. the severity of a collision and seat . The front passenger air bag and belt usage then inflates the air passenger knee air bag will not bags as needed. Failure to prop- inflate if the front passenger air erly wear seat belts can increase bag status light is lit. See “Front the risk or severity of injury in an passenger air bag and status accident. light” (P.1-55). . The front passenger seat is . The seat belts and the front air equipped with occupant classifi- bags are most effective when you cation sensors (weight sensors) are sitting well back and upright that turn the front passenger air in the seat with both feet on the bag and front passenger knee air floor. The front air bags inflate bag OFF under some conditions. with great force. Even with the These sensors are only used in NISSAN Advanced Air Bag System, this seat. Failure to be properly if you are unrestrained, leaning seated and wearing the seat belt forward, sitting sideways or out can increase the risk or severity of position in any way, you are at of injury in an accident. See greater risk of injury or death in a “Front passenger air bag and crash. You may also receive ser- status light” (P.1-55). ious or fatal injuries from the . Keep hands on the outside of the front air bag if you are up against steering wheel. Placing them in- it when it inflates. Always sit back side the steering wheel rim could Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-49 SSS0007 SSS0008 SSS0099

SSS0006 SSS0009 SSS0100

1-50 Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system WARNING

. Never let children ride unrestrained or extend their hands or face out of the window. Do not attempt to hold them in your lap or arms. Some examples of dangerous riding positions are shown in the illustrations. . Children may be severely injured or killed when the front air bags, side air bags or curtain air bags inflate if they are not properly restrained. Pre-teens and chil- SSS0059A SSS0140 dren should be properly re- Do not lean against doors or windows. strained in the rear seat, if possible. . Even with the NISSAN Advanced Air Bag System, never install a rear-facing child restraint in the front seat. An inflating front air bag could seriously injure or kill your child. See “Child restraints” (P.1-24) for details.

SSS0162 SSS0188A

Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-51 . The curtain air bags ordinarily will properly restrained. Some exam- not inflate in the event of a front ples of dangerous riding posi- impact, rear impact, or lower tions are shown in the severity side collision. Always illustrations. wear your seat belts to help . Do not use seat covers on the reduce the risk or severity of front and rear seatbacks. They injury in various kinds of acci- may interfere with side air bag dents. inflation. . The seat belts, the side air bags and curtain air bags are most effective when you are sitting well back and upright in the seat. The side air bags and curtain air bags inflate with great force. Do SSS0159 not allow anyone to place their hand, leg or face near the side air bags on the side of the seatback WARNING of the front and rear seat or near the side roof rails. Do not allow Front, front central and rear out- anyone sitting in the front seats board seat-mounted side-impact or rear outboard seats to extend supplemental air bags and roof- their hand out of the window or mounted curtain side-impact and lean against the door. Some ex- rollover supplemental air bags: amples of dangerous riding posi- . The side air bags ordinarily will tions are shown in the previous not inflate in the event of a illustrations. frontal impact, rear impact, roll- . When sitting in the rear seat, do over or lower severity side colli- not hold onto the seatback of the sion. Always wear your seat belts front seat. If the side air bags to help reduce the risk or severity inflate, you may be seriously in- of injury in various kinds of acci- jured. Be especially careful with dents. children, who should always be 1-52 Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 10. Front door pressure sensors (driver’s side shown; front passenger side similar) 11. Lap outer pretensioners (front seats) 12. Seat belt with pretensioners (front seats) 13. Front central seat-mounted side-impact supplemental air bag (if so equipped) 14. Satellite sensors (driver’s side shown; front passenger side similar) 15. Rear outboard seat-mounted side-impact supplemental air bag modules 16. Seat belt with pretensioners (rear outboard seats) NISSAN ADVANCED AIR BAG SYS- TEM (front seats)

WARNING

To ensure proper operation of the passenger’s Advanced Air Bag system, please observe the following items. . WAB0079X Do not allow a passenger in the rear seat to push or pull on the 1. Supplemental front-impact air bag mod- mental air bag modules seatback pocket. ules (NISSAN Advanced Air Bags) 6. Roof-mounted curtain side-impact and . Do not place heavy loads heavier 2. Occupant classification system control rollover supplemental air bag inflators than 9.1 lbs (4 kg) on the seat- unit 7. Roof-mounted curtain side-impact and back, head restraint or in the 3. Air bag Control Unit (ACU) rollover supplemental air bag modules seatback pocket. 4. Occupant classification sensors (weight 8. Crash zone sensor . Make sure nothing is pressing sensors) 9. Driver and front passenger supplemental against the rear of the seatback, 5. Front seat-mounted side-impact supple- knee air bags Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-53 such as a child restraint installed contact the instrument panel, the tion, cautions and warnings in this in the rear seat or an object system may determine the seat is manual apply and must be followed. stored on the floor. occupied and the passenger air The driver supplemental front-impact air . Make sure that there is no object bag and front passenger knee air bag is located in the center of the placed under the front passenger bag may deploy in a collision. steering wheel. The passenger supple- seat. Also the front passenger air bag mental front-impact air bag is mounted in the instrument panel above the glove . status light may not illuminate. Make sure that there is no object See “Child restraints” (P.1-24) for box. The front air bags are designed to placed between the seat cushion information about installing and inflate in higher severity frontal collisions, and center console or between using child restraints. although they may inflate if the forces in the seat cushion and the door. . another type of collision are similar to . Confirm the operating condition Be sure that the front passenger with the front passenger air bag those of a higher severity frontal impact. seat does not contact the rear status light. They may not inflate in certain frontal seat, instrument panel, etc., or the collisions. Vehicle damage (or lack of it) is . head restraint does not contact If you notice that the front pas- not always an indication of proper front the roof. senger air bag status light is not air bag operation. . operating as described in this Do not position the front passen- section, it is recommended you The NISSAN Advanced Air Bag System has ger seat so it contacts the rear visit a NISSAN dealer to check the dual stage air bag inflators. The system seat. If the front seat does con- passenger seat Advanced Air Bag monitors information from the Air bag tact the rear seat, the air bag System. Control Unit (ACU), seat belt buckle sen- system may determine a sensor sors and the occupant classification sen- . malfunction has occurred and the Until you have confirmed with sors (weight sensors). Inflator operation is front passenger air bag status your dealer that your passenger based on the severity of a collision and light may illuminate and the sup- seat Advanced Air Bag is working seat belt usage for the driver. For the plemental air bag warning light properly, position the occupants front passenger, the occupant classifica- may flash. in the rear seating positions. tion sensors are also monitored. Based on . If a forward facing child restraint information from the sensors, only one is installed in the front passenger This vehicle is equipped with the NISSAN front air bag may inflate in a crash, seat, do not position the front Advanced Air Bag System for the driver depending on the crash severity and passenger seat so the child re- and front passenger seats. This system is whether the front occupants are belted straint contacts the instrument designed to meet certification require- or unbelted. Additionally, the front pas- panel. If the child restraint does ments under U.S. regulations. It is also senger air bag and front passenger knee permitted in Canada. All of the informa- 1-54 Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system air bag may be automatically turned OFF flating front air bag may cause facial under some conditions, depending on the abrasions or other injuries. Front air bags, information provided by the occupant other than the driver’s and front passen- classification sensors. If the front passenger’s knee air bags, do not provide ger air bag and front passenger knee air restraint to the lower body. bag are OFF, the front passenger air bag Even with NISSAN Advanced Air Bags, seat status light will be illuminated. (See “Front belts should be correctly worn and the passenger air bag and status light” (P.1- driver and passenger seated upright as 55) for further details.) One front air bag far as practical away from the steering inflating does not indicate improper per- wheel or instrument panel. The front air formance of the system. bags inflate quickly in order to help If you have any questions about your air protect the front occupants. Because of bag system, it is recommended you visit a this, the force of the front air bag inflating NISSAN dealer to obtain information can increase the risk of injury if the about the system. If you are considering occupant is too close to, or is against, JVR0192X modification of your vehicle due to a the air bag module during inflation. Front passenger air bag status light disability, you may also contact NISSAN. The front air bags deflate quickly after a Front passenger air bag and status Contact information is contained in the collision. front of this Owner’s Manual. light The front air bags operate only when When a front air bag inflates, a fairly loud the ignition switch is in the ON position. noise may be heard, followed by release WARNING of smoke. This smoke is not harmful and After the ignition is placed in the ON position, the supplemental air bag does not indicate a fire. Care should be The front passenger air bag and taken not to inhale it, as it may cause warning light illuminates. The supplemental air bag warning light will turn front passenger knee air bag are irritation and choking. Those with a designed to automatically turn OFF history of a breathing condition should off after about 7 seconds if the system is operational. under some conditions. Read this get fresh air promptly. section carefully to learn how it Front air bags, along with the use of seat operates. Proper use of the seat, belts, help to cushion the impact force on seat belt and child restraints is ne- the head and chest of the front occu- cessary for most effective protec- pants. They can help save lives and tion. Failure to follow all reduce serious injuries. However, an in- instructions in this manual concern- Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-55 ing the use of seats, seat belts and child restraints can increase the risk or severity of injury in an accident.

Status light: The front passenger seat is equipped with occupant classification sensors (weight sensors) that turn the front passenger air bag and front passenger knee air bag on or off depending on the weight applied to the front passenger seat. The status of the front passenger air bag and front passenger knee air bag (ON or OFF) is indicated by the front passenger air bag status light which is located on the map light. After the ignition switch is placed in the ON position, the front passenger air bag status light illuminates for about 7 seconds and then turns off or remains illuminated depending on the front passenger seat occupied status. The light operates as follows:

1-56 Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system FRONT PASSENGER AIR BAG AND PASSENGER AIR BAG CONDITION DESCRIPTION FRONT PASSENGER KNEE AIR BAG INDICATOR LIGHT ( ) STATUS Empty Empty front passenger seat ON (illuminated) INHIBITED Bag or Child or Child Restraint or Nobody/Somebody ON (illuminated) INHIBITED Small Adult in front passenger seat Adult Adult in the front passenger seat OFF (dark) ACTIVATED

Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-57 In addition to the above, certain objects Air Bag System is designed to turn the senger knee air bag OFF for specified placed on the front passenger seat may passenger air bag OFF in accordance child restraints as required by the regula- also cause the light to operate as de- with the regulations. Also, if a child tions. Failing to properly secure child scribed above depending on their weight. restraint of the type specified in the restraints and to use the Automatic Lock- For additional information related to the regulations is on the seat, its weight and ing Retractor (ALR) mode (child restraint normal operation and troubleshooting of the child’s weight can be detected and mode) may allow the restraint to tip or this occupant classification sensor sys- cause the air bag to turn OFF. move in an accident or sudden stop. This tem, please refer to “Normal operation” Front passenger seat adult occupants can also result in the passenger air bag (P.1-59) and “Troubleshooting” (P.1-60) in who are properly seated and using the and front passenger knee air bag inflating this section. seat belt as outlined in this manual in a crash instead of being OFF. (See should not cause the passenger air bag “Child restraints” (P.1-24) for proper use Front passenger air bag: and front passenger knee air bag to be and installation.) The front passenger air bag is designed automatically turned OFF. For small If the front passenger seat is not occu- to automatically turn OFF when the adults it may be turned OFF, however, if pied, the passenger air bag and front vehicle is operated under some condi- the occupant takes his/her weight off the passenger knee air bag are designed not tions as described below as permitted by seat cushion (for example, by not sitting to inflate in a crash. However, heavy U.S. regulations. If the front passenger air upright, by sitting on an edge of the seat, objects placed on the seat could result bag is OFF, it will not inflate in a crash. The or by otherwise being out of position), this in air bag inflation, because of the object’s driver air bag and other air bags in your could cause the sensors to turn the air weight detected by the occupant classi- vehicle are not part of this system. bag OFF. Always be sure to be seated and fication sensors. Other conditions could The purpose of the regulation is to help wearing the seat belt properly for the also result in air bag inflation, such as if a reduce the risk of injury or death from an most effective protection by the seat belt child is standing on the seat, or if two inflating air bag to certain front passen- and supplemental air bag. children are on the seat, contrary to the ger seat occupants, such as children, by NISSAN recommends that pre-teens and instructions in this manual. Always be requiring the air bag to be automatically children be properly restrained in a rear sure that you and all vehicle occupants turned OFF. Certain sensors are used to seat. NISSAN also recommends that ap- are seated and restrained properly. meet the requirements. propriate child restraints and booster Using the front passenger air bag status The occupant classification sensor in this seats be properly installed in a rear seat. light, you can monitor when the front vehicle is a weight sensor. It is designed to If this is not possible, the occupant passenger air bag and front passenger detect an occupant and objects on the classification sensors are designed to knee air bag are automatically turned seat by weight. For example, if a child is in operate as described above to turn the OFF. the front passenger seat, the Advanced front passenger air bag and front pas- If an adult occupant is in the seat but the 1-58 Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system front passenger air bag status light is tion the occupant or child restraint in a . Make sure that the front passenger illuminated (indicating that the front pas- rear seat. seat or seatback is not forced back senger air bag and front passenger knee The NISSAN Advanced Air Bag System against an object on the seat or floor air bag are OFF), it could be that the and front passenger air bag status light behind it. person is a small adult, or is not sitting on will take a few seconds to register a . Make sure that there is no object the seat properly. change in the passenger seat status. This placed under the front passenger If a child restraint must be used in the is normal system operation and does not seat. front seat, the front passenger air bag indicate a malfunction. . Make sure that the front passenger status light may or may not be illumi- If a malfunction occurs in the front seat head restraint does not contact nated, depending on the size of the child passenger air bag system, the supple- the roof when adjusting the front and the type of child restraint being used. mental air bag warning light , located passenger seat. If the front passenger air bag status light in the meters and gauges area, will Steps: is not illuminated (indicating that the air illuminated (blinking or steadily lit). Have 1. Adjust the seat as outlined. (See bag might inflate in a crash), it could be the system checked. It is recommended “Seats” (P.1-3).) Sit upright, leaning that the child restraint or seat belt is not you visit a NISSAN dealer for this service. being used properly. Make sure that the against the seatback, and centered child restraint is installed properly, the Normal operation: on the seat cushion with your feet seat belt is used properly and the occu- In order for the occupant classification comfortably extended to the floor. pant is positioned properly. If the front sensor system to classify the front pas- 2. Make sure there are no objects on passenger air bag status light is not senger based on weight, please follow the your lap. illuminated, reposition the occupant or precautions and steps outlined below: 3. Fasten the seat belt as outlined. (See child restraint in a rear seat. Precautions: “Seat belts” (P.1-14).) Front passenger If the front passenger air bag status light seat belt buckle status is monitored . Make sure that there are no objects will not illuminate even though you be- by the occupant classification system, weighing over 9.1 lbs (4 kg) hanging on lieve that the child restraint, the seat belts and is used as an input to determine the seat or placed in the seatback and the occupant are properly positioned, occupancy status. So, it is highly it is recommended that you take your pocket. . recommended that the front passen- vehicle to a NISSAN dealer. A NISSAN Make sure that a child restraint or ger fasten their seat belt. dealer can check the system status by other object is not pressing against the rear of the seatback. 4. Remain in this position for 30 seconds using a special tool. However, until you allowing the system to classify the . Make sure that a rear passenger is not have confirmed with your dealer that front passenger before the vehicle is pushing or pulling on the back of the your air bag is working properly, reposi- put into motion. front passenger seat. Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-59 5. Ensure proper classification by check- . Occupant is not sitting upright, lean- mended you visit a NISSAN dealer for this ing the front passenger air bag status ing against the seatback, and cen- service. light. tered on the seat cushion with his/her 2. If the light is OFF with a small adult, child NOTE: feet comfortably extended to the or child restraint occupying the front floor. passenger seat. This vehicle’s occupant classification . A child restraint or other object press- This may be due to the following condi- sensor system generally keeps the tions that may be interfering with the classification locked during driving, so ing against the rear of the seatback. . weight sensors: it is important that you confirm that the A rear passenger pushing or pulling . Small adult or child is not sitting front passenger is properly classified on the back of the front passenger upright, leaning against the seatback, prior to driving. However, the occupant seat. and centered on the seat cushion with classification sensor system may recal- . Forcing the front seat or seatback his/her feet comfortably extended to culate the weight of the occupant under against an object on the seat or floor behind it. the floor. some conditions (both while driving and . when stopped), so the front passenger . An object placed under the front The child restraint is not properly seat occupant should continue to re- passenger seat. installed, as outlined. (See “Child remain seated as outlined above. . straints” (P.1-24).) An object placed between the seat . Troubleshooting: cushion and center console or be- An object weighing over 9.1 lbs (4 kg) tween the seat cushion and the door. hanging on the seat or placed in the If you think the front passenger air bag seatback pocket. status light is incorrect: If the vehicle is moving, please come to a . stop when it is safe to do so. Check and A child restraint or other object press- 1. If the light is ON with an adult occupying ing against the rear of the seatback. the front passenger seat: correct any of the above conditions. . A rear passenger pushing or pulling . Restart the vehicle and wait 1 minute. Occupant is a small adult — the front on the back of the front passenger NOTE: passenger air bag status light is func- seat. tioning as intended. The front passen- A system check will be performed dur- . Forcing the front seat or seatback ger air bag and front passenger knee ing which the front passenger air bag against an object on the seat or floor air bag are suppressed. status light will remain lit for about 7 behind it. However, if the occupant is not a small seconds initially. . An object placed under the front adult, then this may be due to the If the light is still ON after this, the person passenger seat. following conditions that may be interfer- should be advised not to ride in the front . ing with the weight sensors: An object placed between the seat passenger seat and the vehicle should be cushion and center console. checked as soon as possible. It is recom- 1-60 Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system . The front passenger seat head replace any objects between any bag system. This is to prevent straint contacting the roof. occupant and the steering wheel accidental inflation of the supple- If the vehicle is moving, please come to a or instrument panel. Such objects mental air bag or damage to the stop when it is safe to do so. Check and may become dangerous projec- supplemental air bag system. correct any of the above conditions. tiles and cause injury if the front . Do not make unauthorized Restart the vehicle and wait 1 minute. air bags inflate. changes to your vehicle’s electri- NOTE: . Do not place objects with sharp cal system, suspension system or A system check will be performed dur- edges on the seat. Also, do not front end structure. This could ing which the front passenger air bag place heavy objects on the seat affect proper operation of the status light will remain lit for about 7 that will leave permanent impres- front air bag system. seconds initially. sions in the seat. Such objects . Tampering with the front air bag If the light is still OFF after this, the small can damage the seat or occupant system may result in serious per- adult, child or child restraint should be classification sensors (weight sonal injury. Tampering includes repositioned in the rear seat and it is sensors). This can affect the op- changes to the steering wheel recommended that the vehicle should be eration of the air bag system and and the instrument panel assem- checked by a NISSAN dealer as soon as result in serious personal injury. bly by placing material over the possible. . Do not use water or acidic clea- steering wheel pad and above the 3. If the light is OFF with no front passenger ners (hot steam cleaners) on the instrument panel or by installing and no objects on the front passenger seat. This can damage the seat or additional trim material around seat, the vehicle should be checked as occupant classification sensors. the air bag system. soon as possible. It is recommended you This can also affect the operation . Removing or modifying the front visit a NISSAN dealer for this service. of the air bag system and result in passenger seat may affect the Other supplemental front-impact serious personal injury. function of the air bag system air bag precautions . Immediately after inflation, sev- and result in serious personal eral front air bag system compo- injury. nents will be hot. Do not touch . Modifying or tampering with the WARNING them; you may severely burn front passenger seat may result yourself. in serious personal injury. For . Do not place any objects on the . No unauthorized changes should example, do not change the front steering wheel pad or on the be made to any components or seats by placing material on the instrument panel. Also, do not wiring of the supplemental air seat cushion or by installing ad-

Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-61 ditional trim material, such as . A cracked windshield should be seat covers, on the seat that is replaced immediately by a quali- not specifically designed to as- fied repair facility. A cracked sure proper air bag operation. windshield could affect the func- Additionally, do not stow any tion of the supplemental air bag objects under the front passen- system. ger seat or the seat cushion and seatback. Such objects may inter- *The SRS wiring harness connectors are fere with the proper operation of yellow and orange for easy identifica- the occupant classification sen- tion. sors. When selling your vehicle, we request that . No unauthorized changes should you inform the buyer about the front air be made to any components or bag system and guide the buyer to the wiring of the seat belt system. appropriate sections in this Owner’s Man- WAB0127X This may affect the front air bag ual. system. Tampering with the seat Driver’s side belt system may result in serious DRIVER AND FRONT PASSENGER personal injury. SUPPLEMENTAL KNEE AIR BAG . It is recommended you visit a The knee air bag is located in the knee NISSAN dealer for work on and bolster, on the driver’s and front passen- around the front air bag. It is also ger’s sides. All of the information, cau- recommended you visit a NISSAN tions and warnings in this manual apply dealer for installation of electrical and must be followed. The knee air bag equipment. The Supplemental is designed to inflate in higher severity Restraint System (SRS) wiring frontal collisions, although it may inflate if harnesses* should not be modi- the forces in another type of collision are fied or disconnected. Unauthor- similar to those of a higher severity ized electrical test equipment frontal impact. It may not inflate in certain and probing devices should not collisions. be used on the air bag system.

1-62 Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system other injuries. The knee air bag provides . Right after inflation, the knee air restraint to the lower body. bag system components will be The knee air bag inflates quickly in order hot. Do not touch them; you may to help protect the occupants. Because of severely burn yourself. this, the force of the knee air bag inflating . No unauthorized changes should can increase the risk of injury if the be made to any components or occupant is too close to, or is against, wiring of the knee air bag system. this air bag module during inflation. The This is to prevent damage to or knee air bag will deflate quickly after the accidental inflation of the knee collision is over OR the knee air bag will air bag system. remain inflated for a short time. . Do not make unauthorized The knee air bag operates only when changes to your vehicle’s electri- the ignition switch is placed in the ON cal system or suspension system. position. WAB0048X This could affect proper opera- After placing the ignition switch in the Front passenger’s side tion of the knee air bag system. ON position, the supplemental air bag . Vehicle damage (or lack of it) is not Tampering with the knee air bag warning light illuminates. The supple- system may result in serious per- always an indication of proper knee air mental air bag warning light will turn bag operation. sonal injury. For example, do not off after about 7 seconds if the system change the driver or front pas- When the knee air bag inflates, a fairly is operational. senger knee bolster or install loud noise may be heard, followed by additional trim material around release of smoke. This smoke is not the knee air bag. harmful and does not indicate a fire. Care WARNING . should be taken not to inhale it, as it may It is recommended that you visit a cause irritation and choking. Those with a . Do not place any objects between NISSAN dealer for work on and history of a breathing condition should the knee bolster and the driver’s around the knee air bag. It is also get fresh air promptly. or front passenger’s seat. Such recommended that you visit a objects may become dangerous NISSAN dealer for installation of The knee air bag helps to cushion the electrical equipment. The SRS impact force on the knees of the driver projectiles and cause injury if a knee air bag inflates. wiring harnesses* should not be and front passenger. It can help reduce modified or disconnected. Un- serious injuries. However, an inflating authorized electrical test equip- knee air bag may cause abrasions or Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-63 ment and probing devices should be followed. The side air bags and not be used on the knee air bag curtain air bags are designed to inflate system. in higher severity side collisions, although they may inflate if the forces in another type of collision are similar to those of a *The SRS wiring harness or connectors higher severity side impact. They are are yellow or orange for easy identifica- designed to inflate on the side where tion. the vehicle is impacted. They may not When selling your vehicle, we request that inflate in certain side collisions. you inform the buyer about the knee air Curtain air bags are also designed to bag system and guide the buyer to the inflate in certain types of rollover colli- appropriate sections in this manual. sions or near rollovers. As a result, certain vehicle movements (for example, during severe off-roading) may cause the curtain WAB0128X air bags to inflate. FRONT, FRONT CENTRAL*, REAR Vehicle damage (or lack of it) is not always an indication of proper side air OUTBOARD SEAT-MOUNTED SIDE- bag and curtain air bag operation. IMPACT SUPPLEMENTAL AIR BAG When the side air bags and curtain air AND ROOF-MOUNTED CURTAIN bags inflate, a fairly loud noise may be SIDE-IMPACT AND ROLLOVER SUP- heard, followed by release of smoke. This PLEMENTAL AIR BAG SYSTEMS smoke is not harmful and does not *: if so equipped indicate a fire. Care should be taken not to inhale it, as it may cause irritation and The side air bags are located in the choking. Those with a history of a breath- outside of the seatback of the front and ing condition should get fresh air rear seats. The front central side air bag (if promptly. so equipped) is located in the inside of the seatback of the driver’s seat. The curtain Side air bags, along with the use of seat air bags are located in the side roof rails. belts, help to cushion the impact force on All of the information, cautions and the chest and pelvic area of the front and warnings in this manual apply and must rear outboard occupants. Front central side air bag, along with the use of seat 1-64 Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system belts, helps to cushion the impact force in the ON position. curtain air bag systems. on the head area of the front occupants. After placing the ignition switch in the . Do not make unauthorized Curtain air bags help to cushion the ON position, the supplemental air bag impact force to the head and chest area changes to your vehicle’s electri- warning light illuminates. The supple- cal system, suspension system or of occupants in the front and rear out- mental air bag warning light will turn board seating positions. They can help side panel. This could affect prop- off after about 7 seconds if the systems er operation of the side air bag save lives and reduce serious injuries. are operational. However, an inflating side air bag or and curtain air bag systems. curtain air bag may cause abrasions or . Tampering with the side air bag other injuries. Side air bags and curtain air WARNING system may result in serious per- bags do not provide restraint to the lower sonal injury. For example, do not body. . Do not place any objects near the change the front and rear seats The seat belts should be correctly worn seatback of the front and rear by placing material near the seat- and the driver, front passenger and rear seats. Also, do not place any backs or by installing additional outboard occupants seated upright as far objects (an umbrella, bag, etc.) trim material, such as seat covers, as practical away from the side air bags. between the front and rear door around the side air bag. Rear seat passengers should be seated as finisher, the center console, and . Removing or modifying the front far away as practical from the door the front and rear seats. Such and rear passenger seat may finishers and side roof rails. The side air objects may become dangerous affect the function of the air bag bags and curtain air bags inflate quickly in projectiles and cause injury if a system and result in serious per- order to help protect the occupants. side air bag inflates. sonal injury. Because of this, the force of the side air . Right after inflation, several side . It is recommended you visit a bags and curtain air bags inflating can air bag and curtain air bag sys- NISSAN dealer for work on and increase the risk of injury if the occupant tem components will be hot. Do around the side air bag and is too close to, or is against, these air bag not touch them; you may severely curtain air bag. It is also recom- modules during inflation. The side air burn yourself. mended you visit a NISSAN dealer bags will deflate quickly after the collision . for installation of electrical equip- is over. The front central side air bag and No unauthorized changes should be made to any components or ment. The Supplemental Re- curtain air bags will remain inflated for a straint System (SRS) wiring short time. wiring of the side air bag and curtain air bag systems. This is to harnesses* should not be modi- The side air bags and curtain air bags prevent damage to or accidental fied or disconnected. Unauthor- operate only when the ignition switch is inflation of the side air bag and ized electrical test equipment

Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-65 and probing devices should not wiring of the pretensioner sys- helping to restrain front and rear out- be used on the side air bag or tem. This is to prevent damage to board seat occupants. curtain air bag systems. or accidental activation of the The pretensioner is encased with the seat pretensioners. Tampering with belt retractor. These seat belts are used *The SRS wiring harness connectors are the pretensioner system may re- the same way as conventional seat belts. yellow and orange for easy identifica- sult in serious personal injury. When a pretensioner activates, smoke is tion. . It is recommended you visit a released and a loud noise may be heard. When selling your vehicle, we request that NISSAN dealer for work on and The smoke is not harmful and does not you inform the buyer about the side air around the pretensioner system. indicate a fire. Care should be taken not bag and curtain air bag systems and It is also recommended you visit a to inhale it, as it may cause irritation and guide the buyer to the appropriate sec- NISSAN dealer for installation of choking. Those with a history of a breath- tions in this Owner’s Manual. electrical equipment. Unauthor- ing condition should get fresh air ized electrical test equipment promptly. SEAT BELTS WITH PRETENSIONERS and probing devices should not (front and rear outboard seats) After pretensioner activation, load limiters be used on the pretensioner sys- allow the seat belt to release webbing (if tem. necessary) to reduce forces against the WARNING . If you need to dispose of a pre- chest. tensioner or scrap the vehicle, it is The supplemental air bag warning light . The pretensioners cannot be re- recommended you visit a NISSAN is used to indicate malfunctions in used after activation. They must dealer for this service. Correct the pretensioner system. See “Supple- be replaced together with the pretensioner disposal procedures mental air bag warning light” (P.1-67). If retractor and buckle as a unit. are set forth in the appropriate the operation of the supplemental air bag NISSAN Service Manual. Incorrect . If the vehicle becomes involved in warning light indicates there is a mal- disposal procedures could cause function, have the system checked. It is a collision but a pretensioner is personal injury. not activated, be sure to have the recommended you visit a NISSAN dealer pretensioner system checked for this service. The pretensioner system may activate and, if necessary, repaired. It is When selling your vehicle, we request that with the supplemental air bag system in recommended you visit a NISSAN you inform the buyer about the preten- certain types of collisions. Working with dealer for this service. sioner system and guide the buyer to the the seat belt retractor, it helps tighten the . No unauthorized changes should appropriate sections in this Owner’s Man- seat belt when the vehicle becomes ual. be made to any components or involved in certain types of collisions, 1-66 Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system deploys, it may cause serious injury or death.

SSS1020 SPA1097 SUPPLEMENTAL AIR BAG WARNING SUPPLEMENTAL AIR BAG WARNING LABELS LIGHT Warning labels about the supplemental The supplemental air bag warning light, front-impact air bag system are placed in displaying in the instrument panel, the vehicle as shown in the illustration. monitors the circuits for the air bag systems, pretensioners and all related SRS air bag wiring. The warning labels are located on the When the ignition switch is in the ON surface of the sun visors. position, the supplemental air bag warning light illuminates for about 7 seconds and then turns off. This means the system WARNING is operational. Do not use a rear-facing child re- If any of the following conditions occur, straint on a seat protected by an air the air bag and/or pretensioner systems bag in front of it. If the air bag need servicing:

Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-67 . The supplemental air bag warning REPAIR AND REPLACEMENT PRO- and pretensioner should be re- light remains on after approximately CEDURE placed. It is recommended you 7 seconds. The front air bags, knee air bags, side air visit a NISSAN dealer for this . The supplemental air bag warning bags, curtain air bags and pretensioners service. However, the air bag light flashes intermittently. are designed to activate on a one-time- modules and pretensioner sys- . The supplemental air bag warning only basis. As a reminder, unless it is tem cannot be repaired. light does not come on at all. damaged, the supplemental air bag . The front air bag, knee air bag, Under these conditions, the air bag and/ warning light will remain illuminated after side air bag and curtain air bag or pretensioner systems may not operate inflation has occurred. These systems systems, and pretensioner sys- properly. They must be checked and should be repaired and/or replaced as tem should be inspected if there repaired. It is recommended you visit a soon as possible. It is recommended you is any damage to the front end or NISSAN dealer for this service. visit a NISSAN dealer for this service. side portion of the vehicle. It is When maintenance work is required on recommended you visit a NISSAN WARNING the vehicle, the front air bags, knee air dealer for this service. bags, side air bags, curtain air bags and . If you need to dispose of a sup- pretensioners and related parts should be If the supplemental air bag warning plemental air bag or pretensioner pointed out to the person performing the light is on, it could mean that the or scrap the vehicle, it is recom- maintenance. The ignition switch should front air bag, knee air bag, side air mended you visit a NISSAN deal- always be in the OFF position when bag, curtain air bag and/or preten- er. Correct supplemental air bag working under the hood or inside the sioner systems will not operate in an and pretensioner system dispo- vehicle. accident. To help avoid injury to sal procedures are set forth in the yourself or others, have your vehicle appropriate NISSAN Service Man- checked as soon as possible. It is WARNING ual. Incorrect disposal procedures recommended you visit a NISSAN could cause personal injury. . dealer for this service. . If there is an impact to your Once a front air bag, knee air bag, vehicle from any direction, your side air bag or curtain air bag has Occupant Classification Sensor inflated, the air bag module will (OCS) should be checked to verify not function again and must be it is still functioning correctly. It is replaced. Additionally, the acti- recommended that you visit a vated pretensioners must also NISSAN dealer for this service. be replaced. The air bag module The OCS should be checked even 1-68 Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system if no air bags deploy as a result of the impact. Failure to verify proper OCS function may result in an improper air bag deployment resulting in injury or death.

Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-69 MEMO

1-70 Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 2 Instruments and controls

Cockpit ...... 2-3 How to use the vehicle Instrument panel ...... 2-4 information display ...... 2-23 Meters and gauges ...... 2-5 Startup display ...... 2-23 Models with analog meter and Settings ...... 2-24 color display ...... 2-5 Vehicle information display warnings Models with full-screen display ...... 2-6 and indicators ...... 2-34 Speedometer and odometer ...... 2-8 Trip computer ...... 2-46 Tachometer ...... 2-9 Clock and outside air temperature ...... 2-48 Engine coolant temperature gauge ...... 2-9 Head Up Display (HUD) (if so equipped)...... 2-49 Fuel gauge...... 2-10 How to use the HUD ...... 2-51 Instrument brightness control ...... 2-11 Driver Assistance/Navigation/Traffic Continuously Variable Transmission (CVT) Sign/Audio/TEL/SMS linking ...... 2-52 position indicator ...... 2-11 Security systems ...... 2-52 ECO Drive Report ...... 2-11 Vehicle Security System (if so equipped) ...... 2-52 Variable Compression Turbo (if NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System ...... 2-53 so equipped) ...... 2-12 Wiper and washer switch...... 2-54 Warning lights, indicator lights and Windshield wiper and washer operation ...... 2-55 audible reminders ...... 2-13 Rear window wiper and Checking lights ...... 2-14 washer operation ...... 2-55 Warning/indicator lights (red)...... 2-14 Rear window and outside mirror Warning/indicator lights (yellow) ...... 2-17 (if so equipped) defroster switch ...... 2-57 Warning/indicator lights (other) ...... 2-21 Headlight and turn signal switch ...... 2-57 Audible reminders ...... 2-22 Headlight switch ...... 2-57 Vehicle information display ...... 2-22 Turn signal switch ...... 2-64 Changing the meter screen view Fog light switch (if so equipped) ...... 2-64 (models with full-screen display)...... 2-23 Horn ...... 2-65 Heated steering wheel (if so equipped) ...... 2-65 Console box ...... 2-78 Heated seats (if so equipped) ...... 2-65 Lower console tray ...... 2-78 Operation with switch ...... 2-66 Sunglasses holder...... 2-78 Steering Assist switch (models with Card holder ...... 2-79 ProPILOT Assist) ...... 2-67 Coat hooks ...... 2-79 Rear Door Alert ...... 2-67 Cargo cover (if so equipped)...... 2-80 Power outlets ...... 2-68 Luggage hooks ...... 2-80 USB (Universal Serial Bus) charging Roof rack (if so equipped)...... 2-81 connector (if so equipped) ...... 2-69 Windows ...... 2-82 Wireless charger (if so equipped) ...... 2-70 Power windows ...... 2-82 Emergency Call (SOS) button (if Moonroof (if so equipped) ...... 2-85 so equipped) ...... 2-72 Automatic moonroof and sunshade ...... 2-85 Emergency support ...... 2-72 Interior lights ...... 2-87 Storage ...... 2-73 Interior light switch ...... 2-88 Cup holders ...... 2-73 Map lights ...... 2-88 Soft bottle holders ...... 2-74 Room lights (if so equipped) ...... 2-88 Single luggage board (if so equipped)...... 2-75 Rear personal lights (if so equipped)...... 2-89 Adjustable luggage floor (if so equipped) ...... 2-75 Vanity mirror light...... 2-89 Glove box ...... 2-77 Cargo light ...... 2-89 COCKPIT

— Cruise control switches* — ProPILOT Assist switch* — Bluetooth® Hands-Free Phone System switches** — Voice Recognition system switch** — Siri® Eyes Free** 9. Hazard indicator flasher switch 10. Shift lever — Continuously Variable Transmission (CVT) 11. Instrument brightness control 12. Power liftgate switch* 13. Push-button ignition switch 14. Parking brake switch 15. Automatic brake hold switch 16. Drive Mode Selector *: if so equipped **: See the separate NissanConnect® Own- er’s Manual (if so equipped).

WAA0172X

1. Steering Assist switch* (models with Pro- — Audio control** PILOT Assist) — Vehicle information display control 2. Head Up Display (HUD) switch* 6. Steering wheel 3. Headlight and turn signal switch/Fog light — Horn switch* 7. Wiper and washer switch 4. Paddle shifters 8. Steering-wheel-mounted controls (right 5. Steering-wheel-mounted controls (left side) side) Instruments and controls 2-3 INSTRUMENT PANEL

11. Driver supplemental knee air bag 12. Heater and air conditioner control — Defroster switch — Heated seat switches* — Heated steering wheel switch* 13. USB (Universal Serial Bus) connection ports** 14. Wireless charger* 15. Power outlet 16. Front passenger supplemental knee air bag 17. Glove box *: if so equipped **: See the separate NissanConnect® Own- er’s Manual (if so equipped).

WAA0173X

1. Side ventilator — Bluetooth® Hands-Free Phone Sys- 2. Meters and gauges/Clock tem** 3. Head Up Display (HUD)* 6. Front passenger supplemental air bag 4. Center ventilator 7. Hood release handle 5. Audio system** or navigation system** 8. Fuse box cover — RearView Monitor* 9. Tilt and telescopic steering lock lever — Intelligent Around View® Monitor* 10. Driver supplemental front-impact air bag

2-4 Instruments and controls METERS AND GAUGES

MODELS WITH ANALOG METER AND COLOR DISPLAY

CAUTION

. For cleaning, use a soft cloth, dampened with water. Never use a rough cloth, alcohol, benzine, thinner or any kind of solvent or paper towel with a chemical cleaning agent. They will scratch or cause discoloration to the lens. . Do not spray any liquid such as water on the meter lens. Spraying liquid may cause the system to malfunction.

WAA0046X

1. Tachometer 2. Warning and indicator lights 3. Vehicle information display — Odometer 4. Speedometer 5. Engine coolant temperature gauge 6. Fuel gauge

Instruments and controls 2-5 MODELS WITH FULL-SCREEN DIS- PLAY

CAUTION

WAA0167X

1. Tachometer 2. Vehicle information display — Odometer 3. Warning and indicator lights 4. Speedometer 5. Engine coolant temperature gauge 6. Fuel gauge

2-6 Instruments and controls 1. Push the control switch on the left side of the steering wheel. “Shortcut Menu” appears on the vehicle information display area. 2. Select “Change Meter View” by rotating the scroll dial and push it to change the view.

WAC0428X 1. Tachometer Changing the meter screen view 2. Engine coolant temperature gauge (models with full-screen display) 3. Personal Display For models with full-screen display, the 4. Speedometer meter screen view can be changed to 5. Fuel gauge expand the vehicle information display area. To change the meter screen view: Instruments and controls 2-7 . If the amount of fuel added is small, the display just before the ignition switch is placed in the OFF position may continue to be displayed. . When driving uphill or rounding curves, the fuel in the tank shifts, which may momentarily change the display. Odometer: The odometer is displayed in the vehicle information display to display the total distance the vehicle has been driven.

JVI1006X WAC0429X Example Example SPEEDOMETER AND ODOMETER Distance to empty (dte)/Odometer Speedometer Distance to empty (dte): The speedometer indicates vehicle speed The distance to empty (dte) provides an in miles per hour (MPH) and kilometers estimation of the distance that can be per hour (km/h). driven before refueling. The dte is con- stantly being calculated, based on the amount of fuel in the fuel tank and the actual fuel consumption. The display is updated every 30 seconds. The dte mode includes a low range warning feature. If the fuel level is low, the warning is displayed on the screen. When the fuel level drops even lower, the dte display will change to “———”.

2-8 Instruments and controls ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE GAUGE The engine coolant temperature gauge indicates the engine coolant temperature. The engine coolant temperature is normal when the gauge needle points within the zone shown in the illustration. The engine coolant temperature will vary with the outside air temperature and driving conditions.

WAC0562X WAC0430X CAUTION Example Full-screen model . TACHOMETER If the gauge indicates the engine coolant temperature is near the The tachometer indicates engine speed in hot (H) end of the normal range, revolutions per minute (RPM). Do not rev reduce vehicle speed to decrease the engine into the red zone . the temperature. . If the gauge is over the normal CAUTION range, stop the vehicle as soon as safely possible and let the engine When engine speed approaches the idle. red zone, shift to a higher gear or . If the engine is overheated, con- reduce engine speed. Operating the tinued operation of the vehicle engine in the red zone may cause may seriously damage the en- serious engine damage. gine. (See “If your vehicle overheats” (P.6-14) for immediate JVI1296X action required.) Analog model Instruments and controls 2-9 FUEL GAUGE vehicle inspected. It is recom- The fuel gauge indicates the approximate mended you visit a NISSAN dealer fuel level in the tank when the ignition for this service. switch is in the ON position. . For additional information, see The gauge may move slightly during “Malfunction Indicator Light braking, turning, accelerating, or going (MIL)” (P.2-19). up and down hills due to movement of fuel in the tank. The low fuel warning appears on the vehicle information display when the fuel level in the tank is getting low. Refuel as soon as it is convenient, preferably before the gauge reads 0 (empty). WAC0431X The arrow, , indicates the location of Full-screen model the fuel-filler door. Refuel before the gauge reads the empty (0) position. There is a small reserve of fuel in the tank when the fuel gauge reads the empty (0) position.

CAUTION

. If the vehicle runs out of fuel, the malfunction indicator light (MIL) may come on. Refuel as soon as possible. After a few driving trips, the light should JVI0640X turn off. If the light remains on Analog model after a few driving trips, have the 2-10 Instruments and controls INSTRUMENT BRIGHTNESS CON- TROL The instrument brightness control switch can be operated when the ignition switch is in the ON position. When the switch is operated, the vehicle information display switches to the brightness adjustment mode. Push the + side of the switch to brighten the instrument panel lights. The bar moves to the right side. Push the - side of the switch to dim the lights. The bar moves to the left side. WAC0566X The vehicle information display returns to WAC0513X the normal display when the instrument Example brightness control switch is not operated ECO DRIVE REPORT for more than 5 seconds. When the ignition switch is placed in the CONTINUOUSLY VARIABLE TRANS- ON or OFF position, the ECO Drive Report MISSION (CVT) POSITION INDICA- is displayed. TOR ECO evaluation The Continuously Variable Transmission Previous 5 times (History) (CVT) position indicator indicates the shift Current fuel economy lever position when the ignition switch is Best fuel economy in the ON position. (See “19. Continuously The result of ECO evaluation is displayed Variable Transmission (CVT) position in- when the vehicle is driven for about 10 dicator” (P.2-36).) minutes or more. : The more economically you drive, the WAC0489X more appear. : The average fuel economy for the previous 5 times will be displayed. Instruments and controls 2-11 : The average fuel economy since the Compression ratio status display last reset will be displayed. Displays the status of compression ratio : The best fuel economy of the past controlled by Variable Compression Tur- history will be displayed. bo. The lowest compression ratio (8:1) and When the “See Tire Pressure” message the highest (14:1) are displayed as “Power” appears in the ECO Drive Report, the and “Eco” respectively. display can be switched to the Tire Turbo charger boost pressure gauge Pressures display by pushing the scroll Displays the turbo charger boost pres- dial on the steering wheel to show an sure. The unit for the gauge can be additional message. changed in the “Settings” menu. (See “Unit/Language” (P.2-31).) NOTE: Under some conditions, the compres- WAC0658X sion ratio may not change. This is not a Example malfunction of the system. VARIABLE COMPRESSION TURBO (if so equipped) CAUTION Your engine is equipped with a variable compression ratio system called “Variable If the Variable Compression Turbo Compression Turbo”. This system can becomes faulty, the Malfunction In- vary the engine compression ratio con- dicator Light (MIL) may come on. For tinuously. additional information, see “Malfunc- According to driving conditions, the sys- tion Indicator Light (MIL)” (P.2-19). tem applies optimum compression ratio automatically to achieve both high output and high fuel economy efficiency. This is not a physical gauge. It is a display option in the vehicle information display that can be selected. (See “Vehicle information display” (P.2-22).)

2-12 Instruments and controls WARNING LIGHTS, INDICATOR LIGHTS AND AUDIBLE REMINDERS

Warning/indicator lights (red) Warning/indicator lights (yellow) Warning/indicator lights (other) Automatic brake hold indicator light Anti-lock Braking System (ABS) warn- (white) Brake warning light (red) ing light Automatic brake hold indicator light (green) Automatic Emergency Braking (AEB) Charge warning light Exterior light indicator system OFF warning light Electric shift control system warning Front fog light indicator light (if so Electric power steering warning light light equipped) Electronic parking brake system High beam assist indicator light warning light Electronic parking brake warning light Low tire pressure warning light High beam indicator light

Engine oil pressure warning light Malfunction Indicator Light (MIL) Turn signal/hazard indicator lights Hands OFF warning light (if so Master warning light equipped) Rear Automatic Braking (RAB) system Master warning light OFF warning light Seat belt warning light and chime Slip indicator light Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) off Supplemental air bag warning light indicator light

Instruments and controls 2-13 CHECKING LIGHTS NISSAN dealer for this service. (See “Anti- or Brake warning light With all doors closed, apply the parking lock Braking System (ABS) warning light” brake, fasten the seat belts and place the This light functions for both the parking (P.2-17).) ignition switch in the ON position without brake and the foot brake systems. starting the engine. The following lights (if Low brake fluid warning light: WARNING so equipped) will come on: When the ignition switch is placed in the , , PARK or , , , ON position, the brake warning light . Your brake system may not be The following lights (if so equipped) come illuminates, and then turns off. If the light working properly if the warning on briefly and then go off: illuminates while the engine is running light is on. Driving could be dan- with the parking brake not applied, stop , , , , or , , or gerous. If you judge it to be safe, the vehicle and perform the following: (red), (yellow), . drive carefully to the nearest 1. Check the brake fluid level. If brake service station for repairs. Other- If any light does not come on or operates fluid is necessary, add fluid and have wise, have your vehicle towed in a way other than described, it may the system checked. It is recom- because driving it could be dan- indicate a burned-out bulb and/or a mended you have this service per- gerous. system malfunction. It is recommended formed by a NISSAN dealer. (See . you have the system checked by a Pressing the brake pedal with the “Brake fluid” (P.8-12).) NISSAN dealer. engine stopped and/or low brake 2. If the brake fluid level is correct, have fluid level may increase your WARNING/INDICATOR LIGHTS (red) the warning system checked. It is stopping distance and braking See “Vehicle information display” (P.2-22). recommended you have this service will require greater pedal effort performed by a NISSAN dealer. as well as pedal travel. . Anti-lock Braking System (ABS) warning If the brake fluid level is below the minimum or MIN mark on the indicator: brake fluid reservoir, do not drive When the parking brake is released and until the brake system has been the brake fluid level is sufficient, if both checked. It is recommended you the brake warning light and the Anti-lock visit a NISSAN dealer for this Braking System (ABS) warning light illu- service. minate, it may indicate the ABS is not functioning properly. Have the brake system checked, and if necessary repaired. It is recommended you visit a 2-14 Instruments and controls curs in the electric shift control system. light illuminates, it may indicate that Charge warning light When the master warning light illumi- the electronic parking brake system is not When the ignition switch is in the ON nates, the chime sounds and the follow- functioning properly. Have the system position, the charge warning light illumi- ing message is displayed in the vehicle checked, and if necessary repaired. It is nates and then turns off. information display: “When parked apply recommended you visit a NISSAN dealer If the light illuminates while the engine is parking brake”. for this service. running, it may indicate the charging When the ignition switch is placed in the system is not functioning properly. Turn OFF position, the chime sounds continu- Engine oil pressure warning the engine off and check the alternator ously. Ensure the parking brake is applied. light belt. If the belt is loose, broken, missing or Have the system checked by a NISSAN This light warns of low engine oil pres- if the light remains on, have your vehicle dealer. sure. When the ignition switch is in the ON serviced immediately. It is recommended position, the engine oil pressure warning you visit a NISSAN dealer for this service. or Electronic parking light illuminates. After starting the engine, brake warning light the engine oil pressure warning light CAUTION turns off. This indicates that the oil The electronic parking brake warning pressure sensors in the engine are opera- light indicates that the electronic parking tional. Do not continue driving if the alter- brake system is operating. If the engine oil pressure warning light nator belt is loose, broken or miss- When the ignition switch is placed in the ing. illuminates or blinks while the engine is ON position, the electronic parking brake running, it may indicate that the engine warning light illuminates. When the en- oil pressure is low. gine is started and the parking brake is Electric shift control system released, the warning light turns off. Stop the vehicle safely as soon as possi- warning light ble. Stop the engine immediately and call If the parking brake is not released, the a NISSAN dealer. When the ignition switch is in the ON electronic parking brake warning light position, the electric shift control system remains on. Be sure that the electronic warning light illuminates, and then turns parking brake warning light has turned CAUTION off. This indicates the electric shift control off before driving. (See “Parking brake” system is operational. (P.5-25).) . Running the engine with the en- The electric shift control system warning If the electronic parking brake warning gine oil pressure warning light light illuminates when a malfunction oc- light illuminates or flashes while the illuminated could cause serious electronic parking brake system warning damage to the engine. Instruments and controls 2-15 . about 6 seconds unless the driver’s seat The engine oil pressure warning Master warning light light is not designed to indicate a belt is securely fastened. low oil level. The oil level should When the ignition switch is in the ON When the vehicle speed exceeds 10 MPH be checked using the dipstick. position, the master warning light illumi- (15 km/h), the chime will sound unless the (See “Engine oil” (P.8-8).) nates if a warning message appears in rear passenger’s seat belts are securely the vehicle information display. fastened. The chime will continue to See “Vehicle information display” (P.2-22). sound for about 35 seconds until the rear Hands OFF warning light (if so passenger’s seat belts are fastened. equipped) Seat belt warning light and For additional information, refer to “Seat When the Steering Assist is activated, it chime belt warning light and chime” (P.1-16). monitors the driver’s steering wheel op- The light and chime remind you to fasten eration. If the steering wheel is not the seat belts. Supplemental air bag warning operated or the driver takes his/her The light illuminates whenever the igni- light hands off the steering wheel for a period tion switch is placed in the ON position, After placing the ignition switch in the ON of time, the warning light illuminates. If and will remain illuminated until the seat position, the supplemental air bag warn- the driver does not operate the steering belts are fastened. ing light will illuminate. The supplemental wheel after the warning light has been air bag warning light will turn off after illuminated, an audible alert sounds and The seat belt warning light for the front passenger will illuminate if the seat belt is about 7 seconds if the supplemental front the warning flashes in the vehicle infor- air bag and supplemental side air bag, mation display, followed by a quick brake not fastened when the front passenger’s seat is occupied. curtain air bag systems and/or preten- application to request the driver to take sioner seat belt are operational. control of the vehicle again. If the driver When the vehicle speed exceeds 10 MPH remains unresponsive, the vehicle will (15 km/h), the light will continue to blink If any of the following conditions occur, automatically turn on the hazard lights for about 95 seconds until the driver’s the front air bag, side air bag, curtain air and slow to a complete stop. (See “Steer- seat belt is fastened and the light will bag and pretensioner systems need ser- ing Assist” (P.5-113).) blink unless the front passenger’s seat vicing. belts is securely fastened and the chime . The supplemental air bag warning will sound for about 95 seconds unless light remains on after approximately the front passenger’s seat belt is securely 7 seconds. fastened. . The supplemental air bag warning When the ignition switch is placed in the light flashes intermittently. ON position, the chime will sound for 2-16 Instruments and controls . The supplemental air bag warning ON, it may indicate that the system is light does not illuminate at all. or Anti-lock Braking Sys- unavailable. See “Automatic Emergency It is recommended you visit a NISSAN tem (ABS) warning light Braking (AEB) with Pedestrian Detection dealer for these services. When the ignition switch is in the ON system” (P.5-122) or “Intelligent Forward Collision Warning (I-FCW)” (P.5-132). Unless checked and repaired, the Supple- position, the Anti-lock Braking System mental Restraint Systems and/or the (ABS) warning light illuminates and then pretensioners may not function properly. turns off. This indicates the ABS is opera- Electric power steering warn- tional. For additional information, see “Supple- ing light mental Restraint System (SRS)” (P.1-47). If the ABS warning light illuminates while When the ignition switch is in the ON the engine is running, or while driving, it position, the electric power steering may indicate the ABS is not functioning warning light illuminates. After starting WARNING properly. Have the system checked. It is the engine, the electric power steering recommended you visit a NISSAN dealer warning light turns off. This indicates the If the supplemental air bag warning for this service. electric power steering is operational. light is on, it could mean that the If an ABS malfunction occurs, the anti- If the electric power steering warning front air bag, side air bag, curtain air lock function is turned off. The brake light illuminates while the engine is run- bag and/or pretensioner systems system then operates normally, but with- ning, it may indicate the electric power will not operate in an accident. To out anti-lock assistance. (See “Brake sys- steering is not functioning properly and help avoid injury to yourself or tem” (P.5-155).) may need servicing. Have the system others, have your vehicle checked. It checked. It is recommended that you visit is recommended you visit a NISSAN Automatic Emergency Braking a NISSAN dealer for this service. dealer for this service. (AEB) system OFF warning light When the electric power steering warning light illuminates with the engine running, WARNING/INDICATOR LIGHTS (yel- When the ignition switch is in the ON position, the AEB system OFF warning the power assist to the steering will cease low) light illuminates. After starting the engine, operation but you will still have control of See “Vehicle information display” (P.2-22). the warning light turns off. the vehicle. At this time, greater steering efforts are required to operate the steer- This light illuminates when the AEB with ing wheel, especially in sharp turns and at Pedestrian Detection system is set to OFF low speeds. on the vehicle information display. (See “Electric power steering” (P.5-154).) If the light illuminates or flashes when the AEB with Pedestrian Detection system is Instruments and controls 2-17 Low tire pressure warning: flash for approximately 1 minute when the Electronic parking brake sys- If the vehicle is being driven with low tire ignition switch is placed in the ON posi- tem warning light pressure, the warning light will illuminate. tion. The light will remain on after the 1 When the ignition switch is in the ON The “Tire Pressure Low - Add Air” warning minute. Have the system checked. It is position, the electronic parking brake also appears in the vehicle information recommended you visit a NISSAN dealer system warning light illuminates and then display. for this service. The “Tire Pressure Low - turns off. Add Air” warning does not appear if the When the low tire pressure warning light low tire pressure warning light illuminates The electronic parking brake system illuminates, you should stop and adjust to indicate a TPMS malfunction. warning light functions for the electronic the tire pressure to the recommended parking brake system. If the warning light COLD tire pressure shown on the Tire and For additional information, see “Tire Pres- illuminates, it may indicate that the elec- Loading Information label. The low tire sure Monitoring System (TPMS)” (P.5-6). tronic parking brake system is not func- pressure warning light does not automa- tioning properly. Have the brake system tically turn off when the tire pressure is WARNING checked, and, if necessary, repaired. It is adjusted. After the tire is inflated to the recommended that you visit a NISSAN recommended pressure, the vehicle must . dealer for this service. be driven at speeds above 16 MPH (25 If the light does not illuminate km/h) to activate the TPMS and turn off with the ignition switch placed in the low tire pressure warning light. Use a the ON position, have the vehicle Low tire pressure warning checked. It is recommended you light tire pressure gauge to check the tire pressure. visit a NISSAN dealer for this Your vehicle is equipped with a Tire service as soon as possible. The “Tire Pressure Low - Add Air” warning Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) that . If the light illuminates while driv- monitors the tire pressure of all tires is active as long as the low tire pressure warning light remains illuminated. ing, avoid sudden steering man- except the spare tire. euvers or abrupt braking, reduce The low tire pressure warning light warns For additional information, see “Vehicle vehicle speed, pull off the road to of low tire pressure or indicates that the information display” (P.2-22), “Tire Pres- a safe location and stop the TPMS is not functioning properly. sure Monitoring System (TPMS)” (P.5-6) vehicle as soon as possible. Driv- and “Tire Pressure Monitoring System ing with under-inflated tires may After the ignition switch is placed in the (TPMS)” (P.6-3). ON position, this light illuminates for permanently damage the tires about 1 second and turns off. TPMS malfunction: and increase the likelihood of tire failure. Serious vehicle damage If the TPMS is not functioning properly, could occur and may lead to an the low tire pressure warning light will 2-18 Instruments and controls . accident and could result in ser- Replacing tires with those not Malfunction Indicator Light ious personal injury. Check the originally specified by NISSAN tire pressure for all four tires. could affect the proper operation (MIL) Adjust the tire pressure to the of the TPMS. If the malfunction indicator light comes recommended COLD tire pressure on steady or blinks while the engine is shown on the Tire and Loading running, it may indicate a potential emis- Information label to turn the low sion control and/or Continuously Variable tire pressure warning light OFF. If CAUTION Transmission (CVT) malfunction. the light still illuminates while The malfunction indicator light may also . driving after adjusting the tire The TPMS is not a substitute for illuminate steady if the vehicle runs out of pressure, a tire may be flat or the regular tire pressure check. fuel. Check to make sure that the vehicle the TPMS may be malfunctioning. Be sure to check the tire pressure has at least 3 US gallons (11.4 liters) of fuel If you have a flat tire, replace it regularly. in the fuel tank. with a spare tire as soon as . If the vehicle is being driven at After a few driving trips, the light possible. If no tire is flat and all speeds of less than 16 MPH (25 should turn off if no other potential tires are properly inflated, it is km/h), the TPMS may not operate emission control system malfunction ex- recommended you consult a correctly. ists. NISSAN dealer. . Be sure to install the specified If this indicator light remains on for 20 . Since the spare tire is not size of tires to the four wheels seconds and then blinks for 10 seconds equipped with the TPMS, when a correctly. when the engine is not running, it indi- spare tire is mounted or a wheel cates that the vehicle is not ready for an is replaced, the TPMS will not emission control system inspection/ function and the low tire pressure maintenance test. (See “Readiness for warning light will flash for ap- Inspection/Maintenance (I/M) test” (P.10- proximately 1 minute. The light 31).) will remain on after 1 minute. Have your tires replaced and/or Operation: TPMS system reset as soon as The malfunction indicator light will come possible. It is recommended you on in one of two ways: visit a NISSAN dealer for these . services. Malfunction indicator light on steady — An emission control system and/or CVT malfunction has been detected. It Instruments and controls 2-19 is recommended you visit a NISSAN omy, and possible damage to the Slip indicator light dealer for this service. You do not emission control system. need to have your vehicle towed to When the ignition switch is in the ON the dealer. position, the slip indicator light illumi- . nates and then turns off. Malfunction indicator light blinking — Master warning light An engine misfire has been detected The light will blink when the Vehicle which may damage the emission When the ignition switch is in the ON Dynamic Control (VDC) system or the control system. position, the master warning light illumi- traction control system is operating, thus To reduce or avoid emission control nates if a warning message appears in alerting the driver that the vehicle is system damage: the vehicle information display. nearing its traction limits. The road sur- 1) Do not drive at speeds above 45 See “Vehicle information display” (P.2-22). face may be slippery. MPH (72 km/h). If the light illuminates while the VDC 2) Avoid hard acceleration or decel- Rear Automatic Braking (RAB) system is on, this light alerts the driver eration. system OFF warning light to the fact that the VDC system’s fail-safe 3) Avoid steep uphill grades. This light comes on when the ignition mode is operating, for example the VDC 4) If possible, reduce the amount of switch is placed in the ON position. It system may not be functioning properly. cargo being hauled or towed. turns off after the engine is started. Have the system checked. It is recommended you visit a NISSAN dealer for this The malfunction indicator light may This light illuminates when the RAB sys- stop blinking and remain on. service. If a malfunction occurs in the tem is turned off in the vehicle informa- system, the VDC system function will be Have the vehicle inspected. It is re- tion display. canceled but the vehicle is still driveable. commended you visit a NISSAN dealer If the light illuminates when the RAB For additional information, see “Vehicle for this service. You do not need to system is on, it may indicate that the Dynamic Control (VDC) system” (P.5-157) have your vehicle towed to the dealer. system is unavailable. For additional in- of this manual. formation, see “Rear Automatic Braking CAUTION (RAB)” (P.5-143). Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) off indicator light Continued vehicle operation without The light comes on when the VDC is having the emission control system turned OFF. This indicates that the VDC and/or CVT system checked and system and traction control system are repaired as necessary could lead to not operating. poor driveability, reduced fuel econ- 2-20 Instruments and controls Turn the VDC on using the vehicle in- WARNING/INDICATOR LIGHTS Front fog light indicator light formation display, or restart the engine (other) and the system will operate normally. (if so equipped) See “Vehicle information display” (P.2-22). (See “Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) sys- The front fog light indicator light illumi- tem” (P.5-157).) nates when the front fog lights are on. The light also comes on when placing the Automatic brake hold indica- (See “Fog light switch” (P.2-64).) ignition switch in the ON position. The tor light (white) light will turn off after about 2 seconds if The automatic brake hold indicator light High beam assist indicator the system is operational. If the light stays (white) illuminates when the automatic light on or comes on along with the brake hold system is on standby. (See indicator light while you are driving, have “Automatic brake hold” (P.5-28).) The high beam assist indicator light the VDC system checked. It is recom- illuminates when the high beam assist system is turned on and it is operational. mended that you visit a NISSAN dealer for Automatic brake hold indica- this service. (See “High beam assist” (P.2-61).) tor light (green) The automatic brake hold indicator light WARNING High beam indicator light (green) illuminates while the automatic This light illuminates when the headlight brake hold system is operating. (See high beam is on and goes out when the The VDC should remain on unless “Automatic brake hold” (P.5-28).) low beam is selected. freeing a vehicle from mud or snow. Exterior light indicator Turn signal/hazard indicator While the VDC system is operating, you This indicator illuminates when the headlights might feel a slight vibration or hear the light switch is turned to the AUTO, or system working when starting the vehicle position and the front parking lights, The light flashes when the turn signal or accelerating, but this is not a malfunc- rear combination lights, license plate switch lever or hazard switch is turned on. tion. lights or headlights are on. The indicator turns off when these lights are turned off.

Instruments and controls 2-21 VEHICLE INFORMATION DISPLAY

AUDIBLE REMINDERS . Rear Sonar System (RSS) For additional information, refer to the “5. Light reminder chime Starting and driving” section of this man- The light reminder chime will sound when ual. the headlight switch is placed in the or position after the engine was Door lock warning chime turned off, and the driver’s door is opened When the chime sounds, be sure to check with the light is on. both the vehicle and the Intelligent Key. Turn the light switch to the OFF (if so See “Troubleshooting guide” (P.3-13). equipped) or AUTO position when you Brake pad wear warning leave the vehicle. The disc brake pads have audible wear Driving Aid chimes (if so equipped) warnings. When a brake pad requires An audible alert/chime may be heard if replacement, it will make a high pitched any of the following systems (if so scraping sound when the vehicle is in JVI1272X equipped) are active: motion. This scraping sound will first Example occur only when the brake pedal is . Lane Departure Warning (LDW) The vehicle information display is depressed. After more wear of the brake located as shown above, and it displays . Intelligent Lane Intervention (I-LI) pad, the sound will always be heard even . the warnings and information. The fol- Blind Spot Warning (BSW) if the brake pedal is not depressed. Have lowing items are also displayed if the . Intelligent Blind Spot Intervention (I- the brakes checked as soon as possible if vehicle is equipped with them: BSI) the warning sound is heard. . . Tachometer Rear Cross Traffic Alert (RCTA) . . Speedometer ProPILOT Assist . . Vehicle settings Automatic Emergency Braking (AEB) . with Pedestrian Detection Trip computer information . . Intelligent Forward Collision Warning Driver Assistance . (I-FCW) Cruise control system information . . Rear Automatic Braking (RAB) ProPILOT Assist . . Sonar system Intelligent Key operation information

2-22 Instruments and controls . Audio information STARTUP DISPLAY . Navigation - turn by turn When the ignition switch is placed in the . Indicators and warnings ON position, the vehicle information dis- . Tire pressure information play may display the following screens if . Other information the vehicle is equipped with them: CHANGING THE METER SCREEN . Home VIEW (models with full-screen dis- . Blank play) . Speed . For the model with full-screen display, the Drive Computer — Average Speed-Trip meter screen view can be changed to (Distance & Time)-Fuel Economy expand the vehicle information display . ECO Pedal Guide area. See “Changing the meter screen . Tire Pressures view (models with full-screen display)” . WAC0313X 4x4–i (P.2-7) for how to change the view. . Variable Compression Turbo HOW TO USE THE VEHICLE INFOR- . Navigation MATION DISPLAY . Compass The vehicle information display can be . Audio changed using the scroll dial , , . Driving Aids and located on the steering . ProPILOT Assist wheel. . Speed Limit Sign Scroll dial - navigate through the items . Warnings and change or select an item in vehicle . information display Settings this scroll dial allows up/down navigation Warnings will only display if there are any and push to select present. For more information on warn- - go back to the previous menu ings and indicators, see “Vehicle informa- - change from one display screen tion display warnings and indicators” (P.2- to the next (i.e. trip, Fuel economy) 34). To control what items display in the vehicle information display, see “Settings”

Instruments and controls 2-23 (P.2-24). NOTE: Lane: SETTINGS The vehicle should be driven with the . Warning(LDW) Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) system Allows user to turn the Lane Depar- The setting mode allows user to change ON for most driving conditions. (See ture Warning (LDW) system ON/OFF. the information displayed in the vehicle “Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) system” . information display and some settings: (P.5-157).) Prevention(LDP) (if so equipped) . Allows user to turn the Intelligent Lane VDC Setting Driver Assistance . Driver Assistance Intervention (I-LI) system ON/OFF. To change the status, warnings or turn on . Personal Display (if so equipped) (See “Lane Departure Warning (LDW)” (P.5- or off any of the systems/warnings dis- 47) and “Intelligent Lane Intervention (I-LI)” . Head-Up Display (if so equipped) played in the “Driver Assistance” menu, (P.5-115).) . ECO Mode Setting use the scroll dial to select and change . TPMS Setting a menu item: Blind Spot: . . Clock . Steering Assist (if so equipped) Warning(BSW) . Vehicle Settings . Lane Allows user to turn the Blind Spot . Maintenance . Blind Spot Warning (BSW) system ON/OFF. . . Customize Display . Emergency Brake Intervention(BSI) (if so equipped) . Unit/Language . Speed Limit Sign (if so equipped) Allows user to turn the Intelligent Blind Spot Intervention (I-BSI) system . Key-Linked Settings (if so equipped) . Speed Adjust by Route (if so equipped) ON/OFF. . Factory Reset . Spd. Limit Assist (if so equipped) (See “Blind Spot Warning (BSW)” (P.5-58) . VDC Setting Parking Aids and “Intelligent Blind Spot Intervention (I- . Cross Traffic Alert BSI)” (P.5-66).) To change the setting, use the scroll dial . Driver Attention Alert to select and push it. Emergency Brake: . Timer Alert . System . Front . Low Temp. Alert Allows user to turn the Vehicle Dy- Allows user to turn the Automatic namic Control (VDC) system ON or Steering Assist (if so equipped): Emergency Braking (AEB) with Pedes- OFF. By default the VDC system will be . Allows user to turn the Steering Assist trian Detection system and Intelligent turned ON. If the VDC system is turned ON/OFF. Forward Collision Warning (I-FCW) sys- off, the VDC OFF indicator light will (See “ProPILOT Assist” (P.5-85).) tem ON/OFF. illuminate.

2-24 Instruments and controls . Rear Parking Aids: Sonar System (RSS)” (P.5-168).) Allows user to turn the Rear Auto- To change the status or turn on or off any Cross Traffic Alert: matic Braking (RAB) system ON/OFF. of the systems displayed in the “Parking Allows user to turn the Rear Cross Traffic (See “Automatic Emergency Braking (AEB) Aids” menu, use the scroll dial to select Alert (RCTA) system ON/OFF. (See “Rear with Pedestrian Detection system” (P.5- and change a menu item: Cross Traffic Alert (RCTA)” (P.5-77).) 122), “Intelligent Forward Collision Warn- . Moving Object (if so equipped) ing (I-FCW)” (P.5-132) and “Rear Automatic Driver Attention Alert: Allows user to turn the Moving Object Braking (RAB)” (P.5-143).) Detection (MOD) ON/OFF. Allows user to turn the Intelligent Driver Speed Limit Sign (if so equipped): . Auto Show Sonar (if so equipped) Alertness (I-DA) on or off. (See “Intelligent Driver Alertness (I-DA)” (P.5-141).) Allows user to turn the Traffic Sign Allows user to turn the sonar system Recognition (TSR) ON/OFF. (See “Traffic or the Rear Sonar System (RSS) display Timer Alert: Sign Recognition (TSR)” (P.5-44).) ON/OFF. Allows user to adjust the Timer Alert or . Speed Adjust by Route (if so equipped): Front (if so equipped) reset. Allows user to turn the Speed Adjust by Allows user to turn the front sonar . (Current Time)/(Set Time) Route (ProPILOT Assist with Navi-link) sensors ON/OFF. . Reset . Rear function ON/OFF. (See “Speed Limit Assist Low Temp. Alert: - a feature of ProPILOT Assist with Navi- Allows user to turn the rear sonar link” (P.5-103).) sensors ON/OFF. Allows user to turn the Low Temperature . Side (if so equipped) Alert function ON/OFF. Spd.Limit Assist (if so equipped): Allows user to turn the side sonar Personal Display (if so equipped) Allows user to customize the Speed Limit sensors ON/OFF. Assist (ProPILOT Assist with Navi-link) To change the display in the “Personal . Distance options. Display” menu, use the scroll dial to Allows user to select the sonar sen- . OFF select and change a menu item: sor’s detection distance (Long, Med- . . Manual ium or Short). Blank . . Auto . Volume Navigation . (See “Speed Limit Assist - a feature of Allows user to select the volume of the Time to Destination . ProPILOT Assist with Navi-link” (P.5-103).) sonar tone (High, Medium or Low). Fuel Economy (See “Moving Object Detection (MOD)” — Manual Reset1 (P.4-21), “Sonar system” (P.5-162) and “Rear

Instruments and controls 2-25 — Manual Reset2 ECO Mode Setting TPMS Setting — Auto Refuel This setting allows user to change the The following submenu appears. . Trip ECO mode system settings. Tire Pressure Unit: — Manual Reset1 To change the status or turn on or off any The unit for tire pressure that is shown in — Manual Reset2 of the systems displayed in the “ECO the vehicle information display can be — Auto Refuel Mode Settings” menu, use the scroll dial changed to: . Gear position to select and change a menu item: . psi . Average speed . ECO Customize . kPa — Manual Reset1 — Cruise Control . bar — Manual Reset2 . ECO Drive Assist . kgf/cm2 — Auto Refuel — ECO Indicator Use the scroll dial to select and change — ECO Drive Report Head-Up Display (if so equipped) the unit. . View History If necessary, refer to the following table to To change the status or turn on or off any To reset the View History: of the systems displayed in the “Head-Up convert between units. Display” menu, use the scroll dial to 1) Select “View History” using the select and change a menu item: scroll dial and push it. 2) Push the scroll dial . . Brightness . 3) Select “Yes” by pushing the scroll Height dial . . Rotation . Tire Pres ECO advice . Contents selection Push the scroll dial to turn the “Tire — Navigation (if so equipped) Pres ECO advice” ON/OFF. — Driving Assist — Speed Limit Sign — Audio — TEL/SMS . Reset (See “Head Up Display (HUD)” (P.2-49).)

2-26 Instruments and controls Vehicle Settings The vehicle settings allows user to change settings for the following menus. . Power Back Door (if so equipped) . Lighting . Locking . Wipers . Driving Position (if so equipped) . Rear Door Alert The vehicle settings can be changed using the scroll dial . Power Back Door (if so equipped): JVI0938X This allows user to turn the power liftgate ON or OFF. When the tire pressure unit is changed, . Set Clock Manually the unit for the turbo charger boost The clock may also be set in the center Lighting: pressure gauge (if so equipped) is also display. For additional information, refer The “Lighting” menu has the following changed. (See “Variable Compression Tur- to the separate NissanConnect® Owner’s options: bo” (P.2-12).) Manual. . Welcome Headlight Clock The welcome lighting can be set to be Allows user to adjust the clock settings ON or OFF. Use the scroll dial to turn and time within the vehicle information this feature ON or OFF. . display. Auto Room Lamp . Clock Mode (if so equipped) The interior light can be set to be ON . or OFF. Use the scroll dial to turn Clock Format this feature ON or OFF. . Daylight Saving (if so equipped) . Accent Lighting (if so equipped) . Time Zone (if so equipped) The brightness of the Accent Lighting can be adjusted. Use the scroll dial to select the brightness. Instruments and controls 2-27 . Auto Headlight this item is turned to off, all the doors be set to be ON or OFF. Use the scroll The sensitivity of the Intelligent Auto will be unlocked when the door han- dial to turn this feature ON or OFF. dle request switch is pushed once. Use Headlight can be adjusted. Use the Driving Position (if so equipped): the scroll dial to activate or deacti- scroll dial to select the required . sensitivity. The following options are vate this function. Exit Seat Slide available: . Auto Door Unlock This allows user to turn the entry/exit — Turn on earliest The “Auto Door Unlock” feature allows function ON or OFF. Use the scroll dial to turn this function ON or OFF. (See — Turn on earlier user to customize the auto door “Memory seat” (P.3-37).) — Turn on standard unlock options. Use the scroll dial to change the mode. — Turn on later Rear Door Alert: — Shift to P . Light Off Delay The “Rear Door Alert” feature allows user — IGN OFF The duration of the automatic head- to customize the Rear Door Alert options. lights can be changed from 0 to 180 — OFF Use the scroll dial to change the mode. seconds. Use the scroll dial to . Horn beeps on lock (if so equipped) . Horn & Alert change the duration. When this item is turned on, the horn When selected, the alert is displayed will chirp and the hazard indicators Locking: and the horn sounds. will flash twice when locking the . Alert Only The “Locking” menu has the following vehicle with the Intelligent Key. Use options: When selected, only the alert is dis- the scroll dial to activate or deacti- played. . Ext. Door Switch (if so equipped) vate this function. . OFF When this item is turned on, the Wipers: When selected, no alert or horn will be request switch on the door is acti- The “Wipers” menu has the following active. vated. Use the scroll dial to activate options: or deactivate this function. (See “Rear Door Alert” (P.2-67).) . . Selective Unlock (if so equipped) Speed Dependent When this item is turned on, and the The “Speed Dependent” feature can be door handle request switch is pushed, activated or deactivated. Use the only the corresponding door is un- scroll dial to turn this feature ON locked. All the doors can be unlocked or OFF. if the door handle request switch is . Reverse Link pushed again within 1 minute. When The “Reverse Link” wiper feature can

2-28 Instruments and controls Maintenance Display when Display timing Action Required CAUTION The maintenance mode allows user to ignition check the distance to oil change or set is ON alerts for the reminding of maintenance If the oil replacement indicator is Engine Plan to have Remaining oil intervals. To change an item: Oil Ser- your vehicle ser- displayed, change the engine oil life is less than vice due viced. within two weeks or less than 500 Select “Maintenance” using the scroll dial 940 miles (1,500 in xxx miles (800 km). and push it. km). miles . Oil Control System Operating the vehicle with deterio- . Have your vehi- rated oil can damage the engine. Oil and Filter cle serviced . Tire Engine Remaining oil within two . Oil Ser- life is 0 miles (0 weeks or less To reset oil control system: Other vice due km). than 500 miles 1. Place the ignition switch in the ON Oil Control System: (800 km). position. The Oil Control System informs the dis- The oil change interval cannot be ad- 2. Push the and buttons on the tance to oil change. Never exceed one justed manually. steering wheel until “Settings” appears year or the following distance between oil in the vehicle information display. Use change intervals: The distance to oil change interval is calculated depending on the driving con- the scroll dial to select “Maintenance”. . 10,000 miles (16,000 km) for the ditions and set automatically by the oil Then, push the scroll dial. PR25DD engine . control system. A reminder will be dis- 3. Select the “Oil Control System” and 7,500 miles (12,000 km) for the played when approaching the end of the push the scroll dial. KR15DDT engine service interval. 4. Push the scroll dial according to the When the Factory Reset option is selected reset instructions displayed at the in the vehicle information display, the oil bottom of the “Oil Control System” control system will also be reset to initial maintenance screen. value. Please change the engine oil when When the user sets an alert for chan- Factory Reset is selected. ging the engine oil in the “Oil and Filter” menu, reset both “Oil Control System” and “Oil and Filter” after changing the engine oil.

Instruments and controls 2-29 Oil and Filter: does not mean your tires will last Customize Display This indicator appears when user set that long. Use the tire replacement The display settings allows user to distance comes for changing the engine indicator as a guide only and always choose from the various meter selections. oil and filter. You can set or reset the perform regular tire checks. Failure The display settings can be changed distance for checking or replacing these to perform regular tire checks, in- using the scroll dial . items. For scheduled maintenance items cluding tire pressure checks could and intervals, refer to the “9. Maintenance result in tire failure. Serious vehicle Main Menu Selection: and schedules” section. damage could occur and may lead to Displays available screens that can be When the user sets an alert for chan- a collision, which could result in shown in the vehicle information display. serious personal injury or death. ging the engine oil in the “Oil and Filter” Route Guidance (if so equipped): menu, reset both “Oil Control System” To change the setting, use the scroll dial and “Oil and Filter” after changing the Other: engine oil. to select and push it. This indicator appears when the user set . Alerts Tire: distance comes for checking or replacing maintenance items other than the engine The “Alerts” allows user to turn the This indicator appears when the user set Navigation Settings alerts on or off. distance comes for replacing tires. You oil, oil filter and tires. Other maintenance can set or reset the distance for replacing items can include such things as air filter Transition (Cruise) (if so equipped): tires. or tire rotation. You can set or reset the The ”Transition (Cruise)” allows user to distance for checking or replacing the turn the cruise screen transition on or off. items. WARNING Welcome Effect: The “Welcome Effect” displays the avail- The tire replacement indicator is not able welcome effect settings. a substitute for regular tire checks, . Gauges (if so equipped) including tire pressure checks. (See . Animation “Changing wheels and tires” (P.8- 39).) Many factors including tire in- Operation guidance: flation, alignment, driving habits and The “Operation guidance” displays the road conditions affect tire wear and available operation guidance settings. when tires should be replaced. . Lights Setting the tire replacement indicator for a certain driving distance 2-30 Instruments and controls . Wiper . psi Key-Linked Settings (if so equipped) . — Front kPa The Key-Linked Settings can be turned — Rear . bar ON/OFF using the scroll dial . It will . Seat Memory (if so equipped) . kgf/cm2 display the key synchronized and in use . Cruise Control (if so equipped) (See “TPMS Setting” (P.2-26).) for this vehicle. Unit/Language When the tire pressure unit is changed, Factory Reset the unit for the turbo charger boost The units that are shown in the vehicle pressure gauge (if so equipped) is also The settings in the vehicle information information display can be changed: changed. (See “Variable Compression Tur- display can be reset back to the factory default. To reset the vehicle information . Mileage/Fuel bo” (P.2-12).) display: . Tire Pressure Temperature: 1. Select “Factory Reset” using the scroll . Temperature The temperature that is shown in the dial and push it. . Language vehicle information display can be chan- 2. Select “Yes” to return all settings back Use the scroll dial to select and change ged from: to default by pushing the scroll dial . the units of the vehicle information dis- . °C play. . °F Mileage/Fuel: Use the scroll dial to toggle choices. The unit for the mileage that is shown in Language: the vehicle information display can be changed. The language of the vehicle information display can be changed. . miles, MPG . km, km/l Use the scroll dial to select and change the language of the vehicle information . km, l/100km display. Use the scroll dial to select and change the unit. Tire Pressure: The unit for tire pressures that is shown in the vehicle information display can be changed to:

Instruments and controls 2-31 WAC0315X

2-32 Instruments and controls WAC0659X

Instruments and controls 2-33 VEHICLE INFORMATION DISPLAY (See “Intelligent Key system” (P.3-7).) WARNINGS AND INDICATORS 4. Key Battery Low warning The displayed images may differ depend- This warning appears when the Intelli- ing on the model. gent Key battery is running out of power. 1. Engine start operation indicator If this indicator appears, replace the This indicator appears when the shift battery with a new one. See “Intelligent position is in the P (Park) position. Key battery replacement” (P.8-25). This indicator means that the engine will 5. Engine start operation for Intelli- start by pushing the ignition switch with gent Key system indicator the brake pedal depressed. You can start the engine directly in any position of the This indicator appears when the Intelli- ignition switch. gent Key battery is running out of power and when the Intelligent Key system and 2. No Key Detected warning vehicle are not communicating normally. This warning appears when the door is If this indicator appears, touch the igni- closed with the Intelligent Key left outside tion switch with the Intelligent Key while the vehicle and the engine is running. depressing the brake pedal. (See “Intelli- Make sure that the Intelligent Key is inside gent Key battery discharge” (P.5-17).) the vehicle. 6. Key System Error: See Owner’s See “Intelligent Key system” (P.3-7) for Manual warning more details. This warning appears if there is a mal- 3. Shift to Park warning (if so function in the Intelligent Key system. equipped) If this warning appears while the engine is This warning appears when the door is stopped, the engine cannot be started. If opened while the shift position is other this warning appears while the engine is than P (Park). running, the vehicle can be driven. How- WAC0655X If this warning appears, push the park ever, it is recommended that you visit a button to engage the P (Park) position. NISSAN dealer for repair as soon as possible. An inside warning chime will also sound. 2-34 Instruments and controls 7. Release Parking Brake warning 11. Rear seat belt warning 6).) This warning appears when the accel- This warning appears for 35 seconds 13. Shift to P range warning erator pedal is depressed when the after the ignition switch is placed in the electronic parking brake automatic re- ON position. This warning appears when the driver’s lease function cannot be used. Release door is opened while the shift lever is in This warning shows the status of the any position other than P (Park). the electronic parking brake manually. three rear seat belts. When one of the rear If this warning appears, push the park 8. Low Fuel warning seat belts is buckled, the corresponding rear seat belt indicator will appear gray. button to engage the P (Park) position. This warning appears when the fuel level When one of the rear seat belts is buckled An inside warning chime will also sound. in the fuel tank is getting low. Refuel as and becomes unbuckled, the correspond- (See “Intelligent Key system” (P.3-7).) soon as it is convenient, preferably before ing rear seat belt indicator will appear in the fuel gauge reaches 0 (Empty). There red. If this occurs while the vehicle speed 14. CVT Malfunction Service now will be a small reserve of fuel in the tank exceeds 10 MPH (15 km/h), a buzzer will warning when the fuel gauge needle reaches 0 sound. This warning appears when there is a (Empty). For precautions on seat belt usage, see malfunction with the CVT system. If this 9. Low Washer Fluid warning (if so “Seat belts” (P.1-14). warning appears, have the system checked. It is recommended that you visit equipped) 12. Tire Pressure Low — Add Air a NISSAN dealer for this service. This warning appears when the window warning washer fluid is at a low level. Add window 15. CVT hot Power reduced warning washer fluid as necessary. For additional This warning appears when the low tire pressure warning light in the meter The CVT has a high fluid temperature information, refer to “Window washer protection mode. If the fluid temperature fluid” (P.8-13). illuminates and low tire pressure is detected. The warning appears each time becomes too high (for example, climbing 10. Door/liftgate open warning the ignition switch is placed in the ON steep grades in high temperatures with position as long as the low tire pressure heavy loads, such as when towing a This warning appears if any of the doors trailer), engine power and, under some and/or the liftgate are open or not closed warning light remains illuminated. If this warning appears, stop the vehicle and conditions, vehicle speed will be de- securely. The vehicle icon indicates which creased automatically to reduce the door or the liftgate is open on the display. adjust the pressure to the recommended COLD tire pressure shown on the Tire and chance of transmission damage. Vehicle Loading Information label. (See “Low tire speed can be controlled with the accel- pressure warning light” (P.2-18) and “Tire erator pedal, but the engine and vehicle Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS)” (P.5- speed may be reduced. Instruments and controls 2-35 16. CVT Malfunction Stop safely 19. Continuously Variable Trans- 21. AWD Error: See Owner’s Manual warning mission (CVT) position indicator warning (if so equipped) This warning appears when there is a This indicator shows the CVT shift posi- This warning appears when the All-Wheel malfunction with the CVT system. If this tion. Drive (AWD) system is not functioning warning appears, stop the vehicle in a In the manual shift mode, when the properly while the engine is running. safe place. Have the system checked. It is transmission does not shift to the se- Reduce vehicle speed and have your recommended you visit a NISSAN dealer lected gear due to a transmission protec- vehicle checked as soon as possible. It is for this service. tion mode, the CVT position indicator will recommended that you visit a NISSAN blink and a chime will sound. dealer for this service. (See “Intelligent 17. Check position of shift lever 4x4” (P.5-151).) warning See “Continuously Variable Transmission (CVT)” (P.5-19) for further details. This warning appears if the system can- 22. AWD High Temp. Stop vehicle not detect the shift position. Make sure 20. Drive Mode Selector indicator warning (if so equipped) the vehicle is placed in a position properly. When a driving mode is selected using the This warning appears when the oil tem- Have the system checked. It is recom- Drive Mode Selector, the selected mode perature of the powertrain parts in- mended you contact a NISSAN dealer for indicator is displayed. creases due to the difference in rotation this service. between the front and rear wheels is . OFF-ROAD (AWD models) large (wheel slip), such as when driving 18. When parked apply parking . SNOW (AWD models) on rough roads, driving through sand or brake warning . STANDARD (2WD models) mud, or freeing a stuck vehicle. If this This warning appears if a malfunction . AUTO (AWD models) warning is displayed, stop the vehicle with occurs in the electric shift control system. . ECO the engine idling, as soon as it is safe to do so. In these cases, the AWD changes to Contact a NISSAN dealer as soon as . SPORT possible. When parking the vehicle, make 2WD to protect the powertrain parts. (See “Drive Mode Selector” (P.5-31).) sure that the parking brake is applied. If Then if the warning turns off, you can the parking brake is not applied, the continue AWD driving. (See “Intelligent ignition switch may not be turned off. 4x4” (P.5-151).)

2-36 Instruments and controls 23. Tire Size Incorrect: See Owner’s 26. Power turned off to save the 30. Chassis Control System Error: Manual warning (if so equipped) battery warning See Owner’s Manual warning This warning may appear if there is a Under the specific conditions, this warn- This warning appears if the chassis con- large difference between the diameters of ing may appear after the ignition switch is trol module detects a malfunction in the front and rear wheels and tires. Pull off automatically turned OFF to save the chassis control system. Have the system the road in a safe area, with the engine battery. checked. It is recommended that you visit idling. Check that all the tire sizes, brand, a NISSAN dealer for this service. (See construction and tread pattern are the 27. Reminder Turn OFF Headlights “Chassis control” (P.5-160).) same, that the tire pressures are correct warning and that the tires are not excessively This warning appears when the driver 31. Rear Door Alert is activated worn. If you have any problems, change side door is opened with the headlight indicator tires or adjust tire pressures correctly. Do switch is left ON and the ignition switch is When the system is enabled, this message not select the SNOW or OFF-ROAD mode placed in the OFF position. Place the appears when the Rear Door Alert system with the Drive Mode Selector and do not headlight switch in OFF (if so equipped) is active and can remind the driver to drive fast. (See “Intelligent 4x4” (P.5-151).) or AUTO position. For additional informa- check the rear seat. tion, (See “Headlight and turn signal . Using the steering switch, the driver 24. Shipping Mode On Push Storage switch” (P.2-57).) Fuse warning (if so equipped) can select “Dismiss Message” to clear the display for a period of time. This warning may appear if the extended 28. Headlight System Error: See . Using the steering switch, the driver storage switch is not pushed in. When this Owner’s Manual warning can select “Disable Alert” to disable the warning appears, push in the extended This warning appears if the LED head- horn alert for the remainder of the storage switch to turn off the warning. lights are malfunctioning. Have the sys- current trip. (See “Extended storage switch” (P.8-25).) tem checked. It is recommended that you For additional information, see “Rear Door 25. Power will turn off to save the visit a NISSAN dealer for this service. Alert” (P.2-67). battery warning 29. Time for a break? indicator Under the specific conditions, this warn- This indicator appears when the set WARNING ing may appear after the ignition switch is Timer Alert activates. You can set the in the ON position for a certain period of time for up to 6 hours. Selecting “Dismiss Message” during a time. stop within a trip temporarily dis- misses the message for that stop without turning the system off. Instruments and controls 2-37 Alerts can be provided for other 33. Lane Departure Warning (LDW)/ (See “Automatic Emergency Braking (AEB) stops during the trip. Selecting “Dis- Intelligent Lane Intervention (I-LI) with Pedestrian Detection system” (P.5- able Alert” turns off the Rear Door 122) or “Intelligent Forward Collision Warn- indicator ing (I-FCW)” (P.5-132).) Alert system for the remainder of a This indicator appears when the Lane trip and no audible alert will be Departure Warning (LDW) and/or Intelli- 36. Cruise indicator (if so equipped) provided. gent Lane Intervention (I-LI) (if so Models without Intelligent Cruise Con- equipped) systems are engaged. trol (ICC) system: NOTE: (See “Lane Departure Warning (LDW)” (P.5- This indicator shows the cruise control This system is disabled until the driver 47) or “Intelligent Lane Intervention (I-LI)” system status. The status is shown by the enables it using the settings menu. See (P.5-52).) color. “Vehicle Settings” (P.2-27). 34. Blind Spot Warning (BSW)/Intel- (See “Cruise control” (P.5-83).) 32. Check Rear Seat For all articles ligent Blind Spot Intervention (I-BSI) Models with Intelligent Cruise Control indicator indicator (ICC) system: When the system is enabled, this message This indicator shows the conventional appears when the vehicle comes to a This indicator appears when the Blind Spot Warning (BSW) and/or Intelligent (fixed speed) cruise control mode status. complete stop, the shift position is placed The status is shown by the color. from the D (Drive) to P (Park), and the Blind Spot Intervention (I-BSI) (if so driver exits the vehicle. This message equipped) systems are engaged. (See “Conventional (fixed speed) cruise alerts the driver, after a period of time, (See “Blind Spot Warning (BSW)” (P.5-58) or control mode” (P.5-119).) to check for items in the rear seat after “Intelligent Blind Spot Intervention (I-BSI)” 37. Speed control status/set dis- the audible alert has been provided. (P.5-66).) tance/lane marker indicator (if so NOTE: 35. Vehicle ahead detection indica- equipped) This system is disabled until the driver tor This indicator shows the status of the enables it using the settings menu. See This indicator shows the status of the Intelligent Cruise Control (ICC) system “Vehicle Settings” (P.2-27). following systems: and the detection of the lane markers. . Automatic Emergency Braking (AEB) The status is shown by the color and with Pedestrian Detection shape. (See “ProPILOT Assist” (P.5-85).) . Intelligent Forward Collision Warning (I-FCW)

2-38 Instruments and controls 38. Malfunction warning 40. Not Available System Malfunc- . Traffic Sign Recognition (TSR) (if so This warning appears when the following tion warning equipped) Once the interior temperature has systems malfunction. This warning appears when the following reached normal levels, the warning . systems malfunction. Rear Cross Traffic Alert (RCTA) should disappear. . Automatic Emergency Braking (AEB) . Lane Departure Warning (LDW) If the warning continues to display, have with Pedestrian Detection . Intelligent Lane Intervention (I-LI) (if so . the system checked. It is recommended Intelligent Forward Collision Warning equipped) that you visit a NISSAN dealer for this (I-FCW) . Blind Spot Warning (BSW) service. (See “Rear Cross Traffic Alert (RCTA)” (P.5- . Intelligent Blind Spot Intervention (I- 77), “Automatic Emergency Braking (AEB) For additional information, refer to “Lane BSI) (if so equipped) Departure Warning (LDW)” (P.5-47), “Intelli- with Pedestrian Detection system” (P.5- . ProPILOT Assist (if so equipped) 122) or “Intelligent Forward Collision Warn- gent Lane Intervention (I-LI)” (P.5-115), (See “Lane Departure Warning (LDW)” (P.5- ing (I-FCW)” (P.5-132).) “Automatic Emergency Braking (AEB) with 47), “Intelligent Lane Intervention (I-LI)” Pedestrian Detection system” (P.5-122), 39. Malfunction See Owner’s Man- (P.5-52), “Blind Spot Warning (BSW)” (P.5- “Intelligent Blind Spot Intervention (I-BSI)” ual warning (if so equipped) 58) or “ProPILOT Assist” (P.5-85).) (P.5-66) or “Traffic Sign Recognition (TSR)” (P.5-44). This warning appears when the following 41. Unavailable High Cabin Tem- systems malfunction. perature warning (if so equipped) 42. Currently not available warning . Traffic Sign Recognition (TSR) (if so This warning appears if the interior tem- This warning appears when the Intelli- equipped) perature of the vehicle has reached such gent Lane Intervention (I-LI) (if so . Rear Automatic Braking (RAB) a high temperature that the sensor for equipped), Intelligent Blind Spot Interven- (See “Traffic Sign Recognition (TSR)” (P.5- the following systems can no longer tion (I-BSI) (if so equipped) or the Intelli- 44) or “Rear Automatic Braking (RAB)” function reliably. gent Cruise Control (ICC) system (if so (P.5-143).) . Lane Departure Warning (LDW) equipped) becomes unavailable in the following conditions: . Intelligent Lane Intervention (I-LI) (if so equipped) . The Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) . Automatic Emergency Braking (AEB) system is turned off with Pedestrian Detection . The SNOW mode or the OFF-ROAD . Intelligent Blind Spot Intervention (I- mode is selected (AWD models). BSI) (if so equipped) For additional information, refer to “In- telligent Lane Intervention (I-LI)” (P.5-52), Instruments and controls 2-39 “Intelligent Blind Spot Intervention (I-BSI)” (AEB) with Pedestrian Detection system” (P.5-85). (P.5-66) or “Intelligent Cruise Control (ICC)” (P.5-122) or “Intelligent Forward Collision (P.5-98). Warning (I-FCW)” (P.5-132). 46. Steering Assist indicator (if so equipped) 43. Forward Driving Aids tempora- 44. Unavailable Side Radar Ob- This indicator appears when the Steering rily disabled Front Sensor blocked struction warning Assist system is engaged. warning This warning appears when the following See “ProPILOT Assist” (P.5-85). If the front radar sensor area on the front systems become unavailable because a of the vehicle is covered with dirt or radar blockage is detected. 47. Hands on detection warning (if obstructed, making it impossible to de- . Blind Spot Warning (BSW) so equipped) tect a vehicle ahead, the following system . Intelligent Blind Spot Intervention (I- This warning may appear when the is automatically turned off. BSI) (if so equipped) Steering Assist system is engaged and . Intelligent Cruise Control (ICC) (on . Rear Cross Traffic Alert (RCTA) the following condition(s) occur: ProPILOT Assist system) (if so (See “Blind Spot Warning (BSW)” (P.5-58), . When not holding the steering wheel equipped) “Intelligent Blind Spot Intervention (I-BSI)” . When there is no steering wheel . Automatic Emergency Braking (AEB) (P.5-66) or “Rear Cross Traffic Alert (RCTA)” operation with Pedestrian Detection (P.5-77).) Hold on the steering wheel immediately. . Intelligent Forward Collision Warning 45. I-LI ON indicator/I-BSI ON indi- When the steering operation is detected, (I-FCW) the warning turns off and the Steering If the warning message appears, park the cator/ProPILOT Assist status indi- Assist function is automatically restored. vehicle in a safe location and turn the cator (if so equipped) For additional information, refer to “Pro- engine off. This indicator appears when the following PILOT Assist” (P.5-85). Check to see if the sensor area is blocked. systems are turned on: 48. Press Brake Pedal indicator (if If the sensor area is blocked, remove the . Intelligent Lane Intervention (I-LI) (if so blocking material. Restart the engine. If equipped) so equipped) the warning message continues to ap- . Intelligent Blind Spot Intervention (I- This message may appear when the pear, have the system checked. It is BSI) (if so equipped) Intelligent Cruise Control (ICC) system is recommended that you visit a NISSAN . ProPILOT Assist (if so equipped) engaged and the following condition dealer for this service. occurs: See “Intelligent Lane Intervention (I-LI)” . For more details, see “ProPILOT Assist” (P.5-52), “Intelligent Blind Spot Interven- While the vehicle is stopped by the ICC (P.5-85), “Automatic Emergency Braking tion (I-BSI)” (P.5-66) or “ProPILOT Assist” system, the driver’s door is opened but 2-40 Instruments and controls the electronic parking brake was not 51. Not Available Bad Weather in- . Strong light, such as sunlight or high activated. dicator (if so equipped) beams from oncoming vehicles, enter Step on the brake pedal immediately. the front camera This message may appear when the 49. Not Available Poor Road Condi- Steering Assist system is engaged. 53. Steering Assist Not Available tions warning (if so equipped) Under the following conditions, the Steer- Cannot Detect Lane indicator (if so This warning appears when the following ing Assist system is automatically can- equipped) systems become unavailable because the celed: This indicator may appear when the road is slippery. . When the wiper (HI) operates. Steering Assist system is engaged. The . Intelligent Lane Intervention (I-LI) (if so . When lane markers in the traveling Steering Assist system is automatically equipped) lane cannot be correctly detected for canceled when the lane markers in the . Intelligent Blind Spot Intervention (I- a period of time due to such items as a traveling lane cannot be correctly de- BSI) (if so equipped) snow rut, reflection of light on a rainy tected for a period of time due to such . day or several unclear lane markers items as a snow rut, reflection of light on Intelligent Cruise Control (ICC) (if so are present. a rainy day or several unclear lane mar- equipped) If you want to use the Steering Assist kers are present. (See “Intelligent Lane Intervention (I-LI)” system again, cancel the ProPILOT Assist (P.5-52), “Intelligent Blind Spot Interven- If you want to use the Steering Assist system and set it again when lane system again, cancel the ProPILOT sys- tion (I-BSI)” (P.5-66) or “Intelligent Cruise markers are clearly visible. Control (ICC)” (P.5-98).) tem and set it again when lane markers are clearly visible. 52. Not Available Front Camera 50. Not Available Seat Belt Not Obstructed indicator (if so 54. Not Available Parking Brake On Fastened indicator (if so equipped) equipped) indicator (if so equipped) This message may appear when the Intelligent Cruise Control (ICC) system is This message may appear when the This message may appear when the engaged. Steering Assist system is engaged. Intelligent Cruise Control (ICC) system is engaged. Under the following condition, the ICC Under the following conditions, the Steer- system is automatically canceled: ing Assist system is automatically can- Under the following condition, the ICC celed: system is automatically canceled: . When the driver’s seat belt is not . . fastened. The camera area of the windshield is The electronic parking brake is ap- fogged up or covered with dirt, water, plied. The ICC system cannot be used when the drops, ice, snow, etc. driver’s seat belt is not fastened. The above system cannot be used when Instruments and controls 2-41 the electronic parking brake is activated. 58. Parking Sensor Error warning 60. Press brake to operate switch 55. Automatic Emergency Braking This warning appears when there is a indicator (AEB) emergency warning indicator malfunction with the sonar system (if so This indicator appears if the automatic equipped) or the Rear Sonar System (RSS) brake hold switch is pushed without This warning indicator appears along (if so equipped). (See “Sonar system” (P.5- depressing the brake pedal while the with an audible warning, when the Auto- 162) or “Rear Sonar System (RSS)” (P.5- automatic brake hold function is acti- matic Emergency Braking (AEB) with Pe- 168).) vated. Depress the brake pedal and push destrian Detection system detects the the switch to deactivate the automatic possibility of a forward collision. 59. Press brake pedal to prevent brake hold function. (See “Automatic See “Automatic Emergency Braking (AEB) rolling warning brake hold” (P.5-28).) with Pedestrian Detection system” (P.5- This warning appears in the following 122). situations: 61. Caution Steep slope indicator . The driver tries to release the electro- This indicator appears when the auto- 56. Rear Automatic Braking (RAB) matic brake hold function is activated system warning indicator nic parking brake manually without depressing the brake pedal. while the vehicle is on a steep hill. (See “Automatic brake hold” (P.5-28).) This warning indicator appears to indi- . The vehicle is stopped on a steep hill cate the status of the Rear Automatic and there is a possibility of moving Braking (RAB) system. 62. Steep Slope Apply foot brake backward, even if the electronic park- indicator See “Rear Automatic Braking (RAB)” (P.5- ing brake is applied. 143). . This warning appears if the vehicle This indicator appears if “Caution Steep slope indicator” has appeared over about 57. Sonar system/Rear Sonar Sys- moves while the automatic brake hold is activated. 3 minutes. Then, the parking brake will tem (RSS) indicator automatically be applied and the brake This indicator appears to indicate the force of the automatic brake hold will be status of the sonar system (if so released, and vehicle may move or roll equipped) or the Rear Sonar System away unexpectedly. Apply the foot brake (RSS) (if so equipped). to stop the vehicle moving. (See “Auto- matic brake hold” (P.5-28).) See “Sonar system” (P.5-162) or “Rear Sonar System (RSS)” (P.5-168).

2-42 Instruments and controls 63. Take a Break? indicator 67. Neutral Hold Mode was not shown by the oil dipstick is normal, This indicator appears when the Intelli- activated indicator (if so equipped) move the vehicle to a level surface and stop the engine. After at least 10 min- gent Driver Alertness (I-DA) system detect This indicator appears when the Neutral that the driver attention is decreasing. utes have passed, open the driver’s hold mode is unavailable. To activate the door and place the ignition switch in (See “Intelligent Driver Alertness (I-DA)” Neutral hold mode, wait for a while with- (P.5-141).) the ON position. If the “Low Oil Level” out shifting and then perform the opera- warning message appears again, add tions again. (See “Neutral hold mode the engine oil or change the engine oil, 64. Intelligent Driver Alertness (I-DA) function” (P.5-22).) malfunction warning according to the instructions described above. This warning appears when the Intelli- 68. Low Oil Level warning (if so gent Driver Alertness (I-DA) system mal- equipped) 69. Sensor Fault See Owner’s Man- functions. (See “Intelligent Driver Alertness This warning appears when the engine oil ual warning (if so equipped) (I-DA)” (P.5-141).) level is low. Warm up the engine on a level This warning appears when the engine oil 65. Neutral Hold Mode guidance surface. After at least 10 minutes have level sensor may be malfunctioning. It is passed since the engine was stopped, use recommended you contact a NISSAN indicator (if so equipped) the engine oil dipstick to check the oil dealer immediately. This indicator appears when the ignition level. (See “Engine oil” (P.8-8).) If the oil switch is placed in the OFF position while level is low, add the engine oil. 70. Engine Oil Service due in – – – the shift position is in the N (Neutral) If the warning appears again before miles position (Neutral hold mode is available). reaching the oil change interval shown This distance to oil change is displayed if (See “Neutral hold mode function” (P.5- in the “9. Maintenance and schedules” the distance to oil change is less than 62 22).) section, check the oil level. When the miles (100 km). 66. Neutral Hold Mode activated warning appears and the oil level is low, have the vehicle checked. It is recom- 71. Stop the vehicle warning (if so indicator (if so equipped) mended that you visit a NISSAN dealer for equipped) This indicator appears when the Neutral this service. This warning appears when the CVT hold mode is activated. To exit the Neutral NOTE: system judges the vehicle is reversed on hold mode, place the vehicle in other than an uphill road with the shift position in D If the vehicle is not on a level surface, N (Neutral) position. (See “Neutral hold (Drive), or moved forward on a downhill accurate measurement of the oil level mode function” (P.5-22).) road with the shift position in R (Reverse). may not be possible. If “Low Oil Level” The engine may stall, so stop the vehicle warning message appears, but the level movement by depressing the brake ped- Instruments and controls 2-43 al. 72. Service CVT Power reduced warning (if so equipped) This warning appears when the CVT power is reduced. If this warning appears, have the system checked. It is recommended that you visit a NISSAN dealer for this service.

2-44 Instruments and controls WAC0660X

Instruments and controls 2-45 1. Home 3. Drive Computer The Home mode shows the following Average fuel consumption: information. The average fuel consumption shows the . Vehicle speed average fuel consumption since the last . Navigation (if so equipped) reset. . Audio Average speed: 2. Speed and Average speed (if so The average speed shows the average equipped) vehicle speed since the last reset. The Speed and Average speed mode Trip odometer: shows the current vehicle speed and the The trip odometer shows the total dis- average vehicle speed since the last reset. tance the vehicle has been driven since The Speed and Average speed mode have the last reset. WAC0313X three modes of operation. You can switch between Manual Reset1, Manual Reset2 or Elapsed time: TRIP COMPUTER Auto Refuel by pushing the scroll dial . The elapsed time shows the time since Switches for the trip computer are lo- Manual Reset1 can be reset manually by the last reset. cated on the left side of the steering using the scroll dial . The Drive Computer mode have three wheel. Manual Reset2 can be reset manually by modes of operation. You can switch Scroll dial - navigate through the items using the scroll dial , or will be reset between Manual Reset1, Manual Reset2 and change or select an item in vehicle automatically each time the ignition or Auto Refuel by pushing the scroll dial information display switch is placed in the OFF position (if so . this scroll dial allows up/down navigation equipped). Manual Reset1 can be reset manually by and push to select using the scroll dial . - go back to the previous menu Auto Refuel will be reset automatically - change from one display screen each time when refueling. Manual Reset2 can be reset manually by to the next (i.e. trip, Fuel economy) using the scroll dial , or will be reset automatically each time the ignition The displayed images may differ depend- switch is placed in the OFF position (if so ing on the model. equipped). Auto Refuel will be reset automatically

2-46 Instruments and controls each time when refueling. 5. ECO Pedal Guide When the Tire Pressure Low — Add Air warning appears, the display can be 4. Fuel Economy display When the ECO mode is selected, you can view the ECO Pedal Guide function for switched to the tire pressure mode by Current fuel consumption: improving fuel economy. pushing the scroll dial to reveal additional details on the displayed warning. The Fuel economy display mode shows The ECO Pedal Guide mode have three the current fuel consumption. modes of operation. You can switch 7. Intelligent 4x4 torque distribution Average fuel consumption: between Manual Reset1, Manual Reset2 display (if so equipped) or Auto Refuel by pushing the scroll dial The Fuel economy display mode shows When the Intelligent 4x4 torque distribu- . the average fuel consumption since the tion display is selected, you can view the last reset. Manual Reset1 can be reset manually by distribution ratio of the transmission using the scroll dial . The Fuel economy display mode have torque to the front and rear wheels three modes of operation. You can switch Manual Reset2 can be reset manually by during driving. between Manual Reset1, Manual Reset2 or using the scroll dial , or will be reset 8. Variable Compression Turbo (if Auto Refuel by pushing the scroll dial . automatically each time the ignition switch is placed in the OFF position (if so so equipped) Manual Reset1 can be reset manually by equipped). Variable Compression Turbo mode shows using the scroll dial . Auto Refuel will be reset automatically the status of Variable Compression Turbo Manual Reset2 can be reset manually by each time when refueling. information. (See “Variable Compression using the scroll dial , or will be reset Turbo” (P.2-12).) automatically each time the ignition (See “ECO Pedal Guide function” (P.5-33).) 9. Compass (if so equipped) switch is placed in the OFF position (if so 6. Tire Pressures equipped). This display indicates the heading direc- The tire pressure mode shows the pres- Auto Refuel will be reset automatically tion of the vehicle. sure of all four tires while the vehicle is each time when refueling. driven. 10. Navigation (if so equipped) With the “Tire Pres ECO advice” function When the route guidance is set in the ON, when the tire pressure is getting low, navigation system, this item shows the ”Check Tire Pressures for Best Fuel Econ- navigation route information. omy” appears. (See “ECO Mode Setting” (P.2-26) and “Tire Pres ECO advice” (P.5- 33).)

Instruments and controls 2-47 11. Audio 13. ProPILOT Assist (if so equipped) The audio mode shows the status of The ProPILOT Assist mode shows the audio information. operating conditions for the following systems: 12. Driver Assistance . Intelligent Cruise Control (ICC) The Driver Assistance mode shows the . Steering Assist operating condition for the following systems. The display will also be shown when the ProPILOT Assist is turned on. For addi- . Forward: tional information, see “ProPILOT Assist” — Automatic Emergency Braking (P.5-85). (AEB) with Pedestrian Detection system 14. Traffic Sign Recognition (if so — Intelligent Forward Collision Warn- equipped) ing (I-FCW) The Traffic Sign Recognition (TSR) system WAC0521X . Lane: provides the driver with information — Lane Departure Warning (LDW) about the most recently detected speed CLOCK AND OUTSIDE AIR TEM- — Intelligent Lane Intervention (I-LI) (if limit. See “Traffic Sign Recognition (TSR)” PERATURE so equipped) (P.5-44) for more details. The clock and outside air temperature . Blind Spot: are displayed on the upper side of the — Blind Spot Warning (BSW) vehicle information display. — Intelligent Blind Spot Intervention Clock (I-BSI) (if so equipped) For clock adjustment, see “Clock” (P.2-27) For more details, see “Automatic Emer- or the separate NissanConnect® Owner’s gency Braking (AEB) with Pedestrian De- Manual (if so equipped). tection system” (P.5-122), “Lane Departure Warning (LDW)” (P.5-47), “Intelligent Lane Intervention (I-LI)” (P.5-52), “Blind Spot Warning (BSW)” (P.5-58) or “Intelligent Blind Spot Intervention (I-BSI)” (P.5-66).

2-48 Instruments and controls HEAD UP DISPLAY (HUD) (if so equipped)

Outside air temperature (°F or °C) The outside air temperature is displayed WARNING in °F or °C in the range of −40 to 140°F (−40 to 60°C). . Failure to properly adjust the The outside air temperature mode in- brightness and position of the cludes a low temperature warning fea- displayed image may interfere ture. If the outside air temperature is with the driver’s ability to see below 27°F (−3°C), the indicator is through the windshield, which displayed. could cause an accident leading to severe injury or death. The outside temperature sensor is lo- . cated in front of the radiator. The sensor Do not use the Head Up Display may be affected by road or engine heat, (HUD) for extended periods of wind directions and other driving condi- time as that can cause you to not see other vehicles, pedes- tions. The display may differ from the WAC0417X actual outside temperature or the tem- trians or objects, which could perature displayed on various signs or cause an accident leading to se- billboards. vere injury or death. The Head Up Display (HUD) can display one or more of the following features (if so equipped): Vehicle speed Navigation Driving Assist Traffic Sign Audio TEL/SMS

WAC0544X

Instruments and controls 2-49 NOTE: . Depending on weather conditions . Do not place any type of liquid on or (rain, snow, sunlight, etc.), the dis- near the projector. Doing so may play may be difficult to see. cause malfunction of the equipment.

WAC0515X . Do not touch any internal parts of the projector. Doing so may cause malfunction of the equipment. . To prevent scratches to the projector glass, do not place any sharp objects on or near the projector opening. . Do not place any objects on the instrument panel which may obstruct the display of the HUD. . If you wear polarized sunglasses, the display may be difficult to see. In- crease the brightness of the HUD in the vehicle information display or remove your sunglasses.

2-50 Instruments and controls — Driving Assist — Speed Limit Sign — Audio — TEL/SMS . Reset NOTE: Emergency information may display even if the HUD is turned off. This product includes the following software. (1) Panasonic Corporation or software developed for Panasonic Corporation JVI1787X (2) Third-party software licensed to Pana- WAC0516X sonic Corporation HOW TO USE THE HUD NOTE: (3) Open source software . To turn the HUD on, push the HUD switch. The HUD has a built-in sensor that Regarding (3) Open source software, it controls the brightness of the dis- To turn the HUD off, push the switch includes open source software (OSS), again. played image. If you block the sen- including various software to which li- sor with an object, the display will If the HUD is turned off, it will remain off cense information applies. darken, making it difficult to see. even if the vehicle is restarted. Refer to the license web site at: http://car. The following settings can be changed in panasonic.jp/oss/i02lln39 the vehicle information display: Display brightness . Brightness . Height The brightness of the display may be controlled in the vehicle information dis- . Rotation play. The brightness will also be adjusted . Contents selection automatically according to the exterior — Navigation (if so equipped) ambient lighting brightness.

Instruments and controls 2-51 SECURITY SYSTEMS

DRIVER ASSISTANCE/NAVIGATION/ . Songs TRAFFIC SIGN/AUDIO/TEL/SMS . Radio stations LINKING The TEL/SMS linking display will show the following item: The HUD will display Driver Assistance and navigation information. . Caller’s name or phone number The Driver Assistance display will show warning situations for the following systems: . Automatic Emergency Braking (AEB) with Pedestrian Detection . Intelligent Forward Collision Warning (I-FCW) . Lane Departure Warning (LDW) JVI1587X . Intelligent Lane Intervention (I-LI) . Hands-free warning (for vehicles with Your vehicle has two types of security ProPILOT Assist) (if so equipped) systems, as follows: The Navigation System linking display will . Vehicle security system (if so show the following items: equipped) . Intersection names . NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System . Arrows indicating turning direction VEHICLE SECURITY SYSTEM (if so . Distance to the next intersection equipped) . Recommended lane indicator The vehicle security system provides The Traffic Signs Recognition (TSR) sys- visual and audio alarm signals if someone tem linking display will show the following opens the doors, hood and liftgate when items: the system is armed. It is not, however, a . Speed Limit Sign motion detection type system that acti- . No Entry Sign vates when a vehicle is moved or when a vibration occurs. The Audio System linking display will show the following items: The system helps deter vehicle theft but cannot prevent it, nor can it prevent the 2-52 Instruments and controls theft of interior or exterior vehicle com- cing the ignition switch in the ON NISSAN VEHICLE IMMOBILIZER SYS- ponents in all situations. Always secure position, the system will be released. TEM your vehicle even if parking for a brief period. Never leave your keys in the Vehicle security system activation The NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System vehicle, and always lock it when unat- The vehicle security system will give the will not allow the engine to start without tended. Be aware of your surroundings, following alarm: the use of the registered key. and park in secure, well-lit areas when- . The headlights or the hazard indicator If the engine does not start using the ever possible. lights blink and the horn sounds registered Intelligent Key, it may be due to Many devices offering additional protec- intermittently. interference caused by: tion, such as component locks, identifica- . The alarm automatically turns off . Another Intelligent Key. tion markers, and tracking systems, are after approximately 30 seconds. How- . Automated toll road device. available at auto supply stores and speci- ever, the alarm reactivates if the . Automated payment device. alty shops. Your NISSAN dealer may also vehicle is tampered with again. . Other devices that transmit similar offer such equipment. Check with your The alarm is activated by: signals. insurance company to see if you may be . Start the engine using the following eligible for discounts for various theft opening any doors, the hood or lift- procedure: protection features. gate without using Intelligent Key (even if the door is unlocked by 1. Remove any items that may be caus- How to arm the vehicle security releasing the door inside lock knob). ing the interference away from the system How to stop an activated alarm Intelligent Key. The system can be 2. Start the engine again. 1. Close all windows. The alarm stops by pushing the UNLOCK armed even if the windows are open. button on the Intelligent Key, pushing If this procedure allows the engine to 2. Remove the keys from the vehicle. the request switch (if so equipped) in start, NISSAN recommends placing the 3. Close all doors, hood and liftgate. Lock range of the door handle or placing the registered Intelligent Key separate from all doors. The doors can be locked ignition switch in the ON position. other devices to avoid interference. with Intelligent Key, door handle re- Statement related to section 15 of FCC quest switch (if so equipped). rules for NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer Even when the driver and/or passen- System (CONT ASSY-SMART KEYLESS) gers are in the vehicle, the system will FCC Notice: activate with all the doors, hood and For USA: liftgate locked with the ignition switch placed in the OFF position. When pla- FCC ID : KR5HFM401 Instruments and controls 2-53 WIPER AND WASHER SWITCH

This device complies with Part 15 of the not use the window washer re- FCC Rules. Operation is subject to the WARNING servoir tank to mix the washer following two conditions: (1) This device fluid concentrate and water. may not cause harmful interference, In freezing temperatures the washer and (2) this device must accept any solution may freeze on the wind- If the windshield wiper operation is interference received, including inter- shield and obscure your vision which interrupted by snow or ice, the wiper ference that may cause undesired op- may lead to an accident. Warm wind- may stop moving to protect its motor. If eration. shield with the defroster before you this occurs, turn the wiper switch to the Note: Changes or modifications not wash the windshield. OFF position and remove the snow or expressly approved by the party re- ice that is on and around the wiper sponsible for compliance could void arms. In approximately 1 minute, turn the user’s authority to operate the the switch on again to operate the equipment. CAUTION wiper. For Canada: . IC ID : 7812D–HFM401 Do not operate the washer continuously for more than 30 sec- This device complies with Industry Ca- onds. nada licence-exempt RSS standard(s). . Operation is subject to the following Do not operate the washer if the two conditions: (1) this device may not reservoir tank is empty. cause interference, and (2) this device . Do not fill the window washer must accept any interference, including reservoir tank with washer fluid interference that may cause undesired concentrates at full strength. operation of the device. Some methyl alcohol based washer fluid concentrates may permanently stain the grille if spilled while filling the window washer reservoir tank. . Pre-mix washer fluid concentrates with water to the manufacturer’s recommended levels before pouring the fluid into the window washer reservoir tank. Do 2-54 Instruments and controls High — continuous high speed operation REAR WINDOW WIPER AND WASHER If the ignition switch is placed in the OFF position while the wiper operates in the OPERATION high speed position, the wiper will not operate the next time the ignition switch is placed in the ON position. To operate WARNING the wiper, move the lever to any position other than high speed. In freezing temperatures the washer Push the lever up to have one sweep solution may freeze on the rear operation of the wiper. window glass and obscure your vision. Warm the rear window with the Pull the lever toward you to operate the defroster before you wash the rear washer. Then the wiper will also operate window. several times. NOTE: WAC0317X The Speed Dependent feature may be disabled. For additional information, CAUTION WINDSHIELD WIPER AND WASHER refer to “Vehicle Settings” (P.2-27). OPERATION . Do not operate the washer con- The windshield wiper and washer oper- CAUTION tinuously for more than 30 sec- ates when the ignition switch is in the ON onds. position. . Do not operate the washer if the Do not operate the windshield wiper reservoir tank is empty. Push the lever down to operate the wiper while the wiper arm is pulled up. The at the following speed: wiper arm may be damaged. . Do not fill the window washer Intermittent — intermittent operation can reservoir tank with washer fluid be adjusted by turning the knob toward concentrates at full strength. (Faster) or (Slower). Also, the inter- Some methyl alcohol based mittent operation speed varies in accor- washer fluid concentrates may dance with the vehicle speed. (For permanently stain the grille if example, when the vehicle speed is high, the intermittent operation speed will be spilled while filling the window faster.) washer reservoir tank. Low — continuous low speed operation

Instruments and controls 2-55 . Pre-mix washer fluid concen- wiper. trates with water to the manu- NOTE: facturer’s recommended levels The Reverse Link feature may be dis- before pouring the fluid into the abled. For additional information, refer window washer reservoir tank. Do to “Vehicle Settings” (P.2-27). not use the window washer reservoir tank to mix the washer fluid concentrate and water.

If the rear window wiper operation is interrupted by snow or ice, the wiper may stop moving to protect its motor. If this occurs, turn the wiper switch to the OFF position and remove the snow or ice that is on and around the wiper WAC0318X arms. In approximately 1 minute, turn The rear window wiper and washer the switch on again to operate the operate when the ignition switch is in wiper. the ON position. Turn the switch clockwise from the OFF position to operate the wiper. Intermittent (INT) — intermittent operation (not adjustable) Low (ON) — continuous low speed operation Push the switch forward to operate the washer. Then the wiper will also operate several times. Reverse Link feature: When the windshield wiper switch is on, moving the shift lever to the R (Reverse) position will operate the rear window 2-56 Instruments and controls REAR WINDOW AND OUTSIDE MIRROR HEADLIGHT AND TURN SIGNAL SWITCH (if so equipped) DEFROSTER SWITCH

HEADLIGHT SWITCH

CAUTION

Use the headlights with the engine running to avoid discharging the vehicle battery.

WAC0418X WAC0536X Type A (if so equipped) Type C (if so equipped) To defog/defrost the rear window glass and outside mirrors (if so equipped), start the engine and push the switch on. The indicator light will illuminate. Push the switch again to turn the defroster off. It will automatically turn off in approximately 20 minutes.

CAUTION

When cleaning the inner side of the rear window, be careful not to scratch or damage the rear window WAC0419X defroster. Type B (if so equipped) Instruments and controls 2-57 WAC0533X WAC0319X WAC0560X Example Example Example Lighting Type B (if so equipped): Intelligent Auto Headlight system Rotate the switch to the position, and Type A (if so equipped): the front parking, tail, license plate, and Type A (if so equipped): Rotate the switch to the position, and instrument panel lights will come on. The Intelligent Auto Headlight system the front parking, tail, license plate, and The Intelligent Auto Headlight system will allows the headlights to be set so they instrument panel lights will come on. also be set in this position. turn on and off automatically. Rotate the switch to the position, and Rotate the switch to the position, and the headlights will come on and all the To set the Intelligent Auto Headlight the headlights will come on and all the system: other lights remain on. The daytime run- other lights remain on. The daytime running light will turn off. ning light will turn off. 1. Make sure the headlight switch is in the AUTO position . 2. Place the ignition switch in the ON position. 3. The Intelligent Auto Headlight system automatically turns the headlights on and off. 2-58 Instruments and controls To turn the Intelligent Auto Headlight position. system off, turn the switch to the OFF, The Intelligent Auto Headlight system can or position. turn on the headlights automatically The Intelligent Auto Headlight system can when it is dark and turn off the headlights turn on the headlights automatically when it is light. when it is dark and turn off the headlights If the ignition switch is placed in the ON when it is light. position when the parking brake is ap- The headlights will also be turned on plied, the headlights remain off. automatically at twilight or in rainy With the position selected, the head- weather (when the windshield wiper is lights turn off when the ignition switch is operated continuously). placed in the OFF position, the shift If the ignition switch is placed in the OFF position is placed in the P (Park) position position and one of the doors is opened or the parking brake is applied. (The front and this condition is continued, the head- WAC0320X parking, tail, license plate, and instrument lights remain on for 5 minutes. panel lights are on.) Example Type B (if so equipped): The headlights will also be turned on automatically at twilight or in rainy The Intelligent Auto Headlight system weather (when the windshield wiper is allows the headlights to be set so they operated continuously). turn on and off automatically. With the AUTO position selected (head- To set the Intelligent Auto Headlight lights are on), if the ignition switch is system: placed in the OFF position and one of the 1. Make sure the headlight switch is in doors is opened and this condition is the or AUTO position . continued, the headlights remain on for 2. Place the ignition switch in the ON 5 minutes. position. 3. The Intelligent Auto Headlight system automatically turns the headlights on and off. To turn the Intelligent Auto Headlight system off, turn the switch to the Instruments and controls 2-59 For automatic headlights off delay setting, see “Vehicle Settings” (P.2-27).

WAC0522X WAC0321X Example Be sure not to put anything on top of the photo sensor located on the top Headlight beam select of the instrument panel. The photo To select the high beam, push the lever sensor controls the Intelligent Auto forward and release it. The high beam Headlight; if it is covered, the photo lights come on and the light illumi- sensor reacts as if it is dark and the nates. headlights will illuminate. Pull the lever back and release it to select the low beam. Automatic headlights off delay: To flash the headlights when the high You can keep the headlights on for up to beam is not selected, pull the lever 180 seconds after you place the ignition towards the rear position. To flash the switch in the OFF and open any door then headlights when the high beam is se- close all the doors. You can adjust the lected, pull the lever twice towards the rear position. period of the automatic headlights off delay from 0 seconds (OFF) to 180 seconds. The factory default setting is 45 seconds.

2-60 Instruments and controls High beam assist the vicinity of the vehicle. . The timing of switching the low The high beam assist system will operate — When the headlights of the beam and high beam may when the vehicle is driven at speeds of oncoming vehicle or the lead- change under the following situa- approximately 19 MPH (30 km/h) and ing vehicle are turned off, tions. above. If an oncoming vehicle or leading when the color of the light is — The brightness of the head- vehicle appears in front of your vehicle affected due to foreign mate- lights of the oncoming vehicle when the headlight high beam is on, the rials on the lights, or when the or leading vehicle. headlight will be switched to the low light beam is out of position. beam automatically. — The movement and direction — When there is a sudden, con- of the oncoming vehicle and Precautions on high beam assist: tinuous change in brightness. the leading vehicle. — When driving on a road that — When only one light on the WARNING passes over rolling hills, or a oncoming vehicle or the lead- road that has level differ- ing vehicle is illuminated. . The high beam assist system is a ences. — When the oncoming vehicle or convenience but it is not a sub- — When driving on a road with the leading vehicle is a two- stitute for safe driving operation. many curves. wheeled vehicle. The driver should remain alert at all times, ensure safe driving — When a sign or mirror-like — Road conditions (incline, practices and switch the high surface is reflecting intense curve, the road surface, etc.). beams and low beam manually light towards the front of the — The number of passengers when necessary. vehicle. and the amount of cargo. . The high beam or low beam may — When the container, etc. being not switch automatically under towed by a leading vehicle is the following conditions. Switch reflecting intense light. the high beam and low beam — When a headlight on your manually. vehicle is damaged or dirty. — During bad weather (rain, fog, — When the vehicle is leaning at snow, wind, etc.). an angle due to a punctured — When a light source similar to tire, being towed, etc. a headlight or tail light is in Instruments and controls 2-61 headlight remains the low beam. To turn off the high beam assist system, push the switch again.

WAC0322X WAC0523X Example High beam assist operations: Ambient image sensor maintenance: To activate the high beam assist system, The ambient image sensor for the high push the switch as illustrated with the beam assist system is located in front of AUTO position (or position, depend- the inside mirror. To keep the proper operation of the high beam assist system ing on the model). The high beam assist indicator light in the meter will illuminate and prevent a system malfunction, be while the headlights are turned on. sure to observe the following: . Always keep the windshield clean. If the high beam assist indicator light . does not illuminate in the above condi- Do not attach a sticker (including tion, it may indicate that the system is not transparent material) or install an functioning properly. It is recommended accessory near the ambient image you have the system checked by a sensor. NISSAN dealer. . Do not strike or damage the areas When the vehicle speed lowers to less around the ambient image sensor. Do than approximately 13 MPH (20 km/h), the not touch the sensor lens that is located on the ambient image sensor. 2-62 Instruments and controls If the ambient image sensor is damaged for extended periods of time even position. due to an accident, it is recommended if the headlights turn off auto- you contact a NISSAN dealer. matically. WARNING Battery saver system . When the headlight switch is in the Daytime Running Light (DRL) sys- When the LED DRL system is active or position while the ignition tem with the headlight switch in the OFF switch is in the ON position, the lights The LED Daytime Running Lights (DRL) position (if so equipped), tail lights on your vehicle are not on. It is will automatically turn off within a automatically illuminate when the engine period of time after the ignition switch is started and the parking brake is necessary at dusk to turn on your has been placed in the OFF position. released. The LED DRL operate with the headlights. Failure to do so could . When the headlight switch remains in headlight switch in the OFF (if so cause an accident injuring yourself the or position after the lights equipped), , or AUTO (when the head- and others. automatically turn off, the lights will lights are off) position. When you turn the turn on when the ignition switch is headlight switch to the position for placed in the ON position. full illumination, the LED lights switch from LED DRL to the park function. CAUTION Type A: If the parking brake is applied before the engine is started, the LED DRL do not illuminate. The LED DRL illuminate . When you turn on the headlight when the parking brake is released. This switch again after the lights auto- feature will work in the , AUTO or OFF matically turn off, the lights will position. The LED DRL will remain on until not turn off automatically. Be the ignition switch is placed in the OFF sure to turn the light switch to position. the OFF (if so equipped) or the AUTO position when you leave Type B: If the parking brake is applied the vehicle for extended periods before the engine is started, the LED DRL of time, otherwise the battery will do not illuminate. The LED DRL illuminate be discharged. when the parking brake is released. This feature will work in the AUTO or . Never leave the light switch on position. The LED DRL will remain on until when the engine is not running the ignition switch is placed in the OFF Instruments and controls 2-63 not latch, and release the lever. The turn signal will automatically flash three times. Choose the appropriate method to signal a lane change based on road and traffic conditions.

WAC0323X WAC0324X Example Example TURN SIGNAL SWITCH FOG LIGHT SWITCH (if so equipped) Turn signal To turn the fog lights on, turn the headlight switch to the position, then turn Move the lever up or down to signal the the fog light switch to the position. turning direction. When the turn is completed, the turn signals cancel automati- To turn the fog lights on with the head- cally. light switch in the AUTO position, the headlights must be on, then turn the fog Lane change signal light switch to the position. Move the lever up or down until the turn To turn them off, turn the fog light switch signal begins to flash, but the lever does to the OFF position. not latch, to signal a lane change. Hold The headlights must be on for the fog the lever until the lane change is com- lights to operate. pleted. The fog lights automatically turn off when Move the lever up or down until the turn the high beam headlights are selected. signal begins to flash, but the lever does 2-64 Instruments and controls HORN HEATED STEERING WHEEL (if so equipped) HEATED SEATS (if so equipped)

WARNING

Do not use or allow occupants to use the seat heater if you or the occupants cannot monitor elevated seat temperatures or have an inability to feel pain in body parts that contact the seat. Use of the seat heater by such people could result in serious injury.

WAC0565X WAC0420X CAUTION Example To sound the horn, push the center pad . area of the steering wheel. Push the heated steering wheel switch to The battery could run down if the warm the steering wheel after the engine seat heater is operated while the starts. The indicator light on the switch engine is not running. WARNING will illuminate. . Do not use the seat heater for If the surface temperature of the steering extended periods or when no one Do not disassemble the horn. Doing wheel is below 86 to 104°F (30 to 40°C), is using the seat. so could affect proper operation of the system will heat the steering wheel . Do not put anything on the seat the supplemental front air bag sys- and cycle off and on to maintain a which insulates heat, such as a tem. Tampering with the supple- temperature above 86 to 104°F (30 to blanket, cushion, seat cover, etc. mental front air bag system may 40°C). The indicator light will remain on as Otherwise, the seat may become result in serious personal injury. long as the system is on. overheated. The heated steering wheel system is . Do not place anything hard or automatically turned off after 30 minutes. heavy on the seat or pierce it with Push the switch again to turn the heated a pin or similar object. This may steering wheel system off manually. The result in damage to the heater. indicator light will turn off. Instruments and controls 2-65 . Any liquid spilled on the heated The front and rear (if so equipped) seats seat should be removed immedi- are warmed by built-in heaters. The ately with a dry cloth. switches are located on the instrument panel and the back of the center console . When cleaning the seat, never use box and can be operated independently gasoline, thinner, or any similar of each other. materials. OPERATION WITH SWITCH . If any malfunctions are found or the heated seat does not operate, 1. Start the engine. turn the switch off and have the 2. Push the heated seat switch and system checked. It is recom- select the desired heat range. mended you visit a NISSAN dealer . For high heat, push the switch once. for this service. . For medium heat, push the switch twice. WAC0524X . For low heat, push the switch three Front times. . The indicator light on the switch will illuminate depending on the heat level when the heater is on. 3. To turn off the heater, push the heated seat switch until the indicator light turns off. The heater is controlled by a control module, automatically adjusting the heat level to maintain comfort according to the selected heat range. The indicator light will remain on as long as the switch is on. When the vehicle’s interior is warmed, WAC0525X or before you leave the vehicle, be Rear (if so equipped) sure to turn off the seat heater. 2-66 Instruments and controls STEERING ASSIST SWITCH (models REAR DOOR ALERT with ProPILOT Assist)

The Rear Door Alert system functions . When the driver puts the vehicle in the under certain conditions to indicate there P (Park) position, a notification mes- may be an object or passenger in the rear sage appears in the vehicle informa- seat(s). Check the seat(s) before exiting tion display with the options to the vehicle. “Dismiss Message” or “Disable Alert” if The Rear Door Alert system is initially desired. disabled. The driver can enable the sys- — Select “Disable Alert” to temporarily tem using the vehicle information display. disable for that stop. (See “Vehicle Settings” (P.2-27).) — No selection or ‘Dismiss Message” When the system is enabled: will keep the alert enabled for that stop. . The system is activated when a rear . door is opened and closed. When the If the alert is enabled when a driver vehicle is started and the system is exits the vehicle, a message will appear in the vehicle information display WAF0222X activated, a visual message appears in the vehicle information display. (See that states “Check Rear Seat for All Articles.” The Steering Assist switch is used to “31. Rear Door Alert is activated indi- temporarily turn on and off the Steering cator” (P.2-37).) If “Horn & Alert” setting is selected: Assist system. . If a rear door is opened and closed but — An audible horn sound will occur after a short time unless a rear You can also use the “Driver Assistance” the vehicle is not driven, the system door is opened and closed within a menu in the vehicle information display to will not be activated. A rear door must short time to deactivate the alert. turn on and off the Steering Assist be opened and closed and the car system. (See “How to enable/disable the driven for the system to activate. — If the doors are locked before the Steering Assist” (P.5-97).) . The time interval to activate the alert is deactivated by opening a rear door, the horn will sound. The Steering Assist system controls the system between when the rear door — If the liftgate is opened before a steering system to help keep your vehicle is opened and closed and the vehicle rear door is opened, the horn will be near the center of the lane when driving. is started is about 10 minutes. A longer delayed until after the liftgate is (See “ProPILOT Assist” (P.5-85).) interval does not indicate a malfunction. closed. When the Rear Door Alert system is NOTE: activated: If “Alert Only” setting is selected, the message alert will still be shown in the

Instruments and controls 2-67 POWER OUTLETS vehicle information display but the horn The power outlets are located in the will not sound. lower part of the instrument panel and in the luggage area. WARNING CAUTION . If the driver selects “Disable Alert”, no audible alert will be . The outlet and plug may be hot provided regardless of rear door during or immediately after use. open/close status. . . Do not use with accessories that There may be times when there is exceed a 12 volt, 120W (10A) an object or passenger in the rear power draw. Do not use double seat(s) but the audible alert does adapters or more than one elec- not sound. For example, this may trical accessory. occur if rear seat passengers WAC0325X . Use power outlet with the engine enter or exit the vehicle during a Instrument Panel trip. running to avoid discharging the vehicle battery. . The system does not directly . detect objects or passengers in Avoid using power outlet when the rear seat(s). Instead, it can the air conditioner, headlights or detect when a rear door is rear window defroster is on. opened and closed, indicating . This power outlet is not designed that there may be something in for use with a cigarette lighter the rear seat(s). unit. . Push the plug in as far as it will NOTE: go. If good contact is not made, There may be times when the horn the plug may overheat. sounds but there are no objects or . Before inserting or disconnecting passengers in the rear seat(s). a plug, be sure the electrical (See “31. Rear Door Alert is activated accessory being used is turned indicator” (P.2-37).) WAC0421X OFF. Luggage area 2-68 Instruments and controls . When not in use, be sure to close the cap. Do not allow water or any CAUTION liquid to contact the outlet. . Do not force a USB device into the connector. Depending on the USB connector, inserting the USB device tilted or upside down may damage the connector. Make sure that the USB device is connected correctly into the connector. . Do not use a reversible USB cable. Using the reversible USB cable may damage the connector. WAC0326X USB (Universal Serial Bus) CHAR- GING CONNECTOR (if so equipped) The USB charging connector is located on the back of the center console box. The USB charging connector can be used only for charging an external device. Connect a USB device into the connector. Charging will start automatically (maximum output up to 5 volt, 12W, 2.4A). The external device will be charged continuously while the ignition switch is in the ON position. Some mobile devices cannot be charged depending on their specifications.

Instruments and controls 2-69 . Do not hit the surface of the WARNING wireless charger. . Do not spill liquid (water, drinks, . Never put metallic materials be- etc.) on the charging pad. tween the wireless charger and a . smartphone. Do not use grease, oil or alcohol for cleaning charging pad. . Those who use a pacemaker or other medical equipment should contact the electric medical Wireless charger Indicator equipment manufacturer for the The indicator will illuminate in orange possible influences before use. when the charging process is started. . Never put cloth over the smart- When the charging has completed, the phone during charging process. indicator illuminates in green. WAC0327X . Never charge a smartphone when If a malfunction occurs or the charging it is wet. process has stopped, the indicator will 1. Charging pad . Never put metallic materials or blink in orange for 8 seconds then turn 2. Indicator small goods such as a cigarette off. WIRELESS CHARGER (if so equipped) lighter, Intelligent Key or memory Operation of the wireless charger The wireless charger is located on the drive. To use the wireless charger, it is neces- front of the center console. Lay the sary to seat the smartphone well within smartphone on the pad of the wireless the charging pad. To maximize charging charger. Charging will start automatically. CAUTION performance, ensure the smartphone is The smartphone will be charged continu- fully seated on the center of the charging ously while the ignition switch is in the ON . Do not put an RFID/NFC/credit pad over the "Qi" logo . Because the position. card between the wireless char- location of the power receiver may vary ger and a smartphone. This could depending on the smartphone, you will cause data corruption in the card. need to try and find the area that suits . Do not use the wireless charger your smartphone. with dust accumulated or dirt on Because some smartphone cases or ac- the pad. cessories may adversely affect charging,

2-70 Instruments and controls remove them before wireless charging. charger with a USB cable connected. This equipment should be installed and Turn off the vibration function of the However, charging is not performed. operated with a minimum distance of smartphone before wireless charging. . Depending on the type of the smart- 15cm between the radiator and your phone, the indicator may remain body. NOTE: illuminated in orange even when . Only a Qi compatible smartphone ISED Compliance Statement the charging process has been com- can be used. This device complies with RSS-Gen of IC pleted. . The smartphone may be warmed Rules during charging process and the FCC ID: BEJWC500MNM Operation is subject to the following charging may stop by the protection IC: 2703H-WC500MNM two conditions: function of the wireless charger. This (1) This device may not cause harmful is not a malfunction. If this occurs, This device complies with part 15 of the interference, and restart charging after the smart- FCC Rules and RSS-Gen of IC Rules. phone cooled down. The indicator Operation is subject to the following (2) This device must accept any inter- will blink in orange then turn off. two conditions: ference received, including interference . The wireless charging process may (1) This device may not cause harmful that may cause undesired operation. be stopped by the status of the interference, and Changes or modifications made to this smartphone (battery temperature, (2) This device must accept any inter- device, not expressly approved by LG etc.). ference received, including interference Vehicle Components Company, will void . If a radio noise interference occurs that may cause undesired operation. the user’s authority to operate the during charging process, put the equipment. Changes or modifications not expressly smartphone onto the center (“Qi” approved by the party responsible for ISED RF Radiation Exposure Statement: logo) position of the wireless char- compliance could void the user’s This equipment complies with ISED RF ger. authority to operate the equipment. Radiation exposure limits set forth for . The wireless charging process will an uncontrolled environment. This de- stop during process of searching the RF Radiation Exposure Statement: This vice and its antenna must not be co- Intelligent Key. equipment complies with FCC RF Radia- located or operating in conjunction with tion exposure limits set forth for an . The wireless charging process will any other antenna or transmitter. This uncontrolled environment. not be started when a USB (Univer- equipment should be installed to oper- sal Serial Bus) cable is connected to This device and its antenna must not be ate with a minimum distance of 15cm the smartphone. The indicator may co-located or operating in conjunction between the radiator and the end- illuminate in orange or blink if the with any other antenna or transmitter. user’s body and arms. smartphone is put on the wireless Instruments and controls 2-71 EMERGENCY CALL (SOS) BUTTON (if so equipped)

EMERGENCY SUPPORT be used in the following condi- collision and/or emergency. tions: NissanConnect® Services provide various . Park the vehicle in a safe location services to support dealing with emer- — Emergency functions and ser- and set the parking brake before gencies of the subscribed vehicle and the vices will not be available operating the Emergency Call driver. without a paid subscription (SOS) button. to NissanConnect® Services. For example, in case of an illness or . Only use this service in case of an serious injury, you can seek support by — The NissanConnect® Services emergency. There may be a pen- pushing the in-vehicle Emergency Call network system is disabled. alty for inappropriate use of the (SOS) button and connecting to the service. NissanConnect® Services Response Cen- — The vehicle moves outside the . Radio waves could adversely after. The NissanConnect® Services Re- service area where the TCU fect electric medical equipment. sponse Center can specify the location (Telematics Control Unit) is Individuals who use a pacemaker of the vehicle via GPS, and the informa- connected to the system. should contact the device manu- tion will be sent to the police or other — The vehicle is outside the area facturer regarding any possible agencies as needed. where the cellular network effects before using the system. For information about other NissanCon- service is receivable. . The TCU (Telematics Control Unit) nect® Services emergency support re- — The vehicle is in a location antenna is installed inside the lated services, contact the with poor signal reception upper central part of the instru- NissanConnect® Customer Support line such as tunnels, underground ment panel. An occupant should at 1-855-426-6628 or refer to the Nissan- parking garages, behind not get any closer to the antenna Connect® Services website www.nissanu- buildings or in mountainous than specified by the pacemaker sa.com/connect (for U.S.) or www.nissan. areas. manufacturer. The radio waves ca/nissanconnect (English)/www.nissan. from the TCU antenna may ad- ca/nissanconnect/fr (French) (for Cana- — The line is busy. versely affect the operation of the da). — The TCU (Telematics Control pacemaker while using the Nis- Unit) or other systems of your sanConnect® Services. vehicle are not working prop- WARNING erly. . Please note that the Automatic — It may not be possible to Collision Notification service and make an emergency call de- Emergency Call function cannot pending on the severity of a 2-72 Instruments and controls STORAGE

NOTE: . After the Emergency Call (SOS) but- CUP HOLDERS ton is pushed, it may take some time until the system initiates connec- CAUTION tion, depending on the technical environment and whether the TCU . (Telematics Control Unit) is being Avoid abrupt starting and braking used by other services. when the cup holder is being used to prevent spilling the drink. . An indicator light on the Emergency If the liquid is hot, it can scald you Call (SOS) button shows the readi- or your passenger. ness of the emergency support system. If the indicator light is not . Use only soft cups in the cup illuminated, pushing the Emergency holder. Hard objects can injure Call (SOS) button does not connect you in an accident. WAC0491X your vehicle to the Response Spe- cialist. Making an emergency call The indicator light blinks while connected to the NissanConnect® Ser- The Emergency Call (SOS) button is lo- vices Response Center. cated near the map light. . Even when the indicator light is 1. Push the cover to expose the Emer- illuminated, connection to the Nis- gency Call (SOS) button . sanConnect® Services Response 2. Push the Emergency Call (SOS) button Center may not be possible. If this to make an emergency call. occurs in an emergency situation, contact the authorities by other 3. When the line is connected, speak to means. the Response Specialist. . To avoid disconnecting the line, If you want to cancel the emergency call, keep the engine running during an push and hold the Emergency Call (SOS) emergency call, if it is safe to do so. button for a few seconds.

Instruments and controls 2-73 WAC0422X JVI0873X WAC0423X Center console Door (front and rear) Front Rear seat The rear cup holders are located in the rear fold-down armrest. SOFT BOTTLE HOLDERS

CAUTION

. Do not use bottle holder for any other objects that could be thrown about in the vehicle and possibly injure people during sudden braking or an accident. . Do not use bottle holder for open liquid containers.

2-74 Instruments and controls 1. Pull the board slightly up. Do not lift up . Do not handle the luggage board largely. forcibly as this may deform it. 2. Pull the board rearward to disengage . While in the upper position, do front retainer pins . not recline the seatbacks. 3. Remove the board from the vehicle. . Do not place cargo higher than When reinstalling the board to the vehicle, the seatbacks. In a sudden stop put the retainer pins in the original or collision, unsecured cargo location. could cause personal injury. ADJUSTABLE LUGGAGE FLOOR (if so equipped) You can use the luggage compartment in different ways using the adjustable luggage boards.

WARNING

Do not put objects heavier than 165 lbs (75 kg) on the load floor while in the upper position.

WAC0657X SINGLE LUGGAGE BOARD (if so CAUTION equipped) . Do not push the front edge of the The luggage board is secured by two luggage board forcibly. Doing so retainer pins . may cause the luggage board to To ensure proper removal and prevent be tilted, resulting in personal part damage, perform the following pro- injury. cedure:

Instruments and controls 2-75 WAC0527X Before moving the rear (outer) luggage board, release the lock on the both sides of the board as shown.

WAC0328X Two-stage mode 3. Pull up the front (inner) board and 1. Pull the rear board upward to push it into the bottom of the luggage approximately 30°. under space in the same way . 2. Pull the rear board toward the rear of the vehicle and then push it into the bottom of the luggage under space .

2-76 Instruments and controls WAC0561X WAC0532X

Luggage under space GLOVE BOX To use the luggage under space, pull off the rear board. WARNING

Keep glove box lid closed while driving to help prevent injury in an WAC0526X accident or a sudden stop.

Vertical mode To open the glove box, pull the handle. 1. Pull the rear board upward to 90°. To close, push the lid in until the lock 2. Push down the board until it stops. latches. The glove box light (if so equipped) illuminates when the headlight switch is turned on.

Instruments and controls 2-77 WAC0424X WAC0545X WAC0425X CONSOLE BOX LOWER CONSOLE TRAY SUNGLASSES HOLDER To open the console box lids, push the knob in the rearward. CAUTION WARNING To close, push each lid down until the lock latches. Do not place any objects in lower Keep the sunglasses holder closed If something is put on top of either side of console tray that could be thrown while driving to avoid obstructing the lids, that side lid may not open. about in the vehicle and cause injury the driver’s view and to help prevent Remove any object and push the knob during sudden braking or collision. an accident. again to open the lid.

CAUTION

. Do not use for anything other than sunglasses.

2-78 Instruments and controls . Do not leave sunglasses in the sunglasses holder while parking in direct sunlight. The heat may damage the sunglasses.

To open the sunglasses holder, push and release. Only store one pair of sunglasses in the holder.

WAC0490X SIC3505 CARD HOLDER COAT HOOKS Slide a card in the card holder. The coat hook is located above the rear side window.

CAUTION

Do not apply a total load of more than 2 lb (1 kg) to the hook.

Instruments and controls 2-79 WARNING

. Never put anything on the cargo cover, no matter how small. Any object on it could cause an injury in an accident or sudden stop. . Do not leave the cargo cover in the vehicle with it disengaged from the holder. . The child restraint top tether strap may be damaged by contact with the cargo cover or items in the luggage area. Remove the WAC0534X cargo cover from the vehicle or secure it in the luggage area. Also LUGGAGE HOOKS secure any items in the luggage To use the hook, pull it down as illu- area. Your child could be seriously strated. injured or killed in a collision if the top tether strap is damaged. WARNING WAC0329X . Always make sure that the cargo CARGO COVER (if so equipped) is properly secured. Use the sui- The cargo cover keeps the luggage com- table ropes and hooks. partment contents hidden from the out- . Unsecured cargo can become side. dangerous in an accident or sud- To use the cargo cover, pull it out and den stop. insert both sides to the guide . . Do not apply a total load of more To remove the cargo cover, stow the than 22 lb (10 kg) to a single hook. cover and push the button . 2-80 Instruments and controls ROOF RACK (if so equipped)

GAWR are located on the F.M.V.S.S. or C.V. . Properly secure all cargo with M.S.S. certification label (located on the ropes or straps to help prevent it driver’s door pillar). For additional infor- from sliding or shifting. In a sud- mation regarding GVWR and GAWR, refer den stop or collision, unsecured to “Vehicle loading information” (P.10-15). cargo could cause personal injury. WARNING

. Always install the cross bars onto CAUTION the roof side rails before loading cargo of any kind. Loading cargo Use care when placing or removing directly onto the roof side rails or items from the roof rack. If you the vehicle’s roof may cause ve- cannot comfortably lift the items JVI0889X hicle damage. onto the roof rack from the ground, . Drive extra carefully when the use a ladder or a stool. Do not apply any load directly to the roof vehicle is loaded at or near the side rails. Cross bars must be installed cargo carrying capacity, espe- before applying load/cargo/luggage to cially if the significant portion of the roof of the vehicle. Genuine NISSAN that load is carried on the cross accessory cross bars are available bars. through a NISSAN dealer. It is recom- . mended that you visit a NISSAN dealer for Heavy loading of the cross bars additional information. has the potential to affect the vehicle stability and handling The service load capacity for the roof side during sudden or unusual hand- rails is 163 lb (74 kg), however do not ling maneuvers. exceed the accessory cross bars load . capacity. Roof rack cross bars should be evenly distributed. Be careful that your vehicle does not . exceed the Gross Vehicle Weight Rating Do not exceed maximum roof (GVWR) or its Gross Axle Weight Rating rack cross bars load. (GAWR front and rear). The GVWR and

Instruments and controls 2-81 WINDOWS

POWER WINDOWS ing this period of time, power to the windows is canceled. WARNING

. Make sure that all passengers have their hands, etc. inside the vehicle while it is in motion and before closing the windows. Use the window lock switch to prevent unexpected use of the power windows. . To help avoid risk of injury or death through unintended operation of the vehicle and or its WAC0426X systems, including entrapment 1. Window lock button in windows or inadvertent door 2. Driver side window lock activation, do not leave chil- 3. Rear left passenger side window dren, people who require the assistance of others or pets un- 4. Front passenger side window attended in your vehicle. Addi- 5. Rear right passenger side window tionally, the temperature inside a Main power window switch (driver’s closed vehicle on a warm day can quickly become high enough to side) cause a significant risk of injury To open or close the window, push down or death to people and pets. or pull up the switch and hold it. The main switch (driver side switches) will The power windows operate when the open or close all the windows. ignition switch is in the ON position, or for a period of time after the ignition switch is placed in the OFF position. If the driver’s or front passenger’s door is opened dur-

2-82 Instruments and controls Locking rear passenger’s windows When the window lock button is pushed (the indicator illuminates), the rear passenger’s windows cannot be operated with the rear passenger’s power window switch. The rear passenger’s windows can only be operated with the main switch (driver side switches). To cancel the passenger’s windows lock, push the window lock button again.

WAC0535X WAC0427X

Passenger side power window Automatic operation (driver’s side) switch The automatic function enables a win- The passenger’s switch can control its dow to fully open or close without holding corresponding window. When the win- the switch down or up. dow lock button on the driver’s switch is To fully open the window, push the power pushed, the rear passenger’s switch can- window switch down to the second not be operated. detent and release the switch. To fully close the window, pull the power window switch up to the second detent and release the switch. The switch does not have to be held during window operation. To stop the window open/close operation during the automatic function, push down or pull up the switch in opposite directions.

Instruments and controls 2-83 Auto-reverse function (driver’s side) When power window switch does switch, then pull and hold it again to fully not operate close the window. WARNING If the power window automatic function *2: After pulling or pushing the power does not operate properly, perform the window switch and holding it for approxi- following procedure to initialize the mately 5 seconds or more, the window There are some small distances im- power window functions. will move again. mediately before the closed position If the window cannot automatically be which cannot be detected. Make sure 1. Close the door. closed since the auto-reverse function that all passengers have their hands, 2. Place the ignition switch in the ON activated due to a malfunction, perform etc., inside the vehicle before closing position. the following procedure to cancel the the window. 3. Pull the power window switch and auto-reverse function. hold it to fully close the window.*1 1. Pull the power window switch up until The auto-reverse function enables a win- 4. Release the power window switch. the auto-reverse function is activated, dow to automatically reverse when then the window will reverse automa- something is caught in the window as it 5. Pull the power window switch and tically. is closing by the automatic function. hold it for approximately 5 seconds or When the control unit detects an obsta- more.*2 2. Repeat the procedure twice. cle, the window will be lowered immedi- 6. Push the power window switch down 3. Pull the power window switch and ately. and hold it to fully open the window. hold it to close the window to confirm Depending on the environment or driving 7. Release the power window switch. that the cancellation is completed. conditions, the auto-reverse function 8. Push the power window switch down may activate if an impact or load similar and hold it for approximately 5 sec- WARNING to something being caught in the window onds or more.*2 occurs. 9. Pull the power window switch and When the auto-reverse function is Window timer: hold it to fully close the window.*1 canceled, the window will not auto- The window timer allows the window 10. Operate the window by the automatic matically reverse even if the control switch to be operated for a short time function (window open and close) to unit detects an obstacle. Make sure even if the ignition switch is placed in the confirm that the initialization is com- that all passengers have their hands, OFF position. The window timer will be plete. etc. inside the vehicle before closing cancelled when the driver’s or front the windows. passenger’s side door is opened or the *1: If the window stops before reaching preset time has expired. the fully closed position, release the 2-84 Instruments and controls MOONROOF (if so equipped)

If the power window functions do not operate properly after performing the WARNING procedure above, have your vehicle checked by a NISSAN dealer. . In an accident you could be thrown from the vehicle through an open moonroof. Always use seat belts and child restraints. . Do not allow anyone to stand up or extend any portion of their body out of the moonroof opening while the vehicle is in motion or while the moonroof is closing.

WAC0330X CAUTION AUTOMATIC MOONROOF AND . Remove water drops, snow, ice or SUNSHADE sand from the moonroof before Sliding sunshade and moonroof opening. When the sunshade switch is pushed to . Do not place any heavy object on the OPEN position , the sunshade open. the moonroof or surrounding (If the sunshade starts to open from the area. position between close and half open, the sunshade will stop half. When the switch is pushed again, the sunshade will open fully.) When the moonroof switch is pushed to the OPEN position , the moonroof opens to the comfort mode position. (If the sunshade is close, the sunshade will open half first. When the switch is pushed again, the moonroof will open fully.) Instruments and controls 2-85 When the moonroof switch is pushed to Auto-reverse function If the moonroof does not operate the CLOSE position , the moonroof will If the moonroof and sunshade do not automatically close. When the sunshade WARNING operate properly, perform the following switch is pushed to the CLOSE position , procedure to initialize the operation sys- the sunshade will close. (If the sunshade tem. starts to close from the position between There are some small distances just full and half open, the sunshade will stop before the closed position which 1. If the moonroof and sunshade are half. When the switch is pushed again, the cannot be detected. Make sure that open, close them fully by repeatedly sunshade will close fully. However, if the all passengers have their hands, etc. pushing the moonroof switch to the moonroof is open or tilted up, the sun- inside the vehicle before closing the CLOSE and position. shade will not close beyond half.) moonroof and sunshade. 2. Push and hold the moonroof switch to To stop the sunshade or moonroof dur- the CLOSE position for 10 seconds. ing the operation, push the moonroof The auto-reverse function enables the 3. After the moonroof and sunshade switch to either of the OPEN , , CLOSE moonroof and sunshade to automatically move slightly to the closed position , or UP position. reverse when something is caught in the and then move back a little, release moonroof and sunshade as it is closing. the moonroof switch. Tilting moonroof When the control unit detects an obsta- 4. Push and hold the moonroof switch to To tilt up the moonroof, push the moon- cle, the moonroof and sunshade will open the CLOSE position, and the glass roof switch to the up position . immediately. and shade will move. To tilt down the moonroof, push the Depending on the environment or driving 5. Release the moonroof switch. Then switch to the CLOSE position . conditions, the auto-reverse function the moonroof and sunshade will fully may activate if an impact or load similar open and then fully close. Comfort mode to something being caught in the moon- This is the position used when driving roof and sunshade occurs. 6. Check if the moonroof switch operates normally. with the moonroof open. When driving If the auto-reverse function activates with the moonroof fully open, wind noise consecutively or the battery is dis- may be very loud. Use the comfort mode charged, the moonroof and sunshade WARNING position when driving. may not close properly. In this case, push and hold the switch to the CLOSE position The driver is always responsible for to close the moonroof. operating the moonroof properly, including the operation by all passengers. Failure to follow the warn- 2-86 Instruments and controls INTERIOR LIGHTS ings and instructions for proper use . Do not push the sunshade arm of the moonroof could result in with your hands, etc., as this may CAUTION serious injury or death. deform it. Improper operation or damage to the sunshade may . Do not allow children to operate . Do not leave the light switch on result. the moonroof. Improper opera- when the engine is not running tion by children may cause an . Do not put any object into the for extended periods of time to accident. If children or others get sunshade inlet port as this may prevent the battery from being caught in the moonroof, it could result in improper operation or discharged. cause serious injury. damage the sunshade. . Turn off the lights when you leave . To help avoid risk of injury or . Do not hang any object on the the vehicle. death through unintended opera- arm rail as this may result in tion of the moonroof, place the improper operation or damage ignition switch in the OFF position the sunshade. when leaving the vehicle, and do . Do not forcefully pull the sun- not leave children and the Intelli- shade. Doing so may elongate gent Key inside the vehicle. the sunshade. Improper opera- . Do not activate the auto-reverse tion or damage to the sunshade function intentionally. If hands or may result. face, etc. get caught in the moonroof, it could cause serious injury. If the moonroof does not operate properly after performing the procedure above, have your vehicle checked by a CAUTION NISSAN dealer.

. Do not place objects (such as newspapers, handkerchiefs, etc.) on the sunshade when it is extending or retracting causing improper operation or damage to the sunshade.

Instruments and controls 2-87 WAC0066X WAC0067X WAC0090X INTERIOR LIGHT SWITCH MAP LIGHTS ROOM LIGHTS (if so equipped) The interior light can be turned ON Push the button to turn the map lights Push the button to turn the room lights regardless of door position. The light will on. To turn them off, push the button on. To turn them off, push the button go off after a period of time unless the again. again. ignition switch is placed in the ON position when any door is opened. The lights will also turn off after a The lights will also turn off after a The interior lights can be set to operate period of time when the lights remain period of time when the lights remain when the doors are opened. To turn off illuminated to prevent the battery from illuminated to prevent the battery from the interior lights when a door is open, becoming discharged. becoming discharged. push the switch, the interior lights will not illuminate, regardless of door position. The lights will go off when the ignition switch is placed in the ON position, or the driver’s door is closed and locked.

2-88 Instruments and controls WAC0509X WAC0492X JVI0248X REAR PERSONAL LIGHTS (if so VANITY MIRROR LIGHT CARGO LIGHT equipped) The light over the vanity mirror will turn The cargo light has a three-position To turn the rear personal lights on, push on when the cover on the vanity mirror is switch. the button. To turn them off, push the opened. ON position button again. When the cover is closed, the light will When the cargo light switch is in the ON The lights will also turn off after a turn off. position , the cargo light illuminates, period of time when the lights remain The lights will also turn off after a regardless of any condition. illuminated to prevent the battery from period of time when the lights remain DOOR position becoming discharged. illuminated to prevent the battery from becoming discharged. When the cargo light switch is in the DOOR position , the cargo light illuminates when the liftgate is opened. OFF position When the cargo light switch is in the OFF position , the cargo light does not illuminate, regardless of any condition. Instruments and controls 2-89 The light will also turn off after a period of time when the light remains illuminated to prevent the battery from becoming discharged.

2-90 Instruments and controls 3 Pre-driving checks and adjustments

Keys ...... 3-3 Hood ...... 3-22 Intelligent Key ...... 3-3 Liftgate ...... 3-23 Doors ...... 3-5 Operating manual liftgate (if Locking with key ...... 3-5 so equipped)...... 3-23 Locking with inside lock knob ...... 3-6 Operating power liftgate (if so equipped) ...... 3-24 Locking with power door lock switch...... 3-6 Motion-activated liftgate (if Automatic door locks ...... 3-7 so equipped)...... 3-26 Child safety rear door lock...... 3-7 Garage mode system (if so equipped) ...... 3-27 Intelligent Key system ...... 3-7 Auto closure (if so equipped)...... 3-28 Intelligent Key operating range (models with liftgate release lever ...... 3-28 request switch) ...... 3-9 Fuel-filler door ...... 3-29 Door locks/unlocks precaution (models with Opening the fuel-filler door...... 3-29 request switch) ...... 3-10 How to refuel ...... 3-29 Intelligent Key operation (models with When refueling from a portable request switch) ...... 3-11 fuel container ...... 3-30 Battery saver system ...... 3-12 Tilt/telescopic steering ...... 3-31 Warning lights and audible reminders ...... 3-12 Tilt and telescopic operation ...... 3-31 Troubleshooting guide ...... 3-13 Sun visors...... 3-32 How to use remote keyless entry function ...... 3-15 Rear sunshade (if so equipped) ...... 3-32 Remote engine start (if so equipped) ...... 3-19 Mirrors ...... 3-33 Remote engine start operating range...... 3-20 Inside mirror ...... 3-33 Remote starting the engine ...... 3-20 Outside mirrors ...... 3-35 Extending engine run time ...... 3-20 Vanity mirror ...... 3-36 Canceling a remote engine start ...... 3-21 Memory seat (if so equipped) ...... 3-37 Conditions the remote engine start will Memory storage function ...... 3-37 not work...... 3-21 Entry/Exit function...... 3-38 System operation ...... 3-39 KEYS

cess requires erasing all memory in the Intelligent Key components when registering new keys, be sure to take all Intelligent Keys that you have to the NISSAN dealer. A key number plate is supplied with your keys. Record the key number and keep it in a safe place (such as your wallet), not in the vehicle. If you lose your keys, it is recommended you visit a NISSAN dealer for duplicates by using the key number. NISSAN does not record any key numbers so it is very important to keep track of your key number plate. SPA2406 JVP0155X A key number is only necessary when you Type A (if so equipped) Type C (if so equipped) have lost all keys and do not have one to 1. Intelligent Key (2 sets) duplicate from. If you still have a key, it 2. Mechanical key (inside Intelligent Key) (2 can be duplicated without knowing the sets) key number. 3. Key number plate INTELLIGENT KEY CAUTION Your vehicle can only be driven with the Intelligent Keys which are registered to . Be sure to carry the Intelligent your vehicle’s Intelligent Key system com- Key with you when driving. The ponents and NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer Intelligent Key is a precision de- System components. As many as 4 In- vice with a built-in transmitter. To telligent Keys can be registered and used avoid damaging it, please note with one vehicle. The new keys must be the following. registered by a NISSAN dealer prior to use with the Intelligent Key system and — The Intelligent Key is water JVP0177X NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System of resistant; however, wetting Type B (if so equipped) your vehicle. Since the registration pro- may damage the Intelligent Pre-driving checks and adjustments 3-3 Key. If the Intelligent Key gets If an Intelligent Key is lost or stolen, wet, immediately wipe until it NISSAN recommends erasing the ID code is completely dry. of that Intelligent Key. This will prevent the Intelligent Key from unauthorized use — Do not bend, drop or strike it to unlock the vehicle. For information against another object. regarding the erasing procedure, it is — If the outside temperature is recommended you visit a NISSAN dealer. below 14°F (-10°C) degrees, the battery of the Intelligent Key may not function properly. — Do not place the Intelligent Key for an extended period in a place where temperatures exceed 140°F (60°C). SPA2033 — Do not change or modify the Intelligent Key. Mechanical key — Do not use a magnet key To remove the mechanical key, release holder. the lock knob at the back of the Intelli- gent Key. — Do not place the Intelligent Key near an electric appliance To install the mechanical key, firmly insert such as a television set, per- it into the Intelligent Key until the lock sonal computer or cellular knob returns to the lock position. phone. Use the mechanical key to lock or unlock — Do not allow the Intelligent the driver’s door. (See “Doors” (P.3-5).) Key to come into contact with water or salt water, and do not wash it in a washing machine. This could affect the system function.

3-4 Pre-driving checks and adjustments DOORS

CAUTION WARNING

Always carry the mechanical key . Always have the doors locked installed in the Intelligent Key. while driving. Along with the use of seat belts, this provides greater safety in the event of an accident by helping to prevent persons from being thrown from the vehicle. This also helps keep children and others from unintentionally opening the doors, and will help keep out intruders. . Before opening any door, always WAD0251X look for and avoid oncoming traffic. LOCKING WITH KEY . To help avoid risk of injury or To lock the driver’s door, turn the driver’s death through unintended opera- door key cylinder to the rear of the vehicle tion of the vehicle and or its . systems, including entrapment To unlock the driver’s door, turn the in windows or inadvertent door driver’s door key cylinder to the front of lock activation, do not leave chil- the vehicle . dren, people who require the assistance of others or pets un- To lock or unlock the other doors and the attended in your vehicle. Addi- liftgate, use the Intelligent Key function. tionally, the temperature inside a (See “Intelligent Key system” (P.3-7).) closed vehicle on a warm day can quickly become high enough to cause a significant risk of injury or death to people and pets.

Pre-driving checks and adjustments 3-5 LOCKING WITH POWER DOOR LOCK SWITCH Operating the power door lock switch (located on the driver’s and front passenger’s doors) will lock or unlock all the doors. To lock the doors, push the power door lock switch to the lock position with the driver’s and front passenger’s doors open, then close the door. When locking the door this way, be sure not to leave the key inside the vehicle. To unlock the doors, push the power door SPA2726 WAD0239X lock switch to the unlock position . Example Driver’s armrest LOCKING WITH INSIDE LOCK KNOB Lockout protection To lock the door without the key, move Lockout protection function helps to the inside lock knob to the lock position prevent the keys from being accidentally then close the door. locked inside the vehicle. To unlock, move the inside lock knob to When the power door lock switch (driver’s the unlock position . or front passenger’s side) is moved to the lock position with the Intelligent Key left To unlock and open the front door within the vehicle and any door open, all doors out using the lock knob, pull once on the will unlock automatically and a chime will door handle to unlock it, and again to sound after the door is closed. open it. When locking the door without a key, be sure not to leave the key inside the vehicle. WAD0240X Front passenger’s armrest 3-6 Pre-driving checks and adjustments INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM

AUTOMATIC DOOR LOCKS . All doors lock automatically when the WARNING vehicle speed reaches 15 MPH (24 km/h). . Radio waves could adversely af- . All doors unlock automatically when fect electric medical equipment. the ignition switch is placed in the OFF Those who use a pacemaker position or when the shift position is should contact the electric med- placed in the P (Park) position, if ical equipment manufacturer for selected. the possible influences before NOTE: use. . The Automatic door unlock feature can The Intelligent Key transmits be changed using the "Vehicle Settings" radio waves when the buttons menu on the vehicle information dis- are pushed. The FAA advises that play. (See “Vehicle Settings” (P.2-27).) WAD0021X the radio waves may affect air- craft navigation and communica- CHILD SAFETY REAR DOOR LOCK tion systems. Do not operate the Intelligent Key while on an air- Child safety rear door locks help prevent plane. Make sure the buttons are the rear doors from being opened acci- not operated unintentionally dentally, especially when small children when the unit is stored during a are in the vehicle. flight. When the levers are in the lock position , the rear doors can be opened only The Intelligent Key system can operate all from the outside. the door locks using the remote control- To disengage, move the levers to the ler function or pushing the request switch unlock position . (if so equipped) on the vehicle without taking the key out from a pocket or purse. The operating environment and/or conditions may affect the Intelligent Key system operation. Be sure to read the following before using the Intelligent Key system. Pre-driving checks and adjustments 3-7 . When the vehicle is parked near a CAUTION parking meter. CAUTION In such cases, correct the operating . Be sure to carry the Intelligent conditions before using the Intelligent . Do not allow the Intelligent Key, Key with you when operating the Key function or use the mechanical key. which contains electrical compo- vehicle. Although the life of the battery varies nents, to come into contact with . Never leave the Intelligent Key in depending on the operating conditions, water or salt water. This could the vehicle when you leave the the battery’s life is approximately 2 years. affect the system function. vehicle. If the battery is discharged, replace it with . Do not drop the Intelligent Key. a new one. . Do not strike the Intelligent Key The Intelligent Key is always communi- When the Intelligent Key battery is low, an sharply against another object. indicator illuminates in the vehicle infor- cating with the vehicle as it receives radio . Do not change or modify the waves. The Intelligent Key system trans- mation display. (See “4. Key Battery Low Intelligent Key. mits weak radio waves. Environmental warning” (P.2-34).) . conditions may interfere with the opera- Since the Intelligent Key is continuously Wetting may damage the Intelli- tion of the Intelligent Key system under receiving radio waves, if the key is left gent Key. If the Intelligent Key the following operating conditions. near equipment which transmits strong gets wet, immediately wipe until it is completely dry. . When operating near a location where radio waves, such as signals from a TV strong radio waves are transmitted, and personal computer, the battery life . If the outside temperature is be- such as a TV tower, power station and may become shorter. low 14°F (−10°C) degrees, the bat- broadcasting station. For information regarding replacement of tery of the Intelligent Key may not . When in possession of wireless equip- a battery, see “Intelligent Key battery function properly. ment, such as a cellular phone, trans- replacement” (P.8-25). . Do not place the Intelligent Key ceiver, and CB radio. As many as 4 Intelligent Keys can be for an extended period in an area . When the Intelligent Key is in contact registered and used with one vehicle. For where temperatures exceed with or covered by metallic materials. information about the purchase and use 140°F (60°C). . When any type of radio wave remote of additional Intelligent Keys, it is recom- . Do not attach the Intelligent Key control is used nearby. mended that you contact a NISSAN deal- with a key holder that contains a . When the Intelligent Key is placed near er. magnet. an electric appliance such as a perso- . Do not place the Intelligent Key nal computer. near equipment that produces a 3-8 Pre-driving checks and adjustments magnetic field, such as a TV, audio equipment, personal com- puters, cellular phone or wireless charger.

If an Intelligent Key is lost or stolen, NISSAN recommends erasing the ID code of that Intelligent Key from the vehicle. This may prevent the unauthorized use of the Intelligent Key to operate the vehicle. For information regarding the erasing procedure, it is recommended that you contact a NISSAN dealer. For models with request switch: The WAD0230X Intelligent Key function can be disabled. For information about disabling the In- INTELLIGENT KEY OPERATING If the Intelligent Key is too close to the telligent Key function, it is recommended door glass, handle or rear bumper, the that you contact a NISSAN dealer. RANGE (models with request switch) request switches may not function. When the Intelligent Key is within the The Intelligent Key functions can only be used when the Intelligent Key is within operating range, it is possible for anyone who does not carry the Intelligent Key to the specified operating range from the push the request switch to lock/unlock request switch . the doors including the liftgate. When the Intelligent Key battery is discharged or strong radio waves are present near the operating location, the Intelligent Key system’s operating range becomes narrower, and the Intelligent Key may not function properly. The operating range is within 31.50 in (80 cm) from each request switch .

Pre-driving checks and adjustments 3-9 . Do not pull the door handle before pushing the door handle request switch.

SPA2407 SPA2408 DOOR LOCKS/UNLOCKS PRECAU- TION (models with request switch) . Do not push the door handle request switch with the Intelligent Key held in your hand as illustrated. The close distance to the door handle will cause the Intelligent Key system to have difficulty recognizing that the Intelli- gent Key is outside the vehicle. . After locking with the door handle request switch, verify the doors are securely locked by testing them. . To prevent the Intelligent Key from being left inside the vehicle, make sure SPA2710 you carry the key with you and then lock the doors. Example 3-10 Pre-driving checks and adjustments horn mode” (P.3-18). see “Vehicle Settings” (P.2-27). . Doors lock with the door handle Welcome light function request switch while the ignition When you unlock the doors or the liftgate, switch is not in the OFF position. the daytime running lights, parking lights . Doors do not lock by pushing the and the tail lights will illuminate for a driver’s door handle request switch period of time. The welcome light func- while the driver’s door is open. How- tion can be disabled. For information ever, doors lock with the mechanical about disabling the welcome light func- key even if any door is open. tion, see “Vehicle Settings” (P.2-27). . Doors do not lock with the door Locking doors handle request switch with the In- telligent Key inside the vehicle and a 1. Push the park button to engage the P beep sounds to warn you. However, (Park) position. Place the ignition when an Intelligent Key is inside the WAD0147X switch in the OFF position and make vehicle, doors can be locked with Example sure you carry the Intelligent Key with another Intelligent Key. you. INTELLIGENT KEY OPERATION (models with request switch) 2. Close all doors. 3. Push the door handle request switch CAUTION You can lock or unlock the doors without or the liftgate request switch taking the key out from your pocket or while carrying the Intelligent Key with . After locking the doors using the bag. you. request switch, make sure that When you carry the Intelligent Key with the doors have been securely 4. All doors and the liftgate will lock. you, you can lock or unlock all doors by locked by operating the door pushing the door handle request switch 5. The hazard indicator lights flash twice handles or the liftgate opener (located on the front and rear doors) or and the outside buzzer sounds twice. switch. liftgate request switch within the range NOTE: . When locking the doors using the of operation. . Request switches for all doors can request switch, make sure to When you lock or unlock the doors, the be deactivated when the “Ext. Door have the Intelligent Key in your hazard indicator will flash and the outside Switch” is turned off in the Vehicle possession before operating the chime will sound as a confirmation. For Settings of the vehicle information request switch to prevent the details, see “Setting hazard indicator and display. For additional information, Intelligent Key from being left in

Pre-driving checks and adjustments 3-11 the vehicle. matically after another 1 minute. When a chime or beep sounds or the warning display appears, be sure to check . NOTE: The request switch is operational the vehicle and Intelligent Key. only when the Intelligent Key has The unlocking operation can be chan- been detected by the Intelligent ged in selective unlock in the Vehicle See “Troubleshooting guide” (P.3-13) and Key system. Settings of the vehicle information dis- “Vehicle information display” (P.2-22). play. For additional information, see “Vehicle Settings” (P.2-27). Unlocking doors 1. Push the door handle request switch Opening liftgate or the liftgate request switch 1. Carry the Intelligent Key. while carrying the Intelligent Key with 2. Push the liftgate opener switch . you. 3. The liftgate will unlock and then open. 2. The hazard indicator flashes once and outside chime sounds once. The cor- BATTERY SAVER SYSTEM responding door or the liftgate will When all the following conditions are met unlock. for a period of time, the battery saver system will cut off the power supply to 3. Push the request switch again within 1 prevent battery discharge. minute. . The ignition switch is in the ON posi- 4. The hazard indicator flashes once and tion. (See “Push-button ignition switch outside chime sounds once again. All positions” (P.5-16).) the doors and the liftgate will unlock. WARNING LIGHTS AND AUDIBLE RE- All doors will be locked automatically unless one of the following operations is MINDERS performed within 1 minute after pushing To help prevent the vehicle from moving the request switch while the doors are unexpectedly by erroneous operation of locked. the Intelligent Key listed on the following . Opening any door. chart or to help prevent the vehicle from being stolen, chime or beep sounds inside . Pushing the ignition switch. and outside the vehicle and the warning During this 1-minute time period, if the display appears on the vehicle informa- UNLOCK button on the Intelligent Key tion display. is pushed, all doors will be locked auto- 3-12 Pre-driving checks and adjustments TROUBLESHOOTING GUIDE Verify the location of all Intelligent Keys that are programmed for the vehicle. If another Intelligent Key is in range or inside the vehicle, the vehicle system may respond differently than expected.

Symptom Possible cause Action to take The Shift to P range warning appears on The shift position is not in the P Push the park button to engage the P the display and the inside warning chime (Park) position. (Park) position. sounds continuously. Carry the Intelligent Key inside the The Intelligent Key is not inside the vehicle and push the ignition switch When stopping the engine vehicle. once to stop the engine. “No Key Press and Hold to Stop Engine” message appears on the display. Rapidly push the ignition switch 3 There is not the Intelligent Key or consecutive times or push and hold the battery charge is low. the ignition switch for more than 2 seconds to stop the engine. When opening the driver’s The door/liftgate open warning appears The ignition switch is in the ON Place the ignition switch in the OFF door to get out of the vehicle on the display. position. position. The No Key Detected warning appears on the display, the outside chime sounds Place the ignition switch in the OFF three times and the inside warning The engine is running. position. chime sounds for approximately 3 sec- When closing the door after onds. getting out of the vehicle The Rear Door Alert warning message Check the rear seat for all articles, appears on the display, the horn sounds clear the Rear Door Alert warning three times, pauses, and sounds three The Rear Door Alert is activated. message by using the steering more times, or a Check Rear Seat for All switches. Articles warning appears on the display. When pushing the door han- The outside chime sounds for approxi- The Intelligent Key is inside the dle request switch (if so Carry the Intelligent Key with you. mately 3 seconds. vehicle. equipped) Replace the battery with a new one. When pushing the ignition The Key Battery Low warning appears The Intelligent Key battery charge (See “Intelligent Key battery replace- switch to start the engine on the display. is low. ment” (P.8-25).)

Pre-driving checks and adjustments 3-13 Symptom Possible cause Action to take When pushing the ignition The Key System Error warning appears It warns of a malfunction with the It is recommended that you contact a switch on the display. Intelligent Key system. NISSAN dealer.

3-14 Pre-driving checks and adjustments HOW TO USE REMOTE KEYLESS affect the system function. keyless entry function of the Intelligent Key. The remote keyless entry function ENTRY FUNCTION . Do not drop the Intelligent Key. can operate at a distance of approxi- . Do not strike the Intelligent Key mately 33 ft (10 m) from the vehicle. (The WARNING sharply against another object. operating distance depends upon the . Do not change or modify the conditions around the vehicle.) . Radio waves could adversely af- Intelligent Key. The remote keyless entry function will not fect electric medical equipment. . Wetting may damage the Intelli- operate: Those who use a pacemaker gent Key. If the Intelligent Key . When the Intelligent Key is not within should contact the electric med- gets wet, immediately wipe until the operational range. ical equipment manufacturer for it is completely dry. . When the Intelligent Key battery is the possible influences before . discharged. use. If the outside temperature is below 14°F (-10°C) degrees, the bat- The remote keyless entry function can . The Intelligent Key transmits tery of the Intelligent Key may not also operate the vehicle alarm. radio waves when the buttons function properly. are pushed. The FAA advises that . the radio waves may affect air- Do not place the Intelligent Key craft navigation and communica- for an extended period in an area tion systems. Do not operate the where temperatures exceed Intelligent Key while on an air- 140°F (60°C). plane. Make sure the buttons are . Do not attach the Intelligent Key not operated unintentionally with a key holder that contains a when the unit is stored during a magnet. flight. . Do not place the Intelligent Key near equipment that produces a magnetic field, such as a TV, CAUTION audio equipment, personal com- puters, cellular phone or wireless charger. . Do not allow the Intelligent Key, which contains electrical compo- The remote keyless entry function can nents, to come into contact with operate all door locks using the remote water or salt water. This could Pre-driving checks and adjustments 3-15 Locking doors 1. Place the ignition switch in the OFF position. 2. Carry the Intelligent Key with you.* 3. Close all the doors. 4. Push the LOCK button on the Intelligent Key. 5. All the doors and the liftgate will lock. 6. The hazard indicator flashes twice and the horn chirps once. *: Doors will lock with the Intelligent Key while the ignition switch is in the ON SPA1926B WAD0030X position. Type A (if so equipped) Type C (if so equipped) Operate the door handles to confirm that LOCK button the doors have been securely locked. UNLOCK button Unlocking doors Power liftgate button 1. Push the UNLOCK button on PANIC button the Intelligent Key once. Remote engine start button 2. The hazard indicator flashes once. The When you lock or unlock the doors or the driver’s door will unlock. liftgate, the hazard indicator will flash and the horn will sound as a confirmation. For 3. Push the UNLOCK button again details, see “Setting hazard indicator and within 1 minute. horn mode” (P.3-18). 4. The hazard indicator flashes once. All the doors and the liftgate will unlock. All doors will be locked automatically unless one of the following operations is performed within 1 minute after pushing WAD0148X the UNLOCK button while the doors Type B (if so equipped) are locked. 3-16 Pre-driving checks and adjustments . Opening any door (including the lift- moves in the closing direction and when gate). the liftgate is near the fully close position, . Pushing the ignition switch. it moves in the opening direction. During this 1-minute time period, if the Using panic alarm UNLOCK button is pushed, all doors will be locked automatically after another If you are near your vehicle and feel 1 minute. threatened, you may activate the alarm to call attention as follows: NOTE: 1. Push the PANIC button on the The unlocking operation can be chan- Intelligent Key for more than 0.5 ged in selective unlock in the Vehicle seconds. Settings of the vehicle information display. For additional information, see 2. The theft warning alarm and head- “Vehicle Settings” (P.2-27). lights will stay on for 25 seconds. 3. The panic alarm stops when: WAD0031X Opening/closing liftgate (if so . equipped) It has run for 25 seconds, or . Any of the buttons on the Intelligent Intelligent Key button operation 1. Push the power liftgate button Key is pushed. for more than 1 second. light 2. The liftgate will automatically open. Remote engine start (if so The light blinks only when you push any equipped) button on the Intelligent Key. The light The outside chime sounds 3 times for illumination only signifies that the Intelli- The remote engine start button is approximately 3 seconds. gent Key has transmitted a signal. You on the Intelligent Key if the vehicle has To close the liftgate, push the power may look and/or listen to verify that the remote engine start function. This func- liftgate button for more than 1 vehicle has performed the intended option allows the engine to start from second. eration. If the light does not blink, your outside the vehicle. See “Remote engine battery may be too weak to communi- The liftgate will automatically close. start” (P.3-19). cate to the vehicle. If this occurs, the If the button is pushed while the battery may need to be replaced. liftgate is being opened or closed, the liftgate will immediately stop. Pushing the For additional information regarding the button again will reverse the direc- replacement of a battery, see “Intelligent tion of the liftgate. However, when the Key battery replacement” (P.8-25). liftgate is near the fully open position, it Pre-driving checks and adjustments 3-17 Setting hazard indicator and horn Hazard indicator and horn mode: mode Operation DOOR LOCK DOOR UNLOCK This vehicle is set in hazard indicator and Pushing door handle request switch horn mode when you first receive the HAZARD - twice HAZARD - once or liftgate request switch (if so OUTSIDE CHIME - twice OUTSIDE CHIME - once vehicle. equipped) In hazard indicator and horn mode, when HAZARD - twice HAZARD - once Pushing or button the LOCK button is pushed, the HORN - once HORN - none hazard indicator flashes twice and the horn chirps once. When the UNLOCK Hazard indicator mode: button is pushed, the hazard indicator flashes once. Operation DOOR LOCK DOOR UNLOCK Pushing door handle request switch If horns are not necessary, the system HAZARD - twice HAZARD - none (if so equipped) can be switched to the hazard indicator OUTSIDE CHIME - none OUTSIDE CHIME - none or liftgate request switch mode. HAZARD - twice HAZARD - none Pushing or button In hazard indicator mode, when the LOCK HORN - none HORN - none button is pushed, the hazard indicator flashes twice. When the UNLOCK button is pushed, neither the hazard indicator nor the horn operates.

3-18 Pre-driving checks and adjustments REMOTE ENGINE START (if so equipped)

Switching procedure: To switch the hazard indicator and horn WARNING (chime) operation, push the LOCK and UNLOCK buttons on the Intel- To avoid risk of injury or death, do ligent Key simultaneously for more than 4 not use the remote engine start seconds. function when the vehicle is in an . When the hazard indicator mode is enclosed area such as a garage. set, the hazard indicator flashes 3 times. . When the hazard indicator and horn mode is set, the hazard indicator flashes once and the horn chirps once.

JVP0446X Example The remote engine start button is on the Intelligent Key if the vehicle has remote engine start function. This function allows the engine to start from outside the vehicle. Some systems, such as the air conditioner system, will turn on during a remote engine start, if the system was on the The horn operation can also be turned on last time the ignition switch was turned or off in the vehicle information display. off. See “Vehicle Settings” (P.2-27). Laws in some local communities may restrict the use of remote engine starters. For example, some laws require a person using remote engine start to have the vehicle in view. Check local regulations for any requirements. Pre-driving checks and adjustments 3-19 Other conditions may affect the remote 3. Push the LOCK button again. EXTENDING ENGINE RUN TIME engine start function. See “Conditions the 4. Within 5 seconds push and hold the The remote engine start function can be remote engine start will not work” (P.3-21). remote engine start button until extended one time by performing the Other conditions can affect the perfor- the turn signal lights flash and the tail steps listed in “Remote starting the en- mance of the Intelligent Key transmitter. lights illuminate. If the vehicle is not gine” (P.3-20). Run time will be calculated See “Intelligent Key system” (P.3-7) for within view, push and hold the remote as follows: additional information. engine start button for at least 2 . The first 10 minute run time will start seconds. REMOTE ENGINE START OPERATING when the remote engine start func- RANGE The following events will occur when the tion is performed. engine starts: . The remote engine start function can The second 10 minutes will start im- . only be used when the Intelligent Key is The front parking lights will turn on mediately when the remote engine within the specified operating range from and remain on as long as the engine is start function is performed. For exam- the vehicle. running. ple, if the engine has been running for . The doors will be locked and the air 5 minutes, and 10 minutes are added, When the Intelligent Key battery is dis- the engine will run for a total of 15 charged or other strong radio wave conditioner system may turn on. . The engine will continue to run for minutes. sources are present near the operating . location, the Intelligent Key operating about 10 minutes. Repeat the steps to Extending engine run time will count range becomes narrower, and the Intelli- extend the time for an additional 10 towards the two remote engine start gent Key may not function properly. minutes. See “Extending engine run limit. time” (P.3-20). A maximum of two remote engine starts, The remote engine start operating range Depress and hold the brake pedal, then or a single start with an extension can be is approximately 197 ft (60 m) from the used. vehicle. place the ignition switch in the ON position before driving. For further instruc- The vehicle needs to be driven at speeds REMOTE STARTING THE ENGINE tions, see “Driving the vehicle” (P.5-19). of 4 MPH (7 km/h) before the remote To use the remote start function to start engine start procedure can be used the engine, perform the following: again. 1. If the doors are unlocked, push the LOCK button to lock all doors. 2. Aim the Intelligent Key at the vehicle.

3-20 Pre-driving checks and adjustments CANCELING A REMOTE ENGINE CONDITIONS THE REMOTE ENGINE . The theft alarm sounds due to illegal START START WILL NOT WORK entry into the vehicle. (The hazard indicator flashers blink twice to indi- To cancel a remote engine start, perform The remote engine start will not operate cate the function is not operated.) one of the following: if any of the following conditions are . Two remote engine starts, or a single present: . Aim the Intelligent Key at the vehicle remote engine start with an exten- and push the remote engine start . The ignition switch is placed in the ON sion, have already been used. (To use button until the front parking lights position. the remote engine start function turn off. . The hood is not securely closed. again, the vehicle needs to be driven . Turn on the hazard indicator flashers. . The hazard indicator flashers are on. at speeds of 4 MPH (7 km/h).) . Cycle the ignition switch ON and then . The engine is still running. The engine . The shift position is not in the P (Park) OFF. must be completely stopped. This is position. . The extended engine run time has not applicable when extending engine expired. run time. . The first 10 minute timer has expired. . The remote engine start button is . The engine hood has been opened. not pushed and held for at least 2 . The shift position is shifted out of the seconds. P (Park) position. . The remote engine start button is . The theft alarm sounds due to illegal not pushed and held within 5 seconds entry into the vehicle. of pushing the LOCK button. . . The ignition switch is pushed without The doors are not closed and locked. an Intelligent Key in the vehicle. (The hazard indicator flashers blink twice to indicate the function is not . The ignition switch is pushed with an operated.) Intelligent Key in the vehicle but the . brake pedal is not depressed. The liftgate is open. (The hazard indicator flashers blink twice to indi- . The accelerator pedal is depressed. cate the function is not operated.) . The vehicle moves after a remote . The Key System Error warning mes- engine start. (The hazard indicator sage remains on in the vehicle infor- flashers blink once and the engine is mation display. stopped.)

Pre-driving checks and adjustments 3-21 HOOD

WARNING

. Make sure the hood is completely closed and latched before driving. Failure to do so could cause the hood to fly open and result in an accident. . Never open the hood if steam or smoke is coming from the engine compartment to avoid injury.

WAD0150X

1. Pull the hood lock release handle When closing the hood: located below the driver’s side instru- 1. While supporting the hood, return the ment panel; the hood springs up support rod to its original position. slightly. 2. Slowly lower the hood to about 8 to 12 2. Push the lever underneath the front in (20 to 30 cm) above the hood lock, of the hood sideways as illustrated then let it drop. with your fingertips. 3. Make sure it is securely latched. 3. Raise the hood. 4. Remove the support rod and insert it into the slot . Hold the coated parts when removing or resetting the support rod. Avoid direct contact with the metal parts, as they may be hot immediately after the engine has been stopped.

3-22 Pre-driving checks and adjustments LIFTGATE

WARNING CAUTION

. Always be sure the liftgate has Do not use accessory carriers that been closed securely to prevent it attach to the liftgate. Doing so will from opening while driving. cause damage to the vehicle. . Do not drive with the liftgate open. This could allow dangerous exhaust gases to be drawn into the vehicle. For additional information, refer to “Exhaust gas (carbon monoxide)” (P.5-5). . To help avoid risk of injury or death through unintended opera- WAD0151X tion of the vehicle and or its systems, including entrapment OPERATING MANUAL LIFTGATE (if in windows or inadvertent door so equipped) lock activation, do not leave chil- To open the liftgate, unlock it. Pull up the dren, people who require the liftgate to open. assistance of others or pets unattended in your vehicle. Addi- The liftgate can be unlocked by: tionally, the temperature inside a . pushing the UNLOCK button on closed vehicle on a warm day can the Intelligent Key twice. quickly become high enough to . pushing the liftgate request switch (if cause a significant risk of injury so equipped). or death to people and pets. . pushing the door handle request . Always be sure that hands and switch (if so equipped). feet are clear of the door frame to To close the liftgate, pull down until it avoid injury while closing the securely locks. liftgate.

Pre-driving checks and adjustments 3-23 OPERATING POWER LIFTGATE (if so equipped) To operate the power liftgate, the vehicle must be in the P (Park) position. The power liftgate will not operate if the battery voltage is low. The power liftgate operation can be activated or deactivated in the vehicle information display. (See “Vehicle Set- tings” (P.2-27).) NOTE: . For models with motion-activated liftgate: When washing, waxing or maintaining your vehicle, placing or WAD0233X WAD0152X replacing the body cover, or splash- Power liftgate switch — Instrument panel Power liftgate button - Key (example) ing water to the area around the kick motion sensor, turn off the power liftgate. . If the power open or close operation is performed consecutively, the safety mode activates and the operation cannot be performed for a certain period of time. In this case, wait for a while and then perform the operation.

WAD0236X WAD0153X Liftgate opener switch Power liftgate close and lock switches — Liftgate 3-24 Pre-driving checks and adjustments Power open (using switches) . pushing the power liftgate button the reverse direction if one of the above When the liftgate is fully closed, the on the key for more than 1 second actions is performed again. . liftgate will fully open automatically by: pushing the power liftgate close The outside chime sounds when the . switch on the lower part of the liftgate starts to reverse. pushing the power liftgate switch liftgate for 1 second on the instrument panel for more Auto reverse function than 1 second The outside chime sounds when the . liftgate starts closing. The auto-reverse function enables the pushing the liftgate opener switch liftgate to automatically reverse when . pushing the power liftgate button Power close and lock something is caught in the liftgate as it on the key for more than 1 second When the liftgate is fully opened and the is opening or closing. When the control The outside chime sounds when the Intelligent Key is carried with you near the unit detects an obstacle, the liftgate will liftgate starts opening. liftgate, the liftgate will fully close and lock reverse and return to the full open or full NOTE: automatically by pushing the power lift- close position. gate lock switch on the lower part of The liftgate can be opened by the If a second obstacle is detected, the the liftgate. power liftgate switch or the power liftgate motion will stop. The liftgate will liftgate button even if the The outside chime sounds when the enter the manual mode. liftgate is locked. The liftgate can be liftgate starts closing. A pinch sensor is mounted on each side unlocked and opened independently of Stop and reverse function (if so of the liftgate. If an obstacle is detected the other doors, even when they are by the pinch sensor during power close, locked. The liftgate must be unlocked equipped) the liftgate will reverse and return to the (or the Intelligent Key must be within The power liftgate will stop immediately if full open position immediately. range) to open with the liftgate opener one of the following actions is performed NOTE: switch . during power open or close. . If the pinch sensor is damaged or Power close (using switches) pushing the power liftgate switch removed, the power close function will When the liftgate is fully opened, the . pushing the liftgate opener switch not operate. liftgate will fully close automatically by: . pushing the power liftgate close . pushing the power liftgate switch switch on the lower part of the WARNING on the instrument panel for more liftgate than 1 second . pushing the power liftgate button on the key There is a small distance immediately before the closed position that And then the power liftgate will move in cannot be detected. Make sure that Pre-driving checks and adjustments 3-25 all passengers keep their hands, etc., MOTION-ACTIVATED LIFTGATE (if so clear from the liftgate opening be- equipped) fore closing the liftgate. The liftgate can be operated using a quick kicking motion under the center of the Manual mode rear bumper. If power operation is not available, the The kick motion sensor is located on liftgate can be operated manually. Power the back of the rear bumper. when you operation may not be available if multiple move your foot under and then away obstacles have been detected in a single from the operating range similar to a power cycle or if the battery voltage is kicking motion, while carrying the Intelli- low. When the power liftgate is turned off, gent Key with you, the liftgate will open or the liftgate can be opened manually by close automatically. pushing the liftgate opener switch. If the Proper operation technique power liftgate opener switch is pushed WAD0154X . While at the rear of the vehicle, begin during power open or close, the power making a quick forward kicking mo- operation will be canceled and the liftgate tion. can be operated manually. This will allow . Raise your foot straight under the normal power operation functions to center of the rear bumper then im- resume. mediately return your foot to the ground in a continuous motion. . You do not need to hold your foot under the bumper or move it side to side. Immediately return your foot to the ground. . The kicking motion should be straight, smooth and consistent. . After your kick motion is complete, step back and allow the liftgate to JVP0487X open/close.

3-26 Pre-driving checks and adjustments . Three beeps will sound and the lift- Stop and reverse function gate will begin moving within 2 sec- CAUTION The power liftgate will stop immediately if onds after the kick. a kick motion is performed during power . When the Intelligent Key is carried open or close. The liftgate can be stopped WARNING with you near the liftgate, even even if you do not carry the Intelligent someone, who does not carry the Key. Intelligent Key, may be able to Prevent unintentional liftgate open- And then the power liftgate will move in open or close the liftgate with a ing/closing. There may be conditions the reverse direction if a kick motion is kick motion. when opening/closing the liftgate is performed again. The power liftgate can not desired. Keep the Intelligent Key . Do not perform a kick motion be reversed when you carry the Intelli- out of range of the liftgate, (7 ft (2 m) near the exhaust system compo- gent Key. or more) or inside the vehicle, when nents while they are hot. You may GARAGE MODE SYSTEM (if so severely burn yourself. washing or working around the back equipped) of the vehicle. . Do not perform a kick motion on an unstable place (for example, The liftgate can be set to open to a on a slope or a muddy ground, specific height by performing the follow- NOTE: ing: . The kick motion sensor may not etc.). function under the following condi- 1. Open the liftgate. tions: Power open or close function 2. Pull the liftgate down to the desired — When operating near a location position and hold the liftgate (the The liftgate will fully open automatically where strong radio waves are liftgate will have some resistance using the kick motion sensor. transmitted, such as a TV tower, when being manually adjusted). power station or broadcasting 1. Carry the Intelligent Key. 3. While holding the liftgate in position, station. 2. Move your foot under and away from press and hold the power liftgate — When the vehicle is parked near a the rear bumper similarly to a kicking close and lock switch located on parking meter. motion within the operation range of the liftgate for approximately 3 sec- . The power liftgate may not operate the kick motion sensor. onds or until 2 beeps are heard. when your foot remains in the oper- 3. The liftgate will automatically open or The liftgate will open to the selected ating range . close. position setting. To change the position of the liftgate, repeat steps 1-3 for setting the position of the liftgate.

Pre-driving checks and adjustments 3-27 . Do not let children operate the CAUTION liftgate.

Do not set the height of the liftgate below approximately 1/3 of the way to the floor using garage mode. Even if you set the height below approximately 1/3 of the way to the floor, the height will automatically be set to approximately 1/3 of the way to the floor.

AUTO CLOSURE (if so equipped) When the liftgate reaches the secondary WAD0155X position, the closure motor engages and pulls the liftgate to its primary latch LIFTGATE RELEASE LEVER position. If the liftgate cannot be opened with the Do not apply excessive force when the power door lock switch due to a dis- auto closure is operating. Excessive charged battery, follow these steps. force applied may cause the mechan- 1. Fold the rear seats down. (See “Seats” ism to malfunction. (P.1-3).) 2. Insert a suitable tool in the access CAUTION opening. Move the release lever to the left. The liftgate will be unlatched. . The liftgate will automatically 3. Push the liftgate up to open. close from the secondary posi- Contact a NISSAN dealer as soon as tion. To avoid pinching, keep possible for repair. hands and fingers away from liftgate opening.

3-28 Pre-driving checks and adjustments FUEL-FILLER DOOR

CAUTION

. Avoid applying direct water pressure, such as high-pressured sprayer, on or around the fuel- filler door. . Be sure to close the fuel-filler door before using an automatic car wash or a high-pressured car wash.

WAD0231X JVP0524X OPENING THE FUEL-FILLER DOOR HOW TO REFUEL To open the fuel-filler door, push the The fuel tank is not equipped with a fuel- middle left side of the door. filler cap. After opening the fuel-filler door, insert the fuel pump nozzle directly into the fuel-filler opening. When the fuel pump nozzle is pulled out, the fuel-filler opening will be sealed. To refuel: Be sure to insert the fuel pump nozzle slowly into the fuel-filler opening as far as it will go before fueling. Never move the nozzle during refueling. Pull out the nozzle approximately 5 seconds after the fuel pump nozzle shuts off automatically (initial shut-off).

Pre-driving checks and adjustments 3-29 Close the fuel-filler door after refueling. stop engine and do not smoke or If you need to refuel from a portable fuel allow open flames or sparks near container, use the funnel supplied with the vehicle when refueling. your vehicle. (See “When refueling from a . Do not attempt to top off the fuel portable fuel container” (P.3-30).) tank after the fuel pump nozzle shuts off automatically. Contin- CAUTION ued refueling may cause fuel overflow, resulting in fuel spray and possibly a fire. . Do not attempt to open the flaps . on the fuel-filler opening using Never pour fuel into the throttle any tool other than the fuel pump body to attempt to start your nozzle. vehicle. . . This fuel-filler opening is only Do not fill a portable fuel contain- conformable to normal fuel pump er in the vehicle or trailer. Static nozzles at gas stations. Using a electricity can cause an explosion nozzle with a small diameter may of flammable liquid, vapor or gas damage the opening and the fuel in any vehicle or trailer. To reduce system. the risk of serious injury or death when filling portable fuel contain- . If fuel is spilled on the vehicle ers: body, flush it away with water to avoid paint damage. — Always place the container on the ground when filling. WAD0214X — Do not use electronic devices WARNING when filling. WHEN REFUELING FROM A PORTA- — Keep the pump nozzle in con- BLE FUEL CONTAINER . Gasoline is extremely flammable tact with the container while If you need to refuel from a portable fuel and highly explosive under cer- you are filling it. container, use the funnel stored in the tain conditions. You could be — Use only approved portable tool bag (located under the luggage burned or seriously injured if it is fuel containers for flammable board). misused or mishandled. Always liquid. Be sure to insert the funnel into the fuel- 3-30 Pre-driving checks and adjustments TILT/TELESCOPIC STEERING filler opening slowly and fully. Insert the nozzle of the portable fuel container into WARNING the opening along the funnel and fill the fuel tank. . Do not adjust the steering wheel After refueling, remove the funnel from while driving. You could lose con- the fuel-filler opening. Wipe the funnel trol of your vehicle and cause an clean and return it to the tool bag. accident. . Do not adjust the steering wheel CAUTION any closer to you than is necessary for proper steering operation and comfort. The driver’s air . Do not insert the nozzle of the bag inflates with great force. If portable fuel container directly you are unrestrained, leaning for- into the fuel-filler opening. Doing ward, sitting sideways or out of so may damage the opening and WAD0127X position in any way, you are at the fuel system. greater risk of injury or death in a TILT AND TELESCOPIC OPERATION . Use only the funnel provided with crash. You may also receive ser- Pull the lock lever down and adjust the your vehicle. Otherwise, the fuel- ious or fatal injuries from the air steering wheel up, down, forward or filler opening and the fuel system bag if you are up against it when rearward to the desired position. Push may be damaged. it inflates. Always sit back against the lock lever up securely to lock the the seatback and as far away as steering wheel in place. practical from the steering wheel. Always use the seat belts.

Pre-driving checks and adjustments 3-31 SUN VISORS REAR SUNSHADE (if so equipped)

2. To block glare from the side, remove the main sun visor from the center mount and swing it to the side . 3. Slide the sun visor in or out as needed.

CAUTION

. Do not store the sun visor before returning the extension to its original position. . Do not pull the extension sun visor forcedly downward. WAD0237X

CAUTION

. Do not release the rear sunshade during operation. This could damage the sunshade or cause injury. . Do not forcefully pull the sunshade. Doing so may elongate the sunshade. This could cause improper operation or could damage the sunshade. WAD0250X . Do not place objects on or near the rear sunshade. This could 1. To block glare from the front, swing cause improper operation or down the main sun visor . 3-32 Pre-driving checks and adjustments MIRRORS

could damage the sunshade.

The rear sunshades are equipped on the rear seat windows. To raise the sunshade, pull the knob up and hang the sunshade on the hooks . To store the sunshade, remove the sunshade from the hooks and lower it.

SPA2447 SPA2143

INSIDE MIRROR Manual anti-glare type (if so Adjust the angle of the inside mirror to equipped) the desired position. The night position will reduce glare from the headlights of vehicles behind you at night. Use the day position when driving in daylight hours.

WARNING

Use the night position only when necessary, because it reduces rear view clarity.

Pre-driving checks and adjustments 3-33 rearview mirror operate normally. The indicator light will turn off. Push the switch again to turn the system on. Do not hang any objects on the mirror or apply glass cleaner. Doing so will reduce the sensitivity of the sensor , resulting in improper operation.

SPA2162 WAD0281X

Automatic anti-glare type (if so Type B (if so equipped): equipped) The inside mirror is designed so that it automatically dims during night time Type A (if so equipped): conditions and according to the intensity The inside mirror is designed so that it of the headlights of the following vehicle. automatically changes reflection accord- The anti-glare system will be automati- ing to the intensity of the headlights of cally turned on when the ignition switch is the following vehicle. placed in the ON position. The anti-glare system will be automati- Do not hang any objects on the mirror cally turned on when the ignition switch is or apply glass cleaner. Doing so will placed in the ON position. reduce the sensitivity of the sensor , When the anti-glare system is turned on, resulting in improper operation. the indicator light will illuminate and excessive glare from the headlights of the vehicle behind you will be reduced. Push the switch to make the inside 3-34 Pre-driving checks and adjustments OUTSIDE MIRRORS Defrosting outside mirrors (if so equipped) WARNING The outside mirrors will be heated when the rear window defroster switch is operated. (See “Rear window and outside Objects viewed in the outside mirror mirror defroster switch” (P.2-57).) on the passenger side are closer than they appear. Be careful when moving to the right. Using only this mirror could cause an accident. Use the inside mirror or glance over your shoulder to properly judge distances to other objects.

WAD0229X

Adjusting outside mirrors The outside mirror control switch is located on the driver’s armrest. The outside mirror will operate only when the ignition switch is in the ON position. Push either the right or left switch to select the right or left side mirror (the indicator light on the selected mirror switch illuminates), then adjust using the control switch.

Pre-driving checks and adjustments 3-35 3. Choose the right or left outside mirror by operating the outside mirror control switch. 4. The selected outside mirror surface moves downward. When one of the following conditions has occurred, the outside mirror surface will return to its original position. . The shift lever is moved out of the R (Reverse) position for a short period of time when the vehicle speed is lower than 5 MPH (8 km/h). . The vehicle speed exceeds 5 MPH (8 WAD0121X km/h). WAD0238X Example . The selected outside mirror is dese- lected using the outside mirror control VANITY MIRROR Foldable outside mirrors switch. To use the vanity mirror, pull down the Fold the outside mirror by pushing it . The ignition switch is placed in the sun visor and pull up the cover. toward the rear of the vehicle. OFF position. Reverse tilt-down feature (if so . The engine is stopped. equipped) When backing up the vehicle, the right or left outside mirror will turn downward automatically to provide better rear visibility. 1. Place the ignition switch in the ON position. 2. Move the shift lever to the R (Reverse) position.

3-36 Pre-driving checks and adjustments MEMORY SEAT (if so equipped)

The memory seat system has the follow- 3. The indicator light for the pushed ing features: memory switch will come on and stay . Memory storage function on for approximately 5 seconds. . Entry/exit function 4. The chime will sound if the memory has been stored. NOTE: If a new memory position is stored in the same memory switch, the previous memory position will be overwritten by the new stored position. Confirming memory storage Push the SET switch. If a memory position has not been stored in the switch (1 or 2) WAD0228X the indicator light for the respective MEMORY STORAGE FUNCTION switch will come ON for approximately 0.5 seconds. If a memory position has Two positions for the driver’s seat and been stored in the switch (1 or 2) then the outside mirrors can be stored in the indicator light for the respective switch memory switch. Follow these procedures will stay ON for approximately 5 seconds. to use the memory system. 1. Adjust the driver’s seat and outside Recalling switch memory positions mirrors to the desired positions by To recall the manually stored positions, manually operating each adjusting push the memory switch (1 or 2). The switch. For additional information, re- driver’s seat and the outside mirrors will fer to “Seats” (P.1-3) and “Outside move to the positions stored in the mirrors” (P.3-35). memory switch. 2. Push the SET switch and, within 5 seconds, push the memory switch (1 or 2).

Pre-driving checks and adjustments 3-37 Linking log-in function to a stored Linking an Intelligent Key to a ENTRY/EXIT FUNCTION memory position (models with na- stored memory position (models This system is designed so that the vigation system) without navigation system) driver’s seat will automatically move The log-in function can be linked to a Each Intelligent Key can be linked to a when the shift position is in the P (Park) stored memory position with the follow- stored memory position (memory switch position. This allows the driver to get into ing procedure. 1 or 2) with the following procedure. and out of the driver’s seat more easily. 1. Place the ignition switch in the ON 1. Follow steps 1-3 in the “Memory sto- The driver’s seat will slide backward: position while carrying the Intelligent rage function” (P.3-37) for storing the . When the driver’s door is opened with Key that was registered to the vehicle memory position. the ignition switch placed in the OFF with a log-in function. 2. The indicator light for the pushed position. NOTE: memory switch will come on. While . When the ignition switch is changed Make sure the Intelligent Key is far the indicator light is on for 5 seconds, from ON to OFF with the driver’s door apart. Otherwise, the vehicle may press the button and the open. detect the wrong Intelligent Key. button on the Intelligent Key in suc- The driver’s seat will return to the pre- 2. Adjust the position of the driver’s seat cession. The indicator light of the vious position: and outside mirrors. (See “Seats” (P.1-3) linked memory switch will blink. After . When the ignition switch is placed in and “Outside mirrors” (P.3-35).) the indicator light goes off, the Intel- the ON position while the shift posi- ligent Key is linked to that memory tion is in the P (Park) position. 3. Place the ignition switch in the OFF setting. position. The entry/exit function can be canceled Once it is linked, when ignition switch is through “Vehicle Settings” in the vehicle The next time you log in (selecting the placed in the OFF position, pressing the information display by performing the user on the display) after placing the button on the Intelligent Key will following: ignition switch in the ON position while move the driver’s seat and outside mir- carrying the Intelligent Key, the system . Switch the “Exit Seat Slide” from ON to rors to the linked memory switch posi- OFF. For additional information, refer will automatically adjust to the memor- tion. ized driving position. (See the separate to “Vehicle Settings” (P.2-27). NissanConnect® Owner’s Manual.) NOTE: If a new memory position is stored in the linked memory switch, then the Intelligent Key will link the new position and overwrites the previous position.

3-38 Pre-driving checks and adjustments SYSTEM OPERATION The memory seat system will not work or will stop operating under the following conditions: . When the vehicle is moving. (The driver’s seat returning function can be operated if the vehicle speed is below 2 MPH (3 km/h).) . When any of the memory switches are pushed while the memory seat system is operating. . When the switch for the driver’s seat is pushed while the memory seat system is operating. . When the seat has already been moved to the memorized position. . When no seat position is stored in the memory switch. . When the shift lever is moved from P (Park) to any other position.

Pre-driving checks and adjustments 3-39 MEMO

3-40 Pre-driving checks and adjustments 4 Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio and phone systems

NissanConnect® Owner’s Manual ...... 4-2 Moving Object Detection (MOD) (if RearView Monitor (if so equipped) ...... 4-2 so equipped) ...... 4-21 RearView Monitor system operation ...... 4-3 MOD system operation ...... 4-22 How to read the displayed lines ...... 4-3 Turning MOD on and off ...... 4-23 Difference between predictive and MOD system limitations ...... 4-23 actual distances ...... 4-4 System maintenance ...... 4-24 How to park with predictive course lines ...... 4-5 Ventilators ...... 4-25 Adjusting the screen ...... 4-7 Center ventilators ...... 4-25 How to turn on and off predictive Side ventilators ...... 4-25 course lines...... 4-7 Rear ventilators...... 4-26 RearView Monitor system limitations...... 4-7 Heater and air conditioner...... 4-26 System maintenance ...... 4-8 Manual air conditioner and heater ...... 4-27 Intelligent Around View® Monitor (if Automatic air conditioner (models without so equipped) ...... 4-9 rear control) ...... 4-31 Intelligent Around View® Monitor Automatic air conditioner (models with system operation ...... 4-10 rear control) ...... 4-34 Difference between predictive and Operating tips (for automatic actual distances ...... 4-14 air conditioner) ...... 4-36 How to park with predictive course lines ...... 4-16 Servicing air conditioner...... 4-37 How to switch the display ...... 4-17 Antenna ...... 4-38 Adjusting the screen ...... 4-18 Shark fin antenna ...... 4-38 Intelligent Around View® Monitor Car phone or CB radio ...... 4-38 system limitations ...... 4-18 System maintenance ...... 4-20 NISSANCONNECT® OWNER’S MANUAL REARVIEW MONITOR (if so equipped)

For models with NissanConnect® System, refer to NissanConnect® Owner’s Manual that includes the following information. Available functions may vary depending on the models and specifications. . Audio . Hands-Free Phone . Apple CarPlay® . Android AutoTM . NissanConnect® Services powered by SiriusXM® . Navigation system . Voice recognition . Information and settings viewable on NissanConnect®

WAE0334X

1. CAMERA button result in serious injury or death. . RearView Monitor is a conveni- WARNING ence feature and is not a substitute for proper backing. Always . Failure to follow the warnings turn and look out the windows, and instructions for proper use and check mirrors to be sure that of the RearView Monitor could it is safe to move before operat- 4-2 Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio and phone systems ing the vehicle. Always back up slowly. . The system is designed as an aid to the driver in showing large stationary objects directly behind the vehicle, to help avoid damaging the vehicle. . The distance guide line and the vehicle width line should be used as a reference only when the vehicle is on a level paved surface. The distance viewed on the monitor is for reference only and may be different than the actual WAE0335X WAE0241X distance between the vehicle and displayed objects. To display the rear view, the RearView HOW TO READ THE DISPLAYED Monitor system uses a camera located LINES just above the vehicle’s license plate. Guiding lines which indicate the vehicle CAUTION REARVIEW MONITOR SYSTEM OP- width and distances to objects with ERATION reference to the bumper line are Do not scratch the camera lens when When the ignition switch is placed in the displayed on the monitor. cleaning dirt or snow from the front ON position, move the shift lever to the R Distance guide lines: of the camera. (Reverse) position to operate the Rear- Indicate distances from the vehicle body. View Monitor. . Red line : approximately 1.5 ft (0.5 m) The RearView Monitor system automati- . Yellow line : approximately 3 ft (1 m) cally shows a rear view of the vehicle . when the shift lever is placed in the R Green line : approximately 7 ft (2 m) (Reverse) position. Vehicle width guide lines : The radio can still be heard while the Indicate the vehicle width when backing RearView Monitor is active. up.

Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio and phone systems 4-3 Predictive course lines : Indicate the predictive course when backing up. The predictive course lines will be displayed on the monitor when the shift lever is in the R (Reverse) position and if the steering wheel is turned. The predictive course lines will move depending on how much the steering wheel is turned and will not be displayed while the steering wheel is in the straight ahead position. The vehicle width guide lines and the width of the predictive course lines are wider than the actual width and course. DIFFERENCE BETWEEN PREDICTIVE AND ACTUAL DISTANCES The displayed guide lines and their locations on the ground are for approximate reference only. Objects on uphill or downhill surfaces or projecting objects will be actually located at distances different from those displayed in the monitor relative to the guide lines (refer to illustrations). When in doubt, turn around and WAE0286X WAE0287X view the objects as you are backing up, or park and exit the vehicle to view the Backing up on a steep uphill Backing up on a steep downhill positioning of objects behind the vehicle. When backing up the vehicle up a hill, the When backing up the vehicle down a hill, distance guide lines and the vehicle width the distance guide lines and the vehicle guide lines are shown closer than the width guide lines are shown farther than actual distance. Note that any object on the actual distance. Note that any object the hill is farther than it appears on the on the hill is closer than it appears on the monitor. monitor.

4-4 Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio and phone systems position if the object projects over the actual backing up course. HOW TO PARK WITH PREDICTIVE COURSE LINES

WARNING

WAE0289X WAE0290X 1. Visually check that the parking space 3. Slowly back up the vehicle adjusting is safe before parking your vehicle. the steering wheel so that the pre- 2. The rear view of the vehicle is dis- dictive course lines enter the park- played on the screen when the shift ing space . lever is moved to the R (Reverse) 4. Maneuver the steering wheel to make position. the vehicle width guide lines parallel to the parking space while referring to the predictive course lines. 4-6 Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio and phone systems 5. When the vehicle is parked in the HOW TO TURN ON AND OFF PRE- space completely, place the shift posi- DICTIVE COURSE LINES tion to the P (Park) position and apply the parking brake. Pushing the CAMERA button while the shift lever is in the R (Reverse) position can turn on and off the predictive course lines. REARVIEW MONITOR SYSTEM LIM- ITATIONS

WARNING

Listed below are the system limita- WAE0034X tions for RearView Monitor. Failure to operate the vehicle in accordance ADJUSTING THE SCREEN with these system limitations could 1. Push the MENU button. result in serious injury or death. 2. Touch the “Settings” key and then . The system cannot completely touch the “Camera” key. eliminate blind spots and may 3. Touch the “Display Settings” key. not show every object. . 4. Touch the “Brightness”, “Contrast”, Underneath the bumper and the “Tint”, “Color”, or “Black Level” key. corner areas of the bumper cannot be viewed on the RearView 5. Adjust the item by touching the “+” or Monitor because of its monitoring “–” key on the touch screen display. range limitation. The system will NOTE: not show small objects below the Do not adjust any of the display settings bumper, and may not show ob- of the RearView Monitor while the jects close to the bumper or on vehicle is moving. Make sure the park- the ground. ing brake is firmly applied.

Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio and phone systems 4-7 . Objects viewed in the RearView electric shock. Monitor differ from actual distance because a wide-angle lens The following are operating limitations is used. and do not represent a system malfunc- . Objects in the RearView Monitor tion: will appear visually opposite . When the temperature is extremely compared to when viewed in the high or low, the screen may not clearly rearview and outside mirrors. display objects. . Use the displayed lines as a re- . When strong light directly shines on ference. The lines are highly af- the camera, objects may not be dis- fected by the number of played clearly. occupants, fuel level, vehicle po- . Vertical lines may be seen in objects sition, road conditions and road on the screen. This is due to strong grade. reflected light from the bumper. WAE0335X . Make sure that the liftgate is . The screen may flicker under fluores- securely closed when backing up. cent light. SYSTEM MAINTENANCE . Do not put anything on the rear- . The colors of objects on the RearView view camera. The rearview cam- Monitor may differ somewhat from CAUTION era is installed above the license the actual color of objects. plate. . Objects on the monitor may not be . Do not use alcohol, benzine or clear in a dark environment. . When washing the vehicle with thinner to clean the camera. This . high-pressure water, be sure not There may be a delay when switching will cause discoloration. to spray it around the camera. between views. . Do not damage the camera as the Otherwise, water may enter the . If dirt, rain or snow accumulates on monitor screen may be adversely camera unit causing water con- the camera, the RearView Monitor affected. densation on the lens, a malfunc- may not display objects clearly. Clean tion, fire or an electric shock. the camera. If dirt, rain or snow accumulates on the . . Do not use wax on the camera lens. Do not strike the camera. It is a camera , RearView Monitor may not Wipe off any wax with a clean cloth precision instrument. Otherwise, display objects clearly. Clean the camera dampened with a diluted mild clean- it may malfunction or cause da- by wiping it with a cloth dampened with a mage resulting in a fire or an ing agent, then wipe with a dry cloth. 4-8 Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio and phone systems INTELLIGENT AROUND VIEW® MONITOR (if so equipped) diluted mild cleaning agent and then wiping it with a dry cloth.

WAE0475X

1. CAMERA button View® Monitor system could result in serious injury or death. WARNING . The Intelligent Around View® Monitor is a convenience feature . Failure to follow the warnings and is not a substitute for proper and instructions for the proper vehicle operation because it has use of the Intelligent Around areas where objects cannot be Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio and phone systems 4-9 viewed. The four corners of the Available views: vehicle in particular, are areas . Front view where objects do not always ap- A view of the front of the vehicle pear in the bird’s-eye, front, or . Rear view rear views. Always check your A view of the rear of the vehicle surroundings to be sure that it is . safe to move before operating Bird’s-eye view the vehicle. Always operate the The surrounding view of the vehicle vehicle slowly. from above . . The driver is always responsible Front-side view for safety during parking and The view around and ahead of the other maneuvers. front passenger’s side wheel . Front-wide view A wider area view of the front view WAE0360X CAUTION . Rear-wide view A wider area view of the rear view To display the multiple views, the Intelli- gent Around View® Monitor system uses Do not scratch the lens when clean- cameras located on the front grille, on ing dirt or snow from the front of the the vehicle’s outside mirrors and one just camera. above the vehicle’s rear license plate.

The Intelligent Around View® Monitor INTELLIGENT AROUND VIEW® system is designed as an aid to the driver MONITOR SYSTEM OPERATION in situations such as slot parking or When the ignition switch is placed in the parallel parking. ON position, push the CAMERA button on The monitor displays various views of the the instrument panel or move the shift position of the vehicle in a split screen lever to the R (Reverse) position to format. Not all views are available at all operate the Intelligent Around View® times. Monitor. The screen displayed on the Intelligent Around View® Monitor will automatically return to the previous screen 3 minutes 4-10 Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio and phone systems after the CAMERA button has been farther than they appear. When pushed with the shift lever in a position driving the vehicle down a hill, other than the R (Reverse) position. objects viewed in the monitor are Available views closer than they appear. . Objects in the rear view will appear visually opposite compared WARNING to when viewed in the rearview and outside mirrors. . The distance guide lines and the . Use the mirrors or actually look to vehicle width guide lines should properly judge distances to other be used as a reference only when objects. the vehicle is on a paved, level . surface. The apparent distance The distance between objects viewed on the monitor may be viewed in the rear view differs different than the actual distance from actual distance because a WAE0538X between the vehicle and dis- wide-angle lens is used. Front view played objects. . On a snow-covered or slippery . Use the displayed lines and the road, there may be a difference bird’s-eye view as a reference. between the predictive course The lines and the bird’s-eye view line and the actual course line. are greatly affected by the num- . The vehicle width and predictive ber of occupants, fuel level, vehi- course lines are wider than the cle position, road condition and actual width and course. road grade. . If the tires are replaced with different sized tires, the predictive course lines and the bird’s- eye view may be displayed incorrectly. . When driving the vehicle up a hill, WAE0539X objects viewed in the monitor are Rear view (example) Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio and phone systems 4-11 Front and rear view: right and left predictive course lines Guiding lines that indicate the approx- are displayed. When the steering imate vehicle width and distances to wheel turns about 90 degrees or objects with reference to the vehicle body more, the predictive course line is line , are displayed on the monitor. displayed only on the opposite side of the turn. Distance guide lines: Indicate distances from the vehicle body. . Red line : approximately 1.5 ft (0.5 m) . Yellow line : approximately 3 ft (1 m) . Green line : approximately 7 ft (2 m) . Green line (if so equipped): approximately 10 ft (3 m) Vehicle width guide lines : WAE0530X Indicate the vehicle width. Predictive course lines : Bird’s-eye view: Indicate the predictive course when op- The bird’s-eye view shows the overhead erating the vehicle. The predictive course view of the vehicle which helps confirm lines will move depending on how much the vehicle position and the predictive the steering wheel is turned. The predic- course to a parking space. tive course lines in the rear view will not The vehicle icon shows the position of be displayed while the steering wheel is in the vehicle. Note that the distance be- the straight ahead position. tween objects viewed in the bird’s-eye The front view will not be displayed when view differs from the actual distance. the vehicle speed is above 6 MPH (10 The areas between the camera views (if km/h). so equipped) are indicated in black. NOTE: After the ignition switch is placed in the . When the monitor displays the front ON position, the non-viewable area (if view and the steering wheel turns so equipped) is highlighted in yellow for a about 90 degrees or less from the few seconds after the bird’s-eye view is straight ahead position, both the displayed. 4-12 Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio and phone systems The amber markers are displayed when the sonar is turned off or the sonar is not CAUTION available at the corner. The predictive course lines indicate the The turn signal light may look like predicted course when operating the the side-of-vehicle line. This is not a vehicle. malfunction.

WARNING

. Objects in the bird’s-eye view will appear farther than the actual distance. . Tall objects, such as a curb or vehicle, may be misaligned or not WAE0501X displayed at the seam of the views. Front-side view: . Objects that are above the cam- Guiding lines: era cannot be displayed. Guiding lines that indicate the approx- . The view for the bird’s-eye view imate width and the front end of the may be misaligned when the vehicle are displayed on the monitor. camera position alters. The front-of-vehicle line shows the . A line on the ground may be front part of the vehicle. misaligned and is not seen as The side-of-vehicle line shows the being straight at the seam of the vehicle width including the outside mir- views. The misalignment will in- rors. crease as the line proceeds away The extensions of both the front and from the vehicle. side lines are shown with a green dotted line.

Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio and phone systems 4-13 Front-wide/rear-wide view: NOTE: . When the monitor displays the While the front view/rear view shows a front-wide view and the steering normal view on the split screens, the wheel turns about 90 degrees or front-wide view/rear-wide view shows a less from the straight ahead posi- wider area on the entire screen and tion, both the right and left predic- allows checking of the blind corners on tive course lines are displayed. the right and left sides. When the steering wheel turns Distance guide lines - : about 90 degrees or more, the pre- Indicate distances from the vehicle body. dictive course line is displayed only on the opposite side of the turn. . Red line : approx. 1.5 ft (0.5 m) . Yellow line : approx. 3 ft (1 m) DIFFERENCE BETWEEN PREDICTIVE . Green line : approx. 7 ft (2 m) AND ACTUAL DISTANCES . Green line (front-wide view only): WAE0540X The displayed guide lines and their loca- approx. 10 ft (3 m) tions on the ground are for approximate Front-wide view Vehicle width guide lines : reference only. Objects on uphill or down- Indicate the approximate vehicle width. hill surfaces or projecting objects will be actually located at distances different Predictive course lines : from those displayed in the monitor Indicate the predictive course when op- relative to the guide lines (refer to illustra- erating the vehicle. The predictive course tions). When in doubt, turn around and lines will move depending on how much view the objects as you are backing up, or the steering wheel is turned. The predic- park and exit the vehicle to view the tive course lines in the rear-wide view will positioning of objects behind the vehicle. not be displayed while the steering wheel is in the straight ahead position. The front-wide view will not be displayed when the vehicle speed is above 6 MPH (10 km/h).

WAE0541X Rear-wide view 4-14 Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio and phone systems WAE0542X WAE0543X WAE0545X

Backing up on a steep uphill Backing up on a steep downhill Backing up near a projecting object When backing up the vehicle up a hill, the When backing up the vehicle down a hill, The predictive course lines do not distance guide lines and the vehicle width the distance guide lines and the vehicle touch the object in the display. However, guide lines are shown closer than the width guide lines are shown farther than the vehicle may hit the object if it projects actual distance. Note that any object on the actual distance. Note that any object over the actual backing up course. the hill is farther than it appears on the on the hill is closer than it appears on the monitor. monitor.

Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio and phone systems 4-15 position if the object projects over the incorrectly. actual moving course. HOW TO PARK WITH PREDICTIVE COURSE LINES

WARNING

. If the tires are replaced with different sized tires, the predictive course lines may be displayed incorrectly. . On a snow-covered or slippery road, there may be a difference between the predictive course line and the actual course line. . If the battery is disconnected or becomes discharged, the predictive course lines may be displayed incorrectly. If this occurs, please perform the following procedures: JVH1216X — Turn the steering wheel from lock to lock while the engine is Backing up behind a projecting running. object — Drive the vehicle on a straight The position is shown farther than the road for more than 5 minutes. position in the display. However, the . When the steering wheel is position is actually at the same dis- turned with the ignition switch in tance as the position . The vehicle may the ON position, the predictive hit the object when backing up to the course lines may be displayed 4-16 Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio and phone systems 5. When the vehicle is parked in the space completely, place the shift position in the P (Park) position and apply the parking brake. HOW TO SWITCH THE DISPLAY With the ignition switch placed in the ON position, push the CAMERA button or move the shift lever to the R (Reverse) position to operate the Intelligent Around View® Monitor. The Intelligent Around View® Monitor displays different split screen views depending on the position of the shift lever. Push the CAMERA button to switch between the available views. If the shift lever is in the R (Reverse) position, the available views are: . Rear view/bird’s-eye view split screen . Rear view/front-side view split screen . Rear-wide view If the shift lever is out of the R (Reverse) WAE0546X WAE0547X position, the available views are: . Front view/bird’s-eye view split screen 1. Visually check that the parking space 3. Slowly back up the vehicle adjusting . is safe before parking your vehicle. the steering wheel so that the pre- Front view/front-side view split screen . Front-wide view 2. The rear view of the vehicle is dis- dictive course lines enter the park- played on the screen when the shift ing space . The display will switch from the Intelligent lever is moved to the R (Reverse) 4. Maneuver the steering wheel to make Around View® Monitor screen when: position. the vehicle width guide lines parallel . The shift lever is in the D (Drive) to the parking space while referring position and the vehicle speed in- to the predictive course lines. creases above approximately 6 MPH Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio and phone systems 4-17 (10 km/h). ADJUSTING THE SCREEN . A different screen is selected. 1. Push the MENU button. 2. Touch the “Settings” key and then touch the “Camera” key. 3. Touch the “Display Settings” key. 4. Touch the “Brightness”, “Contrast”, “Tint”, “Color”, or “Black Level” key. 5. Adjust the item by touching the “+” or “–” key on the touch screen display. NOTE: Do not adjust the display settings of the Intelligent Around View® Monitor while WAE0034X the vehicle is moving. Make sure the Type A parking brake is firmly applied. INTELLIGENT AROUND VIEW® MONITOR SYSTEM LIMITATIONS

WARNING

Listed below are the system limitations for Intelligent Around View® Monitor. Failure to operate the vehicle in accordance with these system limitations could result in serious injury or death. . Do not use the Intelligent Around View® Monitor with the outside WAE0472X mirrors in the stored position, Type B and make sure that the liftgate 4-18 Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio and phone systems is securely closed when operating not appear in the monitor. the vehicle using the Intelligent The following are operating limitations Around View® Monitor. and do not represent a system malfunc- . The apparent distance between tion: objects viewed on the Intelligent . There may be a delay when switching Around View® Monitor differs between views. from the actual distance. . When the temperature is extremely . The cameras are installed on the high or low, the screen may not front grille, the outside mirrors display objects clearly. and above the rear license plate. . When strong light directly shines on Do not put anything on the cam- the camera, objects may not be dis- eras. played clearly. . When washing the vehicle with . The screen may flicker under fluores- high pressure water, be sure not cent light. to spray it around the cameras. . The colors of objects on the Intelligent Otherwise, water may enter the Around View® Monitor may differ camera unit causing water con- somewhat from the actual color of densation on the lens, a malfunc- objects. tion, fire or an electric shock. . Objects on the Intelligent Around . Do not strike the cameras. They View® Monitor may not be clear and are precision instruments. Doing the color of the object may differ in a so could cause a malfunction or dark environment. cause damage resulting in a fire WAE0345X . There may be differences in sharpness or an electric shock. There are some areas where the system between each camera view of the will not show objects and the system bird’s-eye view. . does not warn of moving objects. When in Do not use wax on the camera lens. the front or the rear view display, an Wipe off any wax with a clean cloth object below the bumper or on the that has been dampened with a ground may not be viewed . When in diluted mild cleaning agent, then wipe the bird’s-eye view, a tall object near the with a dry cloth. seam of the camera viewing areas will Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio and phone systems 4-19 WAE0473X WAE0474X WAE0360X

System temporarily unavailable When the “ ” icon is displayed on the SYSTEM MAINTENANCE screen, the camera image may be receiv- When the “ ” icon is displayed on the ing temporary electronic disturbances screen, there will be abnormal conditions from surrounding devices. This will not CAUTION in the Intelligent Around View® Monitor. hinder normal driving operation but the This will not hinder normal driving opera- system should be inspected. It is recom- . Do not use alcohol, benzine or tion but the system should be inspected. mended you visit a NISSAN dealer. thinner to clean the camera. This It is recommended you visit a NISSAN will cause discoloration. dealer. . Do not damage the camera as the monitor screen may be adversely affected.

If dirt, rain or snow accumulates on any of the cameras , the Intelligent Around View® Monitor may not display objects clearly. Clean the camera by wiping with a

4-20 Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio and phone systems MOVING OBJECT DETECTION (MOD) (if so equipped) cloth dampened with a diluted mild cleaning agent and then wiping with a dry cloth.

WAE0475X

1. CAMERA button system could result in serious injury or death. WARNING . The MOD system is not a substitute for proper vehicle operation . Failure to follow the warnings and is not designed to prevent and instructions for proper use contact with objects surrounding of the Moving Object Detection the vehicle. When maneuvering, Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio and phone systems 4-21 always use the outside mirror displayed: continues to be displayed. and rearview mirror and turn . When the shift lever is in the P (Park) or NOTE: and check the surroundings to N (Neutral) position and the vehicle is While the RCTA chime (if so equipped) is ensure it is safe to maneuver. stopped, the MOD system detects the beeping, the MOD system does not . The system is deactivated at moving objects in the bird’s-eye view. chime. speeds above 5 MPH (8 km/h). It The MOD system will not operate if is reactivated at lower speeds. either door is opened. If outside mirrors are folded, MOD may not operate . The MOD system is not designed properly. to detect the surrounding sta- . When the shift lever is in the D (Drive) tionary objects. position, and the vehicle speed is below approximately 5 MPH (8 km/h), The MOD system can inform the driver of the MOD system detects moving ob- moving objects near the vehicle when jects in the front view or front-wide driving out of garages, maneuvering in view. parking lots and in other such instances. . When the shift lever is in the R The MOD system detects moving objects (Reverse) position and the vehicle by using image processing technology on speed is below approximately 5 MPH the image shown in the display. (8 km/h), the MOD system detects MOD SYSTEM OPERATION moving objects in the rear view or rear-wide view. The MOD system will The MOD system will turn on automati- not operate if the liftgate is open. cally under the following conditions: The MOD system does not detect moving . When the shift lever is in the R objects in the front-side view. The MOD (Reverse) position. icon is not displayed on the screen when . When the CAMERA button is pushed in this view. to activate the Intelligent Around When the MOD system detects a moving View® Monitor system on the display. object near the vehicle, the yellow frame . When vehicle speed decreases below will be displayed on the view where the approximately 5 MPH (8 km/h). object is detected and a chime will sound The MOD system operates in the follow- once. While the MOD system continues to ing conditions when the camera view is detect moving objects, the yellow frame 4-22 Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio and phone systems In the bird’s-eye view, the yellow frame is displayed on each camera image (front, rear, right, left) depending on where moving objects are detected. The yellow frame is displayed on the front view, rear view, front-wide view and rear-wide view. A green MOD icon is displayed in the view where the MOD system is operative. A gray MOD icon is displayed in the view where the MOD system is not operative. If the MOD system is turned off, the MOD icon is not displayed. WAE0548X WAE0549X TURNING MOD ON AND OFF Front and bird’s-eye views Rear and front-side views The MOD system can be turned on and off using the vehicle information display. (See “Driver Assistance” (P.2-24).) MOD SYSTEM LIMITATIONS

WARNING

Listed below are the system limitations for MOD. Failure to operate the vehicle in accordance with these system limitations could result in serious injury or death. . Do not use the MOD system when towing a trailer. The system may WAE0365X WAE0550X not function properly. Rear and bird’s-eye views Front-wide view / rear-wide view Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio and phone systems 4-23 . Excessive noise (for example, the muffler, moving shadows, etc. audio system volume or open . The MOD system may not func- vehicle window) will interfere tion properly depending on the with the chime sound, and it speed, direction, distance or may not be heard. shape of the moving objects. . The MOD system performance . If your vehicle sustains damage will be limited according to en- to the parts where the camera is vironmental conditions and sur- installed, leaving it misaligned or rounding objects such as: bent, the sensing zone may be — When there is low contrast altered and the MOD system may between background and the not detect objects properly. moving objects. . When the temperature is extre- — When there is blinking source mely high or low, the screen may of light. not display objects clearly. This is WAE0360X not a malfunction. — When strong light such as SYSTEM MAINTENANCE another vehicle’s headlight or NOTE: sunlight is present. The green MOD icon will change to CAUTION — When camera orientation is orange if one of the following has not in its usual position, such occurred. . Do not use alcohol, benzine or as when the outside mirror is . When the system is malfunctioning. folded. thinner to clean the camera. This . When the component temperature will cause discoloration. — When there is dirt, water drops reaches a high level. . Do not damage the camera as the or snow on the camera lens. . When the rear view camera has monitor screen may be adversely — When the position of the mov- detected a blockage. affected. ing objects in the display is If the icon light continues to illuminate not changed. in orange, have the MOD system If dirt, rain or snow accumulates on any of . The MOD system might detect checked. It is recommended that you the cameras , the MOD system may not flowing water droplets on the visit a NISSAN dealer for this service. operate properly. Clean the camera by camera lens, white smoke from wiping with a cloth dampened with a

4-24 Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio and phone systems VENTILATORS diluted mild cleaning agent and then wiping with a dry cloth.

WAE0346X WAE0347X Right side Right side CENTER VENTILATORS SIDE VENTILATORS Open/close the ventilators by moving the Open/close the ventilators by moving the control to either direction. control to either direction. Adjust the air flow direction of the venti- Adjust the air flow direction of the ventilators by moving the center knob (up/ lators by moving the center knob (up/ down, left/right) until the desired position down, left/right) until the desired position is achieved. is achieved.

Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio and phone systems 4-25 HEATER AND AIR CONDITIONER

blower will operate even if the engine is WARNING turned off and the ignition switch is placed in the ON position. . The heater and air conditioner NOTE: operate only when the engine is . Odors from inside and outside the running. vehicle can build up in the air conditioner unit. Odor can enter the pas- . Never leave children or adults senger compartment through the who would normally require the ventilators. support of others alone in the . vehicle. Pets should not be left When parking, set the heater and air alone either. They could unknow- conditioner controls to turn off air ingly activate switches or con- recirculation to allow fresh air into trols and inadvertently become the passenger compartment. This should help reduce odors inside the JVH0940X involved in a serious accident and injure themselves. On hot, vehicle. REAR VENTILATORS sunny days, temperatures in a closed vehicle could quickly be- Open/close the ventilators by moving the come high enough to cause se- control to either direction. vere or possibly fatal injuries to : This symbol indicates that the venti- people or animals. lators are open. Moving the side . control to this direction will open the Do not use the recirculation mode ventilators. for long periods as it may cause : This symbol indicates that the venti- the interior air to become stale lators are closed. Moving the side and the windows to fog up. control to this direction will close the . Do not adjust the heating and air ventilators. conditioning controls while driv- Adjust the air flow direction of the venti- ing so that full attention may be lators by moving the center knob (up/ given to vehicle operation. down, left/right) until the desired position is achieved. The heater and air conditioner operate when the engine is running. The air

4-26 Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio and phone systems level. Temperature control: Turn the temperature control dial to set the desired temperature. Turn the dial between the middle and the right position to select the hot temperature. Turn the dial between the middle and the left position to select the cool temperature. The dial pointer indicates the temperature level. Air flow control: Push one of the air flow control buttons to select the air flow outlets. WAE0349X — Air flows mainly from center and side 1. (fan speed control) dial MANUAL AIR CONDITIONER AND ventilators. 2. Dial pointers HEATER — Air flows mainly from center and side 3. A/C (air conditioner) button ventilators and foot outlets. 4. Air flow control buttons Controls — Air flows mainly from the foot outlet and partly from the defroster. 5. Temperature control dial Turning system on/off: — Air flows mainly from the defroster 6. (front defroster) button To turn on the system, turn the dial and foot outlets. 7. (rear window defroster) button (See out of the OFF position. Turn the dial “Rear window and outside mirror defros- counterclockwise to the OFF position to Air intake control: ter switch” (P.2-57).) turn off the system. The air intake control mode will change 8. (air recirculation) button each time the button is pushed. Fan speed control: . Turn the dial clockwise to increase When the indicator light is turned on, the fan speed. the air recirculates inside the vehicle. . When the indicator light is turned off, Turn the dial counterclockwise to the air flow is drawn from outside the decrease the fan speed. vehicle. The dial pointer indicates the fan speed Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio and phone systems 4-27 A/C (Air Conditioner) operation: Heater operation Defrosting or defogging: Push the A/C button to turn on or off the Heating: This mode directs the air to the defroster air conditioner. When the air conditioner outlets to defrost/defog the windows. This mode is used to direct heated air is on, the A/C indicator light on the button 1. Push the button. (The indicator illuminates. from the foot outlets. Some air also flows from the defroster outlets and the side light will turn on.) MAX A/C (Quick Air Conditioning) op- ventilator outlets. 2. Turn the dial to the desired eration: 1. Push the button for normal heat- position. To turn on the MAX A/C mode for ing. (The indicator light will turn off.) 3. Turn the temperature control dial to maximum cooling and dehumidifying, 2. Push the button. (The indicator the desired position between the turn the temperature control dial coun- light will turn on.) middle and the hot (right) position. terclockwise until the dial pointer is at the To remove frost from the windshield "MAX A/C" position. 3. Turn the dial to the desired position. quickly, turn the temperature control When the MAX A/C mode is turned on, the dial to the maximum hot (right) posi- air flow mode indicator light will turn off 4. Turn the temperature control dial to tion and the dial to the maximum with the air flow mode fixed at . the desired position between the position. middle and the hot (right) position. At the same time, the indicator light on When the front defroster mode is the A/C button and the air recirculation Ventilation: selected, the air conditioner automa- mode will turn on. This mode directs outside air from the tically turns on if the outside tempera- To turn off the MAX A/C mode, turn the side and center ventilators. ture is more than slightly above temperature control dial clockwise so 1. Push the button. (The indicator freezing. This dehumidifies the air that the dial pointer is out of the "MAX light will turn off.) which helps defog the windshield. A/C" position. When the MAX A/C mode is The air recirculation indicator light 2. Push the button. (The indicator automatically turns off, allowing out- turned off, most of the settings will return light will turn on.) to the previous state, while the indicator side air to be drawn into the passen- light on the A/C button will stay on. 3. Turn the dial to the desired ger compartment to further improve position. the defogging performance. The re- 4. Turn the temperature control dial to circulation mode cannot be activated the desired position. in the front defroster mode. Bi-level heating: The bi-level mode directs warmed air to

4-28 Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio and phone systems the side and center ventilators and to the NOTE: turned on, it will activate the air recircula- front and rear floor outlets. Clear snow and ice from the wiper tion mode. The amount of air coming 1. Push the button. (The indicator blades and air inlet in front of the through the ventilators is the highest it light will turn off.) windshield. This improves heater op- can go when in MAX A/C mode regardless eration. of the position of the dial. 2. Push the button. (The indicator light will turn on.) Air conditioner operation Dehumidified heating: 3. Turn the dial to the desired Start the engine, turn the dial to the This mode is used to heat and dehumidify position. desired position, and push the A/C button the air. to activate the air conditioner. When the 4. Turn the temperature control dial to 1. Push the button. (The indicator air conditioner is on, cooling and dehu- the desired position. light will turn off.) midifying functions are added to the Heating and defogging: heater operation. The air conditioner 2. Push the button. (The indicator light will turn on.) This mode heats the interior and defogs cooling function operates only when the the windows. engine is running. 3. Turn the dial to the desired position. 1. Push the button. (The indicator Cooling: 4. Push the A/C button on. (The indicator light will turn on.) This mode is used to cool and dehumidify light will turn on.) 2. Turn the dial to the desired the air. 5. Turn the temperature control dial to position. 1. Push the button. (The indicator the desired position between the light will turn on.) 3. Turn the temperature control dial to middle and the hot (right) position. the maximum hot (right) position. 2. Turn the dial to the desired When the button is pushed, the air position. Dehumidified defogging: conditioner automatically turns on if the 3. Push the A/C button. (The indicator This mode is used to defog the windows outside temperature is more than slightly light will turn on.) and dehumidify the air. above freezing. This dehumidifies the air 4. Turn the temperature control dial to 1. Push the button. (The indicator which helps defog the windshield. The air the desired position between the light will turn on.) recirculation indicator light automatically middle and the cool (left) position. 2. Turn the dial to the desired turns off, allowing outside air to be drawn position. into the passenger compartment to For quick cooling, turn on the MAX A/C further improve the defogging perfor- mode by turning the temperature control 3. Turn the temperature control dial to mance. dial until the dial pointer is at the "MAX the desired position. A/C" position. When the MAX A/C mode is When the or mode is selected, the Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio and phone systems 4-29 air conditioner automatically turns on if the air conditioner off. (See “If your the outside temperature is more than vehicle overheats” (P.6-14).) slightly above freezing. This dehumidifies the air which helps defog the windshield. The air recirculation mode automatically turns off, allowing outside air to be drawn into the passenger compartment to further improve the defogging performance. The air conditioner is always turned on in the or mode, regardless of whether the indicator light is on or off. NOTE: . The air conditioner system should be operated for approximately 10 minutes at least once a month. This helps prevent damage to the air conditioner system due to the lack of lubrication. . A visible mist may be seen coming from the ventilators in hot, humid conditions as the air is cooled rapidly. This does not indicate a malfunction. . If the engine coolant temperature becomes too high, the air recirculation mode will be activated and the indicator light will turn on automatically. . If the engine coolant temperature gauge indicates engine coolant temperature over the normal range, turn 4-30 Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio and phone systems 1. Temperature control dial (driver’s side) 2. AUTO (automatic) button 3. Display screen 4. SYNC (synchronize) button 5. Temperature control dial (passenger’s side) 6. ON·OFF button 7. (air recirculation) button 8. (fan speed control) buttons 9. (air flow control) button 10. (front defroster) button 11. (rear window defroster) button (See “Rear window and outside mirror defroster switch” (P.2-57).) WAE0352X 12. A/C (air conditioner) button Models with heated steering wheel AUTOMATIC AIR CONDITIONER (models without rear control) Automatic operation Cooling and/or dehumidified heating (AUTO): This mode may be used all year round as the system automatically works to keep a constant temperature. Air flow distribution and fan speed are also controlled automatically. 1. Push the AUTO button on. (The indicator light on the button will illuminate.) WAE0353X Models without heated steering wheel

Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio and phone systems 4-31 . 2. Turn the temperature control dial on The temperature of the passenger air to be drawn into the passenger the corresponding side to set the compartment will be maintained compartment to further improve desired temperature. automatically. Air flow distribution the defogging performance. . You can individually set tempera- and fan speed are also controlled tures for the driver’s side and front automatically. Manual operation passenger’s side when the indica- NOTE: Fan speed control: . tor light on the SYNC button is not Do not set the temperature lower Push the buttons to manually control illuminated. than the outside air temperature or the fan speed. A visible mist may be seen coming from the system may not work properly. the ventilators in hot, humid conditions as . Not recommended if windows fog Air intake control: the air is cooled rapidly. This does not up. The air intake control mode will change each time the button is pushed. indicate a malfunction. Dehumidified defrosting or defogging: . Heating (A/C OFF): 1. Push the button. (The indicator When the indicator light is turned on, the air recirculates inside the vehicle. The air conditioner does not activate in light on the button will turn on.) . When the indicator light is turned off, this mode. Use this mode when you only 2. Turn the temperature control dial on the air flow is drawn from outside the need to heat. the corresponding side to set the vehicle. 1. Push the AUTO button on. (The in- desired temperature. . . To switch to automatic control mode, dicator light on the button will illumi- To quickly remove ice from the push and hold the button for nate.) outside of the windows, use the about 2 seconds. The indicator light 2. Push the A/C button. (The indicator button to set the fan speed to will blink, and then the air intake will light will turn off.) maximum. be controlled automatically. . As soon as possible after the wind- 3. Turn the temperature control dial on shield is clean, push the AUTO Air flow control: the corresponding side to set the button to return to the automatic Pushing the button manually con- desired temperature. . mode. trols air flow and selects the air outlet: You can individually set tempera- . When the button is pushed, the tures for the driver’s side and front air conditioner will automatically be passenger’s side when the indica- turned on at outside temperatures tor light on the SYNC button is not more than slightly above freezing. illuminated. The air recirculation mode automatically turns off, allowing outside

4-32 Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio and phone systems — Air flows mainly from center and side To turn the system off ventilators. — Air flows mainly from center and side Push the ON·OFF button. ventilators and foot outlets. Remote engine start logic (if so — Air flows mainly from the foot outlet and partly from the defroster. equipped) — Air flows mainly from the defroster When the remote engine start function is and foot outlets. activated, the vehicles equipped with the automatic air conditioner and heater may Synchronize temperature settings: go into automatic heating or cooling Push the SYNC button to turn on the mode depending on the outside and SYNC mode. (The indicator light on the cabin temperatures. During this period, button will turn on.) the display and the buttons will be inoperable until the ignition switch is When the SYNC mode is active, the placed in the ON position. When the driver’s side temperature control dial will temperature is low, the rear defroster control the driver’s and front passenger’s and the heated steering wheel (if so side temperatures. equipped) may also be activated auto- To exit the SYNC mode, change the matically with the activation of the re- passenger’s side temperature using the mote engine start function. (See “Remote temperature control dial on the front engine start” (P.3-19).) passenger’s side. (The indicator light on the SYNC button will turn off.)

Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio and phone systems 4-33 2. Turn the temperature control dial on the corresponding side to set the desired temperature. . You can individually set temperatures for the driver’s side and front passenger’s side when the indicator light on the SYNC button is not illuminated. A visible mist may be seen coming from the ventilators in hot, humid conditions as the air is cooled rapidly. This does not indicate a malfunction. Heating (A/C OFF): WAE0354X The air conditioner does not activate in this mode. Use this mode when you only 1. Temperature control dial (driver’s side) 14. A/C (air conditioner) button need to heat. 2. AUTO (automatic) button AUTOMATIC AIR CONDITIONER 1. Push the AUTO button on. (The in- 3. (air recirculation) button (models with rear control) dicator light on the button will illumi- 4. (outside air circulation) button nate.) Automatic operation 5. Display screen 2. Push the A/C button. (The indicator 6. SYNC (synchronize) button Cooling and/or dehumidified heating light will turn off.) 7. Temperature control dial (passenger’s (AUTO): side) 3. Turn the temperature control dial on This mode may be used all year round as the corresponding side to set the 8. ON·OFF button the system automatically works to keep a desired temperature. 9. Rear temperature control buttons constant temperature. Air flow distribu- . You can individually set tempera- 10. (fan speed control) buttons tion and fan speed are also controlled tures for the driver’s side and front 11. (air flow control) button automatically. passenger’s side when the indica- 12. (front defroster) button 1. Push the AUTO button on. (The in- tor light on the SYNC button is not 13. (rear window defroster) button dicator light on the button will illumi- illuminated. (See “Rear window and outside mirror nate.) defroster switch” (P.2-57).) 4-34 Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio and phone systems . The temperature of the passenger air to be drawn into the passenger — Air flows mainly from center and side compartment will be maintained compartment to further improve ventilators. automatically. Air flow distribution the defogging performance. — Air flows mainly from center and side and fan speed are also controlled ventilators and foot outlets. automatically. Manual operation — Air flows mainly from the foot outlet NOTE: Fan speed control: and partly from the defroster. . Do not set the temperature lower — Air flows mainly from the defroster Push the buttons to manually control and foot outlets. than the outside air temperature or the fan speed. the system may not work properly. Synchronize temperature settings: . Not recommended if windows fog Air intake control: Push the SYNC button to turn on the up. . Push the button to recirculate SYNC mode. (The indicator light on the interior air inside the vehicle. The Dehumidified defrosting or defogging: button will turn on.) indicator light on the button will come 1. Push the button. (The indicator on. When the SYNC mode is active, the light on the button will come on.) . Push the button to draw outside driver’s side temperature control dial will 2. Turn the temperature control dial on air into the passenger compartment. control the driver’s side, front passenger’s the corresponding side to set the The indicator light on the button will side and rear temperatures. desired temperature. come on. When the passenger’s side temperature . To quickly remove ice from the . To control the air intake automatically, control dial or the rear temperature outside of the windows, use the push and hold either the button control buttons are operated, it will can- button to set the fan speed to or the button. The indicator light cel the SYNC mode of the individual zone. maximum. will blink, and then the air intake will (The indicator light on the SYNC button . As soon as possible after the wind- switch to automatic control. When the will remain on.) shield is clean, push the AUTO automatic control is set, the system Operating both the passenger’s side button to return to the automatic automatically alternates between the temperature control dial and the rear mode. outside air circulation and the air temperature control buttons will turn off . When the button is pushed, the recirculation modes. (The indicator the SYNC mode. (The indicator light on air conditioner will automatically be light of the active mode will turn on.) the SYNC button will turn off.) (See “Rear turned on at outside temperatures Air flow control: temperature control” (P.4-36).) more than slightly above freezing. The air recirculation mode auto- Pushing the button manually con- matically turns off, allowing outside trols air flow and selects the air outlet:

Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio and phone systems 4-35 To turn the system off the display and the buttons will be Push the ON·OFF button. inoperable until the ignition switch is placed in the ON position. When the temperature is low, the rear defroster and the heated steering wheel (if so equipped) may also be activated automatically with the activation of the remote engine start function. (See “Remote engine start” (P.3-19).) OPERATING TIPS (for automatic air conditioner) When the engine coolant temperature and outside air temperature are low, the JVH1847X air flow from the foot outlets may be limited when in the automatic mode. 1. Rear temperature display However, this is not a malfunction. After 2. “ ” Rear temperature increase button the coolant temperature warms up, air 3. “ ” Rear temperature decrease button flow from the foot outlets will operate normally. Rear temperature control (if so For rear temperature control (if so equipped) equipped): You can adjust the temperature for rear . The purpose of the rear temperature seat passengers using the buttons lo- control is to vary the temperature of cated on the back side of the console box. the rear airflow. Remote engine start logic . The amount of airflow to the rear ventilators is primarily controlled by When the remote engine start function is the front passenger’s blower and activated, the vehicles equipped with the mode settings. automatic air conditioner and heater may . go into automatic heating or cooling The amount of airflow to the rear mode depending on the outside and ventilators is also affected by the rear cabin temperatures. During this period, temperature setting. Higher rear tem- 4-36 Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio and phone systems perature settings have lower airflow Sensors: amounts than cooler temperature The sensors and , located on the settings. This condition ensures better instrument panel, help maintain a con- comfort to the head and face area, stant temperature. Do not put anything while primary heating for the rear on or around the sensors. passenger seats is provided through the foot outlets. SERVICING AIR CONDITIONER WARNING

The air conditioner system contains refrigerant under high pressure. To avoid personal injury, any air conditioner service should be done only by WAE0350X an experienced technician with the proper equipment.

The air conditioner system in your vehicle is charged with a refrigerant designed with the environment in mind. This refrigerant will not harm the earth’s ozone layer. However, it may contribute in a small part to global warming. Special charging equipment and lubricant are required when servicing your vehicle’s air conditioner. Using improper refriger- ants or lubricants will cause severe damage to the air conditioner system. (See WAE0351X “Air conditioning system refrigerant and lubricant recommendations” (P.10-8).)

Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio and phone systems 4-37 ANTENNA CAR PHONE OR CB RADIO

A NISSAN dealer will be able to service SHARK FIN ANTENNA When installing a car phone or a CB radio your environmentally friendly air condi- The shark fin antenna is located on the in your vehicle, be sure to observe the tioner system. rear part of the vehicle roof. following precautions, otherwise the new equipment may adversely affect the elec- In-cabin microfilter The radio performance may be affected if tronic control modules and electronic The air conditioner system is equipped cargo carried on the roof blocks the radio control system harness. with an in-cabin microfilter. To make sure signal. If possible, do not put cargo near the air conditioner heats, defogs, and the shark fin antenna. ventilates efficiently, replace the filter A build up of ice on the shark fin antenna WARNING according to the specified maintenance can affect radio performance. Remove intervals listed in the "9. Maintenance and the ice to restore radio reception. . A cellular phone should not be schedules" section. It is recommended to used for any purpose while driv- visit a NISSAN dealer to replace the filter. ing so full attention may be given to vehicle operation. Some juris- The filter should be replaced if the air flow dictions prohibit the use of cellu- decreases significantly or if windows fog lar phones while driving. up easily when operating the heater or air conditioner. . If you must make a call while your vehicle is in motion, the hands- free cellular phone operational mode (if so equipped) is highly recommended. Exercise extreme caution at all times so full attention may be given to vehicle operation. . If a conversation in a moving vehicle requires you to take notes, pull off the road to a safe location and stop your vehicle before doing so.

4-38 Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio and phone systems CAUTION

. Keep the antenna as far away as possible from the electronic control modules. . Keep the antenna wire more than 8 in (20 cm) away from the electronic control system harness. Do not route the antenna wire next to any harness. . Adjust the antenna standing- wave ratio as recommended by the manufacturer. . Connect the ground wire from the CB radio chassis to the body. . For details, it is recommended you visit a NISSAN dealer.

Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio and phone systems 4-39 MEMO

4-40 Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio and phone systems 5 Starting and driving

Precautions when starting and driving ...... 5-5 Parking brake...... 5-25 Exhaust gas (carbon monoxide) ...... 5-5 Automatic operation ...... 5-26 Three-way catalyst ...... 5-6 Manual operation ...... 5-27 Turbocharger system (if so equipped) ...... 5-6 Automatic brake hold ...... 5-28 Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) ...... 5-6 How to activate/deactivate the automatic Avoiding collision and rollover ...... 5-10 brake hold function ...... 5-29 On-pavement and off-road How to use the automatic brake driving precautions ...... 5-10 hold function...... 5-30 Off-road recovery ...... 5-11 Drive Mode Selector ...... 5-31 Rapid air pressure loss ...... 5-11 OFF-ROAD mode (AWD models) ...... 5-32 Drinking alcohol/drugs and driving ...... 5-12 SNOW mode (AWD models) ...... 5-32 Driving safety precautions ...... 5-12 STANDARD mode (2WD models)/AUTO Push-button ignition switch ...... 5-14 mode (AWD models) ...... 5-32 Operating range for engine start function ...... 5-15 ECO mode ...... 5-32 Push-button ignition switch operation...... 5-15 SPORT mode ...... 5-34 Push-button ignition switch positions ...... 5-16 Driver Assistance systems ...... 5-35 Emergency engine shut off ...... 5-16 How to enable/disable the systems ...... 5-38 Intelligent Key battery discharge ...... 5-17 Common troubleshooting guide ...... 5-40 Before starting the engine...... 5-17 Traffic Sign Recognition (TSR) (if so equipped) ...... 5-44 Starting the engine ...... 5-18 System operation ...... 5-44 Remote engine start (if so equipped)...... 5-18 How to enable/disable the TSR system ...... 5-46 Driving the vehicle ...... 5-19 System temporarily unavailable ...... 5-46 Continuously Variable Transmission (CVT) ...... 5-19 System malfunction ...... 5-46 System maintenance ...... 5-47 Lane Departure Warning (LDW) ...... 5-47 System temporarily unavailable ...... 5-75 LDW system operation ...... 5-48 System malfunction ...... 5-75 How to enable/disable the LDW system...... 5-49 System maintenance ...... 5-76 LDW system limitations...... 5-49 Rear Cross Traffic Alert (RCTA) ...... 5-77 System temporarily unavailable ...... 5-50 RCTA system operation ...... 5-77 System malfunction...... 5-51 How to enable/disable the RCTA system ...... 5-79 System maintenance ...... 5-51 RCTA system limitations...... 5-80 Intelligent Lane Intervention (I-LI) (if System temporarily unavailable ...... 5-82 so equipped) ...... 5-52 System malfunction ...... 5-82 I-LI system operation ...... 5-53 System maintenance ...... 5-82 How to enable/disable the I-LI system ...... 5-54 Cruise control (if so equipped)...... 5-83 I-LI system limitations ...... 5-54 Precautions on cruise control...... 5-84 System temporarily unavailable ...... 5-56 Cruise control operations...... 5-84 System malfunction...... 5-56 ProPILOT Assist (if so equipped)...... 5-85 System maintenance ...... 5-57 ProPILOT Assist system operation ...... 5-87 Blind Spot Warning (BSW) ...... 5-58 ProPILOT Assist switches ...... 5-89 BSW system operation ...... 5-59 ProPILOT Assist system display How to enable/disable the BSW system...... 5-60 and indicators ...... 5-90 BSW system limitations...... 5-60 Turning the conventional (fixed speed) BSW driving situations ...... 5-61 cruise control mode ON ...... 5-92 System temporarily unavailable ...... 5-64 Operating ProPILOT Assist...... 5-92 System malfunction...... 5-64 How to enable/disable the System maintenance ...... 5-65 Steering Assist ...... 5-97 Intelligent Blind Spot Intervention (I-BSI) (if How to cancel the ProPILOT so equipped) ...... 5-66 Assist system ...... 5-98 I-BSI system operation ...... 5-67 Intelligent Cruise Control (ICC) ...... 5-98 How to enable/disable the I-BSI system ...... 5-69 Steering Assist ...... 5-113 I-BSI system limitations ...... 5-69 Conventional (fixed speed) cruise control mode ...... 5-119 I-BSI driving situations ...... 5-71 Automatic Emergency Braking (AEB) with System maintenance ...... 5-148 Pedestrian Detection system ...... 5-122 Break-in schedule...... 5-149 AEB with Pedestrian Detection Fuel Efficient Driving Tips ...... 5-149 system operation ...... 5-123 Increasing fuel economy ...... 5-150 Turning the AEB with Pedestrian Detection Intelligent 4x4 (if so equipped) ...... 5-151 system ON/OFF ...... 5-125 Parking/parking on hills ...... 5-153 AEB with Pedestrian Detection Electric power steering ...... 5-154 system limitations ...... 5-125 Brake system ...... 5-155 System temporarily unavailable ...... 5-129 Braking precautions ...... 5-155 System malfunction...... 5-130 Brake assist ...... 5-156 System maintenance ...... 5-131 Brake assist ...... 5-156 Intelligent Forward Collision Warning (I-FCW) ...... 5-132 Anti-lock Braking System (ABS) ...... 5-156 I-FCW system operation ...... 5-134 Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) system ...... 5-157 Turning the I-FCW system ON/OFF ...... 5-135 How to turn off the VDC system ...... 5-158 I-FCW system limitations ...... 5-137 Brake Force Distribution ...... 5-159 System temporarily unavailable ...... 5-138 Chassis control ...... 5-160 System malfunction...... 5-139 Intelligent Trace Control...... 5-160 System maintenance ...... 5-139 Active Ride Control ...... 5-160 Intelligent Driver Alertness (I-DA) ...... 5-141 Hill Start Assist system ...... 5-161 I-DA system operation ...... 5-141 Sonar system (if so equipped) ...... 5-162 How to enable/disable the I-DA system ...... 5-142 System operation ...... 5-163 I-DA system limitations ...... 5-142 How to enable/disable the sonar system ...... 5-165 System malfunction...... 5-143 Sonar system limitations ...... 5-166 Rear Automatic Braking (RAB) ...... 5-143 System temporarily unavailable ...... 5-167 RAB system operation ...... 5-145 System maintenance ...... 5-167 Turning the RAB system ON/OFF...... 5-145 Rear Sonar System (RSS) (if so equipped) ...... 5-168 RAB system limitations ...... 5-146 System operation ...... 5-168 System malfunction...... 5-148 How to enable/disable the RSS ...... 5-170 RSS limitations ...... 5-170 Tire equipment ...... 5-173 System temporarily unavailable ...... 5-171 Special winter equipment ...... 5-173 System maintenance ...... 5-172 Driving on snow or ice ...... 5-173 Cold weather driving ...... 5-172 Active noise cancellation (if so equipped)/ Freeing a frozen door lock...... 5-172 Active sound enhancement (if Anti-freeze ...... 5-172 so equipped) ...... 5-174 Battery ...... 5-172 Active noise cancellation ...... 5-174 Draining of coolant water...... 5-172 Active sound enhancement...... 5-174 PRECAUTIONS WHEN STARTING AND DRIVING

oxide is dangerous. It can cause refrigerators, heaters, etc. may WARNING unconsciousness or death. also generate carbon monoxide.) . If you suspect that exhaust fumes . If electrical wiring or other cable . Do not leave children or adults are entering the vehicle, drive connections must pass to a trailer who would normally require the with all windows fully open, and through the seal on the liftgate or support of others alone in your have the vehicle inspected imme- the body, follow the manufac- vehicle. Pets should not be left diately. turer’s recommendation to pre- alone either. They could acciden- . Do not run the engine in closed vent carbon monoxide entry into tally injure themselves or others spaces such as a garage. the vehicle. . through inadvertent operation of . Do not park the vehicle with the The exhaust system and body the vehicle. Also, on hot, sunny engine running for an extended should be inspected by a quali- days, temperatures in a closed period of time. fied mechanic whenever: vehicle could quickly become . Keep the liftgate closed while — Your vehicle is raised while high enough to cause severe or being serviced. possibly fatal injuries to people or driving, otherwise exhaust gas animals. could be drawn into the passen- — You suspect that exhaust ger compartment. If you must . Properly secure all cargo with fumes are entering into the drive with the liftgate open, fol- passenger compartment. ropes or straps to help prevent it low these precautions: from sliding or shifting. Do not — You notice a change in the place cargo higher than the seat- — Open all the windows. sound of the exhaust system. backs. In a sudden stop or colli- — Turn the air recirculation — You have had an accident sion, unsecured cargo could mode off and set the fan involving damage to the ex- cause personal injury. speed control to the highest haust system, underbody, or level to circulate the air. rear of the vehicle. EXHAUST GAS (carbon monoxide) . If a special body or other equipment is added for recreational or WARNING other usage, follow the manufacturer’s recommendation to pre- . vent carbon monoxide entry into Do not breathe exhaust gas; it the vehicle. (Some recreational contains colorless and odorless vehicle appliances such as stoves, carbon monoxide. Carbon mon- Starting and driving 5-5 THREE-WAY CATALYST cause overrich fuel flow into the To ensure prolonged life and perfor- The three-way catalyst is an emission three-way catalyst, causing it to mance of the turbocharger, it is essential control device installed in the exhaust overheat. Do not keep driving if to comply with the following mainte- system. Exhaust gases in the three-way the engine misfires, or if notice- nance procedure. catalyst are burned at high temperatures able loss of performance or other to help reduce pollutants. unusual operating conditions are CAUTION detected. Have the vehicle inspected. It is recommended you . WARNING visit a NISSAN dealer for this Change your engine oil according service. to the recommended intervals shown in the “Maintenance and . The exhaust gas and the exhaust . Avoid driving with an extremely schedules” (P.9-1). system are very hot. Keep people, low fuel level. Running out of fuel . animals and flammable materials could cause the engine to misfire, Use only the recommended en- away from the exhaust system damaging the three-way catalyst. gine oil. (See “Capacities and recommended fluids/lubricants” components. . Do not race the engine while (P.10-3).) . Do not stop or park the vehicle warming it up. . If the engine has been operating over flammable materials such as . dry grass, wastepaper or rags. Do not push or tow your vehicle at high rpm for an extended They may ignite and cause a fire. to start the engine. period of time, let it idle for a few minutes prior to turn off. TURBOCHARGER SYSTEM (if so . Do not accelerate your engine to CAUTION equipped) high rpm immediately after start- The turbocharger system uses engine oil ing it. . for lubrication and cooling of its rotating Do not use leaded gasoline. De- components. The turbocharger turbine posits from leaded gasoline will TIRE PRESSURE MONITORING SYS- turns at extremely high speeds and it TEM (TPMS) seriously reduce the three-way can reach an extremely high tempera- catalyst’s ability to help reduce ture. It is essential to maintain a clean Each tire, including the spare, should be exhaust pollutants. supply of oil flowing through the turbo- checked monthly when cold and inflated . Keep your engine tuned up. Mal- charger system. A sudden interruption of to the inflation pressure recommended functions in the ignition, fuel in- oil supply may cause a malfunction in the by the vehicle manufacturer on the ve- jection, or electrical systems can turbocharger. hicle placard or tire inflation pressure 5-6 Starting and driving label. (If your vehicle has tires of a erly. The TPMS malfunction indicator is driving). different size than the size indicated on combined with the low tire pressure tell- . The low tire pressure warning light the vehicle placard or tire inflation pres- tale. When the system detects a malfunc- does not automatically turn off when sure label, you should determine the tion, the telltale will flash for the tire pressure is adjusted. After the proper tire inflation pressure for those approximately one minute and then re- tire is inflated to the recommended tires.) main continuously illuminated. This se- pressure, the vehicle must be driven at As an added safety feature, your vehicle quence will continue upon subsequent speeds above 16 MPH (25 km/h) to has been equipped with a Tire Pressure vehicle start-ups as long as the malfunc- activate the TPMS and turn off the low Monitoring System (TPMS) that illumi- tion exists. When the malfunction indica- tire pressure warning light. Use a tire nates a low tire pressure telltale when tor is illuminated, the system may not be pressure gauge to check the tire one or more of your tires is significantly able to detect or signal low tire pressure pressure. under-inflated. Accordingly, when the low as intended. TPMS malfunctions may . The “Tire Pressure Low - Add Air” tire pressure telltale illuminates, you occur for a variety of reasons, including warning appears in the vehicle infor- should stop and check your tires as soon the installation of replacement or alter- mation display when the low tire as possible, and inflate them to the nate tires or wheels on the vehicle that pressure warning light is illuminated proper pressure. Driving on a significantly prevent the TPMS from functioning prop- and low tire pressure is detected. The under-inflated tire causes the tire to erly. Always check the TPMS malfunction “Tire Pressure Low - Add Air” warning overheat and can lead to tire failure. telltale after replacing one or more tires turns off when the low tire pressure Under-inflation also reduces fuel effi- or wheels on your vehicle to ensure that warning light turns off. ciency and tire tread life, and may affect the replacement or alternate tires and The “Tire Pressure Low - Add Air” the vehicle’s handling and stopping abil- wheels allow the TPMS to continue to warning does not appear if the low ity. function properly. tire pressure warning light illuminates Please note that the TPMS is not a Additional information to indicate a TPMS malfunction. . substitute for proper tire maintenance, . Since the spare tire is not equipped Tire pressure rises and falls depending and it is the driver’s responsibility to with the TPMS, the TPMS does not on the heat caused by the vehicle’s maintain correct tire pressure, even if monitor the tire pressure of the spare operation and the outside tempera- under-inflation has not reached the level tire. ture. Do not reduce the tire pressure to trigger illumination of the TPMS low . after driving because the tire pressure tire pressure telltale. The TPMS will activate only when the rises after driving. Low outside tem- vehicle is driven at speeds above 16 perature can lower the temperature Your vehicle has also been equipped with MPH (25 km/h). Also, this system may a TPMS malfunction indicator to indicate of the air inside the tire which can not detect a sudden drop in tire cause a lower tire inflation pressure. when the system is not operating prop- pressure (for example a flat tire while Starting and driving 5-7 This may cause the low tire pressure recommended COLD tire pressure warning light to illuminate. If the shown on the Tire and Loading CAUTION warning light illuminates in low ambi- Information label to turn the low ent temperature, check the tire pres- tire pressure warning light OFF. If . The TPMS may not function prop- sure for all four tires. you have a flat tire, replace it with erly when the wheels are . You can also check the tire pressure of a spare tire as soon as possible. equipped with tire chains or the all tires (except the spare tire) in the (See “Flat tire” (P.6-3) for chan- wheels are buried in snow. vehicle information display. (See “Trip ging a flat tire.) . computer” (P.2-46).) Do not place metalized film or . Since the spare tire is not any metal parts (antenna, etc.) on For additional information, see “Low tire equipped with the TPMS, when a the windows. This may cause pressure warning light” (P.2-18) and “Tire spare tire is mounted or a wheel poor reception of the signals Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS)” (P.6- is replaced, the TPMS will not from the tire pressure sensors, 3). function and the low tire pressure and the TPMS will not function warning light will flash for ap- properly. WARNING proximately 1 minute. The light will remain on after 1 minute. Some devices and transmitters may tem- Have your tires replaced and/or . If the low tire pressure warning porarily interfere with the operation of TPMS system reset as soon as the TPMS and cause the low tire pressure light illuminates while driving, possible. It is recommended you avoid sudden steering maneu- warning light to illuminate. Some exam- visit a NISSAN dealer for these ples are: vers or abrupt braking, reduce services. vehicle speed, pull off the road . Facilities or electric devices using . to a safe location and stop the Replacing tires with those not similar radio frequencies are near the vehicle as soon as possible. Driv- originally specified by NISSAN vehicle. ing with under-inflated tires may could affect the proper operation . If a transmitter set to similar frequen- permanently damage the tires of the TPMS. cies is being used in or near the and increase the likelihood of tire . Do not inject any tire liquid or vehicle. failure. Serious vehicle damage aerosol tire sealant into the tires, . If a computer (or similar equipment) or could occur and may lead to an as this may cause a malfunction a DC/AC converter is being used in or accident and could result in ser- of the tire pressure sensors. near the vehicle. ious personal injury. Check the Low tire pressure warning light may tire pressure for all four tires. illuminate in the following cases. Adjust the tire pressure to the 5-8 Starting and driving . If the vehicle is equipped with a wheel Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) the TPMS with Easy Fill Tire Alert provides and tire without TPMS. transmitter visual and audible signals outside the . If the TPMS has been replaced and the Continental vehicle to help you inflate the tires to ID has not been registered. the recommended COLD tire pressure. Model: TIS-10DL . If the wheel is not originally specified Vehicle set-up: by NISSAN. IC: 7812D-TIS10DL Body Control Module (BCM) 1. Park the vehicle in a safe and level FCC Notice: place. Model: 40406556 For USA: 2. Apply the parking brake and push the Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) IC: 7812D-5235RXDP park button to shift to the P (Park) transmitter Continental position. FCC ID: KR5TIS-10DL This device complies with Industry Ca- 3. Place the ignition switch in the ON Body Control Module (BCM) nada licence-exempt RSS standard(s). position. Do not start the engine. Operation is subject to the following Operation: two conditions: (1) this device may not 40406556 cause interference, and (2) this device 1. Add air to the tire. Continental must accept any interference, including 2. After a few seconds, the hazard in- interference that may cause undesired dicators will start flashing. This device complies with Part 15 of the operation of the device. FCC Rules. Operation is subject to the 3. When the designated pressure is following two conditions: (1) This device TPMS with Easy Fill Tire Alert reached, the horn beeps once and may not cause harmful interference, the hazard indicators stop flashing. and (2) this device must accept any 4. Perform the above steps for each tire. interference received, including inter- WARNING . If the tire is over-inflated more than ference that may cause undesired op- approximately 4 psi (30 kPa), the horn eration. After rotating the tires, do not use beeps and the hazard indicators flash Note: Changes or modifications not the Easy-Fill Tire Alert to adjust the 3 times. To correct the pressure, push expressly approved by the party re- tire pressure. Instead use a gauge to the core of the valve stem on the tire sponsible for compliance could void adjust the tires to the correct pres- briefly to release pressure. When the the user’s authority to operate the sure in accordance with Tire and pressure reaches the designated equipment. Loading Information label. pressure, the horn beeps once. For Canada: When adding air to an under-inflated tire, Starting and driving 5-9 . If the hazard indicator does not flash AVOIDING COLLISION AND ROLL- person is significantly more likely to be within approximately 15 seconds after OVER injured or killed than a person properly starting to inflate the tire, it indicates wearing a seat belt. that the TPMS with Easy Fill Tire Alert ON-PAVEMENT AND OFF-ROAD is not operating. WARNING DRIVING PRECAUTIONS . The TPMS will not activate the Easy Fill Tire Alert under the following condi- Failure to operate this vehicle in a Utility vehicles have a significantly high- tions: safe and prudent manner may result er rollover rate than other types of — If there is interference from an in loss of control or an accident. vehicles. external device or transmitter They have higher ground clearance than — The air pressure from the inflation Be alert and drive defensively at all times. passenger cars to make them capable of device such as those using a power Obey all traffic regulations. Avoid exces- performing in a variety of on-pavement socket is not sufficient to inflate the sive speed, high speed cornering, or and off-road applications. This gives them tire sudden steering maneuvers, because a higher center of gravity than ordinary — If an electrical equipment is being these driving practices could cause you cars. An advantage of higher ground used in or near the vehicle to lose control of your vehicle. As with clearance is a better view of the road, any vehicle, a loss of control could allowing you to anticipate problems. — There is a malfunction in the TPMS However, they are not designed for cor- system result in a collision with other vehicles or objects, or cause the vehicle to roll- nering at the same speeds as conven- — There is a malfunction in the horn tional passenger cars any more than low- or hazard indicators over, particularly if the loss of control causes the vehicle to slide sideways. Be slung sports cars are designed to perform . If the TPMS with Easy Fill Tire Alert attentive at all times, and avoid driving satisfactorily under off-road conditions. If does not operate due to TPMS inter- when tired. Never drive when under the at all possible, avoid sharp turns or abrupt ference, move the vehicle about 3 ft influence of alcohol or drugs (including maneuvers, particularly at high speeds. As (1m) backward or forward and try prescription or over-the-counter drugs with other vehicles of this type, failure to again. which may cause drowsiness). Always operate this vehicle correctly may result If the TPMS with Easy Fill Tire Alert is not wear your seat belt as outlined in “Seat in loss of control or vehicle rollover. Seat working, use a tire pressure gauge. belts” (P.1-14) of this manual, and also belts help reduce the risk of injury in instruct your passengers to do so. collisions and rollovers. In a rollover crash, an unbelted or improperly belted person Seat belts help reduce the risk of injury in is significantly more likely to be injured or collisions and rollovers. In a rollover killed than a person properly wearing a crash, an unbelted or improperly belted seat belt. 5-10 Starting and driving . Be sure to read “Driving safety precau- If you decide that it is not safe to tions” (P.5-12). return the vehicle to the road sur- WARNING face based on vehicle, road or OFF-ROAD RECOVERY traffic conditions, gradually slow If the right side or left side wheels leave the vehicle to a stop in a safe place The following actions can increase the road surface, maintain control of the off the road. the chance of losing control of the vehicle if there is a sudden loss of tire vehicle by following the procedure below. RAPID AIR PRESSURE LOSS Please note that this procedure is only a air pressure. Losing control of the general guide. The vehicle must be driven Rapid air pressure loss or a “blow-out” can vehicle may cause a collision and as appropriate based on the conditions of occur if the tire is punctured or is result in personal injury. the vehicle, road and traffic. damaged due to hitting a curb or pothole. . The vehicle generally moves or Rapid air pressure loss can also be caused 1. Remain calm and do not overreact. pulls in the direction of the flat by driving on under-inflated tires. tire. 2. Do not apply the brakes. Rapid air pressure loss can affect the . Do not rapidly apply the brakes. 3. Maintain a firm grip on the steering handling and stability of the vehicle, . wheel with both hands and try to hold especially at highway speeds. Do not rapidly release the accel- a straight course. erator pedal. Help prevent rapid air pressure loss by . 4. When appropriate, slowly release the maintaining the correct air pressure and Do not rapidly turn the steering accelerator pedal to gradually slow visually inspect the tires for wear and wheel. the vehicle. damage. See “Wheels and tires” (P.8-31) of 5. If there is nothing in the way, steer the this manual. 1. Remain calm and do not overreact. vehicle to follow the road while the If a tire rapidly loses air pressure or 2. Maintain a firm grip on the steering vehicle speed is reduced. Do not “blows-out” while driving, maintain con- wheel with both hands and try to hold attempt to drive the vehicle back onto trol of the vehicle by following the proce- a straight course. the road surface until vehicle speed is dure below. Please note that this 3. When appropriate, slowly release the reduced. procedure is only a general guide. The accelerator pedal to gradually slow 6. When it is safe to do so, gradually turn vehicle must be driven as appropriate the vehicle. the steering wheel until both tires based on the conditions of the vehicle, 4. Gradually steer the vehicle to a safe return to the road surface. When all road and traffic. location off the road and away from tires are on the road surface, steer the traffic if possible. vehicle to stay in the appropriate driving lane.

Starting and driving 5-11 5. Lightly apply the brake pedal to gra- alcohol affects all people differently and position when driving over rough dually stop the vehicle. most people underestimate the effects of terrain. alcohol. 6. Turn on the hazard warning flashers . Do not drive across steep slopes. and either contact a roadside emer- Remember, drinking and driving don’t Instead drive either straight up or gency service to change the tire or see mix! And that is true for drugs, too (over- straight down the slopes. Off- “Changing a flat tire” (P.6-4) of this the-counter, prescription, and illegal road vehicles can tip over side- Owner’s Manual. drugs). Don’t drive if your ability to oper- ways much more easily than they DRINKING ALCOHOL/DRUGS AND ate your vehicle is impaired by alcohol, can forward or backward. drugs, or some other physical condition. DRIVING . Many hills are too steep for any DRIVING SAFETY PRECAUTIONS vehicle. If you drive up them, you Your vehicle is designed for both normal may stall. If you drive down them, WARNING and off-road use. However, avoid driving you may not be able to control in deep water or mud as your vehicle is your speed. If you drive across Never drive under the influence of mainly designed for leisure use, unlike a them, you may roll over. alcohol or drugs. Alcohol in the conventional off-road vehicle. . Do not shift ranges while driving bloodstream reduces coordination, Remember that Two-Wheel Drive (2WD) on downhill grades as this could delays reaction time and impairs models are less capable than All-Wheel cause loss of control of the vehi- judgement. Driving after drinking Drive (AWD) models for rough road driving cle. alcohol increases the likelihood of and extrication when stuck in deep snow, being involved in an accident injuring . Stay alert when driving to the top mud, or the like. yourself and others. Additionally, if of a hill. At the top there could be you are injured in an accident, alco- Please observe the following precautions: a drop-off or other hazard that hol can increase the severity of the could cause an accident. injury. . If your engine stalls or you cannot WARNING make it to the top of a steep hill, never attempt to turn around. NISSAN is committed to safe driving. . Drive carefully when off the road Your vehicle could tip or roll over. However, you must choose not to drive and avoid dangerous areas. Every under the influence of alcohol. Every year Always back straight down in R person who drives or rides in this (Reverse) range. Never back down thousands of people are injured or killed vehicle should be seated with in alcohol-related accidents. Although the in N (Neutral), using only the their seat belt fastened. This will brake, as this could cause loss of local laws vary on what is considered to keep you and your passengers in be legally intoxicated, the fact is that control. 5-12 Starting and driving . Heavy braking going down a hill . Before operating the vehicle, en- similar equipment even if the could cause your brakes to over- sure that the driver and all pas- other two wheels are raised off heat and fade, resulting in loss of sengers have their seat belts the ground. Make sure you inform control and an accident. Apply fastened. test facility personnel that your brakes lightly and use a low . Always drive with the floor mats vehicle is equipped with AWD range to control your speed. in place as the floor may became before it is placed on a dynam- . Unsecured cargo can be thrown hot. ometer. Using the wrong test equipment may result in drive- around when driving over rough . Lower your speed when encoun- terrain. Properly secure all cargo train damage or unexpected ve- tering strong crosswinds. With a hicle movement which could so it will not be thrown forward higher center of gravity, your and cause injury to you or your result in serious vehicle damage vehicle is more affected by strong or personal injury. passengers. side winds. Slower speeds ensure . . To avoid raising the center of better vehicle control. When a wheel is off the ground due to an unlevel surface, do not gravity excessively, do not exceed . Do not drive beyond the perfor- the rated capacity of the roof rack spin the wheel excessively (AWD mance capability of the tires, model). (if so equipped) and evenly dis- even with AWD engaged. . tribute the load. Secure heavy . Accelerating quickly, sharp steer- loads in the cargo area as far For AWD equipped vehicles, do ing maneuvers or sudden braking forward and as low as possible. not attempt to raise two wheels may cause loss of control. off the ground and shift the Do not equip the vehicle with tires . If at all possible, avoid sharp larger than specified in this man- transmission to any drive or reverse position with the engine turning maneuvers, particularly ual. This could cause your vehicle at high speeds. Your vehicle has to roll over. running. Doing so may result in drivetrain damage or unexpected a higher center of gravity than a . Do not grip the inside or spokes vehicle movement which could conventional passenger car. The of the steering wheel when driv- result in serious vehicle damage vehicle is not designed for cor- ing off-road. The steering wheel or personal injury. nering at the same speeds as could move suddenly and injure . conventional passenger cars. your hands. Instead drive with Do not attempt to test an AWD Failure to operate this vehicle your fingers and thumbs on the equipped vehicle on a 2-wheel correctly could result in loss of outside of the rim. dynamometer (such as the dy- control and/or a rollover acci- namometers used by some dent. states for emissions testing), or Starting and driving 5-13 PUSH-BUTTON IGNITION SWITCH

. Always use tires of the same type, (AWD models). size, brand, construction (bias, WARNING bias-belted or radial), and tread pattern on all four wheels. Install Do not operate the push-button traction devices on the front ignition switch while driving the ve- wheels when driving on slippery hicle except in an emergency. (The roads and drive carefully. engine will stop when the ignition . Be sure to check the brakes im- switch is pushed 3 consecutive times mediately after driving in mud or or the ignition switch is pushed and water. See “Brake system” (P.5- held for more than 2 seconds.) If the 155) for wet brakes. engine stops while the vehicle is . Avoid parking your vehicle on being driven, this could lead to a steep hills. If you get out of the crash and serious injury. vehicle and it rolls forward, backward or sideways, you could be Before operating the push-button igni- injured. tion switch, be sure to push the park . Whenever you drive off-road button to shift to the P (Park) position. through sand, mud or water as deep as the wheel hub, more frequent maintenance may be required. See the maintenance schedule shown in the “9. Main- tenance and schedules” section. . Spinning the front wheels on slippery surfaces may cause the AWD warning message to display and the AWD system to automatically switch from the AWD mode to the 2WD mode. This could reduce traction. Be especially careful when towing a trailer

5-14 Starting and driving start the engine. use them for extended periods of . The cargo room area is not included in time and do not use multiple the operating range but the Intelligent electrical accessories at the same Key may function. time. . If the Intelligent Key is placed on the instrument panel, inside the glove box or door pocket, the Intelligent Key may not function. . If the Intelligent Key is placed near the door or window outside the vehicle, the Intelligent Key may function. If the battery of the Intelligent Key is discharged, see “Intelligent Key battery discharge” (P.5-17). SSD0436 PUSH-BUTTON IGNITION SWITCH OPERATING RANGE FOR ENGINE OPERATION START FUNCTION The Intelligent Key can only be used for starting the engine when the Intelligent CAUTION Key is within the specified operating range . . Do not leave the vehicle for extended periods of time when the When the Intelligent Key battery is almost ignition switch is in the ON posi- discharged or strong radio waves are tion and the engine is not run- present near the operating location, the ning. This can discharge the Intelligent Key system’s operating range battery. becomes narrower and may not function properly. . Use electrical accessories with the engine running to avoid dis- If the Intelligent Key is within the operat- charging the vehicle battery. If ing range, it is possible for anyone, even you must use accessories while someone who does not carry the Intelli- the engine is not running, do not gent Key, to push the ignition switch to Starting and driving 5-15 3. Push the ignition switch again to the navigation (if so equipped), and Blue- OFF position. tooth® Hands-Free Phone System may The shift position can be shifted from be restarted by turning on the audio the P (Park) position if the ignition system (see the separate NissanConnect® switch is in the ON position and the Owner’s Manual), or by pushing the UN- brake pedal is depressed. LOCK button on the Intelligent Key for up to a total of 30 minutes. PUSH-BUTTON IGNITION SWITCH POSITIONS EMERGENCY ENGINE SHUT OFF To shut off the engine in an emergency ON (Normal operating position) situation while driving or when the In- The ignition system and the electrical telligent Key battery is discharged, per- accessory power activate at this position form the following procedure: without the engine turned on. . Rapidly push the push-button ignition JVS1053X The ON position has a battery saver switch 3 consecutive times in less feature that will place the ignition switch than 1.5 seconds, or When the ignition switch is pushed within the OFF position, if the vehicle is not . Push and hold the push-button igni- out depressing the brake pedal, the igni- running, after some time under the fol- tion switch for more than 2 seconds. tion switch will illuminate. lowing conditions: After engine shut-off, open the door to Push the ignition switch center: . all doors are closed. return to the normal condition. . once to change to ON. . vehicle is in P (Park) position. . two times to change to OFF. When the ignition switch cannot be OFF position placed in the OFF position, proceed as The engine is turned off in this position. follows: Auto ACC position 1. Push the park button to shift to the P With the vehicle in the P (Park) position, (Park) position. the Intelligent Key with you and the 2. Push the ignition switch. The ignition ignition placed from ON to OFF, the radio switch position will change to the ON can still be used for a period of time, or position. until the driver’s door is opened. After a period of time, functions such as radio,

5-16 Starting and driving BEFORE STARTING THE ENGINE

onds after the chime sounds. The . Make sure the area around the vehicle engine will start. is clear. . After step 3 is performed, when the Check fluid levels such as engine oil, ignition switch is pushed without depres- coolant, brake fluid, and window sing the brake pedal, the ignition switch washer fluid as frequently as possible, position will change to ON. or at least whenever you refuel. . NOTE: Check that all windows and lights are . When the ignition switch is pushed clean. . to the ON position or the engine is Visually inspect tires for their appear- started by the above procedures, the ance and condition. Also check tires “Key Battery Low” warning appears for proper inflation. (on the vehicle information display) . Lock all doors. even if the Intelligent Key is inside . Position seat and adjust head re- the vehicle. This is not a malfunction. straints/headrests. JVS0404X To turn off the warning, touch the . Adjust inside and outside mirrors. INTELLIGENT KEY BATTERY DIS- ignition switch with the Intelligent . Fasten seat belts and ask all passen- Key again. gers to do likewise. CHARGE . If the “Key Battery Low” warning . Check the operation of warning lights If the battery of the Intelligent Key is appears, replace the battery as soon discharged, or environmental conditions when the ignition switch is placed in as possible. (See “Intelligent Key the ON position. (See “Warning lights, interfere with the Intelligent Key opera- battery replacement” (P.8-25).) tion, start the engine according to the indicator lights and audible remin- following procedure: ders” (P.2-13).) 1. Push the park button to shift to the P (Park) position. 2. Firmly apply the foot brake. 3. Touch the ignition switch with the Intelligent Key as illustrated. (A chime will sound.) 4. Push the ignition switch while depressing the brake pedal within 10 sec-

Starting and driving 5-17 STARTING THE ENGINE

1. Apply the parking brake. pedal and pushing the push-button 5. To stop the engine, push the park 2. Confirm that the vehicle is in the P ignition switch to start the engine. button to shift to the P (Park) position, (Park) position. If the engine starts, but fails to run, and push the ignition switch to the repeat the above procedure. OFF position. The Intelligent Key must be carried when operating the ignition switch. NOTE: 3. Push the ignition switch to the ON CAUTION Care should be taken to avoid situations position. Depress the brake pedal and that can lead to potential battery dis- push the ignition switch to start the Do not operate the starter for more charge and potential no-start condi- engine. than 15 seconds at a time. If the tions such as: 1. Installation or extended use of elec- To start the engine immediately, push engine does not start, push the tronic accessories that consume and release the ignition switch while ignition switch to OFF and wait 10 battery power when the engine is depressing the brake pedal with the seconds before cranking again, not running (Phone chargers, GPS, ignition switch in any position. otherwise the starter could be da- DVD players, etc.) . If the engine is very hard to start in maged. extremely cold weather or when 2. Vehicle is not driven regularly and/ restarting, depress the accelerator 4. Warm-up or only driven short distances. pedal a little (approximately 1/3 to Allow the engine to idle for at least 30 In these cases, the battery may need to the floor) and while holding, crank seconds after starting. Do not race the be charged to maintain battery health. the engine. Release the accelerator engine while warming it up. Drive at REMOTE ENGINE START (if so pedal when the engine starts. moderate speed for a short distance . equipped) If the engine is very hard to start first, especially in cold weather. In cold because it is flooded, depress the weather, keep the engine running for Vehicles started with the remote engine accelerator pedal all the way to the a minimum of 2 - 3 minutes before start function require the ignition switch floor and hold it. Push the ignition shutting it off. Starting and stopping to be placed in the ON position before the switch to the ON position to start the engine over a short period of time shift position can be shifted from the P cranking the engine. After 5 or 6 may make the vehicle more difficult to (Park) position. To place the ignition seconds, stop cranking by pushing start. switch in the ON position, perform the the ignition switch to OFF. After following steps: cranking the engine, release the When the engine is racing with no load and cold, the engine speed is limited 1. Make sure that the Intelligent Key is accelerator pedal. Crank the engine carried with you. with your foot off the accelerator to about 4,500 rpm. pedal by depressing the brake 5-18 Starting and driving DRIVING THE VEHICLE

2. Depress the brake pedal. CONTINUOUSLY VARIABLE TRANS- . Do not downshift abruptly on 3. Push the ignition switch once to the MISSION (CVT) slippery roads. This may cause a ON position. The CVT in your vehicle is electronically loss of control. For additional information about the controlled to produce maximum power . Never shift to either the P (Park) remote engine start function, see “Re- and smooth operation. or R (Reverse) position while the mote engine start” (P.3-19). The recommended operating procedures vehicle is moving forward and P for this transmission are shown on the (Park) or D (Drive) position while following pages. Follow these procedures the vehicle is reversing. This could for maximum vehicle performance and cause an accident or damage the driving enjoyment. transmission. Engine power may be automatically . Except in an emergency, do not reduced to protect the CVT if the engine shift to the N (Neutral) position speed increases quickly when driving while driving. Coasting with the on slippery roads or while being tested transmission in the N (Neutral) on some dynamometers. position may cause serious damage to the transmission. WARNING

. Do not depress the accelerator CAUTION pedal while shifting from P (Park) or N (Neutral) to R (Reverse), D . To avoid possible damage to your (Drive), or M (Manual shift mode). vehicle, when stopping the vehi- Always depress the brake pedal cle on an uphill grade, do not hold until shifting is completed. Failure the vehicle by depressing the to do so could cause you to lose accelerator pedal. The foot brake control and have an accident. should be used for this purpose. . Cold engine idle speed is high, so . Do not hang items on the shift use caution when shifting into a lever. This may cause an accident forward or reverse gear before due to a sudden start. the engine has warmed up.

Starting and driving 5-19 Starting the vehicle fully and the vehicle is stopped 1. After starting the engine, fully depress before shifting the shift lever. the foot brake pedal before attempt- . MAKE SURE OF THE SHIFT LEVER ing to place the shift position out of POSITION - Make sure the shift the P (Park) position. This CVT is position is in the desired position designed so that the foot brake on the vehicle information dis- pedal must be depressed before play. D (Drive) and M (Manual shift shifting from P (Park) to any driving mode) are used to move forward position while the ignition switch is and R (Reverse) to back up. in the ON position. The shift position . WARM UP THE ENGINE - Due to the cannot be placed out of the P (Park) higher idle speeds when the en- position and into any of the other gine is cold, extra caution must positions if the ignition switch is be exercised when shifting the placed in the OFF position. shift lever into the driving posi- WAF0556X 2. Keep the foot brake pedal depressed tion immediately after starting and move the shift lever into a driving the engine. Home position (central position) position. To move the shift lever, 3. Release the parking brake, the foot : Push the button to shift. brake pedal, and then gradually start the vehicle in motion. : Shift without pushing the button . Shifting CAUTION Push the park button to shift to the P (Park) position. . DEPRESS THE FOOT BRAKE PEDAL After starting the engine, fully depress the - Shifting the shift lever to D brake pedal, push the shift lever button (Drive), R (Reverse) or M (Manual and move the shift lever from the P (Park) shift mode) without depressing position to any of the desired shift the foot brake pedal causes the positions. vehicle to move slowly when the Confirm that the vehicle is in the desired engine is running. Make sure the shift position by checking the shift indi- foot brake pedal is depressed cator located on the shift lever or on the 5-20 Starting and driving vehicle information display. in an accident. Use this position when the vehicle is parked or starting the engine. Always . The following operations are not make sure that the vehicle is completely WARNING allowed because excessive force stopped before pushing the park button would be applied to the transmis- to engage the P (Park) position. For Apply the electronic parking brake if sion and this may result in da- maximum safety, the brake pedal must the shift lever is in any position while mage to the vehicle: be depressed before engaging the P the engine is not running. Failure to — Moving the shift lever to the R (Park) position. Use this position together do so could cause the vehicle to (Reverse) position when driv- with the electronic parking brake. When move unexpectedly or roll away and ing forward parking on a hill, first depress the brake result in serious personal injury or — Moving the shift lever to the D pedal, apply the electronic parking brake property damage. (Drive) position when rever- and then engage the P (Park) position. sing The parking lock should not be used as a brake when parking. In order to secure If these operations are at- the vehicle, always apply the electronic CAUTION tempted, a chime sounds and parking brake in addition to the parking the vehicle shifts to the N (Neu- lock. . tral) position. Use the P (Park), R (Reverse) or D In the event of a malfunction of the (Drive) position only when the vehicle’s electronics, the transmission vehicle is completely stopped. P (Park): may lock in the P (Park) position. Have . When switching to the desired the vehicle’s electronics checked immedi- shift position by operating the CAUTION ately. It is recommended that you visit a shift lever, check that the shift NISSAN dealer for this service. lever returns to the central posi- . To prevent transmission damage, The P (Park) position is automatically tion by releasing your hand from engaged if: the lever. Holding the shift lever in use the P (Park) position only . a mid-way position may also when the vehicle is completely You switch off the ignition switch damage the shift control system. stopped. . You unfasten the driver’s seat belt and . open the driver side door when the . Do not operate the shift lever Do not slide the shift lever while vehicle is stationary or driving at very while the accelerator pedal is pushing the park button. This low speed and the transmission is in depressed. This may cause a may damage the shift control the D (Drive) position, the R (Reverse) sudden start which could result system. position or the N position unless the Starting and driving 5-21 Neutral hold mode is engaged. N (Neutral): Neither the forward nor reverse gear is WARNING CAUTION engaged. The engine can be started in this position. You may shift to the N . Use this function on a level sur- (Neutral) position and restart a stalled face only. Failure to do so may To avoid CVT malfunction, it is re- engine while the vehicle is moving. cause the vehicle to move acci- commended that you manually You can select this position by holding dentally and could result in a place the shift position in the P (Park) collision or serious personal in- position under the above conditions. the shift lever at this position for 0.5 seconds. jury. . Do not use this function for a D (Drive): R (Reverse): purpose other than car washing. Use this position for all normal forward . driving. The CVT changes gears automa- When the ignition switch is placed CAUTION tically. All forward gears are available. If in the ON position after activating the vehicle is placed in the D (Drive) this function, depress the brake pedal to stop the vehicle because To prevent transmission damage, position while the vehicle is reversing, the shift lever is in the N (Neutral) use the R (Reverse) position only the chime will sound and the vehicle will position. when the vehicle is completely switch into the N (Neutral) position. stopped. . If this function is not activated Neutral hold mode function regardless of proper operation, transmission may malfunction. It Use the R (Reverse) position to back up. This function enables you to turn off the is recommended that you visit a Make sure the vehicle is completely engine with the vehicle in the N (Neutral) NISSAN dealer for this service. stopped before selecting the R (Reverse) position. While this function is activated, position. The brake pedal must be de- the vehicle can be moved by pushing with pressed and the shift lever button hand (when car washing) even if the To activate the Neutral hold mode, per- pushed to move the shift lever from ignition switch is in the OFF position. form the following operations. the home position to R (Reverse). If the When using this function, release the 1. Push the ignition switch to start the vehicle is placed in the R (Reverse) electronic parking brake. engine. position while the vehicle is moving 2. Release the electronic parking brake. forward, the chime will sound and the vehicle will switch into the N (Neutral) 3. Depress and hold the brake pedal. position.

5-22 Starting and driving 4. Push the P position switch. vehicle information display. (See “67. 5. Slide the shift lever to the N (Neutral) Neutral Hold Mode was not activated position, and hold it for 0.5 second indicator” (P.2-43).) To activate the until “N” appears in the vehicle infor- Neutral hold mode, wait for a while mation display. without shifting operation and then perform the operations again. 6. Slide the shift lever to the N (Neutral) position again, and hold it for 0.5 second, until a message “Neutral Hold Mode has been activated” appears in the vehicle information display. (See “66. Neutral Hold Mode activated indicator” (P.2-43).) 7. Place the ignition switch in the OFF position. The engine will turn off with WAF0417X holding the N (Neutral) position. Paddle shifter To exit the Neutral hold mode, place the vehicle in other than N (Neutral) position. Manual shift mode NOTE: When the shift lever is moved to the D . It is necessary to perform the steps (Drive) position again with the vehicle in 4 through 6 within approximately 5 the D (Drive) position while driving, the seconds to prevent incorrect opera- transmission enters the manual shift tion. mode. Shift range can be selected manually using the paddle shifters on the . When the ignition switch is placed in steering wheel. the OFF position while the shift lever is in the N (Neutral) position, a When shifting up, pull the right-side message will appear in the vehicle paddle shifter (+) . The transmission information display. (See “65. Neu- shifts to the higher range. tral Hold Mode guidance indicator” When shifting down, pull the left-side (P.2-43).) paddle shifter (−) . The transmission . If the Neutral hold mode is unavail- shifts to the lower range. able, a message will appear in the When canceling the manual shift mode, Starting and driving 5-23 move the shift lever to the D (Drive) 1M (1st): . CVT operation is limited to automatic position again. The transmission returns Use this position when climbing steep drive mode when CVT fluid tempera- to the normal driving mode. hills slowly or driving slowly through deep ture is extremely low even if manual When you pull the paddle shifter while in snow, or for maximum engine braking on shift mode is selected. This is not a the D (Drive) position, the transmission steep downhill grades. malfunction. When CVT fluid warms up, manual shift mode can be se- will shift to the upper or lower range . Remember not to drive at high speeds temporarily. The transmission will auto- lected. for extended periods of time in lower . matically return to the D (Drive) position than 8th gear. This reduces fuel econ- When the CVT fluid temperature is after a short period of time. If you want to omy. high, the shift range may upshift in return to the D (Drive) position manually, lower rpm than usual. This is not a . Pulling the same paddle shifter twice pull and hold the paddle shifter for about malfunction. will shift the ranges in succession. 1.5 seconds. However, if this motion is rapidly done, Accelerator downshift - in D (Drive) In the manual shift mode, the shift range the second shifting may not be composition - is displayed in the vehicle information pleted properly. display. . For passing or climbing hills, depress the In the manual shift mode, the trans- accelerator pedal to the floor. This shifts Shift ranges up or down one by one as mission may not shift to the se- the transmission down into a lower gear, follows: lected gear. This helps maintain depending on the vehicle speed. driving performance and reduces M ? M ? M ? M ? M ? M ? M ? M 1 / 2 / 3 / 4 / 5 / 6 / 7 / 8 the chance of vehicle damage or High fluid temperature protection loss of control. M mode 8 (8th): . When this situation occurs, the Con- This transmission has a high fluid tem- tinuously Variable Transmission Use this position for all normal forward perature protection mode. If the fluid (CVT) position indicator will blink driving at highway speeds. temperature becomes too high, (for ex- M M M and the chime will sound. 7 (7th), 6 (6th) and 5 (5th): ample, when climbing steep grades in . In the manual shift mode, the trans- Use these positions when driving up long high temperatures with heavy loads, such mission may shift up automatically as when towing a trailer), engine power slopes, or for engine braking when driving to a higher range than selected if the down long slopes. and, under some conditions, vehicle engine speed is too high. When the speed will be decreased automatically to 4M (4th), 3M (3rd) and 2M (2nd): vehicle speed decreases, the trans- reduce the chance of transmission da- Use these positions for hill climbing or mission automatically shifts down mage. Vehicle speed can be controlled engine braking on downhill grades. and shifts to 1st gear before the with the accelerator pedal, but the engine vehicle comes to a stop. 5-24 Starting and driving PARKING BRAKE and vehicle speed may be limited. Fail-safe WARNING WARNING When the fail-safe operation occurs, the When the high fluid temperature . Never drive the vehicle with the Continuously Variable Transmission will protection mode or fail-safe opera- parking brake applied. The brake not be shifted into the selected driving tion occurs, vehicle speed may be will overheat and fail to operate position. gradually reduced. The reduced and will lead to an accident. If the vehicle is driven under extreme speed may be lower than other . Never release the parking brake conditions, such as excessive wheel traffic, which could increase the from outside the vehicle. If the spinning and subsequent hard braking, chance of a collision. Be especially vehicle moves, it will be impossi- the fail-safe system may be activated. careful when driving. If necessary, ble to push the foot brake pedal The Malfunction Indicator Light (MIL) pull to the side of the road at a safe and will lead to an accident. may come on to indicate the fail-safe place and allow the transmission to mode is activated. For additional infor- return to normal operation, or have it . Never use the shift lever in place mation, refer to “Malfunction Indicator repaired if necessary. of the parking brake. When park- Light (MIL)” (P.2-19). This will occur even ing, be sure the parking brake is if all electrical circuits are functioning fully applied. properly. In this case, place the ignition . To help avoid risk of injury or switch in the OFF position and wait for death through unintended opera- 10 seconds. Then place the ignition tion of the vehicle and/or its switch back in the ON position. The systems, do not leave children, vehicle should return to its normal people who require the assis- operating condition. (The MIL may be tance of others or pets unat- illuminated even when the vehicle has tended in your vehicle. returned to its normal operating condi- Additionally, the temperature in- tion.) If it does not return to its normal side a closed vehicle on a warm operating condition, have the transmis- day can quickly become high sion checked and repaired, if necessary, enough to cause a significant risk by a NISSAN dealer. of injury or death to people and pets.

Starting and driving 5-25 . When the shift position is placed in the P (Park) position. Without the vehicle stationary, the electronic parking brake will . When the driver’s door is opened. . not be automatically applied When the driver’s seat belt is unfas- even if the engine is turned off tened. with the ignition switch. The electronic parking brake is automati- . Before leaving the vehicle, place cally released as soon as the vehicle the shift position in the P (Park) starts while the accelerator pedal is position and check that the elec- depressed under the following condi- tronic parking brake warning tions. light is illuminated to confirm . While the engine is running. that the electronic parking brake . When the shift position is in the D is applied. The electronic parking (Drive) or R (Reverse) position. brake warning light will remain WAF0517X . When the driver’s door is closed. on for a period of time after the The electronic parking brake is automati- driver’s door is locked. Apply cally released within 5 seconds after the Release shift position is placed in the D (Drive) or R Indicator light (Reverse) position even if the driver’s door CAUTION The electronic parking brake can be is opened. Be sure to close the door applied or released automatically or by before starting the vehicle. When parking in an area where the operating the parking brake switch. outside temperature is below 32°F AUTOMATIC OPERATION WARNING (0°C), the electronic parking brake, if The electronic parking brake will apply applied, may freeze in place and may automatically under any of the following . When the automatic brake hold be difficult to release. conditions while the brake force is main- function is activated, the electro- For safe parking, it is recommended tained by the automatic brake hold func- nic parking brake will not be that you place the shift position in tion: automatically applied when the the P (Park) position and securely . When the ignition switch is placed in engine is stopped without using block the wheels. the OFF position. the ignition switch (for example, by engine stalling).

5-26 Starting and driving NOTE: — If a malfunction occurs in the . When the electronic parking brake is . To keep the electronic parking brake automatic brake hold function. frequently applied and released in a released after the engine is turned . Make sure that the electronic park- short period of time, the electronic off, place the ignition switch in the ing brake system warning light is parking brake system warning light OFF position, depress the brake OFF before starting the vehicle. may blink and the electronic parking pedal and push down the parking brake may not operate in order to brake switch before opening the MANUAL OPERATION prevent the electronic parking brake driver’s door. To apply: When the vehicle is stopped, system from overheating. If this . If a malfunction occurs in the elec- pull the parking brake switch up. (The occurs, operate the parking brake tronic parking brake system (for electronic parking brake will apply even if switch again after waiting approxi- example, due to battery discharge), the ignition switch is placed in the OFF mately 1 minute. it is recommended to contact a position.) The indicator light on the . If the electronic parking brake must NISSAN dealer. switch and the electronic parking brake be applied while driving in an emer- . Under the following conditions, the warning light PARK or (red) will gency, pull up and hold the parking electronic parking brake will auto- illuminate. brake switch. When you release the matically be applied and the brake To release: With the ignition switch in the parking brake switch, the electronic force of the automatic brake hold ON position, depress the brake pedal and parking brake will be released. will be released. push the parking brake switch down . . While pulling up the parking brake — The braking force is applied by The indicator light and the electronic switch during driving, the electronic the automatic brake hold function parking brake warning light (red) will turn parking brake is applied and a chime for 3 minutes or longer. off. sounds. The electronic parking — The vehicle is placed in the P brake warning light (red) and the Before driving, check that the electronic (Park) position. indicator light on the parking brake parking brake warning light (red) turns switch illuminate. This does not in- — The driver’s seat belt is unfas- off. For additional information, see “Warn- dicate a malfunction. The electronic tened. ing lights, indicator lights and audible parking brake warning light (red) — The driver’s door is opened. reminders” (P.2-13). and the indicator light on the park- — The ignition switch is placed in NOTE: the OFF position. ing brake switch will turn off when . While the electronic parking brake is the electronic parking brake is re- — The electronic parking brake is applied or released, an operating leased. applied manually. sound is heard from the lower side . When pulling the parking brake of the rear seat. This is normal and switch up with the ignition switch does not indicate a malfunction. in the OFF position, the indicator Starting and driving 5-27 AUTOMATIC BRAKE HOLD

The automatic brake hold function main- light on the parking brake switch will still, depress the brake pedal to tains the braking force without the driver continue to illuminate for a short stop the vehicle. If the vehicle having to depress the brake pedal when period of time. unexpectedly moves due to out- the vehicle is stopped at a traffic light or side conditions, the chime may When towing a trailer intersection. As soon as the driver de- sound and automatic brake hold presses the accelerator pedal again, the Depending on the weight of the vehicle warning may illuminate in the automatic brake hold function is deacti- and trailer and the steepness of the slope, vehicle information display. there may be a tendency for the vehicle vated and the braking force is released. . to move backwards when starting from a The operating status of the automatic Be sure to deactivate the auto- standstill. When this occurs, you can use brake hold can be displayed on the matic brake hold function when the parking brake switch in the same way vehicle information display. (See “Warning using a car wash or towing your as a conventional lever type parking lights, indicator lights and audible remin- vehicle. brake. ders” (P.2-13).) . Make sure to push the park but- Before starting on sloping roads when ton to shift to the P (Park) posi- towing a trailer, be sure to read the WARNING tion and apply the electronic following to prevent the vehicle from parking brake when parking your moving backward unintentionally. vehicle, riding on or off the vehi- . The automatic brake hold func- cle, or loading luggage. Failure to . Release the parking brake switch as tion is not designed to hold the do so could cause the vehicle to soon as the engine is delivering en- vehicle on a steep hill or slippery move or roll away unexpectedly ough torque to the wheels. road. Never use the automatic and result in serious personal brake hold when the vehicle is injury or property damage. stopped on a steep hill or slippery . If any of the following conditions road. Failure to do so may cause occur, the automatic brake hold the vehicle to move. function may not function. Have . The automatic brake hold warn- the system checked promptly. It ing may appear in the vehicle is recommended that you visit a information display to request NISSAN dealer for this service. that the driver retake control by Failure to operate the vehicle in depressing the brake pedal. accordance with these conditions . When the automatic brake hold could cause the vehicle to move function is activated but fails to or roll away unexpectedly and maintain the vehicle at a stand- result in serious personal injury 5-28 Starting and driving or property damage. the following conditions need to be met. . — A warning message appears The driver’s seat belt is fastened. in the vehicle information dis- . The electronic parking brake is re- play. leased. . The vehicle is not in the P (Park) — The indicator light on the position. automatic brake hold switch does not illuminate when the NOTE: switch is pushed. The automatic brake hold function re- . The automatic brake hold func- sets to OFF every time the ignition tion will not be activated if the switch is switched from the OFF posi- slip indicator light, electronic tion to the ON position. parking brake warning light, elec- How to deactivate the automatic tronic parking brake system brake hold function warning light, or master warning WAF0516X While the automatic brake hold function light illuminates and the Chassis is activated, push the automatic brake Control System Error warning HOW TO ACTIVATE/DEACTIVATE hold switch to turn off the automatic message appears in the vehicle THE AUTOMATIC BRAKE HOLD brake hold indicator light and deactivate information display. FUNCTION the automatic brake hold function. To . To maintain the braking force to How to activate the automatic deactivate the automatic brake hold keep the vehicle to a standstill, a brake hold function function while the brake force has been noise may be heard. This is not a maintained by the automatic brake hold 1. With the ignition switch in the ON malfunction. function, depress the brake pedal and position, push the automatic brake push the automatic brake hold switch. hold switch . The indicator light on the automatic brake hold switch illuminates. WARNING 2. When the automatic brake hold function goes into standby, the automatic Make sure to firmly depress and hold brake hold indicator light (white) illu- the brake pedal when turning off the minates. automatic brake hold function while To use the automatic brake hold function, the brake force is applied. When the Starting and driving 5-29 automatic brake hold function is To start the vehicle from a stand- will be released: deactivated, the brake force will be still — The braking force is applied by the automatic brake hold function released. This could cause the vehi- With the vehicle not in the P (Park) or the for 3 minutes or longer. cle to move or roll away unexpect- shift lever not in the N (Neutral) position, edly. depress the accelerator pedal while the — The driver’s seat belt is unfastened. Failure to prevent the vehicle from brake force is maintained. The brake force rolling may result in serious personal will automatically be released to restart — The ignition switch is placed in injury or property damage. the vehicle. The automatic brake hold the OFF position. indicator light (white) on the meter illu- — If a malfunction occurs in the minates and the automatic brake hold automatic brake hold function. HOW TO USE THE AUTOMATIC returns to standby. — The vehicle is placed in the P BRAKE HOLD FUNCTION (Park) position. Parking For additional information on using the — The driver’s door is opened. automatic brake hold function, refer to When the park button is pushed to — The electronic parking brake is the instructions outlined in this section. engage the P (Park) position with the applied manually. brake force maintained by the automatic . To maintain braking force auto- brake hold function, the electronic park- When the vehicle stops, but the matically ing brake will automatically be applied brake force is not automatically applied, depress the brake pedal With the automatic brake hold function and the brake force of the automatic brake hold will be released. The auto- firmly until the automatic brake hold activated and the automatic brake hold indicator light (green) illuminates. indicator light (white) illuminated on the matic brake hold indicator light turns off. meter, depress the braking pedal to stop When the electronic parking brake is the vehicle. The brake force is automati- applied with the brake force maintained cally applied without your foot depressed by the automatic brake hold function, the on the brake pedal. While the brake hold is brake force of the automatic brake hold maintained, the automatic brake hold will be released. The automatic brake indicator light (green) illuminates on the hold indicator light turns off. meter. NOTE: . Under the following conditions, the electronic parking brake will automatically be applied and the brake force of the automatic brake hold 5-30 Starting and driving DRIVE MODE SELECTOR

Multiple driving modes can be selected by using the Drive Mode Selector. 2WD: SPORT, STANDARD and ECO To change the mode, push the Drive Mode Selector up or down. AWD: OFF-ROAD, SNOW, AUTO, ECO and SPORT To change the mode, turn the Drive Mode Selector right or left. NOTE: When the Drive Mode Selector selects a mode, the mode may not switch im- WAF0514X WAF0540X mediately. This is not a malfunction. Drive Mode Selector: 2WD models Vehicle information display: 2WD models The current mode is displayed in the vehicle information display. The mode list will appear in the vehicle information display and you can select the mode. NOTE: The mode list will be turned off in approximately 5 seconds after the mode is selected. If the driving mode cannot be switched using the Drive Mode Selector when the ignition switch is in the ON position, have the system checked. It is recommended you visit a NISSAN dealer for this service.

WAF0515X WAF0541X Drive Mode Selector: AWD models Vehicle information display: AWD models Starting and driving 5-31 SNOW MODE (AWD models) ECO MODE WARNING This mode makes it easier to start and Assists the driver’s ECO-driving. The en- run from snowy roads and frozen roads. gine and transmission points are adjusted Do not stare at the Drive Mode for improved fuel economy, providing Selector or the display while driving such a driving features as smooth start- so that full attention may be given to CAUTION ing or constant cruising. vehicle operation. NOTE: Never drive on dry, hard surface Selecting the ECO mode will not neces- OFF-ROAD MODE (AWD models) roads in the SNOW mode, as this will overload the powertrain and may sarily improve fuel economy as many Allows for easier driving or starting on a cause a serious malfunction. Addi- driving factors influence its effective- bumpy road surface such as an uneven tionally, this will cause premature ness. dirt road or a steep uphill slope or tire wear and reduced fuel economy. Operation through sand. Select the ECO mode using the Drive When the SNOW mode is selected, small Mode Selector. The ECO indicator illumi- CAUTION vibration in cornering may occur. This is nates. not a malfunction. When the accelerator pedal is depressed Never drive on dry, hard surface STANDARD MODE (2WD models)/ within the range of economy drive, the roads in the OFF-ROAD mode, as this AUTO MODE (AWD models) ECO indicator illuminates in green. When will overload the powertrain and the accelerator pedal is depressed above This is the standard mode that is most may cause a serious malfunction. the range of economy drive, the ECO suitable for normal driving. Additionally, this will cause prema- indicator turns off. ture tire wear and reduced fuel This mode will be selected first each time The ECO indicator will not illuminate in economy. the ignition switch is placed in the ON the following cases: position. . When the shift lever is in the R When the OFF-ROAD mode is selected, (Reverse) position. small tight-corner braking phenomenon . When the vehicle speed is below 2 or small vibration in cornering may occur. MPH (3.2 km/h) or over 90 MPH (144 This is not a malfunction. km/h).

5-32 Starting and driving . When the cruise control (if so Tire Pres ECO advice equipped) or the Intelligent Cruise The “Tire Pres ECO advice” is a function to Control (ICC) system (if so equipped) show an ECO advice message in the is operated. vehicle information display when low tire ECO Mode Customize pressure is detected. To activate or deactivate this function, see “ECO Mode The “ECO Mode Customize” is a function Setting” (P.2-26). that can change the priority from the Cruise Control (if so equipped) or the When the setting is ON, the ECO Drive Intelligent Cruise Control (ICC) function Report display shows “Check Tire Pres- to fuel efficiency improvements. It can be sures for Best Fuel Economy”. You can set when the ECO mode is selected. To switch the display to the Tire Pressures activate or deactivate this function, see display by pushing the button on “ECO Mode Setting” (P.2-26). the steering wheel. . Cruise Control WAF0126X When the setting is ON, the fuel efficiency while cruising will be im- ECO Pedal Guide function proved by lowering the acceleration The ECO Pedal Guide display can be target from normal (setting OFF) selected in the vehicle information display mode. in the ECO mode. (See “5. ECO Pedal NOTE: Guide” (P.2-47).) Use the ECO Pedal Guide When the vehicle speed is reduced (for function for improving fuel economy. example, when the vehicle is driven on When the ECO Pedal Guide bar is in the an uphill road from a flat road), it will green range , it indicates that the take more time to return to the pre- vehicle is being driven within range of viously set speed than normal mode. the super economy drive. When the ECO Pedal Guide bar is in the light green range , it indicates that the vehicle is being driven within range of the economy drive. If the ECO Pedal Guide bar is out of the

Starting and driving 5-33 green range ( and ), it indicates that the accelerator pedal is depressed over the range of economy drive. The ECO Pedal Guide bar is not displayed when: . The vehicle speed is less than approximately 2 MPH (4 km/h). . The shift lever is in the P (Park), N (Neutral) or R (Reverse) position. SPORT MODE . Adjusts the engine and transmission points for a higher response. . The setting of the steering system is adjusted to moderately increase steering wheel effort for a sporty feel. NOTE: In the SPORT mode, fuel economy may be reduced.

5-34 Starting and driving DRIVER ASSISTANCE SYSTEMS

Each Driver Assistance system is designed to help the driver in different ways as they drive. The following Driver Assistance systems (if so equipped) are available on this vehicle:

Category System Symbol System description (See the specified page for detailed information.) Page Assists the driver with a warning and/or braking operation when there is a risk Automatic Emergency of a forward collision with the vehicle ahead in the traveling lane, or with a Braking (AEB) with Pedes- 5-122 pedestrian or a cyclist. trian Detection

Intelligent Forward Colli- Helps alert the driver when there is a sudden braking of a second vehicle 5-132 sion Warning (I-FCW) traveling in front of the vehicle ahead in the same lane. Intelligent Cruise Control (ICC) . Forward Driving Helps the driver maintain a selected distance from the vehicle ahead and 5-98 Aids Intelligent Cruise Control can reduce the speed to match a slower vehicle ahead. (ICC) (models with ProPI- . Decelerates the vehicle to a standstill when a vehicle ahead slows to a stop. LOT Assist) Conventional (fixed speed) cruise control mode . Allows the driver to drive the vehicle at a fixed speed without keeping his/ 5-119 her foot on the accelerator pedal. Allows the driver to drive the vehicle at a fixed speed without keeping his/her Cruise control (models foot on the accelerator pedal. (For vehicles equipped with the ProPILOT Assist, 5-83 without ProPILOT Assist) see “Conventional (fixed speed) cruise control mode” (P.5-119).) Lane Departure Warning Warns the driver that the vehicle is about to cross a lane marker with an 5-47 (LDW) indicator and a steering wheel vibration. . Warns the driver that the vehicle is about to cross a lane marker with an Intelligent Lane Interven- indicator and a steering wheel vibration. 5-52 tion (I-LI) . Side Driving Aids Assists the driver to return the vehicle to the center of the traveling lane. Warns the driver of a vehicle in an adjacent lane when changing lanes with an (Lane and Blind Blind Spot Warning (BSW) 5-58 Spot) indicator. . Intelligent Blind Spot In- Warns the driver of a vehicle in an adjacent lane when changing lanes. 5-66 tervention (I-BSI) . Assists the driver to return the vehicle to the center of the traveling lane. Assists the driver to help keep the vehicle within the center of the traveling lane Steering Assist 5-113 (this system is integrated in the ProPILOT Assist).

Starting and driving 5-35 Category System Symbol System description (See the specified page for detailed information.) Page Rear Cross Traffic Alert Assists the driver when backing out from a parking space by detecting other 5-77 (RCTA) vehicles approaching from the right or left of the vehicle. Rear Driving Aids Assists the driver when the vehicle is backing up and approaching stationary Rear Automatic Braking objects directly behind the vehicle by providing a warning and automatic 5-143 (RAB) braking if needed. Shows a rear view of the vehicle when the shift lever is placed in the R (Reverse) RearView Monitor - 4-2 position. Intelligent Around View® Assists the driver in parking situations by showing various views of the position - 4-9 Monitor of the vehicle in a split screen format. Moving Object Detection Parking Aids - Informs the driver of moving objects near the vehicle in parking situations. 4-21 (MOD) Informs the driver with a visual and audible alert of stationary obstacles near the Sonar system - 5-162 bumpers or the vehicle sides (flanks) (if so equipped). Informs the driver with a visual and audible alert of stationary obstacles to the Rear Sonar System (RSS) - 5-168 rear of the vehicle when the shift lever is in the R (Reverse) position. Consists of Intelligent Cruise Control (ICC) and Steering Assist. ProPILOT Assist 5-85

Speed Limit Assist - a fea- Detects a change of the speed limit, indicates the detected speed limit and can ture of ProPILOT Assist 5-103 apply it to the vehicle set speed automatically or manually. ProPILOT Assist with Navi-link Speed Adjust by Route - a Adjusts the vehicle speed depending on curves, junctions and exits, using road feature of ProPILOT Assist 5-106 information provided by the navigation system. with Navi-link

5-36 Starting and driving Category System Symbol System description (See the specified page for detailed information.) Page Switches the headlights to the low beam automatically when an oncoming High beam assist 2-61 vehicle or leading vehicle appears in front of your vehicle. Traffic Sign Recognition Provides the driver with information about the most recently detected speed 5-44 (TSR) limit. Other Driving Intelligent Driver Alertness Aids Helps alert the driver when a lack of attention or driving fatigue is detected. 5-141 (I-DA) Helps prevent the vehicle from rolling backwards in the time it takes the driver to Hill Start Assist - release the brake pedal and apply the accelerator when the vehicle is stopped 5-161 on a hill.

Starting and driving 5-37 mounted controls. . Automatic Emergency Braking (AEB) with Pedestrian Detection . Intelligent Forward Collision Warning (I-FCW) . Lane Departure Warning (LDW) . Intelligent Lane Intervention (I-LI)* . Blind Spot Warning (BSW) . Intelligent Blind Spot Intervention (I- BSI)* . Steering Assist . Rear Cross Traffic Alert (RCTA) . Rear Automatic Braking (RAB) . Moving Object Detection (MOD) . Sonar system . Rear Sonar System (RSS) . Speed Limit Assist (ProPILOT Assist with Navi-link) . Speed Adjust by Route (ProPILOT As- sist with Navi-link) . Traffic Sign Recognition (TSR) WAF0412X . Intelligent Driver Alertness (I-DA) Steering-wheel-mounted controls (left HOW TO ENABLE/DISABLE THE *: To operate the I-LI and I-BSI systems, you need to push the ProPILOT Assist side) SYSTEMS Vehicle information display switch after enabling each system in the The following systems (if so equipped) settings menu. can be enabled or disabled using the settings menu in the vehicle information display. Select each setting item using the scroll dial on the steering-wheel-

5-38 Starting and driving Driver Assistance display The Driver Assistance display appears in the vehicle information display when selected using the scroll dial, or for a short period of time when the ProPILOT Assist switch (if so equipped) is pushed. The status of the following systems can be shown in each zone of the display.

Zone Driving Aid Automatic Emergency Braking (AEB) with Pedestrian Detec- Forward tion Intelligent Forward Collision Warning (I-FCW) WAF0522X WAF0585X Lane Departure Warning (LDW) All: outline Forward: outline, Other: shaded Lane Intelligent Lane Intervention (I- Zone Driving Aid Status Zone Driving Aid Status LI) (if so equipped) Automatic Emergency Automatic Emergency Blind Spot Warning (BSW) Braking (AEB) with Pe- Braking (AEB) with Pe- destrian Detection Enabled destrian Detection Enabled Blind Spot Intelligent Blind Spot Interven- Forward Forward tion (I-BSI) (if so equipped) Intelligent Forward (outline) Intelligent Forward (outline) Collision Warning (I- Collision Warning (I- . When any of the “Warning” systems FCW) FCW) are enabled, the “ ” mark is shown Enabled Lane Departure Warn- Lane Departure Warn- Enabled in each zone. ing (LDW) (outline) ing (LDW) Lane Lane . Enabled When any of the “Intervention” sys- Intelligent Lane Inter- Disabled Intelligent Lane Inter- tems are enabled, the “ ” mark is vention (I-LI) vention (I-LI) (shaded) shown in each zone. Enabled Blind Spot Warning Blind Spot Warning Enabled . When no system is enabled, “OFF” is Blind (BSW) (outline) Blind (BSW) shown in each zone. Spot Spot Enabled Intelligent Blind Spot Disabled Intelligent Blind Spot The display changes as the following Intervention (I-BSI) Intervention (I-BSI) (shaded) examples: Starting and driving 5-39 COMMON TROUBLESHOOTING GUIDE Some of the Driver Assistance systems use the common parts (camera, radar, etc.) to function. When a pop-up warning message appears in the vehicle information display, or the warning light flashes/illuminates, check the system condition. For details, see “System temporarily unavailable” and “System malfunction” sections in this Owner’s Manual for each applicable system. For camera and radar temporary blockage

Warning message/ Symptom Possible cause System affected Action to take Warning light “Unavailable TSR, LDW, I-LI and I- High Cabin BSI and Steering Temperature” Assist When the interior temperature is reduced, the system High camera Direct sunlight/High cabin resumes automatically. (Push the ProPILOT Assist switch temperature temperature AEB with Pedes- to turn back on the I-LI and I-BSI systems.) Flashing trian Detection and I-FCW “Not Available Poor camera When the condition no longer exists, the system resumes Direct sunlight automatically. Front Camera visibility Steering Assist and Obstructed” AEB with Pedes- or Camera Windshield glass misted, trian Detection Clean the windshield glass of the camera area. Use the obstruction frozen or covered with dirt wipers and the defroster to help clear the windshield glass. Flashing When the condition no longer exists, the system resumes Inclement weather (rain, “Forward Driving Aids automatically. (Push the ProPILOT Assist switch to turn fog, snow, etc.) temporarily disabled back on the ICC system.) ICC, AEB with Pe- Front Sensor blocked Front radar Sensor covered with dirt Clean the front radar sensor area on the front of the destrian Detection See Owner’s Manual” obstruction or obstructed vehicle. and and I-FCW When the condition no longer exists, the system resumes Roads with limited road Flashing automatically. (Push the ProPILOT Assist switch to turn structures or buildings back on the ICC system.) ICC, AEB with Pe- When the condition no longer exists, the system resumes Front radar Interference from another destrian Detection automatically. (Push the ProPILOT Assist switch to turn Flashing interruption radar source and I-FCW back on the ICC system.)

5-40 Starting and driving Warning message/ Symptom Possible cause System affected Action to take Warning light Clean the side rear radar area on the rear of the vehicle. “Unavailable Side radar BSW, I-BSI and When the condition no longer exists, the system resumes Side Radar Radar blockage obstruction RCTA automatically. (Push the ProPILOT Assist switch to turn Obstruction” back on the I-BSI system.)

For system temporarily unavailable

Warning light/Warning Possible cause System to check Action to take message Illuminating VDC turned off AEB with Pedestrian Detection Turn on the VDC. VDC turned off Turn on the VDC. “Currently not available” SNOW mode or OFF-ROAD mode I-LI, I-BSI and ICC Select a mode other than SNOW and OFF- selected (AWD models) ROAD.

For system malfunction

Warning light/Warning Symptom System to check Action to take message “Malfunction” and RCTA, AEB with Pedestrian Detection and I-FCW Illuminating “Malfunction TSR and RAB Stop the vehicle in a safe location. Turn the engine off and restart See Owner’s Manual” the engine. If the warning light/message continues to illuminate, “Not Available System malfunction LDW, I-LI, BSW, I-BSI, ICC and have the system checked. It is recommended that you visit a NISSAN System Malfunction” Steering Assist dealer for this service. “Parking Sensor Error Sonar system and RSS See Owner’s Manual” “Driver Attention Alert I-DA Malfunction”

Starting and driving 5-41 Camera, radar and sonar locations — Intelligent Cruise Control (ICC) The camera, radar and sonar that are used by each Driver Assistance systems are located on the front and rear of the vehicle. For the maintenance of each component, see “System maintenance” section in this Owner’s Manual for each application system.

WAF0644X Vehicle front Front camera unit — Automatic Emergency Braking (AEB) with Pedestrian Detection — Lane Departure Warning (LDW) — Intelligent Lane Intervention (I-LI) — Intelligent Blind Spot Intervention (I- BSI) — Steering Assist — High beam assist — Traffic Sign Recognition (TSR) Front radar sensor — Automatic Emergency Braking (AEB) with Pedestrian Detection — Intelligent Forward Collision Warning (I- FCW)

5-42 Starting and driving — Rear Sonar System (RSS)

WAF0414X Vehicle rear Side radar sensor — Blind Spot Warning (BSW) — Intelligent Blind Spot Intervention (I- BSI) — Rear Cross Traffic Alert (RCTA)

WAF0649X Sonar Front and side (if so equipped) sonar sensors — Sonar system Rear and side (if so equipped) sonar sensors — Rear Automatic Braking (RAB) — Sonar system Starting and driving 5-43 TRAFFIC SIGN RECOGNITION (TSR) (if so equipped)

WARNING

The TSR system is only intended to be a support device to provide the driver with information. It is not a replacement for the driver’s attention to traffic conditions or responsibility to drive safely. It cannot prevent accidents due to carelessness. It is the driver’s responsibility to stay alert and drive safely at all times.

WAC0523X SYSTEM OPERATION WAF0787X The Traffic Sign Recognition (TSR) system The TSR system displays the following provides the driver with information types of road sign: about the most recently detected speed limit. The system captures the road sign information with the multi-sensing front camera unit located on the windshield in front of the inside mirror and displays the detected signs in the vehicle information display. For vehicles equipped with navigation system, the speed limit displayed is based on a combination of navigation system data and live camera recognition. TSR information is shown in the vehicle information display and in the Head Up Display (HUD) (if so equipped). (See “Head Up Display (HUD)” (P.2-49).)

5-44 Starting and driving — When the road sign is not — When overtaking buses or clearly visible, for example, trucks with speed stickers. due to damage or weather — When the data from the navi- conditions. gation system is not up-to- — When rain, snow or dirt ad- date or is unavailable. heres to the windshield in . The TSR system may display a front of the multi-sensing traffic sign, though there is no front camera unit. traffic sign in front of the vehicle. — When the headlights are not It may display a different speed bright due to dirt on the lens limit from that for a passenger or if the aiming is not adjusted vehicle. (The maximum speed properly. limit sign may show a higher or — When strong light enters the lower number than the actual WAF0788X camera unit. (For example, the maximum speed, for example, light directly shines on the when detecting a speed limit sign Latest detected speed limit for truck, advisory sign, different Reduce speed limit caution front of the vehicle at sunrise or sunset.) speed limit sign between daytime No passing zone and nighttime, or speed limit sign — When a sudden change in written in different unit near the brightness occurs. (For exam- border, etc.) CAUTION ple, when the vehicle enters or exits a tunnel or under a . The TSR system is intended as an bridge.) aid to careful driving. It is the driver’s responsibility to stay — In areas not covered by the alert, drive safely, and observe navigation system. all road regulations that currently — If there are deviations in rela- apply, including looking out for tion to the navigation, for ex- road signs. ample due to changes in the . The TSR system may not function road routing. properly under all conditions. Be- low are some examples: Starting and driving 5-45 dial. Use the scroll dial to select “Driver Assistance”. Then push the scroll dial. 2. Select “Speed Limit Sign” and push the scroll dial to turn the system on or off. SYSTEM TEMPORARILY UNAVAIL- ABLE If the vehicle is parked in direct sunlight under high temperature conditions (over approximately 104°F (40°C) and then started, the TSR system may be deactivated automatically. The “Unavailable High Cabin Temperature” warning message will appear in the vehicle information display. Action to take: When the interior temperature is reduced, the TSR system will resume operating automatically. SYSTEM MALFUNCTION If the TSR system malfunctions it will be turned off automatically and the TSR WAF0412X “Malfunction See Owner’s Manual” warning message will appear in the vehicle Steering-wheel-mounted controls (left HOW TO ENABLE/DISABLE THE TSR information display. side) SYSTEM Vehicle information display Action to take Perform the following steps to enable or If the warning message appears, pull off disable the TSR system: the road at a safe location and stop the 1. Push the button until “Set- vehicle. Turn the engine off and restart tings” appears in the vehicle informa- the engine. If the warning message con- tion display and then push the scroll tinues to appear, have the system 5-46 Starting and driving LANE DEPARTURE WARNING (LDW) checked by a NISSAN dealer. SYSTEM MAINTENANCE WARNING The TSR system uses the same multi- sensing front camera unit that is used by Failure to follow the warnings and the Lane Departure Warning (LDW) sys- instructions for proper use of the tem, located in front of the inside mirror. LDW system could result in serious For maintenance of the camera, see injury or death. “System maintenance” (P.5-51). . This system is only a warning device to inform the driver of a potential unintended lane departure. It will not steer the vehicle or prevent loss of control. It is the driver’s responsibility to stay alert, drive safely, keep the vehi- WAC0523X cle in the traveling lane, and be in control of the vehicle at all times. The LDW system will operate when the vehicle is driven at speeds of approximately 37 MPH (60 km/h) and above, and the lane markings are clearly visible on the road. The LDW system monitors the lane markers on the traveling lane using the camera unit located above the inside mirror. The LDW system warns the driver that the vehicle is beginning to leave the driving lane with an indicator and a steering wheel vibration. (See “LDW system operation” (P.5-48).)

Starting and driving 5-47 of the traveling lane, the steering wheel will vibrate and the LDW indicator on the vehicle information display will blink to alert the driver. The warning function will stop when the vehicle returns inside of the lane markers.

WAF0411X LDW indicator (on the vehicle information LDW SYSTEM OPERATION display) The LDW system provides a lane depar- Vehicle information display ture warning function when the vehicle is Steering-wheel-mounted controls (left driven at speeds of approximately 37 MPH side) (60 km/h) and above and the lane markings are clear. When the vehicle approaches either the left or the right side

5-48 Starting and driving dial. Use the scroll dial to select “Driver Assistance”. Then push the scroll dial. 2. Select “Lane” and push the scroll dial. 3. Select “Warning (LDW)” and push the scroll dial. NOTE: If you disable the LDW system, the system will remain disabled the next time you start the vehicle’s engine. LDW SYSTEM LIMITATIONS

WARNING

Listed below are the system limitations for the LDW system. Failure to follow the warnings and instructions for proper use of the LDW system could result in serious injury or death. . The system will not operate at WAF0412X speeds below approximately 37 MPH (60 km/h) or if it cannot Steering-wheel-mounted controls (left HOW TO ENABLE/DISABLE THE LDW detect lane markers. side) SYSTEM . Do not use the LDW system under Vehicle information display Perform the following steps to enable or the following conditions as it may disable the LDW system. not function properly: 1. Push the button until “Set- — During bad weather (rain, fog, tings” appears in the vehicle informa- snow, etc.). tion display and then push the scroll Starting and driving 5-49 — When driving on slippery lane markers covered with or if the aiming is not adjusted roads, such as on ice or snow. water, dirt, snow, etc. properly. — When driving on winding or — On roads where discontinued — When strong light enters the uneven roads. lane markers are still detect- lane camera unit. (For exam- — When there is a lane closure able. ple, the light directly shines on due to road repairs. — On roads where there are the front of the vehicle at sunrise or sunset.) — When driving in a makeshift or sharp curves. temporary lane. — On roads where there are — When a sudden change in sharply contrasting objects, brightness occurs. (For exam- — When driving on roads where ple, when the vehicle enters or the lane width is too narrow. such as shadows, snow, water, wheel ruts, seams or exits a tunnel or under a — When driving without normal lines remaining after road re- bridge.) tire conditions (for example, pairs. (The LDW system could tire wear, low tire pressure, detect these items as lane SYSTEM TEMPORARILY UNAVAIL- installation of spare tire, tire markers.) ABLE chains, non-standard wheels). — On roads where the traveling Condition A: — When the vehicle is equipped lane merges or separates. If the vehicle is parked in direct sunlight with non-original brake parts under high temperature conditions (over or suspension parts. — When the vehicle’s traveling direction does not align with approximately 104°F (40°C)) and then — When towing a trailer or other the lane marker. started, the LDW system may be deacti- vehicle. vated automatically, the LDW indicator — When traveling close to the . will flash and the following message will The system may not function vehicle in front of you, which appear in the vehicle information display. properly under the following con- obstructs the lane camera . ditions: unit detection range. “Unavailable High Cabin Temperature” When the interior temperature is reduced, — On roads where there are — When rain, snow, dirt or object multiple parallel lane markers; the LDW system will resume operating adheres to the windshield in automatically and the LDW indicator will lane markers that are faded or front of the lane camera unit. not painted clearly; yellow stop flashing. painted lane markers; non- — When the headlights are not standard lane markers; or bright due to dirt on the lens 5-50 Starting and driving Condition B: . Do not strike or damage the areas The warning function of the LDW system around the camera unit. Do not touch is not designed to work under the follow- the camera lens or remove the screw ing conditions: located on the camera unit. If the . camera unit is damaged due to an When you operate the lane change accident, it is recommended that you signal and change traveling lanes in visit a NISSAN dealer. the direction of the signal. (The LDW system will become operable again approximately 2 seconds after the lane change signal is turned off.) . When the vehicle speed lowers to less than approximately 37 MPH (60 km/h). Action to take: After the above conditions have finished WAC0523X and the necessary operating conditions are satisfied, the LDW system will resume. SYSTEM MAINTENANCE SYSTEM MALFUNCTION The lane camera unit for the LDW system is located above the inside mirror. If the LDW system malfunctions, it will cancel automatically and “Not Available To keep the proper operation of the LDW System Malfunction” warning message system and prevent a system malfunc- will appear in the vehicle information tion, be sure to observe the following: display. If the warning message appears, . Always keep the windshield clean. pull off the road to a safe location and . Do not attach a sticker (including stop the vehicle. Place the ignition switch transparent material) or install an in the OFF position and restart the accessory near the camera unit. engine. If the warning message continues . Do not place reflective materials, such to appear, have the system checked. It is as white paper or a mirror, on the recommended that you visit a NISSAN instrument panel. The reflection of dealer for this service. sunlight may adversely affect the camera unit’s capability of detecting the lane markers. Starting and driving 5-51 INTELLIGENT LANE INTERVENTION (I-LI) (if so equipped)

The I-LI system monitors the lane mar- WARNING kers on the traveling lane using the camera unit located above the inside mirror. Failure to follow the warnings and instructions for proper use of the I-LI system could result in serious injury or death. . The I-LI system will not steer the vehicle or prevent loss of control. It is the driver’s responsibility to stay alert, drive safely, keep the vehicle in the traveling lane, and be in control of the vehicle at all times. WAC0523X . The I-LI system is primarily intended for use on well-developed The I-LI system must be turned on with freeways or highways. It may not the ProPILOT Assist switch on the steer- detect the lane markers in certain ing wheel, every time the ignition is road, weather, or driving condi- placed in the ON position. tions. The I-LI system will operate when the vehicle is driven at speeds of approximately 37 MPH (60 km/h) and above, and only when the lane markings are clearly visible on the road. The I-LI system warns the driver when the vehicle has left the center of the traveling lane with an indicator and steering wheel vibration. The system helps assist the driver to return the vehicle to the center of the traveling lane by applying the brakes to the left or right wheels individually (for a short period of time). 5-52 Starting and driving on the vehicle information display will blink to alert the driver. Then, the I-LI system will automatically apply the brakes for a short period of time to help assist the driver to return the vehicle to the center of the traveling lane. To turn on the I-LI system, push the ProPILOT Assist switch on the steering wheel after starting the engine. The I-LI ON indicator on the vehicle information display will illuminate. Push the ProPILOT Assist switch again to turn off the I-LI system. The I-LI ON indicator will turn off.

WAF0518X I-LI ON indicator (on the vehicle informa- I-LI SYSTEM OPERATION tion display) The I-LI system operates above approxi- I-LI indicator (on the vehicle information display) mately 37 MPH (60 km/h) and when the lane markings are clear. When the vehicle Vehicle information display approaches either the left or the right ProPILOT Assist switch side of the traveling lane, steering wheel will vibrate and the I-LI indicator (orange)

Starting and driving 5-53 Use the scroll dial to select “Driver Assistance.” Then push the scroll dial. 2. Select “Lane” and push the scroll dial. 3. Select “Prevention (LDP)” and push the scroll dial. 4. Push the ProPILOT Assist switch to turn the system on or off. NOTE: Turning on the ProPILOT Assist system will turn on the I-LI and I-BSI systems at the same time. If the I-LI system is disabled in the settings menu, the I-LI will automatically be turned on when the Steering Assist system is active. (See “ProPILOT Assist” (P.5-85).) I-LI SYSTEM LIMITATIONS

WARNING

Listed below are the system limitations for the I-LI system. Failure to WAF0519X follow the warnings and instructions Steering-wheel-mounted control (left HOW TO ENABLE/DISABLE THE I-LI for proper use of the I-LI system side) SYSTEM could result in serious injury or Vehicle information display death. Perform the following steps to enable or ProPILOT Assist switch . disable the I-LI system. The I-LI system may activate if you change lanes without first 1. Push the button until “Settings” activating your turn signal or, for appears in the vehicle information example, if a construction zone display and then push the scroll dial. directs traffic to cross an existing 5-54 Starting and driving lane marker. If this occurs you — When there is a lane closure — On roads where there are may need to apply corrective due to road repairs. sharply contrasting objects, steering to complete your lane — When driving in a makeshift or such as shadows, snow, change. temporary lane. water, wheel ruts, seams or . Because the I-LI may not activate lines remaining after road re- under the road, weather, and lane — When driving on roads where pairs. (The I-LI system could marker conditions described in the lane width is too narrow. detect these items as lane this section, it may not activate — When driving without normal markers.) every time your vehicle begins to tire conditions (for example, — On roads where the traveling leave its lane and you will need to tire wear, low tire pressure, lane merges or separates. apply corrective steering. installation of spare tire, tire — When the vehicle’s traveling . chains, non-standard wheels). The I-LI system will not operate at direction does not align with speeds below approximately 37 — When the vehicle is equipped the lane marker. MPH (60 km/h) or if it cannot with non-original brake parts detect lane markers. or suspension parts. — When traveling close to the vehicle in front of you, which . When the I-LI system is operating, — When towing a trailer or other obstructs the lane camera avoid excessive or sudden steer- vehicle. unit detection range. ing maneuvers. Otherwise, you could lose control of the vehicle. — On roads where there are — When rain, snow or dirt ad- multiple parallel lane markers; . Do not use the I-LI system under heres to the windshield in lane markers that are faded or the following conditions as it may front of the lane camera unit. not painted clearly; yellow not function properly: painted lane markers; non- — When the headlights are not — During bad weather (rain, fog, standard lane markers; or bright due to dirt on the lens snow, etc.). lane markers covered with or if the aiming is not adjusted properly. — When driving on slippery water, dirt, snow, etc. roads, such as on ice or snow. — On roads where discontinued — When strong light enters the lane camera unit. (For exam- — When driving on winding or lane markers are still detect- able. ple, the light directly shines on uneven roads. the front of the vehicle at — On roads where there are sunrise or sunset.) sharp curves. Starting and driving 5-55 — When a sudden change in Condition B: — When the SNOW mode and the brightness occurs. (For exam- The assist function of the I-LI system is OFF-ROAD mode is selected (AWD ple, when the vehicle enters or not designed to work under the following models). exits a tunnel or under a conditions (warning is still functional): Action to take: bridge.) . When the brake pedal is depressed. When the above conditions no longer . When the steering wheel is turned as exist, turn off the I-LI system. Push the While the I-LI system is operating, you far as necessary for the vehicle to ProPILOT Assist switch again to turn the I- may hear a sound of brake operation. change lanes. LI system back on. This is normal and indicates that the I-LI . When the vehicle is accelerated during Temporary disabled status at high tem- system is operating properly. the I-LI system operation. perature: SYSTEM TEMPORARILY UNAVAIL- . When the Intelligent Cruise Control If the vehicle is parked in direct sunlight ABLE (ICC) approach warning occurs (if so under high temperature conditions (over equipped). approximately 104°F (40°C)) and then the Condition A: . When the hazard warning flashers are I-LI system is turned on, the I-LI system The warning and assist functions of the I- operated. may be deactivated automatically and LI system are not designed to work under . When driving on a curve at high speed. the following message will appear on the following conditions: Action to take: the vehicle information display: . When you operate the lane change . “Unavailable High Cabin Temperature” After the above conditions have finished signal and change the traveling lanes When the interior temperature is reduced, in the direction of the signal. (The I-LI and the necessary operating conditions are satisfied, the I-LI system application of the system will resume operating auto- system will be deactivated for ap- matically. proximately 2 seconds after the lane the brakes will resume. change signal is turned off.) Condition C: SYSTEM MALFUNCTION . When the vehicle speed lowers to less If the following message appears in the If the I-LI system malfunctions, it will than approximately 37 MPH (60 km/h). vehicle information display, a chime will cancel automatically. The I-LI indicator Action to take: sound and the I-LI system will be turned (orange) will illuminates and the “Not Available System Malfunction” warning After the above conditions have finished off automatically. message will appear in the vehicle infor- and the necessary operating conditions . "Currently not available": mation display. are satisfied, the warning and assist — When the Vehicle Dynamic Control functions will resume. (VDC) system is turned off. If the I-LI indicator (orange) illuminates, pull off the road to a safe location. Turn

5-56 Starting and driving the engine off and restart the engine. If . Do not strike or damage the areas the I-LI indicator (orange) continues to around the camera unit. Do not touch illuminate, have the I-LI system checked. It the camera lens or remove the screw is recommended that you visit a NISSAN located on the camera unit. If the dealer for this service. camera unit is damaged due to an accident, it is recommended that you visit a NISSAN dealer.

WAC0523X SYSTEM MAINTENANCE The lane camera unit for the I-LI system is located above the inside mirror. To keep the proper operation of the I-LI system and prevent a system malfunction, be sure to observe the following: . Always keep the windshield clean. . Do not attach a sticker (including transparent material) or install an accessory near the camera unit. . Do not place reflective materials, such as white paper or a mirror, on the instrument panel. The reflection of sunlight may adversely affect the camera unit’s capability of detecting the lane markers. Starting and driving 5-57 BLIND SPOT WARNING (BSW)

WARNING

Failure to follow the warnings and instructions for proper use of the BSW system could result in serious injury or death. . The BSW system is not a replacement for proper driving procedure and is not designed to prevent contact with vehicles or objects. When changing lanes, always use the side and rear mirrors and turn and look in the WAF0414X SSD1030 direction your vehicle will move Detection zone to ensure it is safe to change The BSW system uses radar sensors lanes. Never rely solely on the installed near the rear bumper to detect The radar sensors can detect vehicles on BSW system. other vehicles in an adjacent lane. either side of your vehicle within the detection zone shown as illustrated. This detection zone starts from the outside The BSW system helps alert the driver of mirror of your vehicle and extends ap- other vehicles in adjacent lanes when proximately 10 ft (3.0 m) behind the rear changing lanes. bumper, and approximately 10 ft (3.0 m) sideways. When the turn signal is activated, the detection zone may extend more than approximately 10 ft (3.0 m).

5-58 Starting and driving system chimes (twice) and the side indicator light flashes. The side indicator light continues to flash until the detected vehicle leaves the detection zone. The side indicator light illuminates for a few seconds when the ignition switch is placed in the ON position. The brightness of the side indicator light is adjusted automatically depending on the brightness of the ambient light.

WAF0413X Side indicator light BSW SYSTEM OPERATION BSW indicator (on the vehicle information The BSW system operates above approxi- display) mately 20 MPH (32 km/h). Vehicle information display Steering-wheel-mounted controls (left If the radar sensors detect a vehicle in the side) detection zone, the side indicator light illuminates. If the turn signal is then activated, the Starting and driving 5-59 dial. Use the scroll dial to select “Driver Assistance”. Then push the scroll dial. 2. Select “Blind Spot” and push the scroll dial. 3. Select “Warning (BSW)” and push the scroll dial. NOTE: The system will retain current settings in the vehicle information display even if the engine is restarted. BSW SYSTEM LIMITATIONS

WARNING

Listed below are the system limitations for the BSW system. Failure to operate the vehicle in accordance with these system limitations could result in serious injury or death. . The BSW system cannot detect all WAF0412X vehicles under all conditions. . The radar sensors may not be Steering-wheel-mounted controls (left HOW TO ENABLE/DISABLE THE BSW able to detect and activate BSW side) SYSTEM when certain objects are present Vehicle information display Perform the following steps to enable or such as: disable the BSW system. — Pedestrians, bicycles, animals. 1. Push the button until “Set- — Vehicles such as motorcycles, tings” appears in the vehicle informa- low height vehicles, or high tion display and then push the scroll ground clearance vehicles. 5-60 Starting and driving — Oncoming vehicles. . The radar sensors are designed BSW DRIVING SITUATIONS — Vehicles remaining in the de- to ignore most stationary objects, Indicator on tection zone when you accel- however objects such as guard- erate from a stop. rails, walls, foliage and parked Indicator off vehicles may occasionally be de- — A vehicle merging into an tected. This is a normal operation Indicator flashing adjacent lane at a speed ap- condition. proximately the same as your . The following conditions may re- vehicle. duce the ability of the radar to — A vehicle approaching rapidly detect other vehicles: from behind. — Severe weather — A vehicle which your vehicle — Road spray overtakes rapidly. — Ice/frost/dirt build-up on the — A vehicle that passes through vehicle the detection zone quickly. . Do not attach stickers (including — When overtaking several vehi- transparent material), install ac- cles in a row, the vehicles after cessories or apply additional the first vehicle may not be paint near the radar sensors. detected if they are traveling These conditions may reduce the close together. ability of the radar to detect other . The radar sensor’s detection zone vehicles. is designed based on a standard . Excessive noise (for example, lane width. When driving in a audio system volume, open vehi- wider lane, the radar sensors cle window) will interfere with the may not detect vehicles in an chime sound, and it may not be adjacent lane. When driving in a heard. narrow lane, the radar sensors may detect vehicles driving two lanes away.

Starting and driving 5-61 JVS0737X JVS0738X JVS0739X Illustration 1 – Approaching from behind Illustration 2 – Approaching from behind Illustration 3 – Overtaking another vehicle Another vehicle approaching from Illustration 2: If the driver activates the Overtaking another vehicle behind turn signal while another vehicle is in the detection zone, then the system chimes Illustration 3: The side indicator light Illustration 1: The side indicator light (twice) and the side indicator light flashes. illuminates if you overtake a vehicle and illuminates if a vehicle enters the detec- that vehicle stays in the detection zone tion zone from behind in an adjacent lane. NOTE: for approximately 2 seconds. . The radar sensors may not detect vehicles which are approaching rapidly from behind.

5-62 Starting and driving the other vehicle is detected.

JVS0740X JVS0741X Illustration 4 – Overtaking another vehicle Illustration 5 – Entering from the side Illustration 4: If the driver activates the Entering from the side turn signal while another vehicle is in the detection zone, then the system chimes Illustration 5: The side indicator light (twice) and the side indicator light flashes. illuminates if a vehicle enters the detection zone from either side. NOTE: . When overtaking several vehicles in a row, the vehicles after the first vehicle may not be detected if they are traveling close together. . The radar sensors may not detect slower moving vehicles if they are passed quickly. . If the driver activates the turn signal before a vehicle enters the detection zone, the side indicator light will flash but no chime will sound when Starting and driving 5-63 SYSTEM TEMPORARILY UNAVAIL- SYSTEM MALFUNCTION ABLE When the BSW system malfunctions, it will When radar blockage is detected, the BSW be turned off automatically, the BSW system will be turned off automatically, a indicator illuminates and the “Not Avail- chime will sound and the “Unavailable able System Malfunction” warning mes- Side Radar Obstruction” warning message will appear in the vehicle sage will appear in the vehicle informa- information display. tion display. NOTE: The system is not available until the If the BSW system stops working, the conditions no longer exist. Intelligent Blind Spot Intervention (I- The radar sensors may be blocked by BSI) (if so equipped) and Rear Cross temporary ambient conditions such as Traffic Alert (RCTA) systems will also splashing water, mist or fog. The blocked stop working. WAF0555X condition may also be caused by objects Action to take: Illustration 6 – Entering from the side such as ice, frost or dirt obstructing the Stop the vehicle in a safe location, turn Illustration 6: If the driver activates the radar sensors. the engine off and restart the engine. If turn signal while another vehicle is in the NOTE: the message continues to appear, have detection zone, then the system chimes If the BSW system stops working, the the BSW system checked. It is recom- (twice) and the side indicator light flashes. Intelligent Blind Spot Intervention (I- mended that you visit a NISSAN dealer for NOTE: BSI) (if so equipped) and the Rear Cross this service. . The radar sensors may not detect a Traffic Alert (RCTA) systems will also vehicle which is traveling at about stop working. the same speed as your vehicle Action to take: when it enters the detection zone. When the above conditions no longer exist, the system will resume automatically.

5-64 Starting and driving apply additional paint near the radar nada licence-exempt RSS standard(s). sensors. Operation is subject to the following Do not strike or damage the area around two conditions: (1) this device may not the radar sensors. cause interference, and (2) this device must accept any interference, including See a NISSAN dealer or other authorized interference that may cause undesired repair shop if the area around the radar operation of the device. sensors is damaged due to a collision. Radio frequency statement For USA FCC ID: LTQRN5TR CAUTION TO USERS Changes or modifications not expressly WAF0414X approved by the party responsible for compliance could void the user’s SYSTEM MAINTENANCE authority to operate the equipment. The two radar sensors for the BSW This device complies with Part 15 of the system are located near the rear bumper. FCC Rules and with RSS of the Industry Always keep the area near the radar Canada. Operation is subject to the sensors clean. following two conditions: The radar sensors may be blocked by (1) This device may not cause harmful temporary ambient conditions such as interference, and splashing water, mist or fog. (2) this device must accept any inter- The blocked condition may also be ference received, including interference caused by objects such as ice, frost or that may cause undesired operation dirt obstructing the radar sensors. For Canada Check for and remove objects obstructing the area around the radar sensors. Model: RN5TR Do not attach stickers (including trans- IC: 3659A-RN5TR parent material), install accessories or This device complies with Industry Ca-

Starting and driving 5-65 INTELLIGENT BLIND SPOT INTERVENTION (I-BSI) (if so equipped)

driver to return the vehicle to the center WARNING of the traveling lane.

Failure to follow the warnings and instructions for proper use of the I- BSI system could result in serious injury or death. . The I-BSI system is not a replacement for proper driving procedures and is not designed to prevent contact with vehicles or objects. When changing lanes, always use the side and rear mirrors and turn and look in the WAF0633X direction your vehicle will move to ensure it is safe to change The I-BSI system uses radar sensors lanes. Never rely solely on the I- installed near the rear bumper to detect BSI system. other vehicles in an adjacent lane. In . There is a limitation to the detec- addition to the radar sensors, the I-BSI tion capability of the radar. Not system uses a camera installed behind every moving object or vehicle the windshield to monitor the lane mar- will be detected. Using the I-BSI kers of your traveling lane. system under some road, ground, lane marker, traffic or weather conditions could lead to improper system operation. Always rely on your own operation to avoid accidents.

The I-BSI system helps alert the driver of other vehicles in adjacent lanes when changing lanes, and helps assist the 5-66 Starting and driving SSD1030 Detection zone The radar sensors can detect vehicles on either side of your vehicle within the detection zone shown as illustrated. This detection zone starts from the outside mirror of your vehicle and extends approximately 10 ft (3.0 m) behind the rear bumper, and approximately 10 ft (3.0 WAF0415X m) sideways. Side indicator light I-BSI SYSTEM OPERATION I-BSI ON indicator (on the vehicle informa- The I-BSI system operates above approxi- tion display) mately 37 MPH (60 km/h). I-BSI indicator (on the vehicle information display) If the radar sensors detect a vehicle in the Vehicle information display detection zone, the side indicator light ProPILOT Assist switch illuminates. If the turn signal is then activated, the Starting and driving 5-67 system chimes (twice) and the side in- . The I-BSI system is typically acti- dicator light flashes. The side indicator vated earlier than the Intelligent light continues to flash until the detected Lane Intervention (I-LI) system when vehicle leaves the detection zone. your vehicle is approaching a lane If the I-BSI system is ON and your vehicle marker. approaches a lane marker while another vehicle is in the detection zone, the system chimes (three times) and the side indicator light flashes. The I-BSI system activates to help return the vehicle back to the center of the driving lane. The I-BSI system operates regardless of turn signal usage. To turn on the I-BSI system, push the ProPILOT Assist switch on the steering wheel after starting the engine. The I-BSI ON indicator on the vehicle information display will illuminate. Push the ProPILOT Assist switch again to turn off the I-BSI system. NOTE: . I-BSI warning and system application will only be activated if the side indicator light is already illuminated when your vehicle approaches a lane marker. If another vehicle comes into the detection zone after your vehicle has crossed a lane marker, no I-BSI warning or system application will be activated. (For additional information, see “I-BSI driving situations” (P.5-71).) 5-68 Starting and driving 2. Select “Blind Spot” and push the scroll dial. 3. Select “Intervention (BSI)” and push the scroll dial. 4. Push the ProPILOT Assist switch to turn the system on or off. NOTE: Turning on the ProPILOT Assist system will turn on the I-BSI and I-LI systems at the same time. For additional information, see “Intelligent Lane Intervention (I-LI)” (P.5-52). Turning the BSW system off will deactivate the I-BSI system at the same time. I-BSI SYSTEM LIMITATIONS

WARNING

Listed below are the system limitations for the I-BSI system. Failure to operate the vehicle in accordance WAF0519X with these system limitations could Steering-wheel-mounted control (left HOW TO ENABLE/DISABLE THE I-BSI result in serious injury or death. side) SYSTEM . The I-BSI system cannot detect all Vehicle information display vehicles under all conditions. ProPILOT Assist switch 1. Push the button until “Settings” appears in the vehicle information . The radar sensors may not be display and then push the scroll dial. able to detect and activate I-BSI Use the scroll dial to select “Driver when certain objects are present Assistance.” Then push the scroll dial. such as:

Starting and driving 5-69 — Pedestrians, bicycles, animals. . The radar sensors are designed standard lane markers; lane — Vehicles such as motorcycles, to ignore most stationary objects, markers covered with water, low height vehicles, or high however objects such as guard- dirt, snow, etc. rails, walls, foliage and parked ground clearance vehicles. — On roads where discontinued vehicles may occasionally be de- lane markers are still detect- — Vehicles remaining in the detected. This is a normal operation able. tection zone when you accel- condition. erate from a stop. . The following conditions may re- — On roads where there are — Oncoming vehicles. duce the ability of the radar to sharp curves. detect other vehicles: — A vehicle merging into an — On roads where there are adjacent lane at a speed ap- — Severe weather sharply contrasting objects, such as shadows, snow, proximately the same as your — Road spray vehicle. water, wheel ruts, seams or — Ice/frost/dirt build-up on the lines remaining after road re- — A vehicle approaching rapidly vehicle pairs. from behind. . Do not attach stickers (including — On roads where the traveling — A vehicle which your vehicle transparent material), install ac- lane merges or separates. overtakes rapidly. cessories or apply additional — When the vehicle’s traveling — A vehicle that passes through paint near the radar sensors. direction does not align with the detection zone quickly. These conditions may reduce the the lane markers. ability of the radar to detect other . The radar sensor’s detection zone vehicles. — When traveling close to the is designed based on a standard vehicle in front of you, which . The camera may not detect lane lane width. When driving in a obstructs the lane camera markers in the following situa- wider lane, the radar sensors unit detection range. may not detect vehicles in an tions and the I-BSI system may adjacent lane. When driving in a not operate properly. — When rain, snow or dirt ad- narrow lane, the radar sensors — On roads where there are heres to the windshield in may detect vehicles driving two multiple parallel lane markers; front of a lane camera unit. lanes away. lane markers that are faded or — When the headlights are not not painted clearly; yellow bright due to dirt on the lens painted lane markers; non- or if aiming is not adjusted 5-70 Starting and driving properly. — When driving with a tire that is I-BSI DRIVING SITUATIONS — When strong light enters a not within normal tire condi- Indicator on lane camera unit. (For exam- tions (for example, tire wear, ple: light directly shines on the low tire pressure, installation Indicator off front of the vehicle at sunrise of spare tire, tire chains, non- or sunset.) standard wheels). Indicator flashing — When a sudden change in — When the vehicle is equipped brightness occurs. (For exam- with non-original steering ple: when the vehicle enters or parts or suspension parts. exits a tunnel or under a — When towing a trailer or other bridge.) vehicle. . Do not use the I-BSI system under . Excessive noise (for example, the following conditions because audio system volume, open vehi- the system may not function cle window) will interfere with the properly. chime sound, and it may not be — During bad weather. (For ex- heard. ample: rain, fog, snow, etc.) — When driving on slippery roads, such as on ice or snow, etc. — When driving on winding or uneven roads. — When there is a lane closure due to road repairs. — When driving in a makeshift or temporary lane. — When driving on roads where the lane width is too narrow.

Starting and driving 5-71 JVS0737X JVS0738X JVS0760X Illustration 1 – Approaching from behind Illustration 2 – Approaching from behind Illustration 3 - Approaching from behind Another vehicle approaching from Illustration 2: If the driver activates the Illustration 3: If the I-BSI system is on and behind turn signal then the system chimes a your vehicle approaches a lane marker sound (twice) and the side indicator light while another vehicle is in the detection Illustration 1: The side indicator light flashes. zone, the system chimes (three times) illuminates if a vehicle enters the detec- and the side indicator light flashes. The I- tion zone from behind in an adjacent lane. BSI system activates to help return the vehicle back to the center of the driving lane. NOTE: . The radar sensors may not detect vehicles which are approaching rapidly from behind.

5-72 Starting and driving JVS0739X JVS0740X JVS0761X Illustration 4 - Overtaking another vehicle Illustration 5 - Overtaking another vehicle Illustration 6 - Overtaking another vehicle Overtaking another vehicle Illustration 5: If the driver activates the Illustration 6: If the I-BSI system is on and turn signal while another vehicle is in the your vehicle approaches a lane marker Illustration 4: The side indicator light detection zone, then the system chimes while another vehicle is in the detection illuminates if you overtake a vehicle and (twice) and the side indicator light flashes. zone, the system chimes (three times) that vehicle stays in the detection zone and the side indicator light flashes. The I- for approximately 3 seconds. BSI system activates to help return the vehicle back to the center of the driving lane. NOTE: . When overtaking several vehicles in a row, the vehicles after the first vehicle may not be detected if they are traveling close together. . The radar sensors may not detect slower moving vehicles if they are passed quickly. Starting and driving 5-73 JVS0741X WAF0555X JVS0761X Illustration 7 - Entering from the side Illustration 8 - Entering from the side Illustration 9 - Entering from the side Entering from the side Illustration 8: If the driver activates the Illustration 9: If the I-BSI system is on and turn signal while another vehicle is in the your vehicle approaches the lane marker Illustration 7: The side indicator light detection zone, then the side indicator while another vehicle is in the detection illuminates if a vehicle enters the detec- light flashes and a chime will sound twice. zone, the system chimes (three times) tion zone from either side. NOTE: and the side indicator light flashes. The I- NOTE: BSI system activates to help return the If the driver activates the turn signal The radar sensors may not detect a vehicle back to the center of the driving before a vehicle enters the detection vehicle which is traveling at about the lane. zone, the side indicator light will flash same speed as your vehicle when it but no chime will sound when another enters the detection zone. vehicle is detected.

5-74 Starting and driving — When the brake pedal is de- . “Unavailable High Cabin Temperature”: pressed. If the vehicle is parked in direct sun- — When the vehicle is accelerated light under high temperature condi- during I-BSI system operation tions (over approximately 104°F — When steering quickly (40°C)). — When the ICC, I-FCW or AEB warn- . “Unavailable Side Radar Obstruction”: ings sound. When side radar blockage is detected. — When the hazard warning flashers Turn off the I-BSI system and turn it on are operated. again when the above conditions no — When driving on a curve at a high longer exist. speed. SYSTEM MALFUNCTION — When the BSW system is turned When the I-BSI system malfunctions, it will off. be turned off automatically, the I-BSI JVS0742X SYSTEM TEMPORARILY UNAVAIL- indicator illuminates and a chime will Illustration 10 - Entering from the side ABLE sound, and the “Not Available System Illustration 10: The I-BSI system will not Malfunction” warning message will ap- operate if your vehicle is on a lane marker When any of the following messages pear in the vehicle information display. appear on the vehicle information display, when another vehicle enters the detec- Action to take: tion zone. In this case only the BSW a chime will sound and the I-BSI system will be turned off automatically. Stop the vehicle in a safe location and system operates. push the park button to engage the P . “Not Available Poor Road Conditions”: NOTE: (Park) position. Turn the engine off and . The radar sensors may not detect a When the VDC system (except traction restart the engine. If the warning mes- vehicle which is traveling at about control system function) or ABS oper- sage continues to appear, It is recom- the same speed as your vehicle ates. mended you visit a NISSAN dealer for this when it enters the detection zone. . “Currently not available”: service. . I-BSI will not operate or will stop — When the VDC system is turned off. operating and only a warning chime — When the SNOW mode and the will sound under the following con- OFF-ROAD mode is selected (AWD ditions. models).

Starting and driving 5-75 apply additional paint near the radar Radio frequency statement sensors. For USA Do not strike or damage the area around FCC ID: LTQRN5TR the radar sensors. CAUTION TO USERS It is recommended you visit a NISSAN dealer if the area around the radar Changes or modifications not expressly sensors is damaged due to a collision. approved by the party responsible for compliance could void the user’s The lane camera unit for I-BSI system is authority to operate the equipment. located above the inside mirror. To keep the proper operation of I-BSI and prevent This device complies with Part 15 of the a system malfunction, be sure to observe FCC Rules and with RSS of the Industry the following: Canada. Operation is subject to the following two conditions: . Always keep the windshield clean. WAF0633X . Do not attach a sticker (including (1) This device may not cause harmful transparent material) or install an interference, and SYSTEM MAINTENANCE accessory near the camera unit. (2) this device must accept any inter- The two radar sensors for the I-BSI . Do not place reflective materials, such ference received, including interference system are located near the rear bumper. as white paper or a mirror, on the that may cause undesired operation Always keep the area near the radar instrument panel. The reflection of For Canada sensors clean. sunlight may adversely affect the Model: RN5TR The radar sensors may be blocked by camera unit’s capability of detecting IC: 3659A-RN5TR temporary ambient conditions such as the lane markers. splashing water, mist or fog. . Do not strike or damage the areas This device complies with Industry Ca- nada licence-exempt RSS standard(s). The blocked condition may also be around the camera unit. Do not touch Operation is subject to the following caused by objects such as ice, frost or the camera lens or remove the screw two conditions: (1) this device may not dirt obstructing the radar sensors. located on the camera unit. It is recommended you contact a NISSAN cause interference, and (2) this device Check for and remove objects obstruct- dealer if the camera unit is damaged must accept any interference, including ing the area around the radar sensors. due to an accident. interference that may cause undesired Do not attach stickers (including trans- operation of the device. parent material), install accessories or

5-76 Starting and driving REAR CROSS TRAFFIC ALERT (RCTA)

WARNING

Failure to follow the warnings and instructions for proper use of the RCTA system could result in serious injury or death. . The RCTA system is not a replacement for proper driving procedures and is not designed to prevent contact with vehicles or objects. When backing out of a parking space, always use the side and rear mirrors and turn and look in the direction your vehicle will move. Never rely solely on the RCTA system.

The RCTA system will assist you when backing out from a parking space. When the vehicle is in reverse, the system is designed to detect other vehicles approaching from the right or left of the WAF0416X vehicle. If the system detects cross traffic, Side indicator light it will alert you. RCTA SYSTEM OPERATION Vehicle information display The RCTA system can help alert the driver Steering-wheel-mounted controls (left of an approaching vehicle when the side) driver is backing out of a parking space. When the shift position is in R (Reverse) and the vehicle speed is less than approximately 5 MPH (8 km/h), the RCTA

Starting and driving 5-77 system is operational. The RCTA system uses radar sensors If the radar detects an approaching installed on both sides near the rear vehicle from either side, the system bumper to detect an approaching vehicle. chimes (once) and the side indicator light The radar sensors can detect an ap- flashes on the side the vehicle is approaching vehicle from up to approxi- proaching from. mately 66 ft (20 m) away.

JVS0173X

WAF0414X

5-78 Starting and driving dial. Use the scroll dial to select “Driver Assistance”. Then push the scroll dial. 2. Use the button to select “Cross Traffic Alert” then press the scroll dial. 3. Use the scroll dial to enable or disable the system. NOTE: The system setting will be retained even if the engine is restarted.

WAF0412X Steering-wheel-mounted controls (left HOW TO ENABLE/DISABLE THE side) RCTA SYSTEM Vehicle information display Perform the following steps to enable or disable the RCTA system. 1. Push the button until “Set- tings” appears in the vehicle information display and then push the scroll Starting and driving 5-79 RCTA SYSTEM LIMITATIONS

WARNING

Listed below are the system limitations for the RCTA system. Failure to operate the vehicle in accordance with these system limitations could result in serious injury or death. . Always check surroundings and turn to check what is behind you before backing up. The radar sensors detect approaching (moving) vehicles. The radar sensors cannot detect every object such as: — Pedestrians, bicycles, motorcycles, animals or child-operated toy vehicles — A vehicle that is passing at speeds greater than approxi- JVS0479X mately 19 MPH (30 km/h) — A vehicle that is passing at speeds lower than approximately 5 MPH (8 km/h) . The radar sensors may not detect approaching vehicles in certain situations:

5-80 Starting and driving — Illustration : When a vehicle . Excessive noise (e.g. audio sys- parked next to you obstructs tem volume, open vehicle win- the beam of the radar sensor. dow) will interfere with the chime sound, and it may not be — Illustration : When the vehi- heard. cle is parked in an angled parking space. — Illustration : When the vehicle is parked on inclined ground. — Illustration : When an approaching vehicle turns into your vehicle’s parking lot aisle. — Illustration : When the angle JVS0172X formed by your vehicle and Illustration 1 approaching vehicle is small . The following conditions may reduce the ability of the radar to detect other vehicles: — Severe weather — Road spray — Ice/frost/dirt build-up on the vehicle . Do not attach stickers (including transparent material), install accessories or apply additional paint near the radar sensors. These conditions may reduce the ability of the radar to detect other JVS0173X vehicles Illustration 2 Starting and driving 5-81 NOTE: cally. In the case of several vehicles ap- SYSTEM MALFUNCTION proaching in a row (Illustration 1) or in the opposite direction (Illustration 2), a When the RCTA system malfunctions, it chime may not be sounded by the RCTA will turn off automatically. The “Malfunc- system after the first vehicle passes the tion” warning message will appear in the sensors. vehicle information display. SYSTEM TEMPORARILY UNAVAIL- NOTE: ABLE If the BSW system stops working, the RCTA and I-BSI system will also stop When radar blockage is detected, the working. system will be deactivated automatically. The “Unavailable Side Radar Obstruction” Action to take: warning message will appear in the Stop the vehicle in a safe location, turn vehicle information display. the engine off and restart the engine. If WAF0414X The systems are not available until the the message continues to appear, have conditions no longer exist. the system checked. It is recommended SYSTEM MAINTENANCE that you visit a NISSAN dealer for this The two radar sensors for the RCTA The radar sensors may be blocked by service. temporary ambient conditions such as system are located near the rear bumper. splashing water, mist or fog. Always keep the area near the radar The blocked condition may also be sensors clean. caused by objects such as ice, frost or The radar sensors may be blocked by dirt obstructing the radar sensors. temporary ambient conditions such as NOTE: splashing water, mist or fog. If the BSW system stops working, the The blocked condition may also be RCTA and Intelligent Blind Spot Inter- caused by objects such as ice, frost or vention (I-BSI) (if so equipped) systems dirt obstructing the radar sensors. will also stop working. Check for and remove objects obstruct- Action to take: ing the area around the radar sensors. When the above conditions no longer Do not attach stickers (including trans- exist, the system will resume automati- parent material), install accessories or 5-82 Starting and driving CRUISE CONTROL (if so equipped) apply additional paint near the radar Operation is subject to the following sensors. two conditions: (1) this device may not Do not strike or damage the area around cause interference, and (2) this device the radar sensors. It is recommended that must accept any interference, including you visit a NISSAN dealer if the area interference that may cause undesired around the radar sensors is damaged operation of the device. due to a collision. Radio frequency statement For USA FCC ID: LTQRN5TR CAUTION TO USERS Changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party responsible for WAF0421X compliance could void the user’s authority to operate the equipment. 1. RES+ switch 2. SET- switch This device complies with Part 15 of the 3. CANCEL switch FCC Rules and with RSS of the Industry Canada. Operation is subject to the 4. Cruise ON/OFF switch following two conditions: For models with the ProPILOT Assist system, see “Conventional (fixed speed) (1) This device may not cause harmful cruise control mode” (P.5-119). interference, and (2) this device must accept any interference received, including interference WARNING that may cause undesired operation For Canada . Always observe the posted speed Model: RN5TR limits and do not set the speed over them. IC: 3659A-RN5TR . Do not use the cruise control This device complies with Industry Ca- when driving under the following nada licence-exempt RSS standard(s). Starting and driving 5-83 . conditions. Doing so could cause The cruise indicator may blink when Setting cruising speed a loss of vehicle control and result the Cruise ON/OFF switch is turned 1. Accelerate to the desired speed. in an accident. ON while pushing up the RES+, pushing down the SET-, or pushing the 2. Push the SET- switch down or RES+ — When it is not possible to keep CANCEL switch. To properly set the switch up and release it. the vehicle at a constant cruise control system, perform the 3. Take your foot off the accelerator speed following procedures. pedal. — When driving in heavy traffic CRUISE CONTROL OPERATIONS The vehicle will maintain the set speed. (“+ — When driving in traffic that The cruise control allows driving at /- Change Set speed” message appears in varies speed speeds above 25 MPH (40 km/h) without the display.) keeping your foot on the accelerator — When driving in windy areas NOTE: pedal. If pushed the RES+ switch and released — When driving on winding or The cruise control will automatically be it when there is no vehicle set speed, hilly roads canceled if the vehicle slows down more the set speed is set to the current — When driving on slippery (rain, than approximately 8 MPH (13 km/h) vehicle speed. snow, ice, etc.) roads below the vehicle set speed. (“Unavailable: Passing another vehicle: Under specified speed” message appears in the display.) Depress the accelerator pedal to accel- PRECAUTIONS ON CRUISE CON- erate. After releasing the accelerator TROL Moving the shift lever to the N (Neutral) pedal, the vehicle will return to the pre- position will cancel the cruise control. . If the cruise control system malfunc- viously set speed. tions, it will cancel automatically. The Turning on cruise control The vehicle may not maintain the set cruise indicator in the vehicle informa- Push the Cruise ON/OFF switch. The speed when going up or down steep hills. tion display will then blink to warn the cruise indicator and “Standby Push SET- In such cases, drive without the cruise driver. to active” message in the vehicle informa- control. . If the cruise indicator blinks and “Un- tion display will appear. Resetting to slower speed: available: Cruise system trouble” mes- Use any one of the following methods to sage appears in the display, turn the Cruise ON/OFF switch off and have reset to a slower speed. the system checked. It is recom- . Lightly tap the foot brake pedal. When mended that you visit a NISSAN dealer the vehicle reaches the desired speed, for this service. push down and release the SET- 5-84 Starting and driving PROPILOT ASSIST (if so equipped)

switch. Cancelling cruising speed This section contains the information . about the following system features: Push down and hold the SET- switch. Use any one of the following methods to When the vehicle reaches the desired cancel the vehicle set speed. (“Standby . ProPILOT Assist (general system op- speed, release the SET- switch. Push RES+ to resume” message appears eration) . Quickly push down and release the in the display.) . ProPILOT Assist with Navi-link (addi- SET- switch. This will reduce the . Push the CANCEL switch. tional functionality, if so equipped) vehicle speed by about 1 MPH (1.6 . km/h). Tap the foot brake pedal. . Push the Cruise ON/OFF switch. The WARNING Resetting to faster speed: cruise indicator will turn off. Use any one of the following methods to Failure to follow the warnings and reset to a faster speed. instructions for proper use of the . Depress the accelerator pedal. When ProPILOT Assist system could result the vehicle reaches the desired speed, in serious injury or death. push down and release the SET- . ProPILOT Assist is not a self-driv- switch. ing system. Within the limits of its . Push up and hold the RES+ switch. capabilities, as described in this When the vehicle reaches the desired manual, it helps the driver with speed, release the RES+ switch. certain driving activities. . Quickly push up and release the RES+ . The ProPILOT Assist system is not switch. This will increase the vehicle a replacement for proper driving speed by about 1 MPH (1.6 km/h). procedures and is not designed Resuming at preset speed: to correct careless, inattentive or Push up and release the RES+ switch. absent-minded driving. ProPILOT Assist will not always steer the The vehicle will resume the last set vehicle to keep it in the lane. The cruising speed when the vehicle speed is ProPILOT Assist system is not over 25 MPH (40 km/h). (“Resumed” mes- designed to prevent loss of con- sage appears in the display.) trol. It is the driver’s responsibility to stay alert, drive safely, keep the vehicle in the traveling lane, and be in control of the vehicle at Starting and driving 5-85 all times. the ProPILOT Assist system. . There are limitations to the Pro- . The ProPILOT Assist system does PILOT Assist system capability. not react when approaching sta- The ProPILOT Assist system does tionary and slow moving vehicles. not function in all driving, traffic, . Always drive carefully and atten- weather, and road conditions. It is tively when using the ProPILOT the driver’s responsibility to stay Assist system. Read and under- alert, drive safely, keep the vehi- stand the Owner’s Manual thor- cle in the traveling lane, and be in oughly before using the ProPILOT control of the vehicle at all times. Assist system. To avoid serious . The ProPILOT Assist system is injury or death, do not rely on the only an aid to assist the driver system to prevent accidents or to and is not a collision warning or control the vehicle’s speed in avoidance device. emergency situations. Do not WAF0644X . The ProPILOT Assist system is for use the ProPILOT Assist system highway use only and is not except in appropriate road and The ProPILOT Assist system is intended to intended for city driving. Failure traffic conditions. enhance the operation of the vehicle to apply the brakes or steer the when following a vehicle traveling in the vehicle when necessary may re- same lane and direction. sult in a serious accident. The ProPILOT Assist system uses a multi- . Always observe posted speed sensing front camera installed behind limits and do not set the speed the windshield to monitor the lane mar- over them. kers and a radar sensor located on the . front of the vehicle to measure the Never take your hands off the distance to the vehicle ahead in the same steering wheel when driving. Al- lane. If the system detects a slower ways keep your hands on the moving vehicle ahead, the system will steering wheel and drive your reduce the vehicle speed so that your vehicle safely. vehicle follows the vehicle in front at the . Never unfasten your safety belt selected distance. The system will also when using ProPILOT Assist. help keep the vehicle centered in the Doing so automatically cancels traveling lane when clear lane markings 5-86 Starting and driving are detected. NOTE: It is important to ensure the front camera and radar sensors are clear at all times. (See “ICC sensor maintenance” (P.5-112) and “Steering Assist maintenance” (P.5-118) for more details.)

WAF0557X Steering-wheel-mounted control (left) PROPILOT ASSIST SYSTEM OPERA- Vehicle information display TION Steering-wheel-mounted control (right) The ProPILOT Assist system has the ProPILOT Assist switch following two functions: Steering Assist switch

Starting and driving 5-87 1. Intelligent Cruise Control (ICC) matically. NOTE: . The ICC system can be set to one of two When your vehicle is at a standstill for Even if the Automatic Emergency Brak- cruise control modes: more than approximately 3 seconds ing (AEB) setting is turned off by the driver using the “Settings” menu in the . and the vehicle ahead begins to Conventional (fixed speed) cruise con- accelerate, push up the RES+ switch vehicle information display, AEB will be trol mode: or lightly depress the accelerator ped- automatically turned on when ICC is For cruising at a preset vehicle speed al. The ICC system starts to follow the used. For additional information, see “Turning vehicle ahead. 2. Steering Assist the conventional (fixed speed) cruise . Always check surroundings before control mode ON” (P.5-92). The Steering Assist function helps the restarting the vehicle. driver to keep the vehicle centered within NOTE: . For vehicles equipped with ProPILOT the traveling lane. Assist with Navi-link and only when on Steering Assist is not available in the When there is no vehicle ahead, Steering conventional (fixed speed) cruise con- a limited access freeway (as identified in the navigation map data): Assist is not available at speeds under 37 trol mode. MPH (60 km/h). . Vehicle-to-vehicle distance control — The time the vehicle can remain mode: stopped and automatically restart is extended from 3 seconds to 30 The ICC system maintains a selected seconds. distance from the vehicle in front of you within the speed range of 0 to 90 — If a vehicle ahead cuts in or out of MPH (0 to 144 km/h) up to the vehicle the lane ahead, the vehicle may not set speed. The vehicle set speed can automatically start when the traffic be selected by the driver between 20 ahead begins to move. You need to to 90 MPH (30 to 144 km/h). When the push up the RES+ switch or lightly vehicle ahead slows to a stop, your depress the accelerator pedal to vehicle gradually decelerates to a follow the vehicle directly ahead standstill. When the vehicle is stopped, when it is safe to do so. the ICC system maintains braking . When no vehicle is detected ahead force to keep your vehicle stopped. within the driver selected distance, the . When your vehicle is stopped for less vehicle travels at the speed set by the than approximately 3 seconds and the driver. The speed must be above 20 vehicle ahead begins to move, your MPH (30 km/h) to use this function. vehicle will start moving again auto- 5-88 Starting and driving LOT Assist with Navi-link” (P.5-103).)

WAF0422X PROPILOT ASSIST SWITCHES 5. DISTANCE switch: . 1. RES+ switch: Long . Middle Resumes vehicle set speed or in- . creases speed incrementally Short 6. Steering Assist switch: 2. SET- switch: Turns the Steering Assist function on Sets desired cruise speed or reduces or off speed incrementally NOTE: 3. CANCEL switch: For ProPILOT Assist with Navi-link Deactivates the ProPILOT Assist sys- equipped vehicles: When Manual mode tem is selected in the “Spd. Limit Assist” 4. ProPILOT Assist switch: menu, operating the RES+ or SET- Turns the ProPILOT Assist system on switch can apply the indicated speed or off limit to the vehicle set speed. (See “Speed Limit Assist - a feature of ProPI-

Starting and driving 5-89 PROPILOT ASSIST SYSTEM DISPLAY AND INDICATORS 1. ProPILOT Assist activation Displays once the ProPILOT Assist system is activated 2. Vehicle ahead detection indicator Indicates whether the system detects a vehicle in front of you 3. Steering Assist indicator Indicates the status of the Steering Assist function by the color of the indicator WAF0577X . Steering Assist indicator (gray): Models with full-screen display Steering Assist standby . Steering Assist indicator (green): Steering Assist active 4. Set distance indicator Displays the selected distance 5. Lane marker indicator Indicates whether the system detects lane markers . No lane markers displayed: Steering Assist is turned off . Lane marker indicator (gray): No lane markers detected . Lane marker indicator (green): Lane markers detected, Steering Assist is WAF0578X active Models with analog meter and color display 5-90 Starting and driving . Lane marker indicator (orange): the selected distance by the number 12. Detected speed limit indicator (if so Lane departure is detected of horizontal bars shown equipped) ( ) 6. ProPILOT Assist status indicator . Speed control status indicator Indicates the currently detected ( ) (white): ICC standby speed limit . Indicates the status of the ProPILOT Speed control status indicator For additional information, see “Speed Assist system by the color of the (green): ICC (distance control mode) Limit Assist - a feature of ProPILOT indicator is active Assist with Navi-link” (P.5-103). . ProPILOT Assist status indicator — Green vehicle icon displayed: Vehi- 13. Speed Limit Assist indicator (if so (white): ProPILOT Assist is on but cle detected ahead equipped) (A, , ) in standby — No vehicle icon shown: No vehicle . ProPILOT Assist status indicator Indicates the Speed Limit Assist acti- detected ahead (Your vehicle main- vation mode or system operation (blue): ProPILOT Assist active tains the driver-selected set speed.) For additional information, see “Speed 7. Steering Assist status indicator/ . Speed control status indicator (or- Limit Assist - a feature of ProPILOT warning ( , ) ange): Indicates an ICC malfunction Assist with Navi-link” (P.5-103). Displays the status of the Steering For the lane marker indicator, see NOTE: Assist by the color of the indicator/ “Steering Assist display and indicators” warning (P.5-115). When the ProPILOT Assist system is . activated, the display will automatically No Steering Assist status indicator 9. Vehicle set speed indicator displayed: Steering Assist is turned be switched to the ProPILOT Assist Indicates the vehicle set speed off system display. To disable this function, . Steering Assist status indicator 10. Vehicle set speed indicator (if so turn “Transition (Cruise)” off under “Cus- (gray): Steering Assist standby equipped) ( ) tomize Display” of the settings menu. . Steering Assist status indicator Indicates the vehicle set speed The ProPILOT Assist display is also shown (green): Steering Assist active 11. Road information indicator (if so in the Head Up Display (HUD) (if so . Steering Assist status indicator (or- equipped) ( , ) equipped). (See “Head Up Display (HUD)” (P.2-49).) ange): Steering Assist malfunction Indicates the detected road informa- 8. Speed control status indicator/set tion distance indicator/lane marker indi- For additional information, see “Speed cator ( ) Adjust by Route - a feature of ProPI- Displays the status of speed control by LOT Assist with Navi-link” (P.5-106). the color of the indicator, and displays Starting and driving 5-91 TURNING THE CONVENTIONAL (fixed speed) CRUISE CONTROL MODE ON NOTE: ProPILOT Assist provides no approach warnings, automatic braking, or Steer- ing Assist in the conventional (fixed speed) cruise control mode. To choose the conventional (fixed speed) cruise control mode, push and hold the ProPILOT Assist switch for longer than approximately 1.5 seconds. For additional information, see “Conventional (fixed speed) cruise control mode” (P.5-119).

WAF0423X Example OPERATING PROPILOT ASSIST . A screen is displayed for a period of time that indicates the status of the 1. Push the ProPILOT Assist switch . Driving Aid functions. This turns on the ProPILOT Assist system. . The ProPILOT Assist status indicator illuminates in white.

5-92 Starting and driving . When any of the “Warning” systems are enabled, the “ ” mark is shown in each zone. . When any of the “Intervention” systems are enabled, the “ ” mark is shown in each zone. . When no system is enabled, “OFF” is shown in each zone.

WAF0585X WAF0560X Example (all enabled) To change the status of the Driving When the Driving Aids are enabled: Aids, use or to navigate the Zone Driving Aid Display settings screen. For additional information, see “How to use the vehicle Automatic Emergency Braking (AEB) with Pe- information display” (P.2-23). destrian Detection 2. Accelerate or decelerate your vehicle Forward Outline Intelligent Forward to the desired speed and push down Collision Warning (I- the SET- switch . FCW) The ProPILOT Assist system begins to Lane Departure Warn- Outline automatically maintain the vehicle set ing (LDW) Lane speed. The ProPILOT Assist activation Intelligent Lane Inter- Shaded indicator and ProPILOT Assist status vention (I-LI) indicator illuminate in blue. When a Blind Spot Warning Outline vehicle ahead is detected and travel- Blind (BSW) ing at a speed of 20 MPH (30 km/h) or Spot Intelligent Blind Spot Shaded below and the SET- switch is pushed Intervention (I-BSI) Starting and driving 5-93 down, the vehicle set speed is 20 MPH Dynamic Control (VDC) system” (P.5- (30 km/h). 157). NOTE: . When the VDC system (including the When the I-LI and I-BSI systems are traction control system) is activated . enabled in the settings menu of the When the SNOW mode or OFF-ROAD vehicle information display, turning the mode is selected (AWD models) ProPILOT Assist system on will turn on . When a wheel is slipping the I-LI and I-BSI systems at the same . When any door is open time. If the I-LI system is disabled in the . When the driver’s seat belt is not settings menu, the I-LI system will fastened automatically be turned on when the Steering Assist system is active. For additional information, see “Intelligent Lane Intervention (I-LI)” (P.5-52), “Intelli- gent Lane Intervention (I-LI)” (P.5-115) WAF0634X and “Intelligent Blind Spot Intervention When the SET- switch is pushed down (I-BSI)” (P.5-66). under the following conditions, the Pro- PILOT Assist system cannot be set and the vehicle set speed indicator blinks for approximately 2 seconds: . When traveling below 20 MPH (30 km/h) and a vehicle ahead is not detected . When the shift lever is moved out of the D (Drive) position or into the manual shift mode . When the parking brake is applied . When the brakes are operated by the driver . When the VDC system is off. For additional information, see “Vehicle 5-94 Starting and driving . Push down, then quickly release the a safe distance to the vehicle ahead. SET- switch . Each time you do this, Failure to do so could result in severe the vehicle set speed decreases by 1 personal injury or death. MPH (1 km/h). For ProPILOT Assist with Navi-link NOTE: equipped vehicles: The vehicle set speed can also be changed according to the When you accelerate by depressing the speed limit. (See “Speed Limit Assist - a accelerator pedal or decelerate by feature of ProPILOT Assist with Navi-link” pushing down the SET- switch and the (P.5-103).) vehicle travels faster than the speed set by the driver, the vehicle set speed How to momentarily accelerate or indicator will blink. decelerate . Depress the accelerator pedal when WAF0561X acceleration is required. Release the accelerator pedal to resume the pre- How to change the vehicle set viously set vehicle speed. speed . Depress the brake pedal when decel- The vehicle set speed can be adjusted. eration is required. Control by the ProPILOT Assist system is canceled. To change to a faster cruising speed: Push up the RES+ switch to resume . Push up and hold the RES+ switch . the previously set vehicle speed. The vehicle set speed increases in increments of 5 MPH (5 km/h). . Push up, then quickly release the RES+ WARNING switch . Each time you do this, the vehicle set speed increases by 1 MPH (1 When the accelerator pedal is de- km/h). pressed and you are approaching To change to a slower cruising speed: the vehicle ahead, the ICC system . will neither control the brake nor Push down and hold the SET- switch warn the driver with the chime and . The vehicle set speed decreases in display. The driver must manually increments of 5 MPH (5 km/h). control the vehicle speed to maintain Starting and driving 5-95 Distance — approximate distance at 60 MPH (100 km/h) 1. Long – 200 ft (60 m) 2. Middle – 150 ft (45 m) 3. Short – 90 ft (30 m) . The actual distance to the vehicle ahead adjusts automatically according to the vehicle speed. The higher the vehicle speed, the longer the distance. . The distance setting will remain at the current setting even if the engine is restarted. WAF0424X

How to change the set distance to the vehicle ahead The distance to the vehicle ahead can be selected at any time. Each time the DISTANCE switch is pushed, the set distance will change to “long”, “middle”, “short” and back to “long” again in that sequence.

WAF0645X Example

5-96 Starting and driving Steering Assist switch: To turn the Steering Assist on or off, push the Steering Assist switch on the instrument panel. NOTE: . When the Steering Assist switch is used to turn the system on or off, the system remembers the setting even if the ignition switch is cycled. The switch must be pushed again to change the setting to on or off. . The Steering Assist switch changes the status of the “Steering Assist” selection made in the “Settings” screen in the vehicle information display. Setting in the vehicle information display: 1. Push the button on the steering wheel until “Settings” appears in the vehicle information display and then push the scroll dial. WAF0425X 2. Use the scroll dial to select “Driver Steering-wheel-mounted control (left) HOW TO ENABLE/DISABLE THE Assistance.” Then push the scroll dial. Vehicle information display STEERING ASSIST 3. Select “Steering Assist” and push the Steering Assist switch Use the following methods to enable or scroll dial to turn the Steering Assist disable the Steering Assist. on or off.

Starting and driving 5-97 NOTE: . When the Cruise screen is displayed result in serious personal injury or on the vehicle information display, property damage, before exiting the WARNING push the scroll dial on the steering vehicle make sure to push the Pro- wheel to call up the “Driver Assis- PILOT Assist switch to turn the sys- Failure to follow the warnings and tance” setting display. tem off, push the park button to shift instructions for proper use of the ICC to the P (Park) position, and turn the . When enabling/disabling the system system could result in serious injury engine off. through the vehicle information dis- or death. play, the system retains the current . The ICC system is only an aid to settings even if the engine is re- INTELLIGENT CRUISE CONTROL assist the driver and is not a started. (ICC) collision warning or avoidance device. It is recommended for HOW TO CANCEL THE PROPILOT . The Intelligent Cruise Control (ICC) is a part of the ProPILOT Assist system. To highway use only and it is not ASSIST SYSTEM choose the ICC system without the intended for city driving. It is the To cancel the ProPILOT Assist system, use Steering Assist, activate the ProPILOT driver’s responsibility to stay one of the following methods: Assist and then turn off the Steering alert, drive safely, and be in control of the vehicle at all times. . Push the CANCEL switch. Assist with the switch or in the set- . . Tap the brake pedal (except at a tings menu. For additional informa- There are limitations to the ICC standstill). tion, see “Operating ProPILOT Assist” system capability. The ICC system does not function in all driving, . Push the ProPILOT Assist switch to (P.5-92) and “How to enable/disable traffic, weather, and road condi- turn the system off. The ProPILOT the Steering Assist” (P.5-97). tions. It is the driver’s responsi- Assist status indicator will turn off. . To choose the conventional (fixed speed) cruise control mode, push and bility to stay alert, drive safely, When the ProPILOT Assist system is keep the vehicle in the traveling canceled while the vehicle is stopped, hold the ProPILOT Assist switch for longer than approximately 1.5 sec- lane, and be in control of the the electronic parking brake is automati- vehicle at all times. cally activated. onds. For additional information, see “Conventional (fixed speed) cruise . Always observe posted speed control mode” (P.5-119). limits and do not set the speed WARNING over them. . The ICC system does not react to To prevent the vehicle from moving stationary and slow moving vehi- or rolling unexpectedly, which could cles.

5-98 Starting and driving . Always drive carefully and atten- become closer because the ICC system the ICC system keeps the vehicle tively when using the ICC system. cannot decelerate the vehicle quickly stopped. Read and understand the Owner’s enough. If this occurs, the ICC system . When the vehicle traveling ahead Manual thoroughly before using sounds a warning chime and blinks the moves to a different traveling lane, the ICC system. To avoid serious system display to notify the driver to take the ICC system accelerates and main- injury or death, do not rely on the necessary action. tains vehicle speed up to the set system to prevent accidents or to The ICC system cancels and a warning speed. control the vehicle’s speed in chime sounds if the speed is below The ICC system does not control vehicle emergency situations. Do not approximately 15 MPH (25 km/h) and a speed or warn you when you approach use the ICC system except in vehicle is not detected ahead. For ProPI- stationary and slow moving vehicles. You appropriate road and traffic con- LOT Assist with Navi-link equipped vehi- must pay attention to vehicle operation ditions. cles on a limited access freeway as to maintain proper distance from vehicles identified in the navigation map data, ahead when approaching toll gates or the ICC system cancels and a warning traffic congestion. ICC system operation chime sounds if your vehicle is at a The ICC system is designed to maintain a standstill for more than approximately 3 selected distance from the vehicle in front seconds and a vehicle is not detected of you and can reduce the speed to ahead. match a slower vehicle ahead. The sys- The ICC system operates as follows: tem decelerates the vehicle as necessary . and if the vehicle ahead comes to a stop, When there are no vehicles traveling the vehicle decelerates to a standstill. ahead, the ICC system maintains the However, the ICC system can only apply speed set by the driver. The vehicle set up to 40% of the vehicle’s total braking speed range is between approxi- power. mately 20 and 90 MPH (30 and 144 km/h). This system should only be used when . When there is a vehicle traveling traffic conditions allow vehicle speeds to ahead, the ICC system adjusts the remain fairly constant or when vehicle speed to maintain the distance, se- speeds change gradually. If a vehicle lected by the driver, from the vehicle moves into the traveling lane ahead or if ahead. If the vehicle ahead comes to a a vehicle traveling ahead rapidly decele- stop, the vehicle decelerates to a rates, the distance between vehicles may standstill. Once your vehicle stops, Starting and driving 5-99 Normally when controlling the distance to a vehicle ahead, the system automatically accelerates or decelerates your vehicle according to the speed of the vehicle ahead. Depress the accelerator to properly accelerate your vehicle when acceleration is required for a lane change. Depress the brake pedal when deceleration is required to maintain a safe distance to the vehicle ahead due to sudden braking or if a vehicle cuts in. Always stay alert when using the ICC system.

SSD0254 WAF0579X System set display — no vehicle detected ahead* When driving on the highway at a vehicle set speed and approaching a slower No vehicle detected ahead: traveling vehicle ahead, the ICC system The driver sets the desired vehicle speed adjusts the speed to maintain the dis- based on the road conditions. The ICC tance, selected by the driver, from the system maintains the vehicle set speed, vehicle ahead. If the vehicle ahead similar to standard cruise control, as long changes lanes or exits the highway, the as no vehicle is detected in the lane ICC system accelerates and maintains the ahead. The ICC system displays the vehi- vehicle set speed. Pay attention to the cle set speed. driving operation to maintain control of *: The design of the set display may differ the vehicle as it accelerates to the set depending on the model. speed. The vehicle may not maintain the set speed on winding or hilly roads. If this occurs, you will have to manually control the vehicle speed.

5-100 Starting and driving When the ICC system detects a vehicle . For vehicles equipped with ProPILOT ahead, the vehicle ahead detection indi- Assist with Navi-link and only when on cator and the speed control status in- a limited access freeway (as identified dicator (distance control mode) in the navigation map data): illuminates in green. — The time the vehicle can remain *: The design of the set display may differ stopped and automatically restart depending on the model. is extended from 3 seconds to 30 seconds. Vehicle ahead stops: — If a vehicle ahead cuts in or out of When a vehicle ahead is detected and it the lane ahead, the vehicle may not gradually decelerates to stop, your vehi- automatically start when the traffic cle decelerates to a standstill. When your ahead begins to move. You need to vehicle is at a standstill, the “(RES+) Follow push up the RES+ switch or lightly Vehicle Ahead” message is displayed on depress the accelerator pedal to WAF0580X the vehicle information display. follow the vehicle directly ahead System set display — vehicle ahead* Vehicle ahead accelerates: when it is safe to do so. Vehicle detected ahead: . When your vehicle is stopped for less Vehicle ahead not detected: When a vehicle is detected in the lane than approximately 3 seconds and the When a vehicle is no longer detected ahead, the ICC system decelerates the vehicle ahead begins to move, your ahead, the ICC system gradually acceler- vehicle by controlling the throttle and vehicle will start moving again auto- ates your vehicle to resume the pre- applying the brakes to match the speed matically. viously vehicle set speed. The ICC of a slower vehicle ahead. The ICC system . When your vehicle is at a standstill for system then maintains the vehicle set then adjusts the vehicle speed based on more than approximately 3 seconds speed. the speed of the vehicle ahead to main- and the vehicle ahead begins to When a vehicle is no longer detected, the tain the driver selected distance. accelerate, push up the RES+ switch vehicle ahead detection indicator and NOTE: or lightly depress the accelerator ped- speed control status indicator (maintain . The stop lights of the vehicle come al. The ICC system starts to follow the speed control mode) turn off. on when braking is performed by vehicle ahead. The ICC system gradually accelerates to the ICC system. . Always check surroundings before the vehicle set speed, but you can de- . restarting the vehicle. When the brake is applied by the press the accelerator pedal to quickly system, a noise may be heard. This is accelerate. When a vehicle is no longer not a malfunction. Starting and driving 5-101 detected and your vehicle is traveling Cut-in detection under approximately 15 MPH (25 km/h), If a vehicle moves into your traveling lane the ICC system automatically cancels. For near your vehicle, the ICC system may ProPILOT Assist with Navi-link equipped inform the driver by flashing the vehicle vehicles on a limited access freeway as ahead detection indicator. identified in the navigation map data, the ICC system cancels and a warning chime Approach warning sounds if your vehicle is at a standstill for If your vehicle comes closer to the vehicle more than approximately 3 seconds and ahead due to rapid deceleration of that a vehicle is not detected ahead. vehicle or if another vehicle cuts in, the system warns the driver with the chime and ICC system display. Decelerate by depressing the brake pedal to maintain a safe vehicle distance if: WAF0581X . The chime sounds. When passing another vehicle, the vehicle . The vehicle ahead detection indicator set speed indicator flashes when the and set distance indicator blink. vehicle speed exceeds the set speed. The . You judge it necessary to maintain a vehicle ahead detection indicator turns safe distance. off when the area ahead of the vehicle is The warning chime may not sound in open. When the pedal is released, the some cases when there is a short dis- vehicle returns to the previously set tance between vehicles. Some examples speed. Even though your vehicle speed are: is set in the ICC system, you can depress . the accelerator pedal when it is necessary When the vehicles are traveling at the to accelerate your vehicle rapidly. same speed and the distance between vehicles is not changing. . When the vehicle ahead is traveling faster and the distance between vehicles is increasing. . When a vehicle cuts in near your vehicle. 5-102 Starting and driving The warning chime will not sound when: Acceleration when passing . This function is only activated . Your vehicle approaches other vehi- When the ICC system is engaged above with the left turn signal and will cles that are parked or moving slowly. 44 MPH (70 km/h) and following a slower briefly accelerate the vehicle even . The accelerator pedal is depressed, vehicle (below the vehicle set speed), and if a lane change is not initiated. overriding the system. the turn signal is activated to the left, the This can include non-passing si- NOTE: ICC system will automatically start to tuations such as left side exits. accelerate the vehicle to help initiate . The approach warning chime may Ensure that when passing an- passing on the left and will begin to other vehicle, the adjacent lane sound and the system display may reduce the distance to vehicle directly flash when the radar sensor detects is clear before initiating the pass. ahead. Only the left side turn signal Sudden changes in traffic may objects on the side of the vehicle or on operates this feature. As the driver steers the side of the road. This may cause the occur while passing. Always the vehicle and moves into the passing manually steer or brake as ICC system to decelerate or accelerate lane, if no vehicle is detected ahead the the vehicle. The radar sensor may de- needed. Never solely rely on the ICC system will continue to accelerate to system. tect these objects when the vehicle is the vehicle set speed. If another vehicle is driven on winding, narrow, or hilly roads detected ahead, then the vehicle will or when the vehicle is entering or accelerate up to the following speed of Speed Limit Assist - a feature of exiting a curve. In these cases, you will that vehicle. If the vehicle is not steered ProPILOT Assist with Navi-link (if so have to manually control the proper into the left lane to pass, the acceleration equipped) distance ahead of your vehicle. will stop after a short time and regain the Also, the sensor sensitivity can be af- set following distance. Acceleration can fected by vehicle operation (steering be stopped at any point by depressing WARNING maneuver or driving position in the the brake pedal or the CANCEL switch on lane) or traffic or vehicle conditions the steering wheel. Listed below are the system limita- (for example, if a vehicle is being driven tions for the Speed Limit Assist. Fail- with some damage). ure to operate the vehicle in WARNING accordance with these system limitations could result in serious injury In order to reduce the risk of a or death: collision that may result in serious . injury or death, please be aware of It is the driver’s responsibility to the following: select the proper speed, follow all traffic regulations and observe Starting and driving 5-103 other road users. — When driving on a road under vehicle set speed is already faster than the new speed limit. . The Speed Limit Assist may not construction or in a construc- — When a decrease in the posted operate properly and the actual tion zone. speed limit is detected, but the speed limit may not be applied to — When the data from the navi- vehicle set speed is already lower the vehicle set speed in all condi- gation system is not up-to- than the new speed limit. tions. The driver must manually date or is unavailable. control the vehicle speed. Below are some examples: When the ProPILOT Assist with Navi-link is — When the Traffic Sign Recog- active and it detects a change of the nition (TSR) system is not speed limit, the new speed limit is indi- functioning properly or turned cated and it can be applied to the vehicle off. (See “Traffic Sign Recogni- set speed automatically or manually. tion (TSR)” (P.5-44).) The Speed Limit Assist operates: . — When driving in countries or When the detected speed limit is 20 areas not covered by the na- MPH (30 km/h) and above. vigation system. . The “Spd. Limit Assist” is enabled in the settings menu of the vehicle informa- — When crossing national tion display. boundaries. NOTE: — When driving on the exit of the . While the accelerator pedal is oper- limited access freeway as ated with AUTO mode selected, the identified in the navigation Speed Limit Assist will function map data. (automatically adjust the vehicle set — When driving in an area with speed) only when the detected nearby parallel roads (for ex- speed limit is faster than the vehicle ample, freeway with a parallel set speed. service drive). . In the following situations, the Speed Limit Assist will not operate: — When driving in an area where each lane has a different — When an increase in the posted speed limit sign. speed limit is detected, but the 5-104 Starting and driving new speed limit (faster speed value) is When Auto mode is selected on the indicated. settings menu: “ ” : Manual mode is activated and a . The indicated speed limit is applied to new speed limit (lower speed value) is the vehicle set speed automatically indicated. when on a limited access freeway as “A” : Auto mode is activated. identified in the navigation map data. Also, if the ProPILOT Assist with Navi- Operating the system: link system is ON, but not set (active), When the system detects a different and a new speed limit is detected, the speed limit, the new speed value is vehicle set speed is automatically indicated. The vehicle set speed can be updated. changed to the indicated speed limit . The Auto mode may not be available automatically or manually. in some regions or on roads other When Manual mode is selected on set- than limited access freeways. In this WAF0582X tings menu (factory default setting): case, the system operates as the Example Manual mode. . To accept the newly indicated speed System display and indicators: limit, operate the RES+ switch (in case NOTE: 1. Detected speed limit indicator of speed limit up) or SET- switch (in Auto mode will not function in Hawaii or Displays the currently detected speed case of speed limit down). US island territories. limit. For additional information, see . The Speed Limit Assist indicator ( How to activate or deactivate the sys- “Traffic Sign Recognition (TSR)” (P.5- or ) will turn off after approxi- tem: mately 10 seconds if the RES+ or SET- 44). 1. Push the button on the switch is not operated. (The Speed 2. Applied speed limit indicator (green steering wheel until “Settings” appears Limit Assist indicator can be turned off frame) in the vehicle information display, and immediately by operating the oppo- push the scroll dial. Indicates the detected speed limit can site switch from the direction indi- be applied to the vehicle set speed. cated by the Speed Limit Assist 2. Use the scroll dial to select “Driver 3. Speed Limit Assist indicator indicator.) Assistance”. Then push the scroll dial. Indicates the system activation mode The system will not activate if a speed 3. Select “Spd. Limit Assist”, and push the or system operation. limit change is not detected. scroll dial to select “Auto” or “Manual” to enable (not activate) the system. “ ” : Manual mode is activated and a

Starting and driving 5-105 To deactivate the system, select “OFF”. . It is the driver’s responsibility to — When driving near a road split NOTE: select the proper speed, follow all or junction. traffic regulations and observe The system will retain current settings — When driving in bad weather other road users. in the vehicle information display even or poor road conditions. if the engine is restarted. . The Speed Adjust by Route system will not function in Hawaii or Speed Adjust by Route - a feature When the ProPILOT Assist with Navi-link is US island territories. of ProPILOT Assist with Navi-link (if active on a limited access freeway (as . so equipped) The Speed Adjust by Route may identified in the navigation map data), the not operate properly in some Speed Adjust by Route uses road infor- road and traffic conditions, the mation provided by the navigation sys- WARNING system may unexpectedly tem and can adjust the vehicle speed change the speed. The driver depending on curves, junctions and exits. Listed below are the system limita- must manually control the vehicle The system may not always reduce speed tions for the Speed Adjust by Route. speed. for all curves, junctions or exits and the Failure to operate the vehicle in Below are some examples: driver may need to apply additional brak- accordance with these system lim- ing at any time. — When the data from the navi- itations could result in serious injury When the vehicle is through the curve or or death: gation system is not up-to- date or is unavailable. junction, the vehicle will accelerate again . There are limitations to the Speed to the set speed. When exiting the limited Adjust by Route system capabil- — When not driving along the access freeway, the driver will need to ity. The system does not function route suggested by the navi- apply braking at the end of the exit. in all driving, traffic, weather and gation system. NOTE: road conditions. It is the driver’s — When the navigation system is . The system does not operate when responsibility to stay alert, drive recalculating the route. the accelerator pedal is depressed. safely, and be in control of the . — When driving in countries or The system may not operate de- vehicle at all times. areas not covered by the na- pending on the set distance to the . The Speed Adjust by Route sys- vigation system. vehicle ahead and vehicles detected tem does not brake the vehicle to ahead. a stop. Whenever necessary, the — When driving on a road under driver must apply appropriate construction or newly con- braking. structed road. 5-106 Starting and driving How to activate or deactivate the sys- . The ICC system will not adapt tem: automatically to road conditions. 1. Push the button on the This system should be used in steering wheel until “Settings” appears evenly flowing traffic. Do not use in the vehicle information display, and the system on roads with sharp push the scroll dial. curves or on icy roads, in heavy 2. Use the scroll dial to select “Driver rain or in fog. Assistance”. Then push the scroll dial. . As there is a performance limit to 3. Select “Speed Adjust by Route” and the distance control function, push the scroll dial to turn the system never rely solely on the ICC sys- on or off. tem. This system does not correct careless, inattentive or absent- NOTE: minded driving or overcome poor The system will retain current settings visibility in rain, fog, or other bad WAF0583X in the vehicle information display even weather. Decelerate the vehicle Example if the engine is restarted. speed by depressing the brake System display and indicators: ICC system limitations pedal, depending on the distance 1. Road information indicator to the vehicle ahead and the surrounding circumstances in or- Appears when the system adjusts the der to maintain a safe distance speed depending on turns or exits. WARNING between vehicles. Curves and junctions Listed below are the system limita- . When the ICC system automati- tions for the ICC system. Failure to cally brings the vehicle to a stop, Exits operate the vehicle in accordance your vehicle can automatically with these system limitations could accelerate if the vehicle is result in serious injury or death: stopped for less than approximately 3 seconds. Be prepared . The ICC system is primarily in- to stop your vehicle if necessary. tended for use on highways and freeways. It is not advisable to . For vehicles equipped with ProPI- use the ICC system in city/urban LOT Assist with Navi-link and only traffic. when on a limited access freeway (as identified in the navigation Starting and driving 5-107 map data): approaching them) — When the sensor detection is — The time the vehicle can re- — Pedestrians or objects in the reduced (conditions such as main stopped and automati- roadway rain, snow, fog, dust storms, cally restart is extended from sandstorms, and road spray 3 seconds to 30 seconds. — Oncoming vehicles in the from other vehicles) same lane — If a vehicle ahead cuts in or — When dirt, ice, snow or other out of the lane ahead, the — Motorcycles traveling offset in material adhere to the radar vehicle may not automatically the travel lane sensor area start when the traffic ahead . The ICC system may not detect a — When traffic conditions make begins to move. You need to vehicle ahead in certain road, it difficult to keep a proper push up the RES+ switch or weather or driving conditions. To distance between vehicles be- lightly depress the accelerator avoid accidents, never use the ICC cause of frequent accelera- pedal to follow the vehicle system under the following con- tion or deceleration directly ahead when it is safe ditions: to do so. — When a complicated-shaped — On roads with heavy, high- vehicle such as a car carrier . Always check surroundings be- speed traffic or sharp curves trailer or flatbed truck/trailer fore restarting the vehicle. — On slippery road surfaces is near the vehicle ahead . Always pay attention to the op- such as on ice or snow, etc. — When there is interference by eration of the vehicle and be — On a bumpy road surface, other radar sources ready to manually control the such as an uneven dirt road proper following distance. The — When excessively heavy bag- ICC system may not be able to — On steep downhill roads (the gage is loaded in the rear seat maintain the selected distance vehicle may go beyond the or cargo area of your vehicle between vehicles (following dis- vehicle set speed and fre- — When towing a trailer or other tance) or selected vehicle speed quent braking may result in vehicle under some circumstances. overheating the brakes) . . In some road or traffic conditions, The ICC system does not detect — On repeated uphill and down- a vehicle or object can unexpect- the following objects: hill roads edly come into the sensor detec- — Stationary or slow moving ve- — During bad weather (rain, fog, tion zone and cause automatic hicles (when your vehicle is snow, etc.) braking. Always stay alert and

5-108 Starting and driving avoid using the ICC system where The detection zone of the radar sensor is not recommended in this warn- limited. A vehicle ahead must be in the ing section. detection zone for the ICC system to maintain the selected distance from the . The ICC system also uses a multi- vehicle ahead. A vehicle ahead may move sensing front camera. The follow- outside of the detection zone due to its ing are some conditions in which position within the same lane of travel. the camera may not properly Motorcycles may not be detected in the detect a vehicle and detection of same lane ahead if they are traveling a vehicle ahead may be delayed: offset from the center line of the lane. A — Poor visibility (conditions such vehicle that is entering the lane ahead as rain, snow, fog, dust may not be detected until the vehicle has storms, sandstorms, and road completely moved into the lane. spray from other vehicles) If this occurs, the ICC system may warn — The camera area of the wind- you by blinking the system indicator and shield is fogged up or covered sounding the chime. The driver may have with dirt, water drops, ice, to manually control the proper distance snow, etc. away from the vehicle traveling ahead. — Strong light (for example, sunlight or high beams from oncoming vehicles) enters the front camera — A sudden change in brightness occurs (for example, when the vehicle enters or exits a tunnel or shaded area or lightning flashes)

The ICC system is designed to automatically check the radar sensor’s operation within the limitations of the system

Starting and driving 5-109 When driving on some roads, such as winding, hilly, curved, narrow roads, or roads which are under construction, the radar sensor may detect vehicles in a different lane, or may temporarily not detect a vehicle traveling ahead. This may cause the ICC system to decelerate or accelerate the vehicle. The detection of vehicles may also be affected by vehicle operation (steering maneuver or traveling position in the lane, etc.) or vehicle condition. If this occurs, the ICC system may warn you by blinking the system indicator and SSD0252 sounding the chime unexpectedly. You will have to manually control the proper distance away from the vehicle traveling ahead. ICC system temporarily unavailable The following are conditions in which the ICC system may be temporarily unavailable. In these instances, the ICC system may not cancel and may not be able to maintain the selected following distance from the vehicle ahead. Condition A: Under the following conditions, the ICC system is automatically canceled. A chime SSD0253 will sound and the system will not be able to be set:

5-110 Starting and driving . Any door is open. . When the radar signal is temporarily sensor, the ICC system will automatically . The driver’s seat belt is unfastened. interrupted. be canceled, the chime will sound and the . The vehicle ahead is not detected and Action to take: “Forward Driving Aids temporarily disabled Front Sensor blocked” warning your vehicle is traveling below the When the conditions listed above are no message will appear in the vehicle infor- speed of 15 MPH (25 km/h). For longer present, turn the system off using mation display. ProPILOT Assist with Navi-link the ProPILOT Assist switch. Turn the equipped vehicles on a limited access ProPILOT Assist system back on to use Action to take: freeway as identified in the navigation the system. When the above condition is no longer map data, the ICC system cancels and NOTE: present, the warning message will no a warning chime sounds if your vehi- When the ICC system is canceled under longer be available in the vehicle informa- cle is at a standstill for more than tion display and the system will operate approximately 3 seconds and a vehi- any of the following conditions at a standstill, the electronic parking brake normally. If the warning message con- cle is not detected ahead. tinues to appear, have the system . Your vehicle has been stopped by the is automatically activated: . Any door is open. checked. It is recommended that you visit ICC system for approximately 3 min- a NISSAN dealer for this service. utes or longer. . The driver’s seat belt is unfastened. Condition C: . The shift lever is moved out of the D . Your vehicle has been stopped by (Drive) position or into the manual the ICC system for approximately 3 When the radar sensor on the front of the shift mode. minutes or longer. vehicle is covered with dirt or is ob- . The electronic parking brake is ap- . The shift lever is moved out of the D structed, the ICC system will automati- plied. (Drive) position or into the manual cally be canceled. . The VDC system is turned off. shift mode. The chime will sound and the “Forward . . The AEB applies harder braking The VDC system is turned off. Driving Aids temporarily disabled Front . Sensor blocked” warning message will . VDC (including the traction control When the front radar is impaired due appear in the vehicle information display. system) operates. to dirt or an other obstruction block- . ing the radar sensor. Action to take: The SNOW mode or OFF-ROAD mode . is selected (AWD models). When the radar signal is temporarily If the warning message appears, stop the interrupted. . A wheel slips. vehicle in a safe place, push the park . When the front radar is impaired due Condition B: button to engage the P (Park) position, to dirt or an other obstruction block- When there is inclement weather (rain, and turn the engine off. When the radar ing the radar sensor. fog, snow, etc.) blocking the front radar signal is temporarily interrupted, clean the sensor area and restart the engine. If Starting and driving 5-111 the warning message continues to ap- NOTE: systems and prevent a system malfunc- pear, have the system checked. It is If the ICC system is temporarily unavail- tion, be sure to observe the following: recommended that you visit a NISSAN able, the conventional cruise control . Always keep the windshield clean. dealer for this service. mode may still be used. For additional . Do not attach a sticker (including information, see “Conventional (fixed Condition D: transparent material) or install an speed) cruise control mode” (P.5-119). When driving on roads with limited road accessory near the camera unit. structures or buildings (for example, long ICC sensor maintenance . Do not place reflective materials, such bridges, deserts, snow fields, driving next The radar sensor is located on the front of as white paper or a mirror, on the to long walls), the system may display the the vehicle. instrument panel. The reflection of “Forward Driving Aids temporarily dis- To keep the ICC system operating prop- sunlight may adversely affect the abled Front Sensor blocked” message. erly, be sure to observe the following: camera unit’s capability of detecting the lane markers. Action to take: . Always keep the sensor area clean. . Do not strike or damage the areas . When the above driving conditions no Do not strike or damage the areas around the camera unit. Do not touch longer exist, turn the system back on. around the sensor. the camera lens or remove the screw . ICC system malfunction Do not attach a sticker (including located on the camera unit. transparent material) or install an If the camera unit is damaged due to an If the ICC system malfunctions, it will be accessory near the sensor. This could accident, it is recommended that you visit turned off automatically, a chime will cause failure or malfunction. a NISSAN dealer. sound, and the speed control status . Do not attach metallic objects near warning (orange) will illuminate. For additional information, see “Common the sensor area (brush guard, etc.). troubleshooting guide” (P.5-40). Action to take: This could cause failure or malfunc- If the warning illuminates, stop the vehicle tion. Radio frequency statement: in a safe place. Turn the engine off, restart . Do not alter, remove, or paint the front For USA the engine and set the ICC system again. bumper. Type approval number: If it is not possible to set the ICC system or Before customizing or restoring the front FCC ID: NF3–FR5CPEC the warning stays on, it may be a bumper, it is recommended that you visit malfunction. Although the normal driving a NISSAN dealer. User Manual statement according to §15.19: can be continued, the ICC system should The camera sensor is located above the be inspected. It is recommended that you inside mirror. This device complies with Part 15 of the visit a NISSAN dealer for this service. FCC Rules. To keep the proper operation of the

5-112 Starting and driving Operation is subject to the following two ference at his own expense. STEERING ASSIST conditions: RF Exposure Information according 1. this device may not cause harmful 2.1091/2.1093/OET bulletin 65: WARNING interference, and Radiofrequency radiation exposure infor- 2. this device must accept any interfer- mation: Failure to follow the warnings and ence received, including interference This equipment complies with FCC radia- instructions for proper use of the that may cause undesired operation. tion exposure limits set forth for an Steering Assist could result in ser- User Manual statement according to uncontrolled environment. This equip- ious injury or death. §15.21: ment should be installed and operated . The Steering Assist is not a re- Changes or modifications made to this with minimum distance of 20 cm between the radiator and your body. placement for proper driving pro- equipment not expressly approved by cedures and is not designed to Robert BOSCH GmbH may void the FCC The transmitter must not be co-located correct careless, inattentive or authorization to operate this equipment. or operating in conjunction with any absent-minded driving. The User Manual statement according to other antenna or transmitter. Steering Assist will not always §15.105: For Canada steer the vehicle to keep it in the This equipment has been tested and Type approval number: lane. It is not designed to prevent loss of control. It is the driver’s found to comply with the limits for a IC: 3387A-FR5CPEC Class A digital device, pursuant to Part 15 responsibility to stay alert, drive of the FCC Rules. These limits are de- Legal warning for RF equipment: safely, keep the vehicle in the signed to provide reasonable protection This device complies with Industry Cana- traveling lane, and be in control against harmful interference when the da licence-exempt RSS standard(s). Op- of the vehicle at all times. equipment is operated in a commercial eration is subject to the following two . As there is a performance limit to environment. This equipment generates, conditions: (1) this device may not cause the Steering Assist’s capability, uses, and can radiate radio frequency interference, and (2) this device must never rely solely on the system. energy and, if not installed and used in accept any interference, including inter- The Steering Assist does not accordance with the instruction manual, ference that may cause undesired opera- function in all driving, traffic, may cause harmful interference to radio tion of the device. weather, and road conditions. Al- communications. Operation of this equip- ways drive safely, pay attention ment in a residential area is likely to cause to the operation of the vehicle, harmful interference in which case the and manually control your vehicle user will be required to correct the inter- appropriately.

Starting and driving 5-113 . The Steering Assist is intended Assist except in appropriate road see “How to enable/disable the Steering for use on well-developed high- and traffic conditions. Assist” (P.5-97). ways with gentle (moderate) curves. To avoid risk of an accident, do not use this system on Steering Assist operation local or non-highway roads. Steering Assist helps the driver keep the . The Steering Assist only steers vehicle near the center of the lane when the vehicle to maintain its posi- both right and left lane markers are tion in the center of a lane. The detected. Steering Assist only operates vehicle will not steer to avoid when combined with the Intelligent objects in the road in front of Cruise Control (ICC) system. For additional the vehicle or to avoid a vehicle information, see “Intelligent Cruise Con- moving into your lane. trol (ICC)” (P.5-98). . It is the driver’s responsibility to The Steering Assist can be activated stay alert, drive safely, keep the when the following conditions are met: vehicle in the traveling lane, and . The ICC system is activated. be in control of the vehicle at all . Lane markers on both sides are clearly times. Never take your hands off detected. the steering wheel when driving. . A vehicle ahead is detected (when the Always keep your hands on the vehicle is driven at speeds under 37 steering wheel and drive your MPH (60 km/h)). vehicle safely. . The driver grips the steering wheel. . Always drive carefully and atten- . The vehicle is driven at the center of tively when using the Steering the lane. Assist. Read and understand the . The turn signals are not operated. Owner’s Manual thoroughly be- . The windshield wiper is not operated fore using the Steering Assist. To in the high speed position (the Steer- avoid serious injury or death, do ing Assist function is disabled after the not rely on the system to prevent wiper operates for approximately 10 accidents or to control the vehi- seconds in the high speed position). cle’s speed in emergency situations. Do not use the Steering To enable or disable the Steering Assist, 5-114 Starting and driving 2. Steering Assist indicator When the Steering Assist is in operation, Indicates the status of the Steering the Steering Assist status indicator , the Assist by the color of the indicator Steering Assist indicator , and the lane . Steering Assist indicator (gray): marker indicator and on the vehicle Steering Assist standby information display turn green. A chime . sounds when the Steering Assist initially Steering Assist indicator (green): activates. Steering Assist active When the Steering Assist deactivates, the 3. Lane marker indicator Steering Assist status indicator , the Indicates whether the system detects Steering Assist indicator , and the lane the lane marker marker indicator and on the vehicle . Lane marker indicator (gray): Lane information display turn gray and a chime markers not detected sounds twice. . Lane marker indicator (green): Lane WAF0584X markers detected Intelligent Lane Intervention (I-LI) Example . Lane marker indicator (orange): With the Steering Assist active, when a Lane departure is detected curve or strong cross wind exceeds the Steering Assist display and indica- capabilities of the system and your vehi- 4. Lane marker indicator/speed con- tors cle approaches either the left or the right trol status indicator/set distance 1. Steering Assist status indicator/ side of the traveling lane, the I-LI system indicator warning will flash the I-LI indicator on the vehicle Displays the status of the Steering Displays the status of the Steering information display and provide steering Assist by the color of the indicator/ Assist by the color of the lane marker wheel vibration to alert the driver. The indicator. warning chime will also sound (4 rapid warning . . Steering Assist status indicator Lane marker indicator (gray): Steer- beeps). Then, the I-LI system automati- (gray): Steering Assist standby ing Assist standby cally applies the brakes for a short period . of time to help assist the driver to return . Steering Assist status indicator Lane marker indicator (green): Steering Assist active the vehicle to the center of the traveling (green): Steering Assist active lane. This action is in addition to any . For the speed control status indicator Steering Assist status indicator (or- Steering Assist actions and the warnings ange): Steering Assist malfunction and set distance indicator, see “ProPILOT Assist system display and indicators” (P.5- cannot be turned off. For more informa- 90). tion, see “Intelligent Lane Intervention (I- LI)” (P.5-52). Starting and driving 5-115 wheel, the system applies a momentary Steering Assist limitations brake application to request the driver to take control of the vehicle again. If the driver still does not respond, the WARNING system turns on the hazard flasher and slows the vehicle to a complete stop. . In the following situations, the camera may not detect lane mar- The driver can cancel the deceleration at kers correctly or may detect lane any time by steering, braking, accelerat- markers incorrectly and the ing, or operating the ProPILOT Assist Steering Assist may not operate switch. properly: — When driving on roads where WARNING there are multiple parallel lane markers, lane markers WAF0639X Steering Assist is not a system for a that are faded or not painted hands-free driving. Always keep your clearly, non-standard lane Hands on detection hands on the steering wheel and markers, or lane markers cov- When the Steering Assist is activated, it drive your vehicle safely. Failure to ered with water, dirt, snow, monitors the driver’s steering wheel op- do so could cause a collision result- etc. eration. ing in serious personal injury or — When driving on roads with If the steering wheel is not operated or death. discontinued lane markers the driver takes his/her hands off the — When driving on roads with a NOTE: steering wheel for a period of time, the widening or narrowing lane warning appears in the vehicle infor- If the driver lightly touches (instead of width mation display and the hands OFF warn- firmly grips) the steering wheel, the ing light illuminates. steering torque sensor may not detect — When driving on roads where there are multiple lanes or If the driver does not operate the steering the driver’s hand(s) on the steering unclear lane markers due to wheel after the warning has been dis- wheel and a sequence of warnings road construction played and the warning light illuminated, may occur. When the driver holds and an audible alert sounds and both the operates the steering wheel again, the — When driving on roads where warning and the warning light flash. If the warnings turn off. there are sharply contrasting driver still does not operate the steering objects, such as shadows, 5-116 Starting and driving snow, water, wheel ruts, — When the headlights are not tions (for example, tire wear, seams, or lines remaining bright due to dirt on the lens abnormal tire pressure, instal- after road repairs (the Steer- or the headlights are off in lation of a spare tire, tire ing Assist could detect these tunnels or darkness chains, non-standard wheels) items as lane markers) — When a sudden change in — When the vehicle is equipped — When driving on roads where brightness occurs (for exam- with non-original brake or the traveling lane merges or ple, when the vehicle enters or suspension parts separates exits a tunnel or is under a — When an object such as a bridge) . Do not use the Steering Assist sticker or cargo obstructs the under the following conditions — When driving on roads where camera because the system may not the traveling lane merges or — When excessively heavy bag- properly detect lane markers. separates or where there are gage is loaded in the rear seat Doing so could cause a loss of temporary lane markers be- or luggage area of your vehi- vehicle control and result in an cause of road construction cle accident. — When there is a lane closure — When the vehicle load capa- — During bad weather (rain, fog, due to road repairs snow, dust, etc.) city is exceeded — When driving on a bumpy road — When towing a trailer or other — When rain, snow, sand, etc., is surface, such as an uneven vehicle thrown up by the wheels of dirt road other vehicles . Excessive noise will interfere with — When driving on sharp curves the warning chime sound, and — When dirt, oil, ice, snow, water, or winding roads or another object adheres to the beep may not be heard. the camera unit — When driving on repeated up- . For the ProPILOT Assist system to hill and downhill roads operate properly, the windshield — When the lens of the camera . in front of the camera must be unit is foggy Do not use the Steering Assist under the following conditions clean. Replace worn wiper blades. — When strong light (for exam- because the system will not op- The correct size wiper blades ple, sunlight or high beams erate properly: must be used to help make sure from oncoming vehicles) — When driving with a tire that is the windshield is kept clean. Only shines on the camera not within normal tire condi- use Genuine NISSAN wiper blades, or equivalent wiper blades, that Starting and driving 5-117 NOTE: are specifically designed for use Action to take: on your vehicle model and model For ProPILOT Assist with Navi-link Turn the ICC system off using the CANCEL year. It is recommended that you equipped vehicles on a limited access switch. When the conditions listed above visit your NISSAN dealer for the freeway as identified in the navigation are no longer present, turn the ICC correct parts for your vehicle. map data, the Steering Assist system system on again. may continue to operate with visible lane markers on the both sides, even Steering Assist malfunction Steering Assist temporary standby when the vehicle speed is below ap- When the system malfunctions, it turns Automatic standby due to driving op- proximately 37 MPH (60 km/h) and a off automatically. The Steering Assist eration: vehicle is not detected ahead. status warning (orange) illuminates. A When the driver activates the turn signal, Steering Assist cancel chime may sound depending on the the Steering Assist is temporarily placed Under the following conditions, the Steer- situation. in a standby mode. (The Steering Assist ing Assist cancels, and the Steering Assist Action to take: restarts automatically when the operat- status indicator and the Steering Assist Stop the vehicle in a safe location, push ing conditions are met again.) indicator turn off: the park button to shift to the P (Park) Automatic standby: . When unusual lane markers appear in position, turn the engine off, restart the In the following cases, “Not Available the traveling lane or when the lane engine, resume driving, and set the ICC Front Camera Obstructed” warning mes- marker cannot be correctly detected system again. If the warning (orange) sage appears in the vehicle information for some time due to certain condi- continues to illuminate, the Steering As- display, along with the chime, and the tions (for example, a snow rut, the sist is malfunctioning. Although the vehi- Steering Assist is placed in a temporary reflection of light on a rainy day, the cle is still drivable under normal standby mode. (The Steering Assist re- presence of several unclear lane mar- conditions, have the system checked. It starts automatically when the operating kers) is recommended that you visit a NISSAN conditions are met again.) . When the windshield wiper operates dealer for this service. . When lane markers on both sides are in the high speed operation (the Steering Assist maintenance no longer detected Steering Assist is disabled when the The camera is located above the inside . wiper operates for more than approxi- When a vehicle ahead is no longer mirror. detected under approximately 37 MPH mately 10 seconds) (60 km/h) To keep the proper operation of the system and prevent a system malfunction, be sure to observe the following:

5-118 Starting and driving . Always keep the windshield clean. — In very windy areas . Do not attach a sticker (including WARNING . transparent material) or install an Doing so could cause a loss of accessory near the camera unit. . vehicle control and result in an In the conventional (fixed speed) accident. . Do not place reflective materials, such cruise control mode, a warning as white paper or a mirror, on the chime does not sound to warn instrument panel. The reflection of you if you are too close to the sunlight may adversely affect the vehicle ahead, as neither the pre- camera unit’s capability of detecting sence of the vehicle ahead nor the lane markers. the vehicle-to-vehicle distance is . Do not strike or damage the areas detected. around the camera unit. Do not touch . Pay special attention to the dis- the camera lens or remove the screw tance between your vehicle and located on the camera unit. the vehicle ahead of you or a If the camera unit is damaged due to an collision could occur. accident, it is recommended that you visit . Always confirm the setting in the a NISSAN dealer. ICC system display. For additional information, see “Common . Do not use the conventional troubleshooting guide” (P.5-40). (fixed speed) cruise control mode CONVENTIONAL (fixed speed) when driving under the following CRUISE CONTROL MODE conditions: NOTE: — When it is not possible to keep the vehicle at a set speed ProPILOT Assist provides no approach warnings, automatic braking, or Steer- — In heavy traffic or in traffic ing Assist in the conventional (fixed that varies in speed speed) cruise control mode. — On winding or hilly roads This mode allows driving at a speed between 20 to 90 MPH (30 to 144 km/h) — On slippery roads (rain, snow, without keeping your foot on the accel- ice, etc.) erator pedal.

Starting and driving 5-119 . Cruise control warning (orange): Indicates that there is a malfunction in the ICC system 2. Vehicle set speed indicator: This indicator indicates the vehicle set speed. For Canadian models, the speed is displayed in km/h.

WAF0426X JVS0301X

Conventional (fixed speed) cruise Conventional (fixed speed) cruise control switches control mode display and indica- 1. RES+ switch: tors Resumes vehicle set speed or in- The display is located in the vehicle creases speed incrementally information display. 2. SET- switch: 1. Cruise indicator: Sets desired cruise speed or reduces This indicator indicates the condition speed incrementally of the ICC system depending on a color. 3. CANCEL switch: . Cruise control ON indicator (gray): Deactivates the system without eras- Indicates that the ProPILOT Assist ing the vehicle set speed switch is on 4. ProPILOT Assist switch: . Cruise control SET indicator (green): Turns the ProPILOT Assist system on Indicates that the cruising speed is or off set 5-120 Starting and driving will turn the system completely off. When the ignition switch is placed in the OFF position, the system is also automatically turned off. To use the ICC system again, quickly push and release the ProPILOT Assist switch (vehicle-to-vehicle distance control mode) or push and hold it (conventional cruise control mode) again to turn it on.

WARNING

To avoid accidentally engaging WAF0427X cruise control, make sure to turn WAF0428X the ProPILOT Assist switch off when Operating conventional (fixed not using the ICC system. To set cruising speed, accelerate your vehicle to the desired speed, push down speed) cruise control mode the SET— switch and release it. (The To turn on the conventional (fixed speed) color of the cruise indicator changes to cruise control mode, push and hold the green and vehicle set speed indicator ProPILOT Assist switch for longer than comes on.) Take your foot off the accel- about 1.5 seconds. erator pedal. Your vehicle will maintain When pushing the ProPILOT Assist switch the set speed. on, the conventional (fixed speed) cruise . To pass another vehicle, depress the control mode display and indicators are accelerator pedal. When you release displayed in the vehicle information dis- the pedal, the vehicle will return to the play. After you hold the ProPILOT Assist previously set speed. switch on for longer than about 1.5 . The vehicle may not maintain the set seconds, the ICC system display turns speed when going up or down steep off. The cruise indicator appears. You can hills. If this happens, manually main- now set your desired cruising speed. tain vehicle speed. Pushing the ProPILOT Assist switch again Starting and driving 5-121 AUTOMATIC EMERGENCY BRAKING (AEB) WITH PEDESTRIAN DETECTION SYSTEM

To cancel the preset vehicle speed, use slows down to the desired speed. any of the following methods: 3. Push down, then quickly release the WARNING 1. Push the CANCEL switch. The vehicle SET— switch. Each time you do this, set speed indicator will turn off. the vehicle set speed will decrease by Failure to follow the warnings and 2. Tap the brake pedal. The vehicle set about 1 MPH (1 km/h). instructions for proper use of the speed indicator will turn off. To resume the preset vehicle speed, push AEB with Pedestrian Detection sys- 3. Turn the ProPILOT Assist switch off. up and release the RES+ switch. The tem could result in serious injury or Both the cruise indicator and vehicle vehicle will resume the last set cruising death. set speed indicator will turn off. speed when the vehicle speed is over 20 . The AEB with Pedestrian Detec- MPH (30 km/h). To reset at a faster cruising speed, use tion system is a supplemental aid one of the following three methods: to the driver. It is not a replacement for the driver’s attention to 1. Depress the accelerator pedal. When traffic conditions or responsibility the vehicle attains the desired speed, to drive safely. It cannot prevent push down and release the SET- accidents due to carelessness or switch. dangerous driving techniques. 2. Push up and hold the RES+ switch. . The AEB with Pedestrian Detec- When the vehicle attains the desired tion system does not function in speed, release the switch. all driving, traffic, weather and 3. Push up, then quickly release the RES+ road conditions. switch. Each time you do this, the vehicle set speed will increase by The AEB with Pedestrian Detection sys- about 1 MPH (1 km/h). tem can assist the driver when there is a To reset at a slower cruising speed, use risk of a forward collision with one of the following three methods: . a vehicle ahead in the travelling lane 1. Lightly tap the brake pedal. When the . a pedestrian ahead in the travelling vehicle attains the desired speed, lane push down the SET— switch and . a cyclist ahead in the travelling lane release it. 2. Push down and hold the SET- switch. Release the switch when the vehicle 5-122 Starting and driving WAF0644X The AEB with Pedestrian Detection system uses a radar sensor located on the front of the vehicle to measure the distance to the vehicle ahead in the same lane. For pedestrians and cyclists, the AEB system uses a camera installed behind the windshield in addition to the radar WAF0429X sensor. AEB emergency warning indicator AEB WITH PEDESTRIAN DETECTION Vehicle ahead detection indicator (on the SYSTEM OPERATION vehicle information display) AEB system OFF warning light (on the The AEB with Pedestrian Detection sys- meter panel) tem will function when your vehicle is Steering-wheel-mounted controls (left driven at speeds above approximately 3 side) MPH (5 km/h). For the pedestrian and cyclists detection Starting and driving 5-123 function, the AEB with Pedestrian Detec- erly. the brake is applied by the system, you tion system operates at speeds between NOTE: may feel the pedal effort is changed and 6 – 37 MPH (10 – 60 km/h). may hear a sound and vibration noise. The vehicle’s stop lights come on when If a risk of a forward collision is detected, This is normal and does not indicate a braking is performed by the AEB with malfunction. In addition, the braking force the AEB with Pedestrian Detection system Pedestrian Detection system. will firstly provide the warning to the can be increased by adding the pedal driver by flashing the vehicle ahead Depending on vehicle speed and distance effort. detection indicator (yellow) in the vehicle to the vehicle, pedestrian or cyclists information display and providing an ahead, as well as driving and roadway audible alert. In addition, the system conditions, the system may help the applies partial braking. driver avoid a forward collision or may help mitigate the consequences of a If the driver applies the brakes quickly and collision should one be unavoidable. forcefully after the warning, and the AEB with Pedestrian Detection system detects If the driver is handling the steering that there is still the possibility of a wheel, accelerating or braking, the AEB forward collision, the system will auto- with Pedestrian Detection system will matically increase the braking force. function later or will not function. If the driver does not take action, the AEB The automatic braking will cease under with Pedestrian Detection system issues the following conditions: the second visual (flashing) (red) and . When the steering wheel is turned as audible warning. Then the system applies far as necessary to avoid a collision. partial braking. . When the accelerator pedal is de- If the risk of a collision becomes immi- pressed. nent, the AEB with Pedestrian Detection . When there is no longer a vehicle, system applies harder braking automati- pedestrian detected ahead. cally. If the AEB with Pedestrian Detection While the AEB with Pedestrian Detection system has stopped the vehicle, the system is operating, you may hear the vehicle will remain at a standstill for sound of brake operation. This is normal approximately 2 seconds before the and indicates that the AEB with Pedes- brakes are released. trian Detection system is operating prop- When the brake pedal is depressed while

5-124 Starting and driving tion display and then push the scroll dial. Use the scroll dial to select “Driver Assistance.” Then push the scroll dial. 2. Select “Emergency Brake” and push the scroll dial. 3. Select “Front” and use the scroll dial to turn the system on or off. When the AEB with Pedestrian Detection system is turned off, the AEB system OFF warning light illuminates. NOTE: . The AEB with Pedestrian Detection system will be automatically turned ON when the engine is restarted. . The Intelligent Forward Collision Warning (I-FCW) system is integrated into the AEB system. There is not a separate selection for the I- FCW system. When the AEB with Pedestrian Detection system is turned off, the I-FCW system is also turned off. WAF0430X AEB WITH PEDESTRIAN DETECTION AEB system OFF warning light (on the TURNING THE AEB WITH PEDES- SYSTEM LIMITATIONS meter panel) TRIAN DETECTION SYSTEM ON/OFF Vehicle information display Steering-wheel-mounted controls (left Perform the following steps to turn the WARNING side) AEB with Pedestrian Detection system on or off. Listed below are the system limita- 1. Push the button until “Set- tions for the AEB with Pedestrian tings” appears in the vehicle informa- Detection system. Failure to operate Starting and driving 5-125 the vehicle in accordance with these . The AEB with Pedestrian Detec- sensor area or camera area of system limitations could result in tion system has some perfor- the windshield. serious injury or death. mance limitations. — If strong light (for example, . The AEB with Pedestrian Detec- — If a stationary vehicle is in the sunlight or high beams) en- tion system cannot detect all vehicle’s path, the system will ters the front camera or a vehicles, pedestrians or cyclists not function when the vehicle sudden change in brightness under all conditions. approaches the stationary ve- occurs (for example, entering . The AEB with Pedestrian Detec- hicle at speeds over approxi- a tunnel or driving in light- tion system does not detect the mately 50 MPH (80 km/h). ning). following: — Pedestrian and cyclist detec- — In dark or dimly lit conditions, — Pedestrians that are small (for tion will not function when the such as at night or in tunnels, example, children), in a sitting vehicle is driven at speeds including cases where your position, operating toys/ska- over approximately 37 MPH vehicle’s headlights are off or teboards, on scooters or in (60 km/h) or below approxi- dim, or the tail lights of the wheelchairs, or not in an up- mately 6 MPH (10 km/h). vehicle ahead are off. right standing or walking po- . For pedestrians, the AEB with — When the direction of the sition. Pedestrian Detection system will camera is misaligned. not issue the first warning. — Animals of any size. — When driving on a steep . — Obstacles (for example, cargo The AEB with Pedestrian Detec- downhill slope, on roads with or debris) on the roadway or tion system may not function sharp curves, and/or bumpy roadside. properly or detect a vehicle, pe- or dirt roads. destrian or cyclist ahead in the — Oncoming or crossing vehi- following conditions: — If there is interference by other radar sources. cles. — In poor visibility conditions — Vehicles where the tires are (such as rain, snow, fog, dust — When your vehicle’s position difficult to see or the shape of storms, sand storms, smoke, or movement is changed the rear of the vehicle is un- and road spray from other quickly or significantly (for clear or obstructed. vehicles). example, lane change, turning vehicle, abrupt steering, sud- — If dirt, ice, snow, fog or other — Parked vehicles. den acceleration or decelera- material is covering the radar tion). 5-126 Starting and driving — When your vehicle or the ve- the background. — Excessively heavy baggage is hicle, pedestrian or cyclist — For approximately 15 seconds loaded in the rear seat or the ahead moves quickly or sig- after starting the engine cargo area of your vehicle. nificantly such that the sys- . The system is designed to auto- tem cannot detect and react — If the vehicle ahead has a matically check the sensor (radar in time (for example, pedes- unique or unusual shape, ex- and camera)’s functionality, with- trian moving quickly toward tremely low or high clearance in certain limitations. The system the vehicle at close range, heights, or unusual cargo may not detect some forms of vehicle cutting in, changing loading or is narrow (for ex- obstruction of the sensor area lanes, making a turn, steering ample, a motorcycle). such as ice, snow or stickers, for abruptly, sudden acceleration — When the vehicle, pedestrian example. In these cases, the sys- or deceleration). or cyclist is located near a tem may not be able to warn the — When the vehicle, pedestrian traffic sign, a reflective area driver properly. Be sure that you or cyclist is offset from the (for example, water on road), check, clean and clear sensor vehicle’s forward path. or is in a shadow. areas regularly. — If the speed difference be- — When multiple pedestrians or . In some road and traffic condi- tween the two vehicles is cyclists are grouped together. tions, the AEB with Pedestrian Detection system may unexpect- small. — When the view of the pedes- edly apply partial braking. When trian or cyclist is obscured by — The pedestrian’s profile is par- acceleration is necessary, de- a vehicle or other object. tially obscured or unidentifi- press the accelerator pedal to able; for example, due to — While towing a trailer or other override the system. transporting luggage, push- vehicle. . ing a stroller, wearing bulky The AEB with Pedestrian Detec- or very loose-fitting clothing . The system performance may be tion system may operate when a or accessories, or being in a degraded in the following condi- pattern, object, shadow or lights unique posture (such as rais- tions: are detected that are similar to ing hands). — The vehicle is driven on a the outline of vehicles, pedes- slippery road. trians or cyclists, or if they are — There is poor contrast of a the same size and position as a person to the background, — The vehicle is driven on a vehicle or motorcycle’s tail lights. such as having clothing color slope. or pattern which is similar to Starting and driving 5-127 . The system may keep operating when the vehicle ahead is turning right or left. . The system may operate when your vehicle is approaching and passing a vehicle ahead. . Depending on the road shape (curved road, entrance and exit of the curve, winding road, lane regulation, under construction, etc.), the system may operate temporarily for the oncoming vehicle in front of your vehicle. WAF0785X

— pedestrians or cyclists when WARNING driving on the narrow alleys, etc. Listed below are the system limita- — pedestrians or cyclists who tions for the AEB with Pedestrian temporarily protrude into or Detection system. Failure to operate approaching the driving lane the vehicle in accordance with these to avoid the obstacles on the system limitations could result in road shoulder serious injury or death. . — objects above road (low The AEB with Pedestrian Detec- bridge, traffic sign, etc.) tion system may react to: — objects on the roadside (traf- — objects on the road surface fic sign, guardrail, pedestrian, (railroad track, grate, steel cyclist, motorcycle, vehicle, plate, etc.) etc.)

5-128 Starting and driving — objects in the parking garage (beam, pillar, etc.) — pedestrians, cyclists or motorcycles approaching the traveling lane — vehicles, pedestrians, cyclists, motorcycles or objects in adjacent lanes or close to the vehicle — oncoming pedestrians, cyclists — objects on the road (such as trees) SSD0253 . Braking distances increase on When driving on some roads, such as slippery surfaces. SYSTEM TEMPORARILY UNAVAIL- winding, hilly, curved, narrow roads, or ABLE . Excessive noise will interfere with roads which are under construction or on the warning chime sound, and a slope, the sensor may detect vehicles in Condition A the chime may not be heard. a different lane, or may temporarily not If the following conditions, the AEB sys- detect a vehicle traveling ahead. This may tem OFF warning light will flash (no cause the system to work inappropriately. message appears in the vehicle informa- The detection of vehicles may also be tion display). affected by vehicle operation (steering . Strong light is shining from the front maneuver or traveling position in the of the vehicle. lane, etc.) or vehicle condition. If this . The cabin temperature is over ap- occurs, the system may warn you by proximately 104°F (40°C) in direct sun- blinking the system indicator and light. sounding the chime unexpectedly. You . will have to manually control the proper The camera area of the windshield is distance away from the vehicle travel- misted or frozen. ing ahead. Starting and driving 5-129 . The camera unit detects it’s misalign- the engine. If the warning message con- SYSTEM MALFUNCTION ment condition. tinues to appear, have the AEB with If the AEB with Pedestrian Detection . The radar sensor picks up interference Pedestrian Detection system checked. It system malfunctions, it will be turned off from an another radar source. is recommended that you visit a NISSAN automatically, a chime will sound, the AEB Action to take: dealer for this service. system OFF warning light will (orange) will . When the above conditions no longer When driving on roads with limited illuminate and the “Malfunction” warning exist, the AEB with Pedestrian Detection road structures or buildings (for ex- message will appear in the vehicle infor- system will resume automatically. ample, long bridges, deserts, snow mation display. fields, driving next to long walls). NOTE: Action to take: Action to take: When the inside of the windshield on If the warning light (orange) comes on, camera area is misted or frozen, it will When the above conditions no longer stop the vehicle in a safe location. Turn take a period of time to remove it after exist, the AEB with Pedestrian Detection the engine off and restart the engine. If air conditioner turns on. If dirt appears system will resume automatically. the warning light continues to illuminate, on this area, it is recommended you Condition C have the AEB with Pedestrian Detection visit a NISSAN dealer. system checked. It is recommended that When the Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) you visit a NISSAN dealer for this service. Condition B system is OFF, the AEB brake will not In the following condition, the AEB system operate. In this case only visible and OFF warning light will flash and the audible warning operates. The AEB sys- “Forward Driving Aids temporarily dis- tem OFF warning light (orange) will illu- abled Front Sensor blocked” warning minate. message will appear in the vehicle infor- Action to take: mation display. When the VDC system is ON, the AEB with . The sensor area of the front of the Pedestrian Detection system will resume vehicle is covered with dirt or is automatically. obstructed Action to take: If the warning light flashes, stop the vehicle in a safe place and turn the engine off. Clean the radar cover on the front of the vehicle with a soft cloth, and restart

5-130 Starting and driving could cause failure or malfunction. that may cause undesired operation. . Do not attach metallic objects near User Manual statement according to the radar sensor area (brush guard, §15.21: etc.). This could cause failure or mal- Changes or modifications made to this function. equipment not expressly approved by . Do not place reflective materials, such Robert BOSCH GmbH may void the FCC as white paper or a mirror, on the authorization to operate this equipment. instrument panel. The reflection of sunlight may adversely affect the User Manual statement according to camera unit’s detection capability. §15.105: . Do not alter, remove or paint the front This equipment has been tested and of the vehicle near the sensor area. found to comply with the limits for a Before customizing or restoring the Class A digital device, pursuant to Part 15 sensor area, it is recommended that of the FCC Rules. These limits are de- WAF0644X you visit a NISSAN dealer. signed to provide reasonable protection against harmful interference when the SYSTEM MAINTENANCE Radio frequency statement equipment is operated in a commercial The radar sensor is located on the front For USA environment. This equipment generates, uses, and can radiate radio frequency of the vehicle. The camera is located on Type approval number: the upper side of the windshield. energy and, if not installed and used in FCC ID: NF3–FR5CPEC accordance with the instruction manual, To keep the AEB with Pedestrian Detec- may cause harmful interference to radio tion system operating properly, be sure to User Manual statement according to observe the following: §15.19: communications. Operation of this equipment in a residential area is likely to cause This device complies with Part 15 of the . Always keep the sensor area on the harmful interference in which case the FCC Rules. front of the vehicle and windshield user will be required to correct the inter- clean. Operation is subject to the following two ference at his own expense. . conditions: Do not strike or damage the areas RF Exposure Information according around the sensors (ex. bumper, wind- 1. this device may not cause harmful 2.1091/2.1093/OET bulletin 65: shield). interference, and . Do not cover or attach stickers or Radiofrequency radiation exposure infor- 2. this device must accept any interfer- mation: similar objects on the front of the ence received, including interference vehicle near the sensor area. This This equipment complies with FCC radia- Starting and driving 5-131 INTELLIGENT FORWARD COLLISION WARNING (I-FCW) tion exposure limits set forth for an uncontrolled environment. This equip- WARNING ment should be installed and operated with minimum distance of 20 cm be- Failure to follow the warnings and tween the radiator and your body. instructions for proper use of the I- The transmitter must not be co-located FCW system could result in serious or operating in conjunction with any injury or death. other antenna or transmitter. . The I-FCW system helps warn the For Canada driver before a collision but will Type approval number: not avoid a collision. It is the IC: 3387A-FR5CPEC driver’s responsibility to stay alert, drive safely and be in con- Legal warning for RF equipment: trol of the vehicle at all times. This device complies with Industry Cana- WAF0646X da licence-exempt RSS standard(s). Op- The I-FCW system can help alert the driver eration is subject to the following two when there is a sudden braking of a The I-FCW system uses a radar sensor conditions: (1) this device may not cause second vehicle traveling in front of the located on the front of the vehicle to interference, and (2) this device must vehicle ahead in the same lane. measure the distance to a second vehicle accept any interference, including inter- ahead in the same lane. ference that may cause undesired operation of the device.

5-132 Starting and driving WAF0432X

Vehicle ahead detection indicator (on the vehicle information display) Automatic Emergency Braking (AEB) system OFF warning light (on the meter panel)

Starting and driving 5-133 JVS0294X I-FCW SYSTEM OPERATION The I-FCW system operates at speeds above approximately 3 MPH (5 km/h). If there is a potential risk of a forward collision, the I-FCW system will warn the driver by blinking the vehicle ahead detection indicator, and sounding an audible alert.

5-134 Starting and driving dial. Use the scroll dial to select “Driver Assistance.” Then push the scroll dial. 2. Select “Emergency Brake” and push the scroll dial. 3. Select “Front” and use the scroll dial to turn the system on or off. When the I-FCW system is turned off, the AEB system OFF warning light (orange) illuminates. NOTE: . The I-FCW system will be automatically turned on when the engine is restarted. . The I-FCW system is integrated into the AEB system. There is not a separate selection for the I-FCW system. When the AEB system is turned off, the I-FCW system is also turned off.

WAF0430X AEB system OFF warning light (on the TURNING THE I-FCW SYSTEM ON/ meter panel) OFF Vehicle information display Steering-wheel-mounted controls (left Perform the following steps to turn the I- side) FCW system on or off. 1. Push the button until “Set- tings” appears in the vehicle information display and then push the scroll Starting and driving 5-135 JVS0295X JVS0296X Illustration A Illustration B

JVS0297X Illustration C

5-136 Starting and driving — Dirt, ice, snow or other material covering the radar sensor — Interference by other radar sources — Snow or road spray from travelling vehicles. — Driving in a tunnel — Towing a trailer . (Illustration B) When the vehicle ahead is being towed. . (Illustration C) When the distance JVS0298X to the vehicle ahead is too close, the beam of the radar sensor is Illustration D obstructed. I-FCW SYSTEM LIMITATIONS — Pedestrians, animals or obsta- . (Illustration D) When driving on a cles in the roadway steep downhill slope or roads WARNING — Oncoming vehicles with sharp curves. . — Crossing vehicles The system is designed to auto- Listed below are the system limita- matically check the sensor’s functions for the I-FCW system. Failure to . (Illustration A) The I-FCW system tionality, within certain operate the vehicle in accordance does not function when a vehicle limitations. The system may not with these system limitations could ahead is a narrow vehicle, such as detect some forms of obstruction result in serious injury or death. a motorcycle. of the sensor area such as ice, . The I-FCW system cannot detect . The radar sensor may not detect snow, stickers, for example. In all vehicles under all conditions. a vehicle ahead in the following these cases, the system may not conditions: be able to warn the driver prop- . The radar sensor does not detect erly. Be sure that you check, clean — Snow or heavy rain the following objects: and clear the sensor area regularly.

Starting and driving 5-137 . Excessive noise will interfere with the warning chime sound, and the chime may not be heard.

SSD0253

When driving on some roads, such as the vehicle traveling ahead. winding, hilly, curved, narrow roads, or SYSTEM TEMPORARILY UNAVAIL- roads which are under construction, the radar sensor may detect vehicles in a ABLE different lane, or may temporarily not Condition A detect a vehicle traveling ahead. This may cause the I-FCW system to work When the radar sensor picks up interfer- inappropriately. ence from another radar source, making it impossible to detect a vehicle ahead, The detection of vehicles may also be the I-FCW system is automatically turned affected by vehicle operation (steering off. The AEB system OFF warning light maneuver or traveling position in the (orange) will flash. lane, etc.) or vehicle condition. If this occurs, the system may warn you by Action to take: blinking the vehicle ahead detection When the above conditions no longer indicator and sounding the chime un- exist, the I-FCW system will resume auto- expectedly. You will have to manually matically. control the proper distance away from 5-138 Starting and driving Condition B SYSTEM MALFUNCTION Under the following conditions, making it If the I-FCW system malfunctions, it will be impossible to detect a vehicle ahead, the turned off automatically, a chime will I-FCW system is automatically turned off. sound, the AEB system OFF warning light The AEB system OFF warning light (or- (orange) will illuminate and the "Malfunc- ange) will flash and the “Forward Driving tion" warning message will appear in the Aids temporarily disabled Front Sensor vehicle information display. blocked” warning message will appear in Action to take: the vehicle information display. If the warning light (orange) illuminates, . When the sensor area of the front of stop the vehicle in a safe location. Turn the vehicle is covered with dirt or is the engine off and restart the engine. If obstructed the warning light continues to illuminate, Action to take: have the I-FCW system checked. It is recommended you visit a NISSAN dealer If the warning light (orange) flashes, stop WAF0646X for this service. the vehicle in a safe place, push the park button to engage the P (Park) position SYSTEM MAINTENANCE and turn the engine off. Clean the radar The radar sensor is located on the front cover on the front of the vehicle with a of the vehicle. soft cloth, and restart the engine. If the To keep the system operating properly, warning light continues to illuminate, be sure to observe the following: have the I-FCW system checked. It is . Always keep the sensor area on the recommended you visit a NISSAN dealer front of the vehicle clean. for this service. . Do not strike or damage the areas . When driving on roads with limited around the sensor. road structures or buildings (for ex- . Do not cover or attach stickers or ample, long bridges, deserts, snow similar objects on the front bumper fields, driving next to long walls) near the sensor area. This could cause Action to take: failure or malfunction. When the above conditions no longer . Do not attach metallic objects near exist, the I-FCW system will resume auto- the sensor area (brush guard, etc.). matically. This could cause failure or malfunc- Starting and driving 5-139 tion. This equipment has been tested and For Canada . Do not alter, remove or paint the front found to comply with the limits for a Type approval number: bumper. It is recommended you con- Class A digital device, pursuant to Part 15 IC: 3387A-FR5CPEC tact a NISSAN dealer before customiz- of the FCC Rules. These limits are de- ing or restoring the front bumper. signed to provide reasonable protection Legal warning for RF equipment: against harmful interference when the This device complies with Industry Cana- Radio frequency statement equipment is operated in a commercial da licence-exempt RSS standard(s). Op- For USA environment. This equipment generates, eration is subject to the following two uses, and can radiate radio frequency Type approval number: conditions: (1) this device may not cause energy and, if not installed and used in interference, and (2) this device must FCC ID: NF3–FR5CPEC accordance with the instruction manual, accept any interference, including inter- User Manual statement according to may cause harmful interference to radio ference that may cause undesired opera- §15.19: communications. Operation of this equip- tion of the device. This device complies with Part 15 of the ment in a residential area is likely to cause FCC Rules. harmful interference in which case the user will be required to correct the inter- Operation is subject to the following two ference at his own expense. conditions: RF Exposure Information according 1. this device may not cause harmful 2.1091/2.1093/OET bulletin 65: interference, and Radiofrequency radiation exposure infor- 2. this device must accept any interfer- mation: ence received, including interference that may cause undesired operation. This equipment complies with FCC radiation exposure limits set forth for an User Manual statement according to uncontrolled environment. This equip- §15.21: ment should be installed and operated Changes or modifications made to this with minimum distance of 20 cm be- equipment not expressly approved by tween the radiator and your body. Robert BOSCH GmbH may void the FCC The transmitter must not be co-located authorization to operate this equipment. or operating in conjunction with any User Manual statement according to other antenna or transmitter. §15.105:

5-140 Starting and driving INTELLIGENT DRIVER ALERTNESS (I-DA)

The I–DA system helps alert the driver if WARNING the system detects a lack of attention or driving fatigue. Failure to follow the warnings and The system monitors driving style and instructions for proper use of the I- steering behavior over a period of time, DA system could result in serious and it detects changes from the normal injury or death. pattern. If the system detects that driver attention is decreasing over a period of . The I–DA system is only a warning time, the system uses audible and visual to inform the driver of a potential warnings to suggest that the driver take a lack of driver attention or drowsi- break. ness. It will not steer the vehicle or prevent loss of control. . The I–DA system does not detect and provide an alert of the dri- WAF0641X ver’s lack of attention or fatigue Example in every situation. I-DA SYSTEM OPERATION . It is the driver’s responsibility to: If the system detects driver fatigue or that — Stay alert. driver attention is decreasing, the mes- — Drive safely. sage “Take a Break?” appears in the vehicle information display and a chime — Keep the vehicle in the travel- sounds when the vehicle is driven at ing lane. speeds above 37 MPH (60 km/h). — Be in control of the vehicle at The system continuously monitors driver all times. attention and can provide multiple warn- — Avoid driving when tired. ings per trip. The system resets and starts reassessing — Avoid distractions (texting, driving style and steering behavior when etc). the ignition switch is cycled from the ON to the OFF position and back to the ON position.

Starting and driving 5-141 Use the scroll dial to select “Driver Assistance.” Then push the scroll dial. 2. Select “Driver Attention Alert” and push the scroll dial. NOTE: The setting will be retained even if the engine is restarted. I-DA SYSTEM LIMITATIONS

WARNING

Listed below are the system limitations for the I–DA system. Failure to operate the vehicle in accordance with these system limitations could result in serious injury or death. . The I-DA system may not operate properly and may not provide an alert in the following conditions: — Poor road conditions such as WAF0412X an uneven road surface or pot holes. Steering-wheel-mounted control (left HOW TO ENABLE/DISABLE THE I-DA — Strong side wind. side) SYSTEM Vehicle information display — If you have adopted a sporty Perform the following steps to enable or driving style with higher cor- disable the I–DA system. nering speeds or higher rates 1. Push the button until “Set- of acceleration. tings” appears in the vehicle information display and push the scroll dial. 5-142 Starting and driving REAR AUTOMATIC BRAKING (RAB)

— Frequent lane changes or changes to vehicle speed. WARNING . The I–DA system will not provide an alert in the following condi- Failure to follow the warnings and tions: instructions for proper use of the RAB system could result in serious — Vehicle speeds lower than 37 injury or death. mph (60 km/h). . The RAB system is a supplemen- — Short lapses of attention. tal aid to the driver. It is not a — Instantaneous distractions replacement for proper driving such as dropping an object. procedures. Always use the side and rear mirrors and turn and SYSTEM MALFUNCTION look in the direction you will move before and while backing WAF0647X If the I–DA system malfunctions, the up. Never rely solely on the RAB Models with 4 sonar sensors “Driver Attention Alert Malfunction” warn- system. It is the driver’s respon- ing message will appear in the vehicle sibility to stay alert, drive safely, information display and the function will and be in control of the vehicle at be stopped automatically. all times. Action to take . There is a limitation to the RAB Stop the vehicle in a safe location, place system capability. The RAB sys- the vehicle in P (Park) position, turn the tem is not effective in all situa- engine off and restart the engine. If the tions. warning message continues to appear, have the system checked. It is recom- The RAB system can assist the driver mended that you visit a NISSAN dealer for when the vehicle is backing up and this service. approaching objects directly behind the vehicle.

WAF0536X Models with 6 sonar sensors Starting and driving 5-143 The RAB system detects obstacles behind the vehicle using the sonar sensors located on the rear bumper. NOTE: You can temporarily cancel the sonar function in the vehicle, but the RAB system will continue to operate. For additional information, see “Sonar system” (P.5-162) or “Rear Sonar System (RSS)” (P.5-168).

WAF0435X

RAB system warning indicator (on the vehicle information display) RAB system OFF warning light (on the meter panel) Steering-wheel-mounted controls (left side) Vehicle information display Center display (if so equipped) 5-144 Starting and driving RAB SYSTEM OPERATION When the shift lever is in the R (Reverse) position and the vehicle speed is less than approximately 9 MPH (15 km/h), the RAB system operates. If a risk of a collision with an obstacle is detected when your vehicle is backing up, the RAB system warning indicator will flash in the vehicle information display, a red frame will appear in the center display (models with the Intelligent Around View® Monitor system), and the system will chime three times. The system will then automatically apply the brakes. After the automatic brake application, the driver must depress the brake pedal to maintain brake pressure. NOTE: . The stop lights of the vehicle come on when braking is performed by the RAB system. . When the brakes operate, a noise may be heard. This is not a malfunc- WAF0436X tion. RAB system OFF warning light TURNING THE RAB SYSTEM ON/OFF Vehicle information display Perform the following steps to turn the Steering-wheel-mounted control (left RAB system ON or OFF. side) 1. Push the button until “Set- tings” appears in the vehicle information display and then push the scroll dial. Use the scroll dial to select “Driver

Starting and driving 5-145 Assistance.” Then push the scroll dial. road surface conditions, etc. Do . The RAB system may not operate 2. Select “Emergency Brake” and push not wait for the system to oper- for pedestrians or animals. the scroll dial. ate. Operate the brake pedal by . The RAB system may not operate 3. Select “Rear” and use the scroll dial to yourself as soon as necessary. for the following obstacles: . turn the system on or off. If it is necessary to override RAB — Obstacles located high off the When the RAB system is turned off, the operation, strongly press the ac- ground RAB system OFF warning light illuminates. celerator pedal. — Obstacles in a position offset . Always check your surroundings NOTE: from your vehicle and turn to check what is behind The RAB system will be automatically you before and while backing up. — Obstacles, such as spongy turned on when the engine is restarted. The RAB system detects station- materials or snow, that have RAB SYSTEM LIMITATIONS ary objects behind the vehicle. soft outer surfaces and can The RAB system does not detect easily absorb a sound wave WARNING the following objects: . The RAB system may not operate — Moving objects in the following conditions: Listed below are the system limita- — Low objects — There is rain, snow, ice, dirt, etc., attached to the sonar tions for the RAB system. Failure to — Narrow objects follow the warnings and instructions sensors. — Wedge-shaped objects for proper use of the RAB system — A loud sound is heard in the could result in serious injury or — Complex-shaped objects area around the vehicle. death. — Multiple object in close — The surface of the obstacle is . When the vehicle approaches an — Objects close to the bumper diagonal to the rear of the obstacle while the accelerator or vehicle. brake pedal is depressed, the (less than approximately 1 ft function may not operate or the [30 cm]) — The sonar sensors or the area start of the operation may be — Objects that suddenly appear around them are extremely delayed. The RAB system may hot or cold. not operate or may not perform — Thin objects such as rope, . wire, chain, etc. The RAB system may uninten- sufficiently due to vehicle condi- tionally operate in the following tions, driving conditions, the traf- conditions: fic environment, the weather, 5-146 Starting and driving — There is overgrown grass in . In the following situations, the . Turn the RAB system off in the the area around the vehicle. RAB system may not operate following conditions to prevent properly or may not function — There is a structure (e.g., a the occurrence of an unexpected sufficiently: wall, toll gate equipment, a accident resulting from sudden narrow tunnel, a parking lot — The vehicle is driven in bad system operation: gate) near the side of the weather (rain, fog, snow, etc.). — The vehicle is towed. vehicle. — The vehicle is driven on a — The vehicle is carried on a — There are bumps, protrusions, steep hill. flatbed truck. or manhole covers on the — The vehicle’s posture is chan- — The vehicle is on the chassis road surface. ged (e.g., when driving over a dynamometer. bump). — The vehicle is driving through — The vehicle drives on an un- a draped flag or a curtain. — The vehicle is driven on a even road surface. slippery road. — The vehicle is driving on a — Suspension parts other than steep hill. — The vehicle is turned sharply those designated as genuine — There is an accumulation of by turning the steering wheel parts are used. (If the vehicle snow or ice behind the vehi- fully. height or the vehicle body cle. — Snow chains are used. inclination is changed, the system may not detect an — An ultrasonic wave source, — Wheels or tires other than obstacle correctly.) such as another vehicle’s so- NISSAN recommended are . nar, is near the vehicle. used. Excessive noise (e.g., audio sys- . tem volume, an open vehicle win- Once the automatic brake control — The brakes are cold at low dow) will interfere with the chime operates, it does not operate ambient temperatures or im- sound, and it may not be heard. again if the vehicle approaches mediately after driving has the same obstacle. started. . The automatic brake control can — The braking force becomes only operate for a short period of poor due to wet brakes after time. Therefore, the driver must driving through a puddle or depress the brake pedal. washing the vehicle.

Starting and driving 5-147 SYSTEM MALFUNCTION SYSTEM MAINTENANCE If the RAB system malfunctions, it will be The sonar sensors are located on the turned off automatically, the RAB system rear bumper. Observe the following items OFF warning light will illuminate, and the to ensure proper operation of the system: “Malfunction See Owner’s Manual” warn- . Always keep the sonar sensors clean. ing message will appear in the vehicle . If the sonar sensors are dirty, wipe information display. them off with a soft cloth while being Action to take careful to not damage them. . If the warning light illuminates, park the The sonar sensors may be blocked by vehicle in a safe location, turn the engine temporary ambient conditions such off, and restart the engine. If the warning as splashing water, mist or fog. The light continues to illuminate, have the blocked condition may also be caused RAB system checked. It is recommended by objects such as ice, frost or dirt that you visit a NISSAN dealer for this WAF0647X obstructing the sonar sensors. Check service. Models with 4 sonar sensors for and remove objects obstructing the area around the sonar sensors. NOTE: . Do not subject the area around the If the RAB system cannot be operated sonar sensors to strong impact. Also, temporarily, the RAB system OFF warn- do not remove or disassemble the ing light blinks. sonar sensors. If the sonar sensors and peripheral areas are deformed in an accident, etc., have the sonar sensors checked. It is recommended that you visit a NISSAN dealer for this service. . Do not attach stickers (including transparent material), install accessories or apply additional paint on the sonar sensors and their surrounding areas. This may cause a malfunc- WAF0536X tion or improper operation. Models with 6 sonar sensors 5-148 Starting and driving BREAK-IN SCHEDULE FUEL EFFICIENT DRIVING TIPS

. When washing the vehicle using a Follow these easy-to-use Fuel Efficient high-pressure washer, do not apply CAUTION Driving Tips to help you achieve the most direct washer pressure on the sonar fuel economy from your vehicle. sensors. This may cause a malfunction 1. Use smooth accelerator and brake of the sonar sensors. During the first 1,200 miles (2,000 km), follow these recommendations pedal application. . to obtain maximum engine perfor- Avoid rapid starts and stops. mance and ensure the future relia- . Use smooth, gentle accelerator and bility and economy of your new brake application whenever possi- vehicle. Failure to follow these re- ble. commendations may result in shor- . Maintain constant speed while tened engine life and reduced engine commuting and coast whenever performance. possible. 2. Maintain constant speed. . Avoid driving for long periods at con- . Look ahead to try and anticipate stant speed, either fast or slow. Do not and minimize stops. run the engine over 4,000 rpm. . Synchronizing your speed with traf- . Do not accelerate at full throttle in any fic lights allows you to reduce your gear. number of stops. . Avoid quick starts. . Maintaining a steady speed can . Avoid hard braking as much as possi- minimize red light stops and im- ble. prove fuel efficiency. . Do not tow a trailer for the first 500 3. Use air conditioning (A/C) at higher miles (800 km). Your engine, axle or vehicle speeds. other parts could be damaged. . Below 40 MPH (64 km/h), it is more efficient to open windows to cool the vehicle due to reduced engine load. . Above 40 MPH (64 km/h), it is more efficient to use A/C to cool the vehicle due to increased aerody- namic drag.

Starting and driving 5-149 INCREASING FUEL ECONOMY

. Recirculating the cool air in the 7. Avoid idling. . Keep your engine tuned up. cabin when the A/C is on reduces . Shutting off your engine when safe . Follow the recommended scheduled cooling load. for stops exceeding 30-60 seconds maintenance. 4. Drive at economical speeds and dis- saves fuel and reduces emissions. . Keep the tires inflated to the correct tances. 8. Buy an automated pass for toll roads. pressure. Low tire pressure increases . Observing the speed limit and not . Automated passes permit drivers to tire wear and lowers fuel economy. exceeding 60 MPH (97 km/h) use special lanes to maintain cruis- . Keep the wheels in correct alignment. (where legally allowed) can improve ing speed through the toll and Improper alignment increases tire fuel efficiency due to reduced aero- avoid stopping and starting. wear and lowers fuel economy. dynamic drag. . 9. Winter warm up. Use the recommended viscosity en- . Maintaining a safe following dis- gine oil. (See “Engine oil and oil filter . Limit idling time to minimize impact tance behind other vehicles re- recommendation” (P.10-7).) duces unnecessary braking. to fuel economy. . . Safely monitoring traffic to antici- Vehicles typically need no more pate changes in speed permits than 30 seconds of idling at start- reduced braking and smooth accel- up to effectively circulate the en- eration changes. gine oil before driving. . . Select a gear range suitable to road Your vehicle will reach its ideal conditions. operating temperature more quickly while driving versus idling. 5. Use cruise control. . 10. Keeping your vehicle cool. Using cruise control during highway . driving helps maintain a steady Park your vehicle in a covered speed. parking area or in the shade when- . ever possible. Cruise control is particularly effec- . tive in providing fuel savings when When entering a hot vehicle, open- driving on flat terrains. ing the windows will help to reduce the inside temperature faster, re- 6. Plan for the shortest route. sulting in reduced demand on your . Utilize a map or navigation system A/C system. to determine the best route to save time.

5-150 Starting and driving INTELLIGENT 4X4 (if so equipped)

If any malfunction occurs in the Intelligent parts increases due to the difference in 4x4 system while the engine is running, rotation between the front and rear warning messages appear in the vehicle wheels is large (wheel slip), such as when information display. driving on rough roads, driving through sand or mud, or freeing a stuck vehicle. If this warning is displayed, stop the vehicle with the engine idling, as soon as it is safe to do so. In these cases, the AWD changes to 2WD to protect the powertrain parts. Then if the warning turns off, you can continue AWD driving. The “Tire Size Incorrect” warning may appear if there is a large difference between the diameters of front and rear wheels and tires. Pull off the road in a safe area, with the engine idling. Check that all tire sizes, brand, construction and tread pattern are the same, that the tire pressures are correct and that the tires are not excessively worn. If you have any problems, change tires or adjust tire pressures correctly. Do not select the SNOW or OFF-ROAD mode with the Drive WAF0642X Mode Selector and do not drive fast. If the “AWD Error” warning appears, If any warning message continues to be there may be a malfunction in the In- displayed, have your vehicle checked by a telligent 4x4 system. Reduce vehicle NISSAN dealer as soon as possible. speed and have your vehicle checked by a NISSAN dealer as soon as possible. The “AWD High Temp. Stop vehicle” (high temperature) warning appears when the oil temperature of the powertrain Starting and driving 5-151 WARNING CAUTION

. For AWD equipped vehicles, do . Do not operate the engine on a not attempt to raise two wheels free roller when any of the wheels off the ground and shift the raised. transmission to any drive or re- . The power train may be damaged verse position with the engine if you continue driving with the running. Doing so may result in “AWD Error” warning on. drivetrain damage or unexpected . vehicle movement which could If the warning message remains result in serious vehicle damage on after the above operation, or personal injury. have your vehicle checked as . soon as possible. It is recom- Do not attempt to test an AWD mended that you visit a NISSAN equipped vehicle on a 2–wheel dealer for this service. dynamometer (such as the dy- . namometers used by some If the “AWD Error” warning ap- states for emissions testing) or pears while driving, there may be similar equipment even if the a malfunction in the AWD system. other two wheels are raised off Reduce the vehicle speed and the ground. Make sure that you have your vehicle checked as inform the test facility personnel soon as possible. It is recom- that your vehicle is equipped with mended that you visit a NISSAN AWD before it is placed on a dealer for this service. dynamometer. Using the wrong test equipment may result in When the vehicle is in the P (Park) posi- drive train damage or unex- tion, the operation noise may be heard pected vehicle movement which from the lower part of the vehicle. This is could result in serious vehicle not a malfunction. damage or personal injury.

5-152 Starting and driving PARKING/PARKING ON HILLS

placed into P (Park). Failure to do so could cause the vehicle to move unexpectedly or roll away and result in an accident. . Make sure the shift lever cannot be moved without depressing the foot brake pedal.

1. Apply the parking brake. 2. Push the park button to shift to the P (Park) position. 3. To help prevent the vehicle from rolling into the street when parked on a SSD0488 sloping drive way, it is a good practice to turn the wheels as illustrated. . . To help avoid risk of injury or HEADED DOWNHILL WITH CURB: WARNING death through unintended opera- Turn the wheels into the curb and tion of the vehicle and/or its move the vehicle forward until the . Do not stop or park the vehicle systems, do not leave children, curb side wheel gently touches the curb. over flammable materials such as people who require the assis- . dry grass, waste paper or rags. tance of others or pets unat- HEADED UPHILL WITH CURB: They may ignite and cause a fire. tended in your vehicle. Turn the wheels away from the . Additionally, the temperature in- curb and move the vehicle back Never leave the engine running until the curb side wheel gently while the vehicle is unattended. side a closed vehicle on a warm day can quickly become high touches the curb. . Do not leave children unattended enough to cause a significant risk . HEADED UPHILL OR DOWNHILL, NO inside the vehicle. They could of injury or death to people and CURB: unknowingly activate switches pets. or controls. Unattended children Turn the wheels toward the side of . Safe parking procedures require the road so the vehicle will move could become involved in serious away from the center of the road if accidents. that both the parking brake be applied and the transmission it moves. Starting and driving 5-153 ELECTRIC POWER STEERING

4. Place the ignition switch in the OFF assist is reduced, steering wheel opera- position. WARNING tion will become heavy. If the steering wheel operation is still performed, the electric power steering may stop and the . If the engine is not running or is electric power steering warning light turned off while driving, the will illuminate. In a safe location, stop the power assist for the steering will engine and place the ignition switch in not work. Steering will be harder the OFF position. When the temperature to operate. of the electric power steering goes down, . When the electric power steering the power assist level will return to warning light illuminates with the normal. Avoid repeating such steering engine running, the power assist wheel operations that could cause the for the steering will cease opera- electric power steering to overheat. tion. You will still have control of You may hear a noise when the steering the vehicle but the steering will wheel is operated quickly. However, this is be harder to operate. not a malfunction. The electric power steering is designed to If the electric power steering warning provide power assist while driving to light illuminates while the engine is run- operate the steering wheel with light ning, it may indicate the electric power force. steering is not functioning properly and may need servicing. Have the electric When SPORT mode is selected, the steer- power steering checked. It is recom- ing wheel effort is moderately increased mended that you visit a NISSAN dealer for a sporty feel. (See “SPORT mode” (P.5- for this service. (See “Electric power steer- 34).) ing warning light” (P.2-17).) When the steering wheel is operated When the electric power steering warning repeatedly or continuously while parking light illuminates with the engine running, or driving at a very low speed, the power the power assist for the steering will assist for the steering wheel will be cease operation. You will still have control reduced. This is to prevent overheating of the vehicle. However, greater steering of the electric power steering and protect effort is needed, especially in sharp turns it from getting damaged. While the power and at low speeds. 5-154 Starting and driving BRAKE SYSTEM

BRAKING PRECAUTIONS Parking brake break-in The brake system has two separate WARNING Break in the parking brake pads when- hydraulic circuits. If one circuit malfunc- ever the stopping effect of the parking tions, you will still have braking at two . While driving on a slippery sur- brake is weakened or whenever the wheels. face, be careful when braking, parking brake pads and/or calipers/ro- accelerating or downshifting. tors are replaced, in order to assure the Vacuum assisted brakes Abrupt braking or accelerating best braking performance. The brake booster aids braking by using could cause the wheels to skid This procedure is described in the vehicle engine vacuum. If the engine stops, you and result in an accident. service manual. It is recommended you can stop the vehicle by depressing the . If the engine is not running or is visit a NISSAN dealer for this service. brake pedal. However, greater foot pres- turned off while driving, the sure on the brake pedal will be required to power assist for the brakes will stop the vehicle and the stopping dis- not work. Braking will be harder. tance will be longer. Using the brakes Wet brakes Avoid resting your foot on the brake When the vehicle is washed or driven pedal while driving. This will cause over- through water, the brakes may get wet. heating of the brakes, wearing out the As a result, your braking distance will be brake pads faster and reduce gas mile- longer and the vehicle may pull to one age. side during braking. To help reduce brake wear and to prevent To dry brakes, drive the vehicle at a safe the brakes from overheating, reduce speed while lightly tapping the brake speed and downshift to a lower gear pedal to heat-up the brakes. Do this until before going down a slope or long grade. the brakes return to normal. Avoid driving Overheated brakes may reduce braking the vehicle at high speeds until the brakes performance and could result in loss of function correctly. vehicle control.

Starting and driving 5-155 BRAKE ASSIST

BRAKE ASSIST faces even with ABS. Stopping venting each wheel from locking, the When the force applied to the brake pedal distances may also be longer on system helps the driver maintain steering exceeds a certain level, the Brake Assist is rough, gravel or snow covered control and helps to minimize swerving activated generating greater braking roads, or if you are using tire and spinning on slippery surfaces. force than a conventional brake booster chains. Always maintain a safe Using the system even with light pedal force. distance from the vehicle in front of you. Ultimately, the driver is Depress the brake pedal and hold it down. responsible for safety. Depress the brake pedal with firm steady pressure, but do not pump the brakes. WARNING . Tire type and condition may also The ABS will operate to prevent the affect braking effectiveness. The Brake Assist is only an aid to wheels from locking up. Steer the vehicle assist braking operation and is not a — When replacing tires, install to avoid obstacles. collision warning or avoidance de- the specified size of tires on all four wheels. vice. It is the driver’s responsibility to WARNING stay alert, drive safely and be in — When installing a spare tire, control of the vehicle at all times. make sure that it is the proper Do not pump the brake pedal. Doing size and type as specified on so may result in increased stopping the Tire and Loading Informa- ANTI-LOCK BRAKING SYSTEM (ABS) distances. tion label. See “Tire and Load- ing Information label” (P.10- WARNING 13) of this manual. Self-test feature — For detailed information, see . The ABS includes electronic sensors, elec- The Anti-lock Braking System “Wheels and tires” (P.8-31) of tric pumps, hydraulic solenoids and a (ABS) is a sophisticated device, this manual. computer. The computer has a built-in but it cannot prevent accidents diagnostic feature that tests the system resulting from careless or dan- The Anti-lock Braking System (ABS) con- each time you start the engine and move gerous driving techniques. It can the vehicle at a low speed in forward or help maintain vehicle control dur- trols the brakes so the wheels do not lock during hard braking or when braking on reverse. When the self-test occurs, you ing braking on slippery surfaces. may hear a “clunk” noise and/or feel a Remember that stopping dis- slippery surfaces. The system detects the rotation speed at each wheel and varies pulsation in the brake pedal. This is tances on slippery surfaces will normal and does not indicate a malfunc- be longer than on normal sur- the brake fluid pressure to prevent each wheel from locking and sliding. By pre- tion. If the computer senses a malfunc- 5-156 Starting and driving VEHICLE DYNAMIC CONTROL (VDC) SYSTEM tion, it switches the ABS off and illumi- The Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) sys- . The road may be slippery or the nates the ABS warning light on the tem uses various sensors to monitor system may determine some action instrument panel. The brake system then driver inputs and vehicle motion. Under is required to help keep the vehicle on operates normally, but without anti-lock certain driving conditions, the VDC sys- the steered path. assistance. tem helps to perform the following func- . You may feel a pulsation in the brake If the ABS warning light illuminates during tions. pedal and hear a noise or vibration the self-test or while driving, have the . Controls brake pressure to reduce from under the hood. This is normal vehicle checked. It is recommended you wheel slip on one slipping drive wheel and indicates that the VDC system is visit a NISSAN dealer for this service. so power is transferred to a non working properly. slipping drive wheel on the same axle. . Adjust your speed and driving to the Normal operation . Controls brake pressure and engine road conditions. The ABS operates at speeds above 3 to 6 output to reduce drive wheel slip If a malfunction occurs in the system, the MPH (5 to 10 km/h). The speed varies based on vehicle speed (traction con- slip indicator light illuminates in the according to road conditions. trol function). instrument panel. The VDC system auto- When the ABS senses that one or more . Controls brake pressure at individual matically turns off. wheels are close to locking up, the wheels and engine output to help the The vehicle information display is used to actuator rapidly applies and releases driver maintain control of the vehicle turn off the VDC system. The VDC off hydraulic pressure. This action is similar in the following conditions: indicator illuminates to indicate the to pumping the brakes very quickly. You — understeer (vehicle tends to not VDC system is off. When the VDC system may feel a pulsation in the brake pedal follow the steered path despite is turned off, the VDC system still oper- and hear a noise from under the hood or increased steering input) ates to prevent one drive wheel from feel a vibration from the actuator when it — oversteer (vehicle tends to spin due slipping by transferring power to a non is operating. This is normal and indicates to certain road or driving condi- slipping drive wheel. The slip indicator that the ABS is operating properly. How- tions). light flashes if this occurs. All other ever, the pulsation may indicate that road The VDC system can help the driver to VDC functions are off, and the slip in- conditions are hazardous and extra care maintain control of the vehicle, but it dicator light will not flash. The VDC is required while driving. cannot prevent loss of vehicle control in system is automatically reset to on when all driving situations. the ignition switch is placed in the off position then back to the on position. When the VDC system operates, the slip indicator light in the instrument panel See “Slip indicator light” (P.2-20) and flashes so note the following: “Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) off indicator light” (P.2-20). Starting and driving 5-157 The computer has a built-in diagnostic may illuminate. . The VDC system is not a substi- feature that tests the system each time . If brake related parts such as tute for winter tires or tire chains you start the engine and move the vehicle on a snow covered road. forward or in reverse at a slow speed. brake pads, rotors and calipers When the self-test occurs, you may hear a are not NISSAN recommended or “clunk” noise and/or feel a pulsation in the are extremely deteriorated, the HOW TO TURN OFF THE VDC SYS- brake pedal. This is normal and is not an VDC system may not operate TEM indication of a malfunction. properly and the slip indicator The vehicle should be driven with the light may illuminate. Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) system ON . If engine control related parts are WARNING for most driving conditions. not NISSAN recommended or are When the vehicle is stuck in mud or snow, extremely deteriorated, the slip . the VDC system reduces the engine out- The VDC system is designed to indicator light may illuminate. put to reduce wheel spin. The engine help improve driving stability but . When driving on extremely in- speed will be reduced even if the accel- does not prevent accidents due clined surfaces such as higher erator is depressed to the floor. If max- to abrupt steering operation at banked corners, the VDC system imum engine power is needed to free a high speeds or by careless or may not operate properly and the stuck vehicle, turn the VDC system off. dangerous driving techniques. slip indicator light may illu- Reduce vehicle speed and be minate. Do not drive on these especially careful when driving types of roads. and cornering on slippery sur- . faces and always drive carefully. When driving on an unstable surface such as a turntable, ferry, . Do not modify the vehicle’s sus- elevator or ramp, the slip indica- pension. If suspension parts such tor light may illuminate. This as shock absorbers, struts, is not a malfunction. Restart the springs, stabilizer bars, bushings engine after driving onto a stable and wheels are not NISSAN re- surface. commended for your vehicle or . are extremely deteriorated, the If wheels or tires other than the VDC system may not operate NISSAN recommended ones are properly. This could adversely used, the VDC system may not affect vehicle handling perfor- operate properly and the slip mance, and the slip indicator light indicator light may illuminate. 5-158 Starting and driving BRAKE FORCE DISTRIBUTION . If brake related parts such as During braking while driving through brake pads, rotors and calipers turns, the system optimizes the distribu- are not NISSAN recommended or tion of force to each of the four wheels are extremely deteriorated, the depending on the radius of the turn. VDC system may not operate properly and both the and indicator lights may illumi- WARNING nate. . If engine control related parts are . The VDC system is designed to not NISSAN recommended or are help the driver maintain stability extremely deteriorated, both the but does not prevent accidents and indicator lights may due to abrupt steering operation illuminate. at high speeds or by careless or . WAF0521X dangerous driving techniques. When driving on extremely inclined surfaces such as higher Example Reduce vehicle speed and be especially careful when driving banked corners, the VDC system To turn off the VDC system, perform the may not operate properly and the following steps in the vehicle information and cornering on slippery surfaces and always drive carefully. indicator light may flash or display. both the and indicator 1. Push the button on the . Do not modify the vehicle’s sus- lights may illuminate. Do not steering wheel until “Settings” appears pension. If suspension parts such drive on these types of roads. and then push the job dial. as shock absorbers, struts, . springs, stabilizer bars, bushings When driving on an unstable sur- 2. Use the scroll dial to select “VDC and wheels are not NISSAN re- face such as a turntable, ferry, Setting” and then push it. commended for your vehicle or elevator or ramp, the indica- 3. Select “System” and push the scroll are extremely deteriorated, the tor light may flash or both the dial. The indicator light will illumi- VDC system may not operate and indicator lights may illu- nate. properly. This could adversely minate. This is not a malfunction. Restart the engine after driving Turn “VDC Setting” back on in the vehicle affect vehicle handling perfor- onto a stable surface. information display or restart the engine mance, and the indicator light to turn on the VDC system. may flash or both the and . If wheels or tires other than the indicator lights may illuminate. NISSAN recommended ones are

Starting and driving 5-159 CHASSIS CONTROL

The chassis control includes the following used, the VDC system may not functions: operate properly and the WARNING indicator light may flash or both . Intelligent Trace Control the and indicator lights . Active Ride Control Intelligent Trace Control may not be may illuminate. INTELLIGENT TRACE CONTROL effective depending on the driving condition. Always drive carefully and . The VDC system is not a substi- This system senses driving based on the attentively. tute for winter tires or tire chains driver’s steering and acceleration/braking on a snow covered road. patterns, and controls brake pressure at individual wheels to aid tracing at corners When Intelligent Trace Control is operat- and promote smooth vehicle response. ing, you may feel a pulsation in the brake pedal and hear a noise. This is normal and The amount of brake control is changed indicates that Intelligent Trace Control is based on the drive mode selector. When operating properly. You may also feel the VDC system is turned off, Intelligent deceleration when Intelligent Trace Con- Trace Control is also turned off. trol is operating. However, this is not a When Intelligent Trace Control is not malfunction. functioning properly, the master warning light illuminates, and the warning mes- ACTIVE RIDE CONTROL sage “Chassis Control System Error” will This system senses upper body motion also appear in the vehicle information and controls four wheel brake pressure. display. This will enhance ride comfort in an effort If the chassis control warning message to restrain uncomfortable upper body appears in the vehicle information dis- movement when passing over undulated play, it may indicate that Intelligent Trace road surfaces. When the VDC system is Control is not functioning properly. Have turned off, Active Ride Control is also the system checked as soon as possible. turned off. It is recommended that you visit a NISSAN If the chassis control warning message dealer for this service. (See “Vehicle in- appears in the vehicle information dis- formation display warnings and indica- play, it may indicate that Active Ride tors” (P.2-34).) Control is not functioning properly. Have the system checked as soon as possible. It is recommended that you visit a NISSAN

5-160 Starting and driving HILL START ASSIST SYSTEM dealer for this service. so may result in a collision or WARNING serious personal injury. WARNING . Never rely solely on the hill start The hill start assist system automatically Active Ride Control may not be ef- assist system to prevent the ve- keeps the brakes applied to help prevent fective depending on the driving hicle from moving backward on a the vehicle from rolling backwards in the condition. Always drive carefully hill. Always drive carefully and time it takes the driver to release the and attentively. attentively. Depress the brake brake pedal and apply the accelerator pedal when the vehicle is stopped when the vehicle is stopped on a hill. on a steep hill. Be especially care- When Active Ride Control is operating, The hill start assist system will operate ful when stopped on a hill on automatically under the following condi- you may feel a pulsation in the brake frozen or muddy roads. Failure pedal and hear a noise. This is normal and tions: to prevent the vehicle from rolling . indicates that Active Ride Control is backwards may result in a loss of The transmission is shifted to a for- operating properly. You may also feel control of the vehicle and possi- ward or reverse gear. deceleration when Active Ride Control is ble serious injury or death. . The vehicle is stopped completely on a operating. However, this is not a malfunc- . hill by applying the brake. tion. The hill start assist system is not designed to hold the vehicle at a The maximum holding time is 2 seconds. standstill on a hill. Depress the After 2 seconds the vehicle will begin to brake pedal when the vehicle is roll back and the hill start assist system stopped on a steep hill. Failure to will stop operating completely. do so may cause the vehicle to The hill start assist system will not roll backwards and may result in operate when the transmission is shifted a collision or serious personal to the N (Neutral) or P (Park) position or injury. on a flat and level road. . The hill start assist system may When the slip indicator light illuminates in not prevent the vehicle from roll- the meter, the hill start assist system will ing backwards on a hill under all not operate. (See “Slip indicator light” (P.2- load or road conditions. Always 20).) be prepared to depress the brake pedal to prevent the vehicle from rolling backwards. Failure to do Starting and driving 5-161 SONAR SYSTEM (if so equipped)

affect the function of the system; this may include reduced performance or a false activation. . The sonar system is designed as an aid to the driver in detecting large stationary objects to help avoid damaging the vehicle. . The sonar system is not designed to prevent contact with small or moving objects. Always move slowly. The system will not detect small objects below the bumper/ vehicle side, and may not detect objects close to the bumper/ve- WAF0648X hicle side or on the ground. Example . The sonar system may not detect The sonar system sounds a tone to . inform the driver of obstacles around The driver is always responsible the following objects: fluffy ob- the vehicle using the sonar sensors for safety during parking and jects such as snow, cloth, cotton, located in the front and rear bumpers. other maneuvers. Always look glass-wool, etc.; thin objects such around and check that it is safe as rope, wire and chain, etc.; or When the sonar system is turned on, the to do so before parking. wedge-shaped objects. sonar view will automatically appear in . the vehicle information display. Read and understand the limitations of the sonar system as If your vehicle sustains damage to the contained in this section. The bumper fascia, leaving it misaligned or WARNING colors of the sonar indicator in- bent, the sensing zone may be altered dicates different distances to the causing inaccurate measurement of obstacles or false alarms. . The sonar system is a conveni- object. ence but it is not a substitute for . Inclement weather or ultrasonic proper parking. sources such as an automatic car wash, a truck’s compressed-air brakes or a pneumatic drill may 5-162 Starting and driving For models with side sonar sensors: CAUTION The system informs with a visual and audible alert of obstacles in the traveling . Excessive noise (such as audio direction, when the sensor detects them system volume or an open vehi- within its detection range. cle window) will interfere with the The system informs with a visual and tone and it may not be heard. audible alert of potential obstacles near . Keep the sonar sensors (located the side of the vehicle. The driver will only on the bumper fascia) free from be notified of side obstacles located out snow, ice and large accumula- of detection range of the front and rear tions of dirt. Do not clean the sonar sensors if they were previously sensors with sharp objects. If the detected as the vehicle traveled towards sensors are covered, the accuracy them. of the sonar function will be WAF0538X How the system alert of obstacles: diminished. The system is deactivated at speeds Center sonar sensors above 6 MPH (10 km/h). It is reactivated Corner sonar sensors at lower speeds. Side sonar sensors (if so equipped) The intermittent tone will stop after SYSTEM OPERATION several seconds when the obstacle is For models without side sonar sensors: identified only with the center sensor. The tone will stop when the obstacle gets The system informs with a visual and away from the vehicle. audible alert of: When the object is detected, the indicator . front obstacles when the shift lever is (green) appears and blinks and the tone in the D (Drive) position . sounds intermittently. When the vehicle front and rear obstacles when the moves closer to the object, the color of shift lever is in the R (Reverse) position the indicator turns yellow and the rate of the blinking increases. When the vehicle is very close to the object, the indicator stops blinking and turns red, and the tone sounds continuously.

Starting and driving 5-163 WAF0523X WAF0524X Example Example When the vehicle moves closer to an The sonar indicator also appears on the obstacle, the sonar indicator (detected camera view of the center display. area) appears in the vehicle information display.

5-164 Starting and driving sonar system function. 1. Push the button until “Set- tings” appears in the vehicle information display and then push the scroll dial. Use the scroll dial to select “Driver Assistance.” Then push the scroll dial. 2. Select “Parking Aids” and push the scroll dial. 3. Use the scroll dial to navigate in the menu and select or change an item: . Moving Object — Turns ON/OFF the Moving Object Detection (MOD) (See “Moving Ob- ject Detection (MOD)” (P.4-21).) . Auto Show Sonar — Shows the sonar display in the vehicle information display when the sonar activates . Front — Turns ON/OFF the front sonar sensors . Rear WAF0412X — Turns ON/OFF the rear sonar Steering-wheel-mounted control (left HOW TO ENABLE/DISABLE THE SO- sensors side) NAR SYSTEM . Side (if so equipped) Vehicle information display The system is automatically activated — Turns ON/OFF the side sonar when the ignition switch is in the ON sensors position and the shift lever is in the D . Distance (Drive) or R (Reverse) position. — Changes the sonar sensor’s de- Perform the following steps to set up the tection distance to “Long,” “Med- Starting and driving 5-165 ium” or “Short” . The sonar system is not designed — When a loud sound is heard in . Volume to prevent contact with small or the area around the vehicle. — Changes the volume of the tone moving objects. Always move — When the surface of the ob- sound to “High,” “Medium” or “Low” slowly. The system will not detect stacle is diagonal to the front small objects below the bumper SONAR SYSTEM LIMITATIONS or rear of the vehicle. or on the ground. . The sonar system may not detect — When a sonar sensor or the WARNING the following objects: fluffy ob- area around the sensor is jects such as snow, cloth, cotton, extremely hot or cold. Listed below are the system limita- glass-wool, etc.; thin objects such . The sonar system may uninten- tions for the sonar system. Failure to as rope, wire and chain, etc.; or tionally operate in the following operate the vehicle in accordance wedge-shaped objects; complex- conditions: with these system limitations could shaped objects or multiple ob- — When there is overgrown result in serious injury or death. jects in close. grass in the area around the . Read and understand the limita- . The sonar system may not detect vehicle. objects at speed above 3 MPH (5 tions of the sonar system as — When there is a structure (for km/h) and may not detect certain contained in this section. Incle- example, a wall, a toll gate angular or moving objects. ment weather may affect the equipment, a narrow tunnel or function of the sonar system; this . The sonar system may not detect a parking lot gate) near the may include reduced perfor- the following objects: side of the vehicle. mance or a false activation. — Pedestrians who approach . — When there are bumps, pro- The sonar system is deactivated the vehicle from the side trusions or manhole covers on at speeds above 6 MPH (10 km/h). — Objects placed next to the the road surface. It is reactivated at lower speeds. vehicle . Inclement weather or ultrasonic — When the vehicle drives . sources such as an automatic car The sonar system may not oper- through a draped flag or a wash, a truck’s compressed-air ate in the following conditions: curtain. brakes or a pneumatic drill may — When rain, snow, ice, dirt, etc. — When there is an accumula- affect the function of the sonar adheres to the sonar sensor. tion of snow or ice behind the system; this may include reduced vehicle. performance or a false activation. 5-166 Starting and driving — When driving on a steep hill. careful to not damage them. . The sonar sensors may be blocked by temporary ambient conditions such SYSTEM TEMPORARILY UNAVAIL- as splashing water, mist or fog. The ABLE blocked condition may also be caused When sonar blockage is detected, the by objects such as ice, frost or dirt system will be deactivated automatically. obstructing the sonar sensors. Check The system is not available until the for and remove objects obstructing conditions no longer exist. the area around the sonar sensors. . Do not subject the area around the The sonar sensors may be blocked by sonar sensors to strong impact. Also, temporary ambient conditions such as do not remove or disassemble the splashing water, mist or fog. The blocked sonar sensors. If the sonar sensors condition may also be caused by objects and peripheral areas are deformed in such as ice, frost or dirt obstructing the an accident, etc., have the sonar sonar sensors. sensors checked. It is recommended Action to take: that you visit a NISSAN dealer for this When the above conditions no longer service. exist, the system will resume automati- . Do not attach stickers (including cally. transparent material), install accessories or apply additional paint on the sonar sensors and their surrounding areas. This may cause a malfunc- WAF0649X tion or improper operation. . SYSTEM MAINTENANCE When washing the vehicle using a high-pressure washer, do not apply The sonar sensors and are located direct washer pressure on the sonar on the front and rear bumpers. sensors. This may cause a malfunction . Always keep the area near the sonar of the sonar sensors. sensors clean. . If the sonar sensors are dirty, wipe them off with a soft cloth while being

Starting and driving 5-167 REAR SONAR SYSTEM (RSS) (if so equipped)

to do so before parking. If your vehicle sustains damage to the bumper fascia, leaving it misaligned or . Read and understand the limita- bent, the sensing zone may be altered tions of the RSS as contained in causing inaccurate measurement of ob- this section. The colors of the stacles or false alarms. sonar indicator indicates different distances to the object. . Inclement weather or ultrasonic CAUTION sources such as an automatic car wash, a truck’s compressed-air . Excessive noise (such as audio brakes or a pneumatic drill may system volume or an open vehi- affect the function of the system; cle window) will interfere with the this may include reduced perfor- tone and it may not be heard. mance or a false activation. . Keep the sonar sensors (located WAF0072X . The RSS is designed as an aid to on the rear bumper fascia) free the driver in detecting large sta- from snow, ice and large accu- The RSS sounds a tone to inform the tionary objects to help avoid da- mulations of dirt. Do not clean the driver of obstacles near the rear bumper. maging the vehicle. sensors with sharp objects. If the When the RSS is turned on, the sonar view . The RSS is not designed to pre- sensors are covered, the accuracy will automatically appear in the vehicle vent contact with small or mov- of the sonar function will be information display. ing objects. Always move slowly. diminished. The system will not detect small WARNING objects below the bumper, and SYSTEM OPERATION may not detect objects close to The system informs with a visual and the bumper or on the ground. . The RSS is a convenience but it is audible alert of rear obstacles when the . not a substitute for proper park- The RSS may not detect the shift lever is in the R (Reverse) position. ing. following objects: fluffy objects The system is deactivated at speeds such as snow, cloth, cotton, . The driver is always responsible above 6 MPH (10 km/h). It is reactivated glass-wool, etc.; thin objects such at lower speeds. for safety during parking and as rope, wire and chain, etc.; or other maneuvers. Always look wedge-shaped objects. The intermittent tone will stop after around and check that it is safe several seconds when an obstacle is

5-168 Starting and driving identified only with the corner sensor. The tone will stop when the obstacle gets away from the vehicle. When the object is detected, the indicator (green) appears and blinks and the tone sounds intermittently. When the vehicle moves closer to the object, the color of the indicator turns yellow and the rate of the blinking increases. When the vehicle is very close to the object, the indicator stops blinking and turns red, and the tone sounds continuously.

WAF0431X WAF0434X Example Example When the rear of the vehicle moves closer The sonar indicator also appears on the to an obstacle, the sonar indicator ap- camera view of the center display. pears in the vehicle information display.

Starting and driving 5-169 Assistance.” Then push the scroll dial. 2. Select “Parking Aids” and push the scroll dial. 3. Use the scroll dial to navigate in the menu and select or change an item: . Moving Object (if so equipped) — Turns ON/OFF the Moving Object Detection (MOD) (See “Moving Ob- ject Detection (MOD)” (P.4-21).) . Auto Show Sonar — Shows the sonar display in the vehicle information display when the RSS activates . Rear — Turns ON/OFF the RSS . Distance — Changes the RSS sensor’s detection distance to “Long,” “Medium” or “Short” . Volume — Changes the volume of the tone WAF0412X sound to “High,” “Medium” or “Low” RSS LIMITATIONS Steering-wheel-mounted control (left (Reverse) position. side) Perform the following steps to set up the Vehicle information display RSS function: WARNING HOW TO ENABLE/DISABLE THE RSS 1. Push the button until “Set- The system is automatically activated tings” appears in the vehicle informa- Listed below are the system limita- when the ignition switch is in the ON tion display and then push the scroll tions for the RSS. Failure to operate position and the shift lever is in the R dial. Use the scroll dial to select “Driver the vehicle in accordance with these

5-170 Starting and driving system limitations could result in jects in close. — When there is an accumula- serious injury or death. . The RSS may not detect objects tion of snow or ice behind the . Read and understand the limita- at speed above 3 MPH (5 km/h) vehicle. tions of the RSS as contained in and may not detect certain angu- — When driving on a steep hill. this section. Inclement weather lar or moving objects. may affect the function of the . The RSS may not operate in the SYSTEM TEMPORARILY UNAVAIL- RSS; this may include reduced following conditions: performance or a false activation. ABLE — When rain, snow, ice, dirt, etc. When sonar blockage is detected, the . The system is deactivated at adheres to the sonar sensor. speeds above 6 MPH (10 km/h). system will be deactivated automatically. It is reactivated at lower speeds. — When a loud sound is heard in The system is not available until the the area around the vehicle. . Inclement weather or ultrasonic conditions no longer exist. sources such as an automatic car — When the surface of the ob- The sonar sensors may be blocked by wash, a truck’s compressed-air stacle is diagonal to the rear temporary ambient conditions such as brakes or a pneumatic drill may of the vehicle. splashing water, mist or fog. The blocked affect the function of the RSS; — When a sonar sensor or the condition may also be caused by objects this may include reduced perfor- area around the sensor is such as ice, frost or dirt obstructing the mance or a false activation. extremely hot or cold. sonar sensors. . Action to take: The RSS is not designed to pre- . The RSS may unintentionally op- vent contact with small or mov- erate in the following conditions: When the above conditions no longer ing objects. Always move slowly. exist, the system will resume automati- — When there is overgrown The system will not detect small cally. objects below the bumper or on grass in the area around the the ground. vehicle. . The RSS may not detect the — When there are bumps, pro- following objects: fluffy objects trusions or manhole covers on such as snow, cloth, cotton, the road surface. glass-wool, etc.; thin objects such — When the vehicle drives as rope, wire and chain, etc.; or through a draped flag or a wedge-shaped objects; complex- curtain. shaped objects or multiple ob- Starting and driving 5-171 COLD WEATHER DRIVING

. Do not subject the area around the FREEING A FROZEN DOOR LOCK sonar sensors to strong impact. Also, To prevent a door lock from freezing, do not remove or disassemble the apply deicer through the key hole. If the sonar sensors. If the sonar sensors lock becomes frozen, heat the key before and peripheral areas are deformed in inserting it into the key hole, or use the an accident, etc., have the sonar Intelligent Key system. sensors checked. It is recommended that you visit a NISSAN dealer for this ANTI-FREEZE service. In the winter when it is anticipated that . Do not attach stickers (including the outside temperature will drop below transparent material), install acces- 32°F (0°C), check the anti-freeze to assure sories or apply additional paint on proper winter protection. For additional the sonar sensors and their surround- information, see “Engine cooling system” ing areas. This may cause a malfunc- (P.8-4) or “Intercooler cooling system” WAF0647X tion or improper operation. (P.8-6). . When washing the vehicle using a BATTERY SYSTEM MAINTENANCE high-pressure washer, do not apply If the battery is not fully charged during The sonar sensors are located on the direct washer pressure on the sonar extremely cold weather conditions, the rear bumper. sensors. This may cause a malfunction battery fluid may freeze and damage the . Always keep the area near the sonar of the sonar sensors. battery. To maintain maximum efficiency, sensors clean. the battery should be checked regularly. . If the sonar sensors are dirty, wipe For additional information, see “Battery” them off with a soft cloth while being (P.8-15). careful to not damage them. DRAINING OF COOLANT WATER . The sonar sensors may be blocked by If the vehicle is to be left outside without temporary ambient conditions such anti-freeze, drain the cooling system, as splashing water, mist or fog. The including the engine block. Refill before blocked condition may also be caused operating the vehicle. For details, see by objects such as ice, frost or dirt “Engine cooling system” (P.8-4). obstructing the sonar sensors. Check for and remove objects obstructing the area around the sonar sensors. 5-172 Starting and driving TIRE EQUIPMENT All-Wheel Drive (AWD) model . Whatever the condition, drive SUMMER tires have a tread designed to If you install snow tires, they must also be with caution. Accelerate and slow provide superior performance on dry the same size, brand, construction and down with care. If accelerating or pavement. However, the performance of tread pattern on all four wheels. downshifting too fast, the drive these tires will be substantially reduced in SPECIAL WINTER EQUIPMENT wheels will lose even more trac- snowy and icy conditions. If you operate tion. It is recommended that the following your vehicle on snowy or icy roads, . Allow more stopping distance items be carried in the vehicle during NISSAN recommends the use of MUD & under these conditions. Braking winter: SNOW or ALL SEASON tires on all four should be started sooner than on wheels. It is recommended you consult a . A scraper and stiff-bristled brush to dry pavement. NISSAN dealer for the tire type, size, speed remove ice and snow from the win- . Allow greater following distances rating and availability information. dows and wiper blades. on slippery roads. For additional traction on icy roads, . A sturdy, flat board to be placed under . Watch for slippery spots (glare studded tires may be used. However, the jack to give it firm support. ice). These may appear on an some U.S. states and Canadian provinces . A shovel to dig the vehicle out of otherwise clear road in shaded prohibit their use. Check local, state and snow-drifts. areas. If a patch of ice is seen provincial laws before installing studded . Extra window washer fluid to refill the ahead, brake before reaching it. tires. reservoir tank. Try not to brake while on the ice, Skid and traction capabilities of DRIVING ON SNOW OR ICE and avoid any sudden steering studded snow tires, on wet or dry maneuvers. surfaces, may be poorer than that of . Do not use cruise control on non-studded snow tires. WARNING slippery roads. Tire chains may be used. For details, see . Snow can trap dangerous ex- “Tire chains” (P.8-38) of this manual. . Wet ice (32°F, 0°C and freezing rain), very cold snow or ice can be haust gases under your vehicle. slick and very hard to drive on. Keep snow clear of the exhaust The vehicle will have much less pipe and from around your vehi- traction or “grip” under these cle. conditions. Try to avoid driving on wet ice until the road is salted or sanded.

Starting and driving 5-173 ACTIVE NOISE CANCELLATION (if so equipped)/ACTIVE SOUND ENHANCEMENT (if so equipped) ACTIVE NOISE CANCELLATION The active noise cancellation uses microphones located inside the vehicle to detect engine booming noises. The system then automatically produces a mu- ted engine booming noise through the speakers and woofer to reduce engine booming noise. If the microphones or the area around it is tapped, abnormal noise may be output from the speaker. ACTIVE SOUND ENHANCEMENT The active sound enhancement generates sounds according to engine speed and driving modes through the speakers and woofer to enhance the quality of the engine sound.

WAF0784X

NOTE: . Do not change or modify speakers To operate the active noise cancellation including the woofer and any audio and active sound enhancement system related parts such as the amplifier. properly: . Do not make any modification includ- . Do not cover the speakers or woofer. ing sound deadening or modifications . Do not cover the microphones. around the microphones, speakers or woofer.

5-174 Starting and driving 6 In case of emergency

Hazard warning flasher switch ...... 6-2 Jump starting ...... 6-11 Connection to Roadside Assistance ...... 6-2 Push starting ...... 6-14 Emergency engine shut off ...... 6-3 If your vehicle overheats ...... 6-14 Flat tire ...... 6-3 Towing your vehicle ...... 6-16 Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) ...... 6-3 Towing recommended by NISSAN ...... 6-17 Changing a flat tire ...... 6-4 Vehicle recovery (freeing a stuck vehicle) ...... 6-18 HAZARD WARNING FLASHER SWITCH CONNECTION TO ROADSIDE ASSISTANCE

In the event of a roadside emergency, . Turn signals do not work when Roadside Assistance Service is available the hazard warning flasher lights to you. Please refer to your Warranty are on. Information Booklet (U.S.) or Warranty & Roadside Assistance Information Booklet The flasher can be actuated with the (Canada) for details. ignition switch in any position. Some state laws may prohibit the use of the hazard warning flasher switch while driving.

SIC2574 Push the switch on to warn other drivers when you must stop or park under emergency conditions. All turn signal lights will flash.

WARNING

. If stopping for an emergency, be sure to move the vehicle well off the road. . Do not use the hazard warning flashers while moving on the highway unless unusual circumstances force you to drive so slowly that your vehicle might become a hazard to other traffic. 6-2 In case of emergency EMERGENCY ENGINE SHUT OFF FLAT TIRE

To shut off the engine in an emergency TIRE PRESSURE MONITORING SYS- and increase the likelihood of tire situation while driving, perform the fol- TEM (TPMS) failure. Serious vehicle damage lowing procedure: This vehicle is equipped with the Tire could occur and may lead to an . Rapidly push the push-button ignition Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS). It accident and could result in ser- switch 3 consecutive times in less monitors tire pressure of all tires except ious personal injury. Check the than 1.5 seconds, or the spare. When the low tire pressure tire pressure for all four tires. . Push and hold the push-button igni- warning light is lit, and the “Tire Pressure Adjust the tire pressure to the tion switch for more than 2 seconds. Low - Add Air” warning message is recommended COLD tire pressure displayed in the vehicle information dis- shown on the Tire and Loading play, one or more of your tires is sig- Information label to turn the low nificantly under-inflated. If the vehicle is tire pressure warning light OFF. If being driven with low tire pressure, the the light still illuminates while TPMS will activate and warn you of it by driving after adjusting the tire the low tire pressure warning light. This pressure, a tire may be flat. If system will activate only when the vehicle you have a flat tire, replace it with is driven at speeds above 16 MPH (25 a spare tire as soon as possible. km/h). For more details, see “Warning . Since the spare tire is not lights, indicator lights and audible remin- equipped with the TPMS, when a ders” (P.2-13) and “Tire Pressure Monitor- spare tire is mounted or a wheel ing System (TPMS)” (P.5-6). is replaced, the TPMS will not function and the low tire pressure warning light will flash for ap- WARNING proximately 1 minute. The light will remain on after 1 minute. . If the low tire pressure warning Have your tires replaced and/or light illuminates while driving, TPMS system reset as soon as avoid sudden steering maneu- possible. It is recommended you vers or abrupt braking, reduce visit a NISSAN dealer for these vehicle speed, pull off the road services. to a safe location and stop the . vehicle as soon as possible. Driv- Replacing tires with those not ing with under-inflated tires may originally specified by NISSAN permanently damage the tires could affect the proper operation In case of emergency 6-3 of the TPMS. . Do not inject any tire liquid or WARNING aerosol tire sealant into the tires, as this may cause a malfunction . Make sure the parking brake is of the tire pressure sensors. securely applied and the shift position is placed in the P (Park) CHANGING A FLAT TIRE position. . Never change tires when the ve- If you have a flat tire, follow the instruc- hicle is on a slope, ice or slippery tions below. areas. This is hazardous. Stopping the vehicle . Never change tires if oncoming 1. Safely move the vehicle off the road traffic is close to your vehicle. and away from traffic. Wait for professional road assistance. 2. Turn on the hazard warning flashers. MCE0001A 3. Park on a level surface and apply the parking brake. Blocking wheels Place suitable blocks at both the front 4. Push the park button to engage the P and back of the wheel diagonally oppo- (Park) position. site the flat tire to prevent the vehicle 5. Turn off the engine. from moving when it is jacked up. 6. Raise the hood to warn other traffic, and to signal professional road assistance personnel that you need assis- WARNING tance. Be sure to block the wheel as the 7. Have all passengers get out of the vehicle may move and result in vehicle and stand in a safe place, away personal injury. from traffic and clear of the vehicle.

6-4 In case of emergency When storing the jack, set the jack slowly back, then turn the jack lever in a clockwise direction until the jack is fixed.

CAUTION

When removing the jack, be careful that your hands do not hit against the vehicle. Otherwise, this could result in personal injury.

NOTE: . When storing the jack, do not over- tighten the jack lever using a screw driver. Doing so could cause deformation of the installation area for the jack. . Do not allow the jack to contact the interior parts. Doing so could cause damage to the vehicle.

WAG0077X WAG0064X Models with adjustable luggage floor To remove the jack: Getting the spare tire and tools 1. Remove the storage door by pressing The jack, jacking tools and the spare tire the two release tabs simultaneously. are stored in the storage in the luggage 2. Turn the jack lever in a counter-clock- area. wise direction, and then remove the jack slowly.

In case of emergency 6-5 floor: Release the locks before removing the rear (outer) luggage board. (See “Adjustable luggage floor” (P.2-75) for details.) Models with the single luggage board: Disengage the retainer pins. (See “Sin- gle luggage board” (P.2-75).) 2. Remove the floor carpet (if so equipped). Remove the tools from the tool bag located in the storage area.

JVE0373X Remove the spare tire by removing the clamp holding it.

WAG0089X Models with adjustable luggage floor Removing the spare tire and tools The spare tire and tools are located under the luggage board(s). To access the storage area: 1. Remove the luggage floorboard(s). Models with the adjustable luggage 6-6 In case of emergency Jacking up the vehicle and removing the damaged tire

WARNING

. Never get under the vehicle while it is supported only by the jack. If it is necessary to work under the vehicle, support it with safety stands. . Use only the jack provided with your vehicle to lift the vehicle. Do not use the jack provided with WAG0067X WAG0068X your vehicle on other vehicles. Example Example The jack is designed for lifting Removing the spare tire with sub- 3. Place the sub-woofer in the left corner only your vehicle during a tire woofer (if so equipped) of the cargo space. change. . 1. To loosen the bolt, turn counterclock- 4. Remove the spare tire. Use the correct jack-up points. wise. 5. Once the flat tire is exchanged with Never use any other part of the vehicle for jack support. 2. Once loosened, remove the bolt. the spare tire, store the flat tire where the spare was located. . Never jack up the vehicle more 6. Place the sub-woofer inside the flat than necessary. tire. . Never use blocks on or under the 7. Turn the bolt clockwise to tighten. jack. . Do not start or run the engine while vehicle is on the jack, as it may cause the vehicle to move. . Do not allow passengers to stay in the vehicle while it is on the

In case of emergency 6-7 jack.

Carefully read the caution label attached to the jack body and the following instructions.

JVE0165X Jack-up point 1. Place the jack directly under the jack- up point as illustrated so the top of the jack contacts the vehicle at the jack-up point. Align the jack head between the two notches in the front or the rear as shown. Also fit the groove of the jack head between the notches as shown. The jack should be used on firm and level ground.

6-8 In case of emergency SCE0504 SCE0933

2. Loosen each wheel nut one or two Installing the spare tire turns by turning it counterclockwise The spare tire is designed for emer- with the wheel nut wrench. Do not remove the wheel nuts until the tire gency use. (See specific instructions is off the ground. under the heading “Wheels and tires” (P.8-31).) 3. To lift the vehicle, securely hold the jack lever and rod with both hands as 1. Clean any mud or dirt from the sur- shown above. Carefully raise the ve- face between the wheel and hub. hicle until the tire clears the ground. 2. Carefully put the spare tire on and Remove the wheel nuts, and then tighten the wheel nuts finger tight. remove the tire. Check that all the wheel nuts contact the wheel surface horizontally. 3. With the wheel nut wrench, tighten wheel nuts alternately and evenly in the sequence illustrated ( , , , , ), more than 2 times, until they are tight.

In case of emergency 6-9 4. Lower the vehicle slowly until the tire each lubrication interval. . The spare tire is designed for . touches the ground. Then, with the Adjust tire pressure to the COLD emergency use. See specific in- wheel nut wrench, tighten the wheel pressure. structions under the heading nuts securely in the sequence illu- COLD pressure: “Wheels and tires” (P.8-31). strated. Lower the vehicle completely. After the vehicle has been parked for 3 hours or more or driven less than 1 WARNING mile (1.6 km). COLD tire pressures are shown on . Incorrect wheel nuts or impro- the Tire and Loading Information perly tightened wheel nuts can label affixed to the driver side center cause the wheel to become loose pillar. or come off. This could cause an accident. Stowing the damaged tire and the . Do not use oil or grease on the tools wheel studs or nuts. This could 1. Securely store the jack, tools and the cause the nuts to become loose. damaged tire in the storage area. . Retighten the wheel nuts when 2. Replace the luggage boards and cov- the vehicle has been driven for er. 600 miles (1,000 km) (also in 3. Close the liftgate. cases of a flat tire, etc.).

. As soon as possible, tighten the WARNING wheel nuts to the specified torque with a torque wrench. . Always make sure that the spare Wheel nut tightening torque: tire and jacking equipment are 83 ft-lb (113 N·m) properly secured after use. Such items can become dangerous The wheel nuts must be kept tigh- projectiles in an accident or sud- tened to specifications at all times. It den stop. is recommended that the wheel nuts be tightened to specifications at

6-10 In case of emergency JUMP STARTING

To start your engine with a booster . Whenever working on or near a battery, the instructions and precautions battery, always wear suitable eye below must be followed. protectors (for example, goggles or industrial safety spectacles) and remove rings, metal bands, WARNING or any other jewelry. Do not lean over the battery when jump start- . If done incorrectly, jump starting ing. can lead to a battery explosion, . Do not attempt to jump start a resulting in severe injury or frozen battery. It could explode death. It could also damage your and cause serious injury. vehicle. . Your vehicle has an automatic . Explosive hydrogen gas is always engine cooling fan. It could come present in the vicinity of the on at any time. Keep hands and battery. Keep all sparks and other objects away from it. flames away from the battery. . Do not allow battery fluid to come into contact with eyes, skin, clothing or painted surfaces. Bat- tery fluid is a corrosive sulfuric acid solution which can cause severe burns. If the fluid should come into contact with anything, immediately flush the contacted area with water. . Keep the battery out of the reach of children. . The booster battery must be rated at 12 volts. Use of an improperly rated battery can damage your vehicle.

In case of emergency 6-11 WAG0124X PR25DD engine

6-12 In case of emergency 2. Apply the parking brake. 3. Push the park button to engage the P (Park) position. 4. Switch off all unnecessary electrical systems (headlights, heater, air conditioner, etc.). 5. Connect jumper cables in the sequence as illustrated ( ? ? ? ).

CAUTION

. Always connect positive (+) to positive (+) and negative (−) to body ground (for example, as illustrated), not to the battery. . Make sure the jumper cables do not touch moving parts in the engine compartment and that the cable clamps do not contact any other metal. WAG0123X KR15DDT engine 6. Start the engine of the booster vehicle and let it run for a few minutes. WARNING 1. If the booster battery is in another 7. Keep the engine speed of the booster vehicle , position the two vehicles ( vehicle at about 2,000 rpm, and and ) to bring their batteries into Always follow the instructions below. start the engine of the vehicle being close proximity to each other. Failure to do so could result in jump started. damage to the charging system and Do not allow the two vehicles to cause personal injury. touch. In case of emergency 6-13 PUSH STARTING IF YOUR VEHICLE OVERHEATS

Do not attempt to start the engine by CAUTION pushing. WARNING

Do not keep the starter motor en- CAUTION . Never continue driving if your gaged for more than 10 seconds. If vehicle overheats. Doing so could the engine does not start right away, . Continuously Variable Transmis- cause a vehicle fire. place the ignition switch in the OFF sion (CVT) models cannot be . Never open the hood if steam is position and wait 10 seconds before push-started or tow-started. At- coming out. trying again. tempting to do so may cause . Never remove the radiator or transmission damage. coolant reservoir cap while the 8. After starting your engine, carefully . Three-way catalyst equipped engine is hot. If the radiator or disconnect the negative cable and models should not be started by coolant reservoir cap is removed then the positive cable ( ? ? ? pushing since the three way cat- when the engine is hot, pressur- ). alyst may be damaged. ized hot water will spurt out and . Never try to start the vehicle by possibly cause burning, scalding towing it; when the engine starts, or serious injury. the forward surge could cause . If steam or coolant is coming the vehicle to collide with the from the engine, stand clear of tow vehicle. the vehicle to prevent getting burned. . The engine cooling fan will start at anytime when the coolant temperature exceeds preset degrees. . Be careful not to allow your hands, hair, jewelry or clothing to come into contact with, or to get caught in the cooling fan or drive belts.

6-14 In case of emergency If your vehicle is overheating (indicated by 6. Visually check the drive belt for da- an extremely high temperature gauge mage or looseness. Also check if the reading), or if you feel a lack of engine cooling fan is running. The radiator power, detect abnormal noise, etc., take hoses and radiator should not leak the following steps: water. If coolant is leaking or the 1. Move the vehicle safely off the road cooling fan does not run, stop the and apply the parking brake. engine. 2. Push the park button to shift to the P (Park) position. WARNING Do not stop the engine. 3. Turn off the air conditioner (if so Be careful not to allow your hands, equipped). Open all the windows, hair, jewelry or clothing to come into move the heater or air conditioner contact with, or get caught in, engine temperature control to maximum hot belts or the engine cooling fan. The and fan control to high speed. engine cooling fan can start at any time. 4. Get out of the vehicle. Look and listen for steam or coolant escaping from the radiator or coolant reservoir be- 7. After the engine cools down, check fore opening the hood. (If steam or the coolant level in the reservoir with coolant is escaping, turn off the en- the engine running. Add coolant to gine.) Do not open the hood further the reservoir if necessary. Have your until no steam or coolant can be seen. vehicle repaired. It is recommended you visit a NISSAN dealer for this 5. Open the engine hood. service. WARNING

If steam or water is coming from the engine, stand clear to prevent getting burned.

In case of emergency 6-15 TOWING YOUR VEHICLE

When towing your vehicle, all jurisdic- . Always attach safety chains be- tional and local regulations for towing fore towing. must be followed. Incorrect towing equipment could damage your vehicle. Towing (See “Flat towing for All–Wheel Drive instructions are available from a NISSAN vehicle” (P.10-28) or “Flat towing for dealer. Local service operators are gen- Front-Wheel Drive vehicle” (P.10-28).) erally familiar with the applicable laws and procedures for towing. To assure NOTE: proper towing and to prevent accidental If the battery is completely drained, the damage to your vehicle, NISSAN recom- transmission will not manually shift to mends that you have a service operator other positions. For shifting to other tow your vehicle. It is advisable to have positions, charge the battery or supply the service operator carefully read the power following the jump starting pro- following precautions. cedure. Push the park button to shift to the P (Park) position before shifting to other positions. WARNING

. Never ride in a vehicle that is being towed. . Never get under your vehicle after it has been lifted by a tow truck.

CAUTION

. When towing, make sure that the transmission, axles, steering system and powertrain are in working condition. If any of these conditions apply, dollies or a flatbed tow truck must be used. 6-16 In case of emergency SCE0952

TOWING RECOMMENDED BY pensive damage to the transfer case NISSAN and transmission. All-Wheel Drive (AWD) models NISSAN recommends that towing dollies be used when towing your vehicle or the vehicle be placed on a flat bed truck as illustrated.

CAUTION

Never tow All-Wheel Drive (AWD) models equipped with a Continu- ously Variable Transmission (CVT) with any of the wheels on the ground as this may cause serious and ex- In case of emergency 6-17 VEHICLE RECOVERY (freeing a stuck vehicle)

WARNING

To avoid vehicle damage, serious personal injury or death when reco- vering a stuck vehicle: . Contact a professional towing service to recover the vehicle if you have any questions regarding the recovery procedure. . SCE0950 Tow chains or cables must be attached only to main structural Two-Wheel Drive (2WD) models members of the vehicle. NISSAN recommends that your vehicle be CAUTION . Do not use the vehicle tie-downs towed with the driving (front) wheels off to tow or free a stuck vehicle. the ground or place the vehicle on a flat Never tow CVT models with the front . Only use devices specifically de- bed truck as illustrated. wheels on the ground or four wheels signed for vehicle recovery and NOTE: on the ground (forward or back- follow the manufacturer’s instructions. If the electronic parking brake is re- ward), as this may cause serious leased, the rear wheels can be and expensive damage to the trans- . Always pull the recovery device grounded while towing. If the electronic mission. If it is necessary to tow the straight out from the front of the parking brake is not released, towing vehicle with the rear wheels raised, vehicle. Never pull at an angle. dollies should be used. For additional always use towing dollies under the . Route recovery devices so they information, refer to “Parking brake” front wheels. do not touch any part of the (P.5-25). vehicle except the attachment point.

If your vehicle is stuck in sand, snow, mud, 6-18 In case of emergency . etc., use a tow strap or other device Apply the accelerator as little as designed specifically for vehicle recovery. possible to maintain the rocking Always follow the manufacturer’s instruc- motion. tions for the recovery device. . Release the accelerator pedal before shifting between R and D. Rocking a stuck vehicle . Do not spin the tires above 35 MPH (55 km/h). WARNING 5. If the vehicle cannot be freed after a few tries, contact a professional tow- . Stand clear of a stuck vehicle. ing service to remove the vehicle. . Do not spin your tires at high speed. This could cause them to explode and result in serious injury. Parts of your vehicle could also overheat and be damaged.

If your vehicle is stuck in sand, snow, mud, etc., use the following procedure: 1. Turn off the Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) system. 2. Make sure the area in front and behind the vehicle is clear of obstructions. 3. Turn the steering wheel right and left to clear an area around the front tires. 4. Slowly rock the vehicle forward and backward. . Shift back and forth between R (Reverse) and D (Drive).

In case of emergency 6-19 MEMO

6-20 In case of emergency 7 Appearance and care

Cleaning exterior...... 7-2 Cleaning interior ...... 7-4 Washing ...... 7-2 Air fresheners ...... 7-5 Waxing ...... 7-3 Floor mats ...... 7-5 Removing spots ...... 7-3 Seat belts ...... 7-7 Underbody ...... 7-3 Cleaning the seat tracks ...... 7-7 Glass ...... 7-3 Corrosion protection ...... 7-7 Wheels ...... 7-3 Most common factors contributing to Aluminum alloy wheels ...... 7-3 vehicle corrosion...... 7-7 Chrome parts ...... 7-4 Environmental factors influence the rate Tire dressing ...... 7-4 of corrosion...... 7-7 To protect your vehicle from corrosion...... 7-8 CLEANING EXTERIOR

In order to maintain the appearance of . Do not wash the vehicle with your vehicle, it is important to take proper CAUTION strong household soap, strong care of it. chemical detergents, gasoline or To protect the paint surfaces, wash your . Do not concentrate water spray solvents. vehicle as soon as you can: directly on the sonar sensors on . Do not wash the vehicle in direct . after a rainfall to prevent possible the bumper as this will result in sunlight or while the vehicle body damage from acid rain damage to the sensors. Do not is hot, as the surface may become use pressure washers capable of . after driving on coastal roads water-spotted. spraying water over 1,200 psi . . Avoid using tight-napped or when contaminants such as soot, bird (8,274 kPa) to wash your vehicle. rough cloths, such as washing droppings, tree sap, metal particles or Use of high-pressure washers mitts. Care must be taken when bugs get on the paint surface over, 1,200 psi (8,274 kPa) can removing caked-on dirt or other . when dust or mud builds up on the result in damage to or removal foreign substances so the paint surface of paint or graphics. Avoid using a surface is not scratched or da- Whenever possible, store or park your high-pressure washer closer than maged. vehicle inside a garage or in a covered 12 inches (30 cm) to the vehicle. area. Always use a wide-angle nozzle only, keep the nozzle moving and Rinse the vehicle thoroughly with plenty When it is necessary to park outside, park of clean water. in a shady area or protect the vehicle with do not concentrate the water a body cover. spray on any one area. Inside flanges, seams and folds on the doors, hatches and hood are particularly Be careful not to scratch the paint . Do not use car washes that use acid in the detergent. Some car vulnerable to the effects of road salt. surface when putting on or removing Therefore, these areas must be regularly the body cover. washes, especially brushless ones, use some acid for cleaning. cleaned. Make sure that the drain holes in WASHING The acid may react with some the lower edge of the door are open. Wash dirt off the vehicle with a wet plastic vehicle components, caus- Spray water under the body and in the sponge and plenty of water. Clean the ing them to crack. This could wheel wells to loosen the dirt and wash vehicle thoroughly using a mild soap, a affect their appearance, and also away road salt. special vehicle soap or general purpose could cause them not to function Avoid leaving water spots on the paint dishwashing liquid mixed with clean, lu- properly. Always check with your surface by using a damp chamois to dry kewarm (never hot) water. car wash to confirm that acid is the vehicle. not used.

7-2 Appearance and care WAXING UNDERBODY WHEELS Regular waxing protects the paint surface In areas where road salt is used in winter, Wash the wheels when washing the and helps retain new vehicle appearance. the underbody must be cleaned regularly. vehicle to maintain their appearance. Polishing is recommended to remove This will prevent dirt and salt from build- . Clean the inner side of the wheels built-up wax residue and to avoid a ing up and causing the acceleration of when the wheel is changed or the weathered appearance before reapplying corrosion on the underbody and suspen- underside of the vehicle is washed. wax. sion. Before the winter period and again . Inspect wheel rims regularly for dents in the spring, the underseal must be A NISSAN dealer can assist you in choos- or corrosion. Such damage may cause checked and, if necessary, re-treated. ing the proper product. loss of pressure or poor seal at the tire . Wax your vehicle only after a thorough GLASS bead. washing. Follow the instructions sup- Use glass cleaner to remove smoke and . NISSAN recommends that the road plied with the wax. dust film from the glass surfaces. It is wheels be waxed to protect against . Do not use a wax containing any normal for glass to become coated with a road salt in areas where it is used abrasives, cutting compounds or clea- film after the vehicle is parked in the hot during winter. ners that may damage the vehicle sun. Glass cleaner and a soft cloth will finish. easily remove this film. Machine compound or aggressive polish- CAUTION ing on a base coat/clear coat paint finish may dull the finish or leave swirl marks. CAUTION Do not use abrasive cleaners when washing the wheels. REMOVING SPOTS When cleaning the inside of the Remove tar and oil spots, industrial dust, windows, do not use sharp-edged ALUMINUM ALLOY WHEELS insects, and tree sap as quickly as possi- tools, abrasive cleaners or chlorine- ble from the paint surface to avoid lasting based disinfectant cleaners. They Wash regularly with a sponge dampened damage or staining. Special cleaning could damage the electrical conduc- in a mild soap solution, especially during products are available at a NISSAN dealer tors or rear window defroster ele- winter months in areas where road salt is or any automotive accessory stores. It is ments. used. Salt could discolor the wheels if not recommended that you visit a NISSAN removed. dealer for these products.

Appearance and care 7-3 CLEANING INTERIOR

driving and stain the vehicle paint. Occasionally remove loose dust from the CAUTION If you choose to use a tire dressing, take interior trim, plastic parts and seats using the following precautions: a vacuum cleaner or soft bristled brush. Wipe the vinyl and leather surfaces with a . Follow the directions below to avoid Use a water-based tire dressing. The clean, soft cloth dampened in mild soap staining or discoloring the wheels: coating on the tire dissolves more solution, then wipe clean with a dry soft . Do not use a cleaner that uses easily with an oil-based tire dressing. cloth. . strong acid or alkali contents to Apply a light coat of tire dressing to Regular care and cleaning is required in clean the wheels. help prevent it from entering the tire order to maintain the appearance of the tread/grooves (where it would be . Do not apply wheel cleaners to leather (if so equipped). difficult to remove). the wheels when they are hot. . Wipe off excess tire dressing using a Before using any fabric protector, read The wheel temperature should be the manufacturer’s recommendations. the same as ambient tempera- dry towel. Make sure the tire dressing is completely removed from the tire Some fabric protectors contain chemicals ture. that may stain or bleach the seat materi- . tread/grooves. Rinse the wheel to completely . al. remove the cleaner within 15 Allow the tire dressing to dry as recommended by tire dressing manu- Use a cloth dampened only with water, to minutes after the cleaner is ap- facturer. clean the meter and gauge lens. plied.

CHROME PARTS WARNING Clean chrome parts regularly with a non- abrasive chrome polish to maintain the Do not use water or acidic cleaners finish. (hot steam cleaners) on the seat. This can damage the seat or occupant TIRE DRESSING classification sensors. This can also NISSAN does not recommend the use of affect the operation of the air bag tire dressings. Tire manufacturers apply a system and result in serious perso- coating to the tires to help reduce dis- nal injury. coloration of the rubber. If a tire dressing is applied to the tires, it may react with the coating and form a compound. This compound may come off the tire while

7-4 Appearance and care . Do not spill on or make contact AIR FRESHENERS CAUTION with interior surfaces while hand- Most air fresheners use a solvent that ling air fresheners, aroma agents, could affect the vehicle interior. If you use . Never use benzine, thinner, or any cosmetics, sunscreen, etc. They an air freshener, take the following pre- similar material. may cause permanent discolora- cautions: . For cleaning, use a soft cloth, tion, stain, crack, paint peeling, . Hanging-type air fresheners can dampened with water. Never use etc. depending on the ingredi- cause permanent discoloration when a rough cloth, alcohol, benzine, ents. If they contact the interior they contact vehicle interior surfaces. thinner or any kind of solvent or surface, wipe them off immedi- Place the air freshener in a location paper towel with a chemical ately using a soft cloth. that allows it to hang free and not cleaning agent. They will scratch . Do not use the chlorine-based contact an interior surface. or cause discoloration to the lens. cleaning liquid such as chlorine . Liquid-type air fresheners typically clip . Do not spray any liquid such as dioxide and hypochlorous acid, on the vents. These products can water on the meter lens. Spraying which may cause the paint peel- cause immediate damage and disco- liquid may cause the system to ing, corrosion, etc. If it is unavoid- loration when spilled on interior sur- malfunction. able to clean or sterilize interior faces. surfaces, use less than 75% etha- . Carefully read and follow the manufac- Small dirt particles can be abra- nol. Wipe the interior parts with a sive and damaging to the leather turer’s instructions before using air fresh- dry cloth dampened with ethanol. eners. surfaces and should be removed Wipe off ethanol completely. If promptly. Do not use saddle soap, you leave it uncleaned, it may FLOOR MATS car waxes, polishes, oils, cleaning cause paint peeling, discolora- fluids, solvents, detergents or tion, etc. Since ethanol is flam- ammonia-based cleaners as they mable, be careful of fire. WARNING may damage the leather’s natural finish. To avoid potential pedal interference . Never use fabric protectors un- that may result in a collision, injury less recommended by the manu- or death: facturer. . NEVER place a floor mat on top of . Do not use glass or plastic cleaner another floor mat in the driver on meter or gauge lens covers. It front position or install them up- may damage the lens cover. side down or backwards. Appearance and care 7-5 . It is recommended that you use floor mat is properly positioned. only genuine NISSAN floor mats 3. Make sure the floor mat does not specifically designed for use in interfere with pedal operation. With your vehicle model and model the ignition in the OFF position and year. the shift position in the P (Park) . Properly position the mats in the position, fully apply and release all floorwell using the floor mat po- pedals. The floor mat must not inter- sitioning hooks. See “Floor mat fere with pedal operation or prevent installation” (P.7-6). the pedal from returning to its normal position. It is recommended you see a . Make sure the floor mat does not NISSAN dealer for details about instal- interfere with pedal operation. ling the floor mats in your vehicle. . Periodically check the floor mats to make sure they are properly installed. JVA0032X . After cleaning the vehicle interior, check the floor mats to make Floor mat installation sure they are properly installed. Your vehicle is equipped with floor mat positioning hook(s). The number and The use of genuine NISSAN floor mats can shape of the floor mat positioning hook extend the life of your vehicle carpet and (s) for each seating position varies de- make it easier to clean the interior. Mats pending on the vehicle. should be maintained with regular clean- When installing genuine NISSAN floor ing and replaced if they become exces- mats, follow the installation instructions sively worn. provided with the floor mat and the following: 1. Position the floor mat in the floorwell so that the floor mat grommet holes are aligned with the hook(s). 2. Push the grommet holes into the hook (s) and secure them. Ensure that the

7-6 Appearance and care CORROSION PROTECTION

dye, or chemical solvents to clean MOST COMMON FACTORS CON- the seat belts, since these materials TRIBUTING TO VEHICLE CORRO- may severely weaken the seat belt SION webbing. . The accumulation of moisture-retain- ing dirt and debris in body panel CLEANING THE SEAT TRACKS sections, cavities, and other areas. . Damage to paint and other protective coatings caused by gravel and stone CAUTION chips or minor traffic accidents. ENVIRONMENTAL FACTORS INFLU- Periodically clean the seat tracks to ENCE THE RATE OF CORROSION prevent reduction of ability to move the seats. Moisture JVA0031X Accumulation of sand, dirt and water on Positioning hook(s) Clean periodically with a high-powered the vehicle body underside can acceler- vacuum cleaner. Dirt and debris may The illustration shows the location of the ate corrosion. Wet floor coverings will not reduce the ability to adjust the seat. A floor mat positioning hook(s). dry completely inside the vehicle, and wet cleansing agent may be used if should be removed for drying to avoid SEAT BELTS necessary. floor panel corrosion. The seat belts can be cleaned by wiping them with a sponge dampened in a mild Relative humidity soap solution. Allow the belts to dry Corrosion will be accelerated in areas of completely in the shade before using high relative humidity, especially those them. areas where the temperatures stay above See “Seat belts” (P.1-14). freezing where atmospheric pollution exists, or where road salt is used. WARNING

Do not allow wet seat belts to roll up in the retractor. NEVER use bleach,

Appearance and care 7-7 Temperature cleaner. A temperature increase will accelerate . Never allow water or other liquids the rate of corrosion to those parts which to come in contact with electronic are not well ventilated. components inside the vehicle as Air pollution this may damage them. Industrial pollution, the presence of salt in Chemicals used for road surface deicing the air in coastal areas, or heavy road salt are extremely corrosive. They accelerate use will accelerate the corrosion process. corrosion and deterioration of underbody Road salt will also accelerate the disin- components such as the exhaust system, tegration of paint surfaces. fuel and brake lines, brake cables, floor TO PROTECT YOUR VEHICLE FROM pan and fenders. CORROSION In winter, the underbody must be . Wash and wax your vehicle often to cleaned periodically. keep the vehicle clean. For additional protection against rust and . Always check for minor damage to the corrosion, which may be required in some paint and repair it as soon as possible. areas, it is recommended you consult a . Keep drain holes at the bottom of the NISSAN dealer. doors open to avoid water accumulation. . Check the underbody for accumulation of sand, dirt or salt. If present, wash with water as soon as possible.

CAUTION

. NEVER remove dirt, sand or other debris from the passenger compartment by washing it out with a hose. Remove dirt with a vacuum 7-8 Appearance and care 8 Do-it-yourself

Maintenance precautions ...... 8-2 Spark plugs ...... 8-18 Engine compartment check locations ...... 8-3 Replacing spark plugs ...... 8-19 PR25DD engine model ...... 8-3 Air cleaner...... 8-19 KR15DDT engine model ...... 8-4 Windshield wiper blades ...... 8-20 Engine cooling system ...... 8-4 Cleaning ...... 8-20 Checking engine coolant level ...... 8-6 Replacing ...... 8-21 Changing engine coolant...... 8-6 Rear window wiper blade ...... 8-21 Intercooler cooling system (if so equipped) ...... 8-6 Brakes ...... 8-22 Checking intercooler coolant level ...... 8-7 Self-adjusting brakes ...... 8-22 Changing intercooler coolant...... 8-8 Brake pad wear warning...... 8-22 Engine oil ...... 8-8 Fuses ...... 8-22 Checking engine oil level ...... 8-8 Engine compartment ...... 8-22 Changing engine oil and filter ...... 8-8 Passenger compartment ...... 8-24 Continuously Variable Transmission Intelligent Key battery replacement ...... 8-25 (CVT) fluid ...... 8-12 Lights ...... 8-28 Brake fluid ...... 8-12 Headlights ...... 8-29 Window washer fluid ...... 8-13 Exterior and interior lights ...... 8-29 Battery ...... 8-15 Wheels and tires ...... 8-31 Jump starting...... 8-16 Tire pressure ...... 8-31 Variable voltage control system ...... 8-17 Tire labeling ...... 8-35 Drive belt ...... 8-17 Types of tires ...... 8-37 Tire chains...... 8-38 Changing wheels and tires ...... 8-39 MAINTENANCE PRECAUTIONS

When performing any inspection or main- . Always wear eye protection . Your vehicle is equipped with an tenance work on your vehicle, always whenever you work on your ve- automatic engine cooling fan. It take care to prevent serious accidental hicle. may come on at any time without injury to yourself or damage to the . If you must run the engine in an warning, even if the ignition vehicle. The following are general precau- enclosed space such as a garage, switch is in the OFF position and tions which should be closely observed. be sure there is proper ventilation the engine is not running. To for exhaust gases to escape. avoid injury, always disconnect . the negative battery cable before WARNING Never get under the vehicle while working near the fan. it is supported only by a jack. If it . Park the vehicle on a level sur- is necessary to work under the face, apply the parking brake vehicle, support it with safety securely and block the wheels to stands. CAUTION prevent the vehicle from moving. . Because the fuel lines are under Push the park button to shift to high pressure even when the . Do not work under the hood while the P (Park) position. engine is off, it is recommended the engine is hot. Turn the engine . Be sure the ignition switch is in you visit a NISSAN dealer for off and wait until it cools down. the OFF position when perform- service of the fuel filter or fuel . Avoid direct contact with used ing any parts replacement or lines. engine oil and coolant. Impro- repairs. . Keep smoking materials, flame perly disposed engine oil, and . If you must work with the engine and sparks away from fuel and engine coolant and/or other ve- running, keep your hands, cloth- the battery. hicle fluids can damage the en- ing, hair and tools away from . On gasoline engine models with vironment. Always conform to moving fans, belts and any other the Multiport Fuel Injection (MFI) local regulations for disposal of moving parts. system, the fuel filter and fuel vehicle fluid. . It is advisable to secure or re- lines should be serviced because . Never leave the engine or the CVT move any loose clothing and the fuel lines are under high related component harnesses remove any jewelry, such as pressure even when the engine disconnected while the ignition rings, watches, etc. before work- is turned off. It is recommended switch is in the ON position. ing on your vehicle. that you visit a NISSAN dealer for . Never connect or disconnect the this service. battery or any transistorized component while the ignition 8-2 Do-it-yourself ENGINE COMPARTMENT CHECK LOCATIONS

switch is in the ON position.

This “8. Do-it-yourself” section gives instructions regarding only those items which are relatively easy for an owner to perform. A genuine NISSAN Service Manual is also available. (See “Owner’s manual/service manual order information” (P.10-33).) You should be aware that incomplete or improper servicing may result in operating difficulties or excessive emissions, and could affect your warranty coverage. If in doubt about any servicing, it is recommended you have it done by a NISSAN dealer.

WAA0302X PR25DD ENGINE MODEL 7. Window washer fluid reservoir 1. Engine coolant reservoir 8. Drive belt 2. Engine oil filler cap 9. Air cleaner 3. Engine oil dipstick 4. Brake fluid reservoir 5. Battery 6. Fuse/fusible link box Do-it-yourself 8-3 ENGINE COOLING SYSTEM

The engine cooling system is filled at the factory with a pre-diluted mixture of 50% Genuine NISSAN Long Life Antifreeze/ Coolant (blue) and 50% water to provide year-round anti-freeze and coolant protection. The anti-freeze solution contains rust and corrosion inhibitors. Additional engine cooling system additives are not necessary.

WARNING

. Never remove the radiator or coolant reservoir cap when the engine is hot. Wait until the engine and radiator cool down. Serious burns could be caused by high pressure fluid escaping from the radiator or coolant reservoir. See precautions in “If your vehicle overheats” (P.6-14) of this manual. WAA0301X . The coolant reservoir is equipped with a pressure type coolant re- 7. Intercooler coolant reservoir KR15DDT ENGINE MODEL servoir cap. To prevent engine 1. Engine coolant reservoir 8. Window washer fluid reservoir damage, use only a genuine 2. Engine oil dipstick 9. Drive belt NISSAN coolant reservoir cap. 3. Engine oil filler cap 10. Air cleaner . If the engine was stopped soon 4. Brake fluid reservoir when the engine is hot, the cool- 5. Battery ing fan may operate for approxi- 6. Fuse/fusible link box mately 10 minutes after the 8-4 Do-it-yourself engine was stopped to cool the Genuine NISSAN Long Life Anti- components in the engine com- freeze/Coolant (blue) is used, fol- partment. When the cooling fan is low the coolant manufacture’s operating, be sure that hands or instructions to maintain mini- other items do not get caught in mum antifreeze protection to it. -34°F (-37°C). The use of other types of coolant solutions other than Genuine NISSAN Long Life Antifreeze/Coolant (blue) or CAUTION equivalent may damage the engine cooling system. . Never use any cooling system . The life expectancy of the fac- additives such as radiator sealer. tory-fill coolant is 105,000 miles Additives may clog the cooling (168,000 km) or 7 years. Mixing system and cause damage to any other type of coolant other WAI0190X the engine, transmission and/or than Genuine NISSAN Long Life PR25DD engine cooling system. Antifreeze/Coolant (blue), includ- . When adding or replacing cooling Genuine NISSAN Long Life ant, be sure to use only Genuine Antifreeze/Coolant (green), or NISSAN Long Life Antifreeze/ the use of non-distilled water will Coolant (blue) or equivalent. Gen- reduce the life expectancy of the uine NISSAN Long Life Antifreeze/ factory-fill coolant. Refer to the Coolant (blue) is pre-diluted to “9. Maintenance and schedules” provide antifreeze protection to section of this manual for more -34°F(-37°C). If additional freeze details. protection is needed due to weather where you operate your vehicle, add Genuine NISSAN Long Life Antifreeze/Coolant (blue) concentrate following the directions on the container. If an WAI0274X equivalent coolant other than KR15DDT engine Do-it-yourself 8-5 INTERCOOLER COOLING SYSTEM (if so equipped)

The intercooler cooling system is filled at CHECKING ENGINE COOLANT LEVEL coolant reservoir. the factory with a pre-diluted mixture of Check the coolant level in the reservoir . Avoid direct skin contact with 50% Genuine NISSAN Long Life Anti- when the engine is cold. If the coolant used coolant. If skin contact is freeze/Coolant (blue) and 50% water to level is below the MIN level , open the made, wash thoroughly with soap provide year-round anti-freeze and cool- reservoir cap and add coolant up to the or hand cleaner as soon as pos- ant protection. The antifreeze solution MAX level . sible. contains rust and corrosion inhibitors. Tighten the cap securely after adding . Keep coolant out of the reach of Additional intercooler cooling system ad- engine coolant. children and pets. ditives are not necessary. If the cooling system frequently requires coolant, have it checked. It is Engine coolant must be disposed of recommended you visit a NISSAN dealer properly. Check your local regulations. WARNING for this service. . Never remove the radiator or CHANGING ENGINE COOLANT coolant reservoir cap when the A NISSAN dealer can change the engine engine is hot. Wait until the en- coolant. The service procedure can be gine cools down. Serious burns found in the NISSAN Service Manual. could be caused by high pressure Improper servicing can result in re- fluid escaping from the radiator duced heater performance and engine or coolant reservoir. overheating. . The coolant reservoir is equipped with a pressure type coolant reservoir cap. To prevent engine WARNING and intercooler damage, use only a genuine NISSAN coolant reser- . To avoid being scalded, never voir cap. change the coolant when the engine is hot. . Never remove the radiator or coolant reservoir cap when the engine is hot. Serious burns could be caused by high pressure fluid escaping from the radiator or 8-6 Do-it-yourself tercooler cooling system. CAUTION

. Never use any additives in the coolant such as radiator sealer in the cooling system. This may cause damage to the intercooler. . When adding or replacing coolant, be sure to use only Genuine NISSAN Long Life Antifreeze/ Coolant (blue) or equivalent. Gen- uine NISSAN Long Life Antifreeze/ Coolant (blue) is pre-diluted to provide antifreeze protection to WAI0261X −34°F(−37°C). If additional freeze protection is needed due to CHECKING INTERCOOLER COOL- weather where you operate your ANT LEVEL vehicle, add Genuine NISSAN Long Life Antifreeze/Coolant (blue) Check the coolant level in the reservoir concentrate following the direc- when the engine is cold. If the coolant tions on the container. If an level is below the MIN level , add coolant equivalent coolant other than to the MAX level . Genuine NISSAN Long Life Anti- Tighten the cap securely after adding freeze/Coolant (blue) is used, fol- intercooler coolant. low the coolant manufacture’s If the intercooler cooling system fre- instructions to maintain mini- quently requires coolant, have it mum antifreeze protection to checked. It is recommended you visit a −34°F (−37°C). The use of other NISSAN dealer for this service. types of coolant solutions other than Genuine NISSAN Long Life Antifreeze/Coolant (blue) or equivalent may damage the In-

Do-it-yourself 8-7 ENGINE OIL

CHANGING INTERCOOLER COOL- ing. Do not overfill . ANT 6. Recheck oil level with the dipstick. Intercooler coolant is maintenance-free. It is normal to add some oil between oil If replacement is required, it is recom- maintenance intervals or during the mended you visit a NISSAN dealer for this break-in period, depending on the se- service. verity of operating conditions. Improper servicing can result in intercooler overheating. CAUTION WARNING Oil level should be checked regularly. Operating the engine with an insuffi- . cient amount of oil can damage the To avoid the danger of being engine, and such damage is not scalded, never change the cool- SDI1993 covered by the warranty. ant when the engine is hot. . Never remove the radiator or CHECKING ENGINE OIL LEVEL coolant reservoir cap when the 1. Park the vehicle on a level surface and CHANGING ENGINE OIL AND FILTER engine is hot. Serious burns could apply the parking brake. be caused by high pressure fluid 2. Run the engine until it reaches oper- WARNING escaping from the radiator or ating temperature. coolant reservoir. 3. Turn off the engine. Wait more than . Used oil must be disposed of . Avoid direct skin contact with 10 minutes for the oil to drain back properly. Never pour or dump oil used coolant. If skin contact is into the oil pan. into the ground, canals, rivers, made, wash thoroughly with soap 4. Remove the dipstick and wipe it clean. etc. It should be disposed of at or hand cleaner as soon as pos- Reinsert it all the way. proper waste facilities. NISSAN sible. recommends having your oil . 5. Remove the dipstick again and check changed by a NISSAN dealer. Keep coolant out of the reach of the oil level. It should be within the children and pets. range . If the oil level is below , . Be careful not to burn yourself, as remove the oil filler cap and pour the engine oil may be hot. Intercooler coolant must be disposed of recommended oil through the open- properly. Check your local regulations. 8-8 Do-it-yourself . . Then remove the other bolts that Prolonged and repeated contact hold the undercover in place. with used engine oil may cause skin cancer. . Avoid direct skin contact with CAUTION used oil. If contacted, wash thoroughly with soap or hand cleaner Make sure the correct lifting and and plenty of water as soon as support points are used to avoid possible. vehicle damage. . Store used engine oil in marked containers out of the reach of children.

Vehicle set-up 1. Park the vehicle on a level surface and apply the parking brake. 2. Run the engine until it reaches the operating temperature. 3. Turn the engine off and wait more than 10 minutes. 4. Raise and support the vehicle using a suitable floor jack and safety jack WAI0266X stands. PR25DD engine . Place the safety jack stands under the vehicle jack-up points. . A suitable adapter should be attached to the jack stand saddle. 5. Remove the engine undercover. . Remove clips at the around of the undercover.

Do-it-yourself 8-9 WAI0189X WAI0263X PR25DD engine KR15DDT engine Oil filler cap Oil drain plug Oil filter Engine oil and filter 1. Place a large drain pan under the drain plug. WAI0262X 2. Remove the oil filler cap. KR15DDT engine 3. Remove the drain plug with a wrench and completely drain the oil.

8-10 Do-it-yourself 5. Wipe the engine oil filter mounting · KR15DDT engine CAUTION surface with a clean rag. 22 to 27 ft-lb (30.0 to 37.0 N·m) Be careful not to burn yourself, as CAUTION Do not use excessive force. the engine oil is hot. 9. Refill the engine with the recom- Be sure to remove any old gasket mended oil through the oil filler open- material remaining on the mounting ing, and install the oil filler cap WARNING surface of the engine. Failure to do securely. so could lead to engine damage. See “Capacities and recommended . Prolonged and repeated contact fluids/lubricants” (P.10-3) for drain with used engine oil may cause 6. Coat the gasket on the new filter with and refill capacity. The drain and refill skin cancer. clean engine oil. capacity depends on the oil tempera- . Try to avoid direct skin contact 7. Screw in the oil filter clockwise until a ture and drain time. Use these speci- with used oil. If skin contact is slight resistance is felt, then tighten fications for reference only. Always made, wash thoroughly with soap additionally more than 2/3 turn. use the dipstick to determine the proper amount of oil in the engine. or hand cleaner as soon as pos- Oil filter tightening torque: sible. · PR25DD engine 10. Start the engine and check for leak- . 11 to 15 ft-lb age around the drain plug and the oil Keep used engine oil out of reach filter. Correct as required. of children. (14.7 to 20.6 N·m) · KR15DDT engine 11. Turn the engine off and wait more 11 to 15 ft-lb . Waste oil must be disposed of than 10 minutes. Check the oil level (15.0 to 21.0 N·m) properly. with the dipstick. Add engine oil if necessary. . Check your local regulations. 8. Clean and re-install the drain plug (Perform steps 4 to 7 only when the with a new washer. Securely tighten After the operation the drain plug with a wrench. engine oil filter change is needed.) 1. Reinstall undercover in reverse order 4. Loosen the oil filter with an oil filter Drain plug tightening torque: of removal. · PR25DD engine wrench. Remove the oil filter by turn- 2. Lower the vehicle carefully to the ing it by hand. 22 to 29 ft-lb (29.4 to 39.2 N·m) ground.

Do-it-yourself 8-11 CONTINUOUSLY VARIABLE BRAKE FLUID TRANSMISSION (CVT) FLUID

3. Reset the Oil Control System and oil When checking or replacement is re- For additional brake fluid information, see and filter maintenance reminder. (See quired, we recommend a NISSAN dealer “Capacities and recommended fluids/lu- “Maintenance” (P.2-29).) for servicing. bricants” (P.10-3) of this manual.

CAUTION WARNING

. NISSAN recommends using Gen- . Use only new fluid from a sealed uine NISSAN CVT Fluid NS-3 (or container. Old, inferior or con- equivalent) ONLY in NISSAN CVTs. taminated fluid may damage the Do not mix with other fluids. brake system. The use of impro- . Do not use Automatic transmis- per fluids can damage the brake sion fluid (ATF) or Manual Trans- system, and affect the vehicle’s mission fluid in a NISSAN CVT, as stopping ability. it may damage the CVT. Damage . Clean the filler cap before remov- caused by the use of fluids other ing. than as recommended is not . Brake fluid is poisonous and covered by the NISSAN’s New should be stored carefully in Vehicle Limited Warranty. marked containers out of the . Using fluids that are not equiva- reach of children. lent to Genuine NISSAN CVT Fluid NS-3 may also damage the CVT. Damage caused by the use of fluids other than as recom- CAUTION mended is not covered under the NISSAN’s New Vehicle Limited Do not spill the fluid on any painted Warranty. surfaces. This will damage the paint. If fluid is spilled, immediately wash the surface with water.

8-12 Do-it-yourself WINDOW WASHER FLUID

Type A: Check the fluid level in the window washer reservoir. If the fluid level is low, add window washer fluid. Type B: To check the fluid level, use your finger to plug the center hole of the cap/tube assembly, then remove it from the reservoir. If there is no fluid in the tube, add fluid. Add a washer solvent to the washer for better cleaning. In the winter season, add a windshield washer antifreeze. Follow the manufacturer’s instructions for the mixture ratio.

WAI0186X WAI0267X Fill the window washer fluid reservoir Type A (if so equipped) periodically. Check the fluid level in the reservoir. If the Add fluid when the low washer fluid fluid is below the MIN line or the brake warning appears (if so equipped). warning light comes on, add Genuine NISSAN Super Heavy Duty Brake Fluid or Refill the reservoir more frequently when equivalent DOT 3 fluid up to the MAX line driving conditions require an increased and it is recommended you have your amount of window washer fluid. vehicle checked by a NISSAN dealer as Recommended fluid: soon as possible. If fluid must be added Genuine NISSAN Windshield Washer Con- frequently, the system should be checked. centrate Cleaner & Antifreeze or equiva- It is recommended you visit a NISSAN lent dealer for this service. CAUTION

. Do not substitute engine anti- WAI0268X freeze coolant for window Type B (if so equipped) washer solution. This may result Do-it-yourself 8-13 in damage to the paint. . Do not fill the window washer reservoir tank with washer fluid concentrates at full strength. Some methyl alcohol based washer fluid concentrates may permanently stain the grille if spilled while filling the window washer reservoir tank. . Pre-mix washer fluid concentrates with water to the manufacturer’s recommended levels before pouring the fluid into the window washer reservoir tank. Do not use the window washer reservoir tank to mix the washer fluid concentrate and water.

8-14 Do-it-yourself BATTERY

WAI0270X

Do-it-yourself 8-15 . If the battery is labeled “do not open” it is maintenance free and battery fluid WARNING should not be checked. It is recommended that you visit a NISSAN dealer . Do not expose the battery to or a qualified specialist workshop to flames or electrical sparks. Hy- confirm the battery’s performance. drogen gas generated by the . Keep the battery surface clean and battery is explosive. Do not allow dry. Clean the battery with a solution battery fluid to contact your skin, of baking soda and water. eyes, fabrics or painted surfaces. . Make certain the terminal connec- After touching a battery or bat- tions are clean and securely tightened. tery cap, do not touch or rub your . If the vehicle is not to be used for 30 eyes. Thoroughly wash your days or longer, disconnect the nega- hands. If the acid contacts your tive 7 battery terminal cable to pre- eyes, skin or clothing, immedi- vent discharging it. ately flush with water for at least WAI0200X NOTE: 15 minutes and seek medical Example attention. NOTE: Care should be taken to avoid situations . that can lead to potential battery dis- When working on or near a bat- Do not try to open the top of the charge and potential no-start condi- tery, always wear suitable eye battery. tions such as: protection and remove all jew- This battery is not equipped with remo- 1. Installation or extended use of elec- elry. vable vent caps. . tronic accessories that consume Battery posts, terminals and re- JUMP STARTING battery power when the engine is lated accessories contain lead not running (Phone chargers, GPS, and lead compounds. Wash If jump starting is necessary, see “Jump DVD players, etc.). hands after handling. starting” (P.6-11). If the engine does not . start by jump starting, the battery may 2. Vehicle is not driven regularly and/ Keep the battery out of the reach have to be replaced. It is recommended or only driven short distances. of children. you visit a NISSAN dealer for this service. . In these cases, the battery may need to Do not tip the battery. be charged to maintain battery health.

8-16 Do-it-yourself VARIABLE VOLTAGE CONTROL SYSTEM DRIVE BELT

generated by the generator.

WAI0223X SDI1881 PR25DD engine 1. Alternator CAUTION 2. Drive belt auto-tensioner 3. Crankshaft pulley . Do not ground accessories di- 4. Air conditioner compressor rectly to the battery terminal. 5. Water pump Doing so will bypass the variable voltage control system and the vehicle battery may not charge completely. . Use electrical accessories with the engine running to avoid discharging the vehicle battery.

The variable voltage control system mea- sures the amount of electrical discharge from the battery and controls voltage Do-it-yourself 8-17 SPARK PLUGS

1. Visually inspect the belt for signs of unusual wear, cuts or fraying. If the WARNING belt is in poor condition, have it replaced. It is recommended that you Be sure the engine and ignition visit a NISSAN dealer for this service. switch are off and that the parking 2. Have the belt condition checked reg- brake is applied. ularly.

CAUTION

Be sure to use the correct socket to remove the spark plugs. An incorrect socket can damage the spark plugs. WAI0264X KR15DDT engine 1. Alternator 2. Water pump 3. Drive belt auto-tensioner 4. Crankshaft pulley 5. Idler pulley 6. Air conditioner compressor

WARNING

Be sure the ignition switch is in the OFF position before servicing drive belts. The engine could rotate unexpectedly.

8-18 Do-it-yourself AIR CLEANER

mended or equivalent ones.

SDI2670 WAI0160X REPLACING SPARK PLUGS To remove the filter, release the lock pins If replacement is required, it is recom- and pull the unit upward . mended you visit a NISSAN dealer for this The viscous paper type filter element (if so service. equipped) should not be cleaned and reused. The dry paper type filter element Iridium platinum-tipped spark (if so equipped) may be cleaned and plugs reused. Replace the filter according to It is not necessary to replace the iridium the maintenance schedule shown in the platinum-tipped spark plugs as frequently “9. Maintenance and schedules” section. as the conventional type spark plugs When replacing the filter, wipe the inside since they will last much longer. Follow of the air cleaner housing and the cover the maintenance schedule shown in the with a damp cloth. “9. Maintenance and schedules” section. Do not reuse the iridium platinum-tipped spark plugs by cleaning or regapping. Always replace spark plugs with recom-

Do-it-yourself 8-19 WINDSHIELD WIPER BLADES

CLEANING WARNING If your windshield is not clear after using the windshield washer or if a wiper blade . Operating the engine with the air chatters when running, wax or other cleaner filter off can cause you or material may be on the blade or wind- others to be burned. The air shield. cleaner filter not only cleans the Clean the outside of the windshield with a intake air, it also stops flame if washer solution or a mild detergent. Your the engine backfires. If the air windshield is clean if beads do not form cleaner filter is not installed and when rinsing with clear water. the engine backfires, you could be burned. Never drive with the Clean each blade by wiping it with a cloth air cleaner filter off. Be cautious soaked in a washer solution or a mild working on the engine when the detergent. Then rinse the blade with clear air cleaner filter is off. water. If your windshield is still not clear after cleaning the blades and using the . Never pour fuel into the throttle wiper, replace the blades. body or attempt to start the engine with the air cleaner removed. Doing so could result in CAUTION serious injury. Worn windshield wiper blades can damage the windshield and impair driver vision.

When a washer nozzle is clogged It is recommended you see a NISSAN dealer if a washer nozzle is clogged or any malfunction occurs. Do not attempt to clean the nozzle using a needle or a pin. Doing so may damage the nozzle.

8-20 Do-it-yourself REAR WINDOW WIPER BLADE

It is recommended you contact a NISSAN dealer if checking or replacement is required.

WAI0163X REPLACING Replace the wiper blades if they are worn. CAUTION 1. Lift the wiper arm away from the windshield. . After wiper blade replacement, 2. Open , using a suitable tool, and then return the wiper arm to its origi- move the wiper blade down as shown nal position; otherwise it may be to remove. damaged when the hood is opened. 3. Insert the new wiper blade onto the . wiper arm until a click sounds. Make sure the wiper blades contact the glass; otherwise the arm 4. Close . may be damaged from wind pressure.

Do-it-yourself 8-21 BRAKES FUSES

If the brakes do not operate properly, it is occasional brake squeak, squeal or other recommended you have the brakes noise may be heard. Occasional brake checked by a NISSAN dealer. noise during light to moderate stops is SELF-ADJUSTING BRAKES normal and does not affect the function or performance of the brake system. Your vehicle is equipped with self-adjusting brakes. Proper brake inspection intervals should be followed. For additional infor- The disc-type brakes self-adjust every mation, see the maintenance schedule time the brake pedal is applied. shown in the “9. Maintenance and schedules” section. WARNING

Have your brake system checked if the brake pedal height does not WAI0124X return to normal. It is recommended you visit a NISSAN dealer for this ENGINE COMPARTMENT service.

BRAKE PAD WEAR WARNING WARNING The disc brake pads have audible wear Never use a fuse of a higher or lower warnings. When a brake pad requires amperage rating than that specified replacement, it will make a high pitched on the fuse box cover. This could scraping sound when the vehicle is in damage the electrical system or motion. This scraping sound will first electronic control units or cause a occur only when the brake pedal is fire. depressed. After more wear of the brake pad, the sound will always be heard even if the brake pedal is not depressed. Have If any electrical equipment does not the brakes checked as soon as possible if operate, check for an open fuse. the wear warning sound is heard. 1. Be sure the ignition switch is turned Under some driving or climate conditions, off and the headlights are off. 8-22 Do-it-yourself 2. Open the engine hood. 3. Remove the fuse/fusible link box cover by using a suitable tool and pushing the tab. 4. Locate the fuse that needs to be replaced. 5. Remove the fuse using the fuse puller located in the passenger compartment fuse box.

SDI1753 6. If the fuse is open , replace it with a new fuse . 7. If a new fuse also opens, have the electrical system checked and repaired. It is recommended you visit a NISSAN dealer for this service. Fusible links If any electrical equipment does not operate and the fuses are in good condition, check the fusible links. If any of these fusible links are melted, replace only with genuine NISSAN parts. For checking and replacing the fusible links, it is recommended you visit a NISSAN dealer.

Do-it-yourself 8-23 WAI0205X SDI1753 PASSENGER COMPARTMENT 2. Remove the fuse box cover. 4. If the fuse is open , replace it with a new fuse . 3. Remove the fuse with the fuse puller . 5. If a new fuse also opens, have the WARNING electrical system checked and repaired. It is recommended you visit a Never use a fuse of a higher or lower NISSAN dealer for this service. amperage rating than that specified on the fuse box cover. This could damage the electrical system or electronic control units or cause a fire.

If any electrical equipment does not operate, check for an open fuse. 1. Be sure the ignition switch is turned off and the headlights are off.

8-24 Do-it-yourself INTELLIGENT KEY BATTERY REPLACEMENT

How to remove the extended storage switch: CAUTION 1. To remove the extended storage switch, be sure the ignition switch is . Be careful not to allow children to in the OFF or LOCK position. swallow the battery and removed 2. Be sure the headlights are off. (See parts. “Headlight switch” (P.2-57) or “Intelli- . An improperly disposed battery gent Auto Headlight system” (P.2-58).) can harm the environment. Al- 3. Remove the fuse box cover. ways confirm local regulations for battery disposal. 4. Pinch the locking tabs on top and bottom of the extended storage . When changing batteries, do not switch. let dust or oil get on the compo- 5. Pull the extended storage switch nents. WAI0271X straight out from the fuse box . . There is danger of explosion if the lithium battery is incorrectly re- Extended storage switch (if so placed. Replace only with the equipped) same or equivalent type. The extended storage switch is used when shipping the vehicle. It is located in the fuse panel on the driver’s side of the instrument panel. If any electrical equipment does not operate, ensure the extended storage switch is pushed fully in place. To inspect the extended storage switch, ensure the ignition switch and headlights are off.

Do-it-yourself 8-25 Use a cloth to protect the casing. 3. Replace the battery with a new one. Recommended battery: CR2032 or equivalent . Do not touch the internal circuit and electric terminals as doing so could cause a malfunction. . Hold the battery by the edges. Holding the battery across the contact points will seriously deplete the storage capacity. . Make sure that the + side faces the bottom of the case. SDI2452 4. Align the tips of the upper and lower parts , and then push them together until it is securely closed. 5. Operate the buttons to check its operation. If you need any assistance for replacement, it is recommended you visit a SDI2451 NISSAN dealer for this service. Replace the battery in the Intelligent Key FCC Notice: as follows: For USA: 1. Remove the mechanical key from the FCC ID : KR5TXN1 Intelligent Key. FCC ID : KR5TXN3 2. Insert a small screwdriver into the slit FCC ID : KR5TXN4 of the corner and twist it to separate the upper part from the lower part. FCC ID : KR5HFM401

8-26 Do-it-yourself This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules. Operation is subject to the following two conditions: (1) This device may not cause harmful interference, and (2) this device must accept any interference received, including interference that may cause undesired operation. Note: Changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party responsible for compliance could void the user’s authority to operate the equipment. For Canada: IC ID : 7812D-TXN1 IC ID : 7812D-TXN3 IC ID : 7812D-TXN4 IC ID : 7812D–HFM401 This device complies with Industry Ca- nada licence-exempt RSS standard(s). Operation is subject to the following two conditions: (1) this device may not cause interference, and (2) this device must accept any interference, including interference that may cause undesired operation of the device.

Do-it-yourself 8-27 LIGHTS

14. License plate light 15. Back-up light/Tail light 16. Rear turn signal light/Stop light/Tail light 17. Rear side marker light

WAI0201X

1. Front map light 8. Headlight (low-beam) 2. Vanity mirror light 9. Front parking light/Daytime running 3. Room light (if so equipped) light/Front turn signal light (LED type) 4. Side turn signal light 10. Front turn signal light (Bulb type) 5. Rear personal light (if so equipped) 11. Front side marker light 6. Headlight (high-beam) 12. High-mounted stop light 7. Front fog light (if so equipped) 13. Cargo light

8-28 Do-it-yourself HEADLIGHTS EXTERIOR AND INTERIOR LIGHTS Fog may temporarily form inside the lens Item Wattage (W) Bulb No. of the exterior lights in the rain or in a car Headlight high/low beams* - wash. A temperature difference between LED the inside and the outside of the lens Front turn signal light* 28/8 or LED 7444NA or - causes the fog. This is not a malfunction. Front parking light* LED - If large drops of water collect inside the Front side marker light* 5 W5W lens, it is recommended you visit a NISSAN Front fog light (if so equipped)* LED - dealer for servicing. Side turn signal light (if so equipped)* LED - Replacing Daytime running light* LED - Rear combination light* If LED headlight replacement is required, it is recommended that you visit a NISSAN Turn signal light 21 W21W dealer for this service. Stop/tail light LED — Back-up 16 W16W Rear side marker light* 5 W5W License plate light* 5 (assembly) W5W Map light* 8 W8W Rear personal light (if so equipped)* 5 W5W Vanity mirror light* 5 W5W High-mounted stop light* LED - Room light (if so equipped)* 8 W8W Cargo light 8 - Lower center light (if so equipped)* 1.4 - Glove box light (if so equipped)* 1.4 - Console box light* 1.4 or LED -

*: It is recommended you visit a NISSAN dealer for replacement. NOTE: It is recommended that you check with the Parts Department at a NISSAN dealer for the latest information about parts.

Do-it-yourself 8-29 SDI2306 WAI0202X Cargo light : REMOVE : INSTALL Replacement procedures All other lights are either type A, B, C, D or E. When replacing a bulb, first remove the lens and/or cover.

8-30 Do-it-yourself WHEELS AND TIRES

If you have a flat tire, see “Flat tire” (P.6- Tire inflation pressure outside the vehicle for inflating the 3). Check the pressure of the tires tires to the recommended COLD TIRE PRESSURE (including the spare) often and al- tire pressure. (See “TPMS with Easy Fill Tire Alert” (P.5-9).) Tire Pressure Monitoring System ways prior to long distance trips. (TPMS) The recommended tire pressure Incorrect tire pressure, including specifications are shown on the This vehicle is equipped with the Tire under inflation, may adversely Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS). It Tire and Loading Information label affect tire life and vehicle hand- monitors tire pressure of all tires except under the “Cold Tire Pressure” ling. the spare. When the low tire pressure heading. The Tire and Loading In- warning light is lit, and the “Tire Pressure formation label is affixed to the WARNING Low - Add Air” warning message is driver side center pillar. Tire pres- displayed in the vehicle information display, one or more of your tires is sig- sures should be checked regularly . Improperly inflated tires can nificantly under-inflated. because: fail suddenly and cause an The TPMS will activate only when the . Most tires naturally lose air over accident. vehicle is driven at speeds above 16 MPH time. . The Gross Vehicle Weight (25 km/h). Also, this system may not . Tires can lose air suddenly when rating (GVWR) is located on detect a sudden drop in tire pressure driven over potholes or other (for example a flat tire while driving). the F.M.V.S.S./C.M.V.S.S. cer- objects or if the vehicle strikes tification label. The vehicle For more details, see “Low tire pressure a curb while parking. warning light” (P.2-18), “Tire Pressure Mon- weight capacity is indicated itoring System (TPMS)” (P.5-6) and “Tire The tire pressures should be on the Tire and Loading In- Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS)” (P.6- checked when the tires are cold. formation label. Do not load 3). The tires are considered COLD after your vehicle beyond this ca- the vehicle has been parked for 3 or pacity. Overloading your ve- more hours, or driven less than 1 hicle may result in reduced mile (1.6 km) at moderate speeds. tire life, unsafe operating TPMS with Easy Fill Tire Alert pro- conditions due to premature vides visual and audible signals tire failure, or unfavorable

Do-it-yourself 8-31 handling characteristics and could also lead to a serious accident. Loading beyond the specified capacity may also result in failure of other vehicle components. . Before taking a long trip, or whenever you heavily load your vehicle, use a tire pressure gauge to ensure that the tire pressures are at the specified level. . For additional information regarding tires, refer to “Im- portant Tire Safety Informa- tion” (US) or “Tire Safety Information” (Canada) in the Warranty Information Book- let.

8-32 Do-it-yourself Cold tire pressure: Inflate the tires to this pressure when the tires are cold. Tires are considered COLD after the vehicle has been parked for 3 or more hours, or driven less than 1 mile (1.6 km) at moderate speeds. The recommended cold tire inflation is set by the manufacturer to provide the best balance of tire wear, vehicle handling, driveability, tire noise, etc., up to the vehicle’s GVWR. Tire size — see “Tire labeling” (P.8-35). Spare tire size or compact spare tire size

SDI2503 Tire and Loading Information label hicle loading information” Seating capacity: The max- (P.10-15). imum number of occu- Original size: The size of pants that can be seated the tires originally installed in the vehicle. on the vehicle at the fac- Vehicle load limit: See “Ve- tory.

Do-it-yourself 8-33 4. Read the tire pressure on the gauge stem and compare it to the specification shown on the Tire and Loading Information label. 5. Add air to the tire as needed. If too much air is added, press the core of the valve stem briefly with the tip of the gauge stem to release pressure. Recheck the pressure and add or release air as needed. SDI1949 6. Install the valve stem cap. 7. Check the pressure of all other Checking the tire pressure tires, including the spare. 1. Remove the valve stem cap from the tire. 2. Press the pressure gauge squarely onto the valve stem. Do not press too hard or force the valve stem sideways, or air will escape. If the hissing sound of air escaping from the tire is heard while checking the pressure, reposition the gauge to eliminate this leakage. 3. Remove the gauge.

8-34 Do-it-yourself COLD TIRE INFLATION SIZE PRESSURE 235/65 R17 250 kPa, 36 PSI FRONT ORIGINAL 235/60 R18 230 kPa, 33 PSI TIRE 235/55 R19 230 kPa, 33 PSI 235/65 R17 230 kPa, 33 PSI REAR ORIGINAL TIRE 235/60 R18 210 kPa, 30 PSI 235/55 R19 210 kPa, 30 PSI T155/80 D17 (2WD) SPARE TIRE 420 kPa, 60 PSI T165/90 D17 (AWD) SDI1575 Example TIRE LABELING Federal law requires tire manufacturers to place standardized information on the sidewall of all tires. This information identifies and de- scribes the fundamental characteristics of the tire and also provides the tire identification number (TIN) for safety standard certification. The TIN can be used to identify the tire in case of a recall.

Do-it-yourself 8-35 height to width. 4. R: The “R” stands for radial. 5. Two-digit number (16): This number is the wheel or rim diameter in inches. 6. Two- or three-digit number (94): This number is the tire’s load index. It is a measurement of how much weight each tire can support. You may not find this information on all tires because SDI1606 it is not required by law. JVM0694X Example 7. H: Tire speed rating. You should Example Tire size (example: P215/60R16 not drive the vehicle faster than TIN (Tire Identification Number) 94H) the tire speed rating. for a new tire (example: DOT XX XX 1. P: The “P” indicates the tire is XXX XXXX) designed for passenger vehicles. 1. DOT: Abbreviation for the “De- (Not all tires have this informa- partment of Transportation”. tion.) The symbol can be placed 2. Three-digit number (215): This above, below or to the left or number gives the width in milli- right of the Tire Identification meters of the tire from sidewall Number. edge to sidewall edge. 2. Two-digit code: Manufacturer’s 3. Two-digit number (60): This identification mark number, known as the aspect 3. Two-digit code: Tire size ratio, gives the tire’s ratio of

8-36 Do-it-yourself 4. Three-digit code: Tire type code mum load in kilograms and pounds (2) the outward facing sidewall of (Optional) that can be carried by the tire. an asymmetrical tire that has a 5. Four numbers represent the When replacing the tires on the particular side that must always week and year the tire was built. vehicle, always use a tire that has face outward when mounted on a For example, the numbers 3103 the same load rating as the factory vehicle. means the 31st week of 2003. If installed tire. TYPES OF TIRES these numbers are missing, then Term of “tubeless” or “tube type” look on the other sidewall of the Indicates whether the tire requires WARNING tire. an inner tube (“tube type”) or not Tire ply composition and materi- (“tubeless”). . When changing or replacing tires, al be sure all four tires are of the The word “radial” same type (Example: Summer, All The number of layers or plies of The word “radial” is shown, if the Season or Snow) and construc- rubber-coated fabric in the tire. tire has radial structure. tion. A NISSAN dealer may be able Tire manufacturers also must in- to help you with information Manufacturer or brand name about tire type, size, speed rating dicate the materials in the tire, Manufacturer or brand name is and availability. which include steel, nylon, polye- shown. . Replacement tires may have a ster, and others. Other tire-related terminology: lower speed rating than the fac- Maximum permissible inflation tory equipped tires, and may not pressure In addition to the many terms that match the potential maximum are defined throughout this sec- vehicle speed. Never exceed the This number is the greatest tion, Intended Outboard Sidewall is maximum speed rating of the amount of air pressure that should (1) the sidewall that contains a tire. be put in the tire. Do not exceed the . whitewall, bears white lettering or Replacing tires with those not maximum permissible inflation originally specified by NISSAN bears manufacturer, brand and/or pressure. could affect the proper operation model name molding that is higher of the TPMS. Maximum load rating or deeper than the same molding This number indicates the maxi- on the other sidewall of the tire, or Do-it-yourself 8-37 . For additional information re- Summer tires tires. Skid and traction capabilities of garding tires, refer to “Important NISSAN specifies summer tires on some studded snow tires, on wet or dry sur- Tire Safety Information” (US) or models to provide superior performance faces, may be poorer than that of non- “Tire Safety Information” (Cana- on dry roads. Summer tire performance is studded snow tires. da) in the Warranty Information substantially reduced in snow and ice. TIRE CHAINS Booklet. Summer tires do not have the tire trac- . Always use tires of the same type, tion rating M&S on the tire sidewall. WARNING size, brand, construction and If you plan to operate your vehicle in tread pattern on all four wheels. snowy or icy conditions, NISSAN recom- Failure to do so may result in a mends the use of SNOW tires or ALL If tire chains are used with this circumference difference be- SEASON tires on all four wheels. vehicle, they must allow sufficient tween tires on the front and rear clearance between the tire and the axles which can cause the Vehicle Snow tires closest vehicle suspension or body Dynamic Control (VDC) system to If snow tires are needed, it is necessary to component. Failure to use the cor- malfunction resulting in personal select tires equivalent in size and load rect chains, or not properly installing injury or death, excessive tire rating to the original equipment tires. If chains, can damage the brakes, sus- wear and may damage the trans- you do not, it can adversely affect the pension or other vehicle parts and mission, transfer case and differ- safety and handling of your vehicle. cause a crash in which a person ential gears. could be seriously injured or killed. Generally, snow tires will have lower NISSAN recommends using the fol- speed ratings than factory equipped tires lowing chains, or equivalent. All season tires and may not match the potential maximum vehicle speed. Never exceed the . PEERLESS SUPER Z6 SZ-429 NISSAN specifies all season tires on some models to provide good performance all maximum speed rating of the tire. If you install snow tires, they must be the Use of tire chains may be prohibited year, including snowy and icy road con- according to location. Check the local ditions. All Season tires are identified by same size, brand, construction and tread pattern on all four wheels. laws before installing tire chains. When ALL SEASON and/or M&S (Mud and Snow) installing tire chains, make sure they are on the tire sidewall. Snow tires have For additional traction on icy roads, the proper size for the tires on your better snow traction than All Season tires studded tires may be used. However, vehicle and are installed according to and may be more appropriate in some some U.S. states and Canadian provinces the chain manufacturer’s suggestions. areas. prohibit their use. Check local, state and Use only SAE Class S chains. Class “S” provincial laws before installing studded chains are used on vehicles with re- 8-38 Do-it-yourself stricted tire to vehicle clearance. Vehicles As soon as possible, tighten the that can use Class “S” chains are designed wheel nuts to the specified torque to meet the SAE standard minimum clearances between the tire and the with a torque wrench. closest vehicle suspension or body com- Wheel nut tightening torque: ponent required to accommodate the 83 ft-lb (113 N·m) use of a winter traction device (tire chains or cables). The minimum clearances are The wheel nuts must be kept determined using the factory equipped tightened to the specification at tire size. Other types may damage your all times. It is recommended that vehicle. Use chain tensioners when re- wheel nuts be tightened to the commended by the tire chain manufacturer to ensure a tight fit. Loose end links specification at each tire rotation of the tire chain must be secured or interval. removed to prevent the possibility of JVM0287X whipping action damage to the fenders or underbody. If possible, avoid fully load- CHANGING WHEELS AND TIRES WARNING ing your vehicle when using tire chains. In addition, drive at a reduced speed. Other- Tire rotation . Retighten the wheel nuts wise, your vehicle may be damaged and/ NISSAN recommends rotating the when the vehicle has been or vehicle handling and performance may tires at the specified interval shown driven for 600 miles (1,000 be adversely affected. in the maintenance schedule. (See km) (also in cases of a flat Tire chains must be installed only on the “Maintenance and schedules” tire, etc.). the front wheels and not on the rear . Do not include the spare tire wheels. section. For tire replacing procedures, see “Flat tire” (P.6-3).) in the tire rotation. Never install tire chains on a TEMPORARY . USE ONLY spare tire. For additional information Do not use tire chains on dry roads. regarding tires, refer to “Im- Driving with tire chains in such conditions portant Tire Safety Informa- can cause damage to the various me- tion” (US) or “Tire Safety chanisms of the vehicle due to some Information” (Canada) in the overstress. Warranty Information Book- Do-it-yourself 8-39 let. . The original tires have built- . After rotating the tires, do in tread wear indicators. not use the Easy-Fill Tire When wear indicators are Alert to adjust the tire pres- visible, the tire(s) should be sure. Instead use a gauge to replaced. adjust the tires to the cor- . Tires degrade with age and rect pressure in accordance use. Have tires, including the with Tire and Loading Infor- spare, over 6 years old mation label. checked by a qualified tech- . To ensure proper operation nician, because some tire of the Easy-Fill Tire Alert damage may not be ob- vious. Replace the tires as system after a tire rotation, SDI1663 reset and register the sensor necessary to prevent tire to their new installed loca- 1. Wear indicator failure and possible perso- tions. It is recommended 2. Wear indicator location mark nal injury. that you visit a NISSAN deal- Tire wear and damage . Improper service of the er for this service. spare tire may result in serious personal injury. If it is WARNING necessary to repair the . Tires should be periodically spare tire, it is recom- inspected for wear, cracking, mended you visit a NISSAN bulging or objects caught in dealer for this service. the tread. If excessive wear, . For additional information cracks, bulging or deep cuts regarding tires, refer to “Im- are found, the tire(s) should portant Tire Safety Informa- be replaced. tion” (US) or “Tire Safety Information” (Canada) in the

8-40 Do-it-yourself Warranty Information Book- the same size and you are only possible. It is recommended you let. replacing 2 of the 4 tires, install visit a NISSAN dealer for these the new tires on the rear axle. services. Placing new tires on the front . Replacing tires with those not Replacing wheels and tires axle may cause loss of vehicle originally specified by NISSAN When replacing a tire, use the same size, control in some driving condi- could affect the proper operation tread design, speed rating and load tions and cause an accident and of the TPMS. personal injury. carrying capacity as originally equipped. . The TPMS sensor may be da- . (See “Specifications” (P.10-9) for recom- If the wheels are changed for any maged if it is not handled cor- mended types and sizes of tires and reason, always replace with rectly. Be careful when handling wheels.) wheels which have the same off- the TPMS sensor. set dimension. Wheels of a differ- . ent off-set could cause prema- When replacing the TPMS sensor, WARNING ture tire wear, degrade vehicle the ID registration may be re- handling characteristics and/or quired. It is recommended you . The use of tires other than those interference with the brake visit a NISSAN dealer for ID regis- recommended or the mixed use discs/drums. Such interference tration. of tires of different brands, con- can lead to decreased braking . Do not use a valve stem cap that struction (bias, bias-belted or ra- efficiency and/or early brake is not specified by NISSAN. The dial), or tread patterns can pad/shoe wear. See “Wheels and valve stem cap may become adversely affect the ride, braking, tires” (P.10-10) of this manual for stuck. handling, VDC system, ground wheel off-set dimensions. . Be sure that the valve stem caps clearance, body-to-tire clearance, . Since the spare tire is not are correctly fitted. Otherwise the tire chain clearance, speed- equipped with the TPMS, when a valve may be clogged up with dirt ometer calibration, headlight spare tire is mounted or a wheel and cause a malfunction or loss aim and bumper height. Some of is replaced, the TPMS will not of pressure. these effects may lead to acci- function and the low tire pressure . Do not install a damaged or dents and could result in serious warning light will flash for ap- personal injury. deformed wheel or tire even if it proximately 1 minute. The light has been repaired. Such wheels . For Two-Wheel Drive (2WD) mod- will remain on after 1 minute. or tires could have structural els, if your vehicle was originally Have your tires replaced and/or damage and could fail without equipped with 4 tires that were TPMS system reset as soon as warning. Do-it-yourself 8-41 . The use of retread tire is not pressure and wheel alignment should used, otherwise your vehicle could be recommended. also be checked and corrected as neces- damaged or involved in an accident. sary. It is recommended you visit a . For additional information re- NISSAN dealer for this service. garding tires, refer to “Important WARNING Tire Safety Information” (US) or Wheel balance “Tire Safety Information” (Cana- Unbalanced wheels may affect vehicle . The TEMPORARY USE ONLY spare da) in the Warranty Information handling and tire life. Even with regular tire should be used for emer- Booklet. use, wheels can get out of balance. gency use. It should be replaced Therefore, they should be balanced as with the standard tire at the first All-Wheel Drive (AWD) models required. opportunity to avoid possible tire Wheel balance service should be per- or differential damage. formed with the wheels off the vehicle. . Drive carefully while the TEMPOR- CAUTION Spin balancing the wheels on the vehi- ARY USE ONLY spare tire is incle could lead to mechanical damage. stalled. Avoid sharp turns and . Always use tires of the same size, For additional information regarding tires, abrupt braking while driving. brand, construction (bias, bias- refer to “Important Tire Safety Informa- . Periodically check spare tire in- belted or radial), and tread pat- tion” (US) or “Tire Safety Information” flation pressure. Always keep the tern on all four wheels. Failure to (Canada) in the Warranty Information pressure of the TEMPORARY USE do so may result in a circumfer- Booklet. ONLY spare tire at 60 psi (420 ence difference between tires on kPa, 4.2 bar). the front and rear axles which will Care of wheels . cause excessive tire wear and With the TEMPORARY USE ONLY See “Cleaning exterior” (P.7-2) for details spare tire installed, do not drive may damage the transmission about care of the wheels. and the drivetrain parts. your vehicle at speeds faster than 50 MPH (80 km/h). . Only use spare tires specified for Spare tire . When driving on roads covered each AWD model. Since the spare tire is not equipped with with snow or ice, the TEMPORARY the TPMS, when a spare tire is mounted USE ONLY spare tire should be If excessive tire wear is found, it is (TEMPORARY USE ONLY), the TPMS will used on the rear wheels and recommended that all four tires be re- not function. original tire used on the front placed with tires of the same size, brand, Observe the following precautions if the wheels (drive wheels). Use tire construction and tread pattern. The tire TEMPORARY USE ONLY spare tire must be chains only on the front (original) 8-42 Do-it-yourself tires. . Tire tread of the TEMPORARY USE ONLY spare tire will wear at a faster rate than the standard tire. Replace the spare tire as soon as the tread wear indicators appear. . Do not use the spare tire on other vehicles. . Do not use more than one spare tire at the same time. . Do not tow a trailer when the TEMPORARY USE ONLY spare tire is installed.

CAUTION

. Do not use tire chains on a TEMPORARY USE ONLY spare tire. Tire chains will not fit properly and may cause damage to the vehicle. . Because the TEMPORARY USE ONLY spare tire is smaller than the original tire, ground clearance is reduced. To avoid damage to the vehicle, do not drive over obstacles. Also do not drive the vehicle through an automatic car wash since it may get caught.

Do-it-yourself 8-43 MEMO

8-44 Do-it-yourself 9 Maintenance and schedules

Maintenance requirement ...... 9-2 Chassis and body maintenance ...... 9-6 General maintenance ...... 9-2 Maintenance schedules ...... 9-7 Scheduled maintenance ...... 9-2 Additional maintenance items for severe Where to go for service ...... 9-2 operating conditions ...... 9-7 General maintenance ...... 9-2 Oil control system...... 9-7 Explanation of general maintenance items...... 9-2 Standard maintenance ...... 9-8 Explanation of scheduled maintenance items...... 9-5 PR25DD engine model...... 9-8 Emission control system maintenance...... 9-5 KR15DDT engine model ...... 9-21 MAINTENANCE REQUIREMENT GENERAL MAINTENANCE

Some day-to-day and regular mainte- SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE During the normal day-to-day operation nance is essential to maintain your vehi- of the vehicle, general maintenance The maintenance items listed in this should be performed regularly as pre- cle good mechanical condition, as well as section are required to be serviced at its emission and engine performance. scribed in this section. If you detect any regular intervals. However, under severe unusual sounds, vibrations or smells, be It is the owner’s responsibility to make driving conditions, additional or more sure to check for the cause or have it sure that the scheduled maintenance, as frequent maintenance will be required. checked promptly. In addition, it is re- well as general maintenance, is per- WHERE TO GO FOR SERVICE commended that you visit a NISSAN deal- formed. If maintenance service is required or your er if you think that repairs are required. As the vehicle owner, you are the only one vehicle appears to malfunction, have the When performing any checks or mainte- who can ensure that your vehicle receives systems checked and serviced. It is re- nance work, see “Maintenance precau- the proper maintenance care. You are a commended you visit a NISSAN dealer for tions” (P.8-2). vital link in the maintenance chain. this service. EXPLANATION OF GENERAL MAIN- GENERAL MAINTENANCE NISSAN technicians are well-trained spe- TENANCE ITEMS General maintenance includes those cialists and are kept up-to-date with the items which should be checked during latest service information through tech- Additional information on the following normal day-to-day operation. They are nical bulletins, service tips, and training items with “*” is found in the “8. Do-it- essential for proper vehicle operation. It is programs. They are completely qualified yourself” section of this manual. your responsibility to perform these pro- to work on NISSAN vehicles before work Outside the vehicle cedures regularly as prescribed. begins. The maintenance items listed here should Performing general maintenance checks If your vehicle is involved in a collision, it is be performed from time to time, unless requires minimal mechanical skill and recommended that you ask your NISSAN otherwise specified. only a few general automotive tools. dealer where the nearest NISSAN Certified Doors and engine hood: Check that all These checks or inspections can be done Collision Center is located, or go to http:// collision.nissanusa.com. doors and the engine hood operate by yourself, a qualified technician or, if you properly. Also ensure that all latches lock prefer, a NISSAN dealer. You can be confident that a NISSAN securely. Lubricate hinges, latches, latch dealer’s service department performs pins, rollers and links if necessary. Make the best job to meet the maintenance sure that the secondary latch keeps the requirements on your vehicle. hood from opening when the primary latch is released. When driving in areas using road salt or

9-2 Maintenance and schedules other corrosive materials, check lubrica- there may be a need for wheel alignment. pedal does not catch or require uneven tion frequently. If the steering wheel or seat vibrates at effort. Keep the floor mat away from the Lights*: Clean the headlights on a regular normal highway speeds, wheel balancing pedal. basis. Make sure that the headlights, stop may be needed. Brake pedal: Check the pedal for smooth lights, tail lights, turn signal lights, and For additional information regarding tires, operation. If the brake pedal suddenly other lights are all operating properly and refer to “Important Tire Safety Informa- goes down further than normal, the pedal installed securely. Also check headlight tion” (US) or “Tire Safety Information” feels spongy or the vehicle seems to take aim. (Canada) in the NISSAN Warranty Infor- longer to stop, have your vehicle checked Road wheel nuts (lug nuts)*: When mation Booklet. immediately. It is recommended you visit checking the tires, make sure no wheel a NISSAN dealer for this service. Keep the Windshield: Clean the windshield on a floor mat away from the pedal. nuts are missing, and check for any loose regular basis. Check the windshield at wheel nuts. Tighten if necessary. least every six months for cracks or other Brakes: Check that the brakes do not pull Tire rotation*: Rotate tires at the speci- damage. Have a damaged windshield the vehicle to one side when applied. fied interval shown in the maintenance repaired by a qualified repair facility. Continuously Variable Transmission schedule. It is recommended that you have a (CVT) P (Park) mechanism: On a fairly Tires*: Check the pressure with a gauge damaged windshield repaired by a steep hill, check that the vehicle is held often and always prior to long distance NISSAN dealer, or a NISSAN Certified securely with the shift lever in the P (Park) trips. If necessary, adjust the pressure in Collision Center. To locate a collision position without applying any brakes. all tires, including the spare (if so center in your area, refer to http://colli- Parking brake: Check the parking brake equipped), to the pressure specified. sion.nissanusa.com. operation regularly. The vehicle should be Check carefully for damage, cuts or Windshield wiper blades*: Check for securely held on a fairly steep hill with excessive wear. cracks or wear if they do not wipe only the parking brake applied. If the Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) properly. parking brake needs adjusted, it is re- transmitter components: Replace the commended you visit a NISSAN dealer for TPMS transmitter snap-in type, valve core Inside the vehicle this service. and cap when the tires are replaced due The maintenance items listed here should Seat belts: Check that all parts of the seat to wear or age. be checked on a regular basis, such as belt system (for example, buckles, an- Wheel alignment and balance: If the when performing scheduled mainte- chors, adjusters and retractors) operate vehicle should pull to either side while nance, cleaning the vehicle, etc. properly and smoothly, and are installed driving on a straight and level road, or if Accelerator pedal: Check the pedal for securely. Check the belt webbing for cuts, you detect uneven or abnormal tire wear, smooth operation and make sure the fraying, wear or damage.

Maintenance and schedules 9-3 Seats: Check seat position controls such dealer for service. Exhaust system: Make sure there are no as seat adjusters, seatback recliners, etc. NOTE: loose supports, cracks or holes. If the to ensure they operate smoothly and that sound of the exhaust seems unusual or all latches lock securely in every position. Care should be taken to avoid situations there is a smell of exhaust fumes, im- Check that the head restraints/headrests that can lead to potential battery dis- mediately have the exhaust system in- move up and down smoothly and that charge and potential no-start condi- spected. It is recommended you visit a the locks (if so equipped) hold securely in tions such as: NISSAN dealer for this service. (See “Pre- all latched positions. 1. Installation or extended use of elec- cautions when starting and driving” (P.5- tronic accessories that consume 5) for exhaust gas (carbon monoxide).) Steering wheel: Check for changes in the battery power when the engine is steering conditions, such as excessive not running (Phone chargers, GPS, Fluid leaks: Check under the vehicle for free play, hard steering or strange noises. DVD players, etc.) fuel, oil, water or other fluid leaks after the Warning lights and chimes: Make sure vehicle has been parked for a while. Water 2. Vehicle is not driven regularly and/ dripping from the air conditioner after use that all warning lights and chimes are or only driven short distances. operating properly. is normal. If you should notice any leaks or if gasoline fumes are evident, check for Windshield defroster: Check that the air In these cases, the battery may need to be charged to maintain battery health. the cause and have it corrected immedi- comes out of the defroster outlets prop- ately. erly and in sufficient quantity when oper- Brake fluid level*: Make sure that the ating the heater or air conditioner. brake fluid level is between the MAX and Radiator and hoses: Check the front of MIN lines on the reservoir. the radiator and clean off any dirt, insects, Windshield wiper and washer*: Check leaves, etc., that may have accumulated. Engine coolant level*: Check the coolant that the wipers and washers operate Make sure the hoses have no cracks, level when the engine is cold. properly and that the wipers do not deformation, rot or loose connections. streak. Intercooler coolant level*: Check the Underbody: The underbody is frequently coolant level when the engine is cold. Under the hood and vehicle exposed to corrosive substances such as Engine drive belt*: Make sure that the The maintenance items listed here should those used on icy roads or to control drive belt is not frayed, worn, cracked or be checked periodically (for example, dust. It is very important to remove these oily. each time you check the engine oil or substances, otherwise rust will form on refuel). Engine oil level*: Check the level after the floor pan, frame, fuel lines and around parking the vehicle on a level surface and the exhaust system. At the end of winter, Battery*: This vehicle is equipped with a turning off the engine. Wait more than 10 the underbody should be thoroughly sealed maintenance free battery. It is minutes for the oil to drain back into the flushed with plain water, being careful to recommended that you visit a NISSAN oil pan. clean those areas where mud and dirt 9-4 Maintenance and schedules EXPLANATION OF SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE ITEMS may accumulate. For additional informa- The following descriptions are provided For recommended fuel, lubricants, tion, see “Cleaning exterior” (P.7-2). to give you a better understanding of the fluids, grease, and refrigerant, refer to Windshield washer fluid*: Check that scheduled maintenance items that “Capacities and recommended fluids/ there is adequate fluid in the reservoir. should be regularly checked or replaced. lubricants” (P.10-3) of this manual. The maintenance schedule indicates at which mileage/time intervals each item EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEM MAIN- requires service. TENANCE In addition to scheduled maintenance, Drive belt*: your vehicle requires that some items be Check engine drive belt for wear, fraying checked during normal day-to-day op- or cracking and for proper tension. Re- eration. Refer to “General maintenance” place any damaged drive belt. (P.9-2). Engine air filter: Items marked with “*” are recommended Replace at specified intervals. When driv- by NISSAN for reliable vehicle operation. ing for prolonged periods in dusty condi- You are not required to perform main- tions, check/replace the filter more tenance on these items in order to frequently. maintain the warranties which come with your vehicle. Other maintenance items Engine coolant*: and intervals are required. Replace coolant at the specified interval. When applicable, additional information When adding or replacing coolant, be can be found in the “8. Do-it-yourself” sure to use only Genuine NISSAN Long section of this manual. Life Antifreeze/Coolant (blue) or equivalent with the proper mixture. (Refer to NOTE: “Engine cooling system” (P.8-4) to deter- NISSAN does not advocate the use of mine the proper mixture for your area.) non-OEM approved aftermarket flush- NOTE: ing systems and strongly advises against performing these services on a Mixing any other type of coolant or the NISSAN product. Many of the aftermar- use of non-distilled water may reduce ket flushing systems use non-OEM ap- the recommended service interval of proved chemicals or solvents, the use of the coolant. which has not been validated by NISSAN. Maintenance and schedules 9-5 Intercooler coolant: CHASSIS AND BODY MAINTENANCE Transmission fluid/oil, differential oil Intercooler coolant is maintenance-free. Brake lines and cables: and transfer case oil: Engine oil and oil filter: Visually inspect for proper installation. Visually inspect for signs of leakage at specified intervals. Replace engine oil and oil filter at the Check for chafing, cracks, deterioration, specified intervals. For recommended oil and signs of leaking. Replace any deterio- If using a car-top carrier, or towing a grade and viscosity refer to “Capacities rated or damaged parts immediately. trailer, or using a camper, or driving on and recommended fluids/lubricants” Brake pads and rotors: rough or muddy roads: (P.10-3). . Check for wear, deterioration and fluid Replace the differential oil and trans- Engine valve clearance*: leaks. Replace any deteriorated or da- fer case oil every 20,000 miles (32,000 km) or 24 months. Inspect only if valve noise increases. maged parts immediately. . Replace the CVT fluid every 60,000 Adjust valve clearance if necessary. Exhaust system: miles (96,000 km) or request the deal- Evaporative emissions control vapor Visually inspect the exhaust pipes, muffler er to inspect the fluid deterioration lines*: and hangers for leaks, cracks, deteriora- data using a CONSULT. If the dete- tion, and damage. Tighten connections or Check vapor lines for leaks or looseness. rioration data is more than 210,000, replace parts as necessary. Tighten connections or replace parts as replace the CVT fluid. necessary. In-cabin microfilter: Fuel filter Replace at specified intervals. When driving for prolonged periods in dusty condi- Periodic maintenance is not required (in- tions, replace the filter more frequently. tank type filter). Propeller shaft(s): Fuel lines*: Check for damage, looseness, and grease Check the fuel hoses, piping and connec- leakage. (AWD) tions for leaks, looseness, or deterioration. Tighten connections or replace parts as Steering gear and linkage, axle and necessary. suspension parts, drive shaft boots: Spark plugs: Check for damage, looseness, and leakage of oil or grease. Under severe driving Replace at specified intervals. Install new conditions, inspect more frequently. plugs of the type as originally equipped. Tire rotation: Rotate tires at the specified interval. 9-6 Maintenance and schedules MAINTENANCE SCHEDULES

To help ensure smooth, safe and eco- . Operating in hot weather in stop-and- nomical driving, NISSAN provides two go “rush hour” traffic. maintenance schedules that may be . Extensive idling and/or low speed used, depending upon the conditions in driving for long distances, such as which you usually drive. These schedules police, taxi or door-to-door delivery contain both distance and time intervals, use. up to 120,000 miles (192,000 km)/96 . Driving in dusty conditions. months. For most people, the odometer . reading will indicate when service is Driving on rough, muddy or salt needed. However, if you drive very little, spread roads. . your vehicle should be serviced at the Using a car-top carrier. regular time intervals shown in the sche- . Towing a trailer. dule. . Using a camper. After 120,000 miles (192,000 km)/96 If your vehicle is mainly operated under months, continue maintenance at the the severe conditions, follow the severe same mileage/time intervals. maintenance intervals shown in the ADDITIONAL MAINTENANCE ITEMS maintenance schedule. FOR SEVERE OPERATING CONDI- OIL CONTROL SYSTEM TIONS Your vehicle is equipped with oil control system. It calculates engine oil and filter Additional maintenance items for se- change intervals based on driving condi- vere operating conditions; should be tions. Driving in the following severe performed on vehicles that are driven conditions will shorten the engine oil under especially demanding conditions. and filter change interval. Additional maintenance items should be performed if you primarily operate your vehicle under the following conditions: . Repeated short trips of less than 5 miles (8 km). . Repeated short trips of less than 10 miles (16 km) with outside temperatures remaining below freezing.

Maintenance and schedules 9-7 STANDARD MAINTENANCE

PR25DD ENGINE MODEL The following shows the maintenance schedule. Choose the maintenance schedule needed based on your vehicle driving conditions. After 120,000 miles (192,000 km)/144 months, continue maintenance at the same mileage/time interval. Severe maintenance: 5,000 Miles/6 Months/8,000 Km 10,000 Miles/12 Months/16,000 Km . Standard maintenance: Standard maintenance: Inspect brake pads and rotors . . . Inspect exhaust system Perform tire rotation Inspect brake lines and cables . Severe maintenance: . Inspect brake pads and rotors Inspect steering gear and linkage . . . Inspect axle and suspension parts Inspect brake pads and rotors Inspect CVT fluid . . Inspect exhaust system . Inspect propeller shaft (AWD models) Inspect propeller shaft (AWD models) . . . Inspect drive shaft boots Inspect steering gear and linkage Inspect differential gear oil (AWD models) . . Inspect axle and suspension parts . Inspect AWD coupling oil (AWD models) Replace brake fluid . Inspect propeller shaft (AWD models) . Inspect transfer case oil (AWD models) (1) If the oil replacement indicator is displayed, . Inspect drive shaft boots . Inspect drive shaft boots change the engine oil and filter within two . Replace engine oil and filter (1) weeks or less than 500 miles (800 km). . Perform tire rotation

9-8 Maintenance and schedules 15,000 Miles/18 Months/24,000 20,000 Miles/24 Months/32,000 Severe maintenance: . Inspect brake pads and rotors Km Km . Inspect exhaust system Standard maintenance: Standard maintenance: . Inspect steering gear and linkage . Inspect Intelligent Key battery . Inspect brake lines and cables . Inspect axle and suspension parts . Replace In-cabin microfilter . Inspect brake pads and rotors . Inspect propeller shaft (AWD models) . Perform tire rotation . Inspect CVT fluid . Inspect drive shaft boots Severe maintenance: . Inspect fuel tank vapor vent system . Replace brake fluid . Inspect brake pads and rotors . Inspect fuel lines/connections (1) If the oil replacement indicator is displayed, . Inspect exhaust system . Inspect exhaust system . . change the engine oil and filter within two Inspect steering gear and linkage Inspect steering gear and linkage weeks or less than 500 miles (800 km). . Inspect axle and suspension parts . Inspect axle and suspension parts . Inspect propeller shaft (AWD models) . Inspect propeller shaft (AWD models) . Inspect drive shaft boots . Inspect differential gear oil (AWD models) . Inspect AWD coupling oil (AWD models) . Inspect transfer case oil (AWD models) . Inspect drive shaft boots . Replace brake fluid . Replace engine oil and filter (1) . Perform tire rotation

Maintenance and schedules 9-9 25,000 Miles/30 Months/40,000 30,000 Miles/36 Months/48,000 Severe maintenance: . Inspect brake pads and rotors Km Km . Inspect exhaust system Standard maintenance: Standard maintenance: . Inspect steering gear and linkage . Perform tire rotation . Inspect brake lines and cables . Inspect axle and suspension parts Severe maintenance: . Inspect brake pads and rotors . Inspect propeller shaft (AWD models) . Inspect brake pads and rotors . Inspect CVT fluid . Inspect drive shaft boots . Inspect exhaust system . Inspect propeller shaft (AWD models) . Replace brake fluid . Inspect steering gear and linkage . Inspect differential gear oil (AWD models) (1) If operating mainly in dusty conditions, more . Inspect axle and suspension parts . Inspect AWD coupling oil (AWD models) . . frequent maintenance may be required. Inspect propeller shaft (AWD models) Inspect transfer case oil (AWD models) (2) If the oil replacement indicator is displayed, . Inspect drive shaft boots . Inspect drive shaft boots . change the engine oil and filter within two Replace engine air filter (1) weeks or less than 500 miles (800 km). . Replace engine oil and filter (2) . Replace In-cabin microfilter . Replace Intelligent Key battery . Perform tire rotation

9-10 Maintenance and schedules 35,000 Miles/42 Months/56,000 40,000 Miles/48 Months/64,000 Severe maintenance: . Inspect brake pads and rotors Km Km . Inspect exhaust system Standard maintenance: Standard maintenance: . Inspect steering gear and linkage . Perform tire rotation . Inspect brake lines and cables . Inspect axle and suspension parts Severe maintenance: . Inspect brake pads and rotors . Inspect propeller shaft (AWD models) . Inspect brake pads and rotors . Inspect CVT fluid . Inspect drive shaft boots . Inspect exhaust system . Inspect engine drive belts . Replace brake fluid . Inspect steering gear and linkage . Inspect fuel tank vapor vent system (1) If the oil replacement indicator is displayed, . Inspect axle and suspension parts . Inspect fuel lines/connections . . change the engine oil and filter within two Inspect propeller shaft (AWD models) Inspect exhaust system weeks or less than 500 miles (800 km). . Inspect drive shaft boots . Inspect steering gear and linkage . Inspect axle and suspension part . Inspect propeller shaft (AWD models) . Inspect differential gear oil (AWD models) . Inspect AWD coupling oil (AWD models) . Inspect transfer case oil (AWD models) . Inspect drive shaft boots . Replace brake fluid . Replace engine oil and filter (1) . Perform tire rotation

Maintenance and schedules 9-11 45,000 Miles/54 Months/72,000 50,000 Miles/60 Months/80,000 Severe maintenance: . Inspect brake pads and rotors Km Km . Inspect exhaust system Standard maintenance: Standard maintenance: . Inspect steering gear and linkage . Replace In-cabin microfilter . Inspect brake lines and cables . Inspect axle and suspension parts . Replace Intelligent Key battery . Inspect brake pads and rotors . Inspect propeller shaft (AWD models) . Perform tire rotation . Inspect CVT fluid . Inspect drive shaft boots Severe maintenance: . Inspect engine drive belts . Replace brake fluid . Inspect brake pads and rotors . Inspect propeller shaft (AWD models) (1) If the oil replacement indicator is displayed, . Inspect exhaust system . Inspect differential gear oil (AWD models) . . change the engine oil and filter within two Inspect steering gear and linkage Inspect AWD coupling oil (AWD models) weeks or less than 500 miles (800 km). . Inspect axle and suspension parts . Inspect transfer case oil (AWD models) . Inspect propeller shaft (AWD models) . Inspect drive shaft boots . Inspect drive shaft boots . Replace engine oil and filter (1) . Perform tire rotation

9-12 Maintenance and schedules 55,000 Miles/66 Months/88,000 60,000 Miles/72 Months/96,000 Severe maintenance: . Inspect brake pads and rotors Km Km . Inspect exhaust system Standard maintenance: Standard maintenance: . Inspect steering gear and linkage . Perform tire rotation . Inspect brake lines and cables . Inspect axle and suspension parts Severe maintenance: . Inspect brake pads and rotors . Inspect propeller shaft (AWD models) . Inspect brake pads and rotors . Inspect CVT fluid . Inspect drive shaft boots . Inspect exhaust system . Inspect engine drive belts . Replace brake fluid . Inspect steering gear and linkage . Inspect fuel tank vapor vent system . Replace CVT fluid . . Inspect axle and suspension parts Inspect fuel lines/connections (1) If operating mainly in dusty conditions, more . Inspect propeller shaft (AWD models) . Inspect exhaust system . . frequent maintenance may be required. Inspect drive shaft boots Inspect steering gear and linkage (2) If the oil replacement indicator is displayed, . Inspect axle and suspension part . change the engine oil and filter within two Inspect propeller shaft (AWD models) weeks or less than 500 miles (800 km). . Inspect differential gear oil (AWD models) . Inspect AWD coupling oil (AWD models) . Inspect transfer case oil (AWD models) . Inspect drive shaft boots . Replace engine air filter (1) . Replace brake fluid . Replace engine oil and filter (2) . Replace In-cabin microfilter . Replace Intelligent Key battery . Perform tire rotation

Maintenance and schedules 9-13 65,000 Miles/78 Months/104,000 70,000 Miles/84 Months/112,000 Severe maintenance: . Inspect brake pads and rotors Km Km . Inspect exhaust system Standard maintenance: Standard maintenance: . Inspect steering gear and linkage . Perform tire rotation . Inspect brake lines and cables . Inspect axle and suspension parts Severe maintenance: . Inspect brake pads and rotors . Inspect propeller shaft (AWD models) . Inspect brake pads and rotors . Inspect CVT fluid . Inspect drive shaft boots . Inspect exhaust system . Inspect engine drive belts . Replace brake fluid . Inspect steering gear and linkage . Inspect propeller shaft (AWD models) (1) If the oil replacement indicator is displayed, . Inspect axle and suspension parts . Inspect differential gear oil (AWD models) . . change the engine oil and filter within two Inspect propeller shaft (AWD models) Inspect AWD coupling oil (AWD models) weeks or less than 500 miles (800 km). . Inspect drive shaft boots . Inspect transfer case oil (AWD models) . Inspect drive shaft boots . Replace engine oil and filter (1) . Perform tire rotation

9-14 Maintenance and schedules 75,000 Miles/90 Months/120,000 80,000 Miles/96 Months/128,000 Severe maintenance: . Inspect brake pads and rotors Km Km . Inspect exhaust system Standard maintenance: Standard maintenance: . Inspect steering gear and linkage . Replace In-cabin microfilter . Inspect brake lines and cables . Inspect axle and suspension parts . Replace Intelligent Key battery . Inspect brake pads and rotors . Inspect propeller shaft (AWD models) . Perform tire rotation . Inspect CVT fluid . Inspect drive shaft boots Severe maintenance: . Inspect engine drive belts . Replace brake fluid . Inspect brake pads and rotors . Inspect fuel tank vapor vent system (1) If the oil replacement indicator is displayed, . Inspect exhaust system . Inspect fuel lines/connections . . change the engine oil and filter within two Inspect steering gear and linkage Inspect exhaust system weeks or less than 500 miles (800 km). . Inspect axle and suspension parts . Inspect steering gear and linkage . Inspect propeller shaft (AWD models) . Inspect axle and suspension part . Inspect drive shaft boots . Inspect propeller shaft (AWD models) . Inspect differential gear oil (AWD models) . Inspect AWD coupling oil (AWD models) . Inspect transfer case oil (AWD models) . Inspect drive shaft boots . Replace brake fluid . Replace engine oil and filter (1) . Perform tire rotation

Maintenance and schedules 9-15 85,000 Miles/102 Months/136,000 90,000 Miles/108 Months/144,000 Severe maintenance: . Inspect brake pads and rotors Km Km . Inspect exhaust system Standard maintenance: Standard maintenance: . Inspect steering gear and linkage . Perform tire rotation . Inspect brake lines and cables . Inspect axle and suspension parts Severe maintenance: . Inspect brake pads and rotors . Inspect propeller shaft (AWD models) . Inspect brake pads and rotors . Inspect CVT fluid . Inspect drive shaft boots . Inspect exhaust system . Inspect engine drive belts . Replace brake fluid . Inspect steering gear and linkage . Inspect propeller shaft (AWD models) (1) If operating mainly in dusty conditions, more . Inspect axle and suspension parts . Inspect differential gear oil (AWD models) . . frequent maintenance may be required. Inspect propeller shaft (AWD models) Inspect AWD coupling oil (AWD models) (2) If the oil replacement indicator is displayed, . Inspect drive shaft boots . Inspect transfer case oil (AWD models) . change the engine oil and filter within two Inspect drive shaft boots weeks or less than 500 miles (800 km). . Replace engine air filter (1) . Replace engine oil and filter (2) . Replace In-cabin microfilter . Replace Intelligent Key battery . Perform tire rotation

9-16 Maintenance and schedules 95,000 Miles/114 Months/152,000 100,000 Miles/120 Months/160,000 Severe maintenance: . Inspect brake pads and rotors Km Km . Inspect exhaust system Standard maintenance: Standard maintenance: . Inspect steering gear and linkage . Perform tire rotation . Inspect brake lines and cables . Inspect axle and suspension parts Severe maintenance: . Inspect brake pads and rotors . Inspect propeller shaft (AWD models) . Inspect brake pads and rotors . Inspect CVT fluid . Inspect drive shaft boots . Inspect exhaust system . Inspect engine drive belts . Replace brake fluid . Inspect steering gear and linkage . Inspect fuel tank vapor vent system (1) If the oil replacement indicator is displayed, . Inspect axle and suspension parts . Inspect fuel lines/connections . . change the engine oil and filter within two Inspect propeller shaft (AWD models) Inspect exhaust system weeks or less than 500 miles (800 km). . Inspect drive shaft boots . Inspect steering gear and linkage . Inspect axle and suspension part . Inspect propeller shaft (AWD models) . Inspect differential gear oil (AWD models) . Inspect AWD coupling oil (AWD models) . Inspect transfer case oil (AWD models) . Inspect drive shaft boots . Replace brake fluid . Replace engine oil and filter (1) . Perform tire rotation

Maintenance and schedules 9-17 105,000 Miles/126 Months/168,000 (1) Performed based on the number of miles 110,000 Miles/132 Months/176,000 only Km (2) Replace spark plug when the plug gap Km Standard maintenance: Standard maintenance: . exceeds 0.053 in (1.35 mm) even if within . Replace In-cabin microfilter specified periodic replacement mileage. Inspect brake lines and cables . Replace Intelligent Key battery . Inspect brake pads and rotors . (3) First replacement interval is 105,000 miles . Perform tire rotation (168,000 km) or 84 months. After first repla- Inspect CVT fluid . Replace spark plugs (1) (2) . Inspect engine drive belts cement, replace every 75,000 miles (120,000 . Replace engine coolant* (3) . Inspect propeller shaft (AWD models) km) or 60 months. Severe maintenance: . Inspect differential gear oil (AWD models) . Inspect brake pads and rotors *: Maintenance items and intervals with “ * ” are . Inspect AWD coupling oil (AWD models) . Inspect exhaust system recommended by NISSAN for reliable vehicle . Inspect transfer case oil (AWD models) . Inspect steering gear and linkage operation. The owner need not perform such . Inspect drive shaft boots . Inspect axle and suspension parts maintenance in order to maintain the emission . Replace engine oil and filter (1) . Inspect propeller shaft (AWD models) warranty or manufacturer recall liability. Other . Perform tire rotation . Inspect drive shaft boots maintenance items and intervals are required.

9-18 Maintenance and schedules Severe maintenance: 115,000 Miles/138 Months/184,000 120,000 Miles/144 Months/192,000 . Inspect brake pads and rotors . Inspect exhaust system Km Km . Inspect steering gear and linkage Standard maintenance: Standard maintenance: . Inspect axle and suspension parts . Perform tire rotation . Inspect brake lines and cables . Inspect propeller shaft (AWD models) Severe maintenance: . Inspect brake pads and rotors . Inspect drive shaft boots . Inspect brake pads and rotors . Inspect CVT fluid . Replace brake fluid . Inspect exhaust system . Inspect engine drive belts (1) If the oil replacement indicator is displayed, . Inspect steering gear and linkage . Inspect fuel tank vapor vent system . Inspect axle and suspension parts . Inspect fuel lines/connections change the engine oil and filter within two . . weeks or less than 500 miles (800 km). Inspect propeller shaft (AWD models) Inspect exhaust system . Inspect drive shaft boots . Inspect steering gear and linkage . Inspect axle and suspension part . Inspect propeller shaft (AWD models) . Inspect differential gear oil (AWD models) . Inspect AWD coupling oil (AWD models) . Inspect transfer case oil (AWD models) . Inspect drive shaft boots . Replace engine air filter (1) . Replace brake fluid . Replace engine oil and filter (2) . Replace In-cabin microfilter . Replace Intelligent Key battery . Perform tire rotation

Maintenance and schedules 9-19 Severe maintenance: . Inspect brake pads and rotors . Inspect exhaust system . Inspect steering gear and linkage . Inspect axle and suspension parts . Inspect propeller shaft (AWD models) . Inspect drive shaft boots . Replace brake fluid . Replace CVT fluid (1) If operating mainly in dusty conditions, more frequent maintenance may be required. (2) If the oil replacement indicator is displayed, change the engine oil and filter within two weeks or less than 500 miles (800 km).

9-20 Maintenance and schedules KR15DDT ENGINE MODEL The following shows the maintenance schedule. Choose the maintenance schedule needed based on your vehicle driving conditions. After 90,000 miles (144,000 km)/144 months, continue maintenance at the same mileage/time interval. Severe maintenance: 3,750 Miles/6 Months/6,000 Km 7,500 Miles/12 Months/12,000 Km . Standard maintenance: Standard maintenance: Inspect brake pads and rotors . . . Inspect exhaust system Perform tire rotation Inspect brake lines and cables . Severe maintenance: . Inspect brake pads and rotors Inspect steering gear and linkage . . . Inspect axle and suspension parts Inspect brake pads and rotors Inspect CVT fluid . . Inspect exhaust system . Inspect propeller shaft (AWD models) Inspect propeller shaft (AWD models) . . . Inspect drive shaft boots Inspect steering gear and linkage Inspect differential gear oil (AWD models) . . Inspect axle and suspension parts . Inspect AWD coupling oil (AWD models) Replace brake fluid . Inspect propeller shaft (AWD models) . Inspect transfer case oil (AWD models) (1) If the oil replacement indicator is displayed, . Inspect drive shaft boots . Inspect drive shaft boots change the engine oil and filter within two . Replace engine oil and filter (1) weeks or less than 500 miles (800 km). . Perform tire rotation

Maintenance and schedules 9-21 11,250 Miles/18 Months/18,000 Km 15,000 Miles/24 Months/24,000 Severe maintenance: . Inspect brake pads and rotors Standard maintenance: Km . . Inspect Intelligent Key battery Inspect exhaust system Standard maintenance: . Inspect steering gear and linkage . Replace In-cabin microfilter . . Inspect brake lines and cables . Inspect axle and suspension parts Perform tire rotation . Inspect brake pads and rotors . Severe maintenance: Inspect propeller shaft (AWD models) . Inspect CVT fluid . Inspect drive shaft boots . Inspect brake pads and rotors . . Inspect fuel tank vapor vent system . Replace brake fluid Inspect exhaust system . Inspect fuel lines/connections . Inspect steering gear and linkage . (1) If the oil replacement indicator is displayed, . Inspect exhaust system change the engine oil and filter within two Inspect axle and suspension parts . Inspect steering gear and linkage . Inspect propeller shaft (AWD models) . weeks or less than 500 miles (800 km). . Inspect axle and suspension parts Inspect drive shaft boots . Inspect propeller shaft (AWD models) . Inspect differential gear oil (AWD models) . Inspect AWD coupling oil (AWD models) . Inspect transfer case oil (AWD models) . Inspect drive shaft boots . Replace brake fluid . Replace engine oil and filter (1) . Perform tire rotation

9-22 Maintenance and schedules 18,750 Miles/30 Months/30,000 22,500 Miles/36 Months/36,000 Severe maintenance: . Inspect brake pads and rotors Km Km . Inspect exhaust system Standard maintenance: Standard maintenance: . Inspect steering gear and linkage . Perform tire rotation . Inspect brake lines and cables . Inspect axle and suspension parts Severe maintenance: . Inspect brake pads and rotors . Inspect propeller shaft (AWD models) . Inspect brake pads and rotors . Inspect CVT fluid . Inspect drive shaft boots . Inspect exhaust system . Inspect propeller shaft (AWD models) . Replace brake fluid . Inspect steering gear and linkage . Inspect differential gear oil (AWD models) (1) If the oil replacement indicator is displayed, . Inspect axle and suspension parts . Inspect AWD coupling oil (AWD models) . . change the engine oil and filter within two Inspect propeller shaft (AWD models) Inspect transfer case oil (AWD models) weeks or less than 500 miles (800 km). . Inspect drive shaft boots . Inspect drive shaft boots . Replace engine oil and filter (1) . Replace In-cabin microfilter . Replace Intelligent Key battery . Perform tire rotation

Maintenance and schedules 9-23 26,250 Miles/42 Months/42,000 30,000 Miles/48 Months/48,000 Severe maintenance: . Inspect brake pads and rotors Km Km . Inspect exhaust system Standard maintenance: Standard maintenance: . Inspect steering gear and linkage . Perform tire rotation . Inspect brake lines and cables . Inspect axle and suspension parts Severe maintenance: . Inspect brake pads and rotors . Inspect propeller shaft (AWD models) . Inspect brake pads and rotors . Inspect CVT fluid . Inspect drive shaft boots . Inspect exhaust system . Inspect engine drive belts . Replace brake fluid . Inspect steering gear and linkage . Inspect fuel tank vapor vent system (1) If operating mainly in dusty conditions, more . Inspect axle and suspension parts . Inspect fuel lines/connections . . frequent maintenance may be required. Inspect propeller shaft (AWD models) Inspect exhaust system (2) If the oil replacement indicator is displayed, . Inspect drive shaft boots . Inspect steering gear and linkage . change the engine oil and filter within two Inspect axle and suspension part weeks or less than 500 miles (800 km). . Inspect propeller shaft (AWD models) . Inspect differential gear oil (AWD models) . Inspect AWD coupling oil (AWD models) . Inspect transfer case oil (AWD models) . Inspect drive shaft boots . Replace engine air filter (1) . Replace brake fluid . Replace engine oil and filter (2) . Perform tire rotation

9-24 Maintenance and schedules 33,750 Miles/54 Months/54,000 37,500 Miles/60 Months/60,000 Severe maintenance: . Inspect brake pads and rotors Km Km . Inspect exhaust system Standard maintenance: Standard maintenance: . Inspect steering gear and linkage . Replace In-cabin microfilter . Inspect brake lines and cables . Inspect axle and suspension parts . Replace Intelligent Key battery . Inspect brake pads and rotors . Inspect propeller shaft (AWD models) . Perform tire rotation . Inspect CVT fluid . Inspect drive shaft boots Severe maintenance: . Inspect engine drive belts . Replace brake fluid . Inspect brake pads and rotors . Inspect propeller shaft (AWD models) (1) If the oil replacement indicator is displayed, . Inspect exhaust system . Inspect differential gear oil (AWD models) . . change the engine oil and filter within two Inspect steering gear and linkage Inspect AWD coupling oil (AWD models) weeks or less than 500 miles (800 km). . Inspect axle and suspension parts . Inspect transfer case oil (AWD models) . Inspect propeller shaft (AWD models) . Inspect drive shaft boots . Inspect drive shaft boots . Replace engine oil and filter (1) . Perform tire rotation

Maintenance and schedules 9-25 41,250 Miles/66 Months/66,000 45,000 Miles/72 Months/72,000 Severe maintenance: . Inspect brake pads and rotors Km Km . Inspect exhaust system Standard maintenance: Standard maintenance: . Inspect steering gear and linkage . Perform tire rotation . Inspect brake lines and cables . Inspect axle and suspension parts Severe maintenance: . Inspect brake pads and rotors . Inspect propeller shaft (AWD models) . Inspect brake pads and rotors . Inspect CVT fluid . Inspect drive shaft boots . Inspect exhaust system . Inspect engine drive belts . Replace brake fluid . Inspect steering gear and linkage . Inspect fuel tank vapor vent system (1) If the oil replacement indicator is displayed, . Inspect axle and suspension parts . Inspect fuel lines/connections . . change the engine oil and filter within two Inspect propeller shaft (AWD models) Inspect exhaust system weeks or less than 500 miles (800 km). . Inspect drive shaft boots . Inspect steering gear and linkage . Inspect axle and suspension part . Inspect propeller shaft (AWD models) . Inspect differential gear oil (AWD models) . Inspect AWD coupling oil (AWD models) . Inspect transfer case oil (AWD models) . Inspect drive shaft boots . Replace brake fluid . Replace engine oil and filter (1) . Replace In-cabin microfilter . Replace Intelligent Key battery . Perform tire rotation

9-26 Maintenance and schedules 48,750 Miles/78 Months/78,000 52,500 Miles/84 Months/84,000 Severe maintenance: . Inspect brake pads and rotors Km Km . Inspect exhaust system Standard maintenance: Standard maintenance: . Inspect steering gear and linkage . Perform tire rotation . Inspect brake lines and cables . Inspect axle and suspension parts Severe maintenance: . Inspect brake pads and rotors . Inspect propeller shaft (AWD models) . Inspect brake pads and rotors . Inspect CVT fluid . Inspect drive shaft boots . Inspect exhaust system . Inspect engine drive belts . Replace brake fluid . Inspect steering gear and linkage . Inspect propeller shaft (AWD models) (1) If the oil replacement indicator is displayed, . Inspect axle and suspension parts . Inspect differential gear oil (AWD models) . . change the engine oil and filter within two Inspect propeller shaft (AWD models) Inspect AWD coupling oil (AWD models) weeks or less than 500 miles (800 km). . Inspect drive shaft boots . Inspect transfer case oil (AWD models) . Inspect drive shaft boots . Replace engine oil and filter (1) . Perform tire rotation

Maintenance and schedules 9-27 56,250 Miles/90 Months/90,000 60,000 Miles/96 Months/96,000 Severe maintenance: . Inspect brake pads and rotors Km Km . Inspect exhaust system Standard maintenance: Standard maintenance: . Inspect steering gear and linkage . Replace In-cabin microfilter . Inspect brake lines and cables . Inspect axle and suspension parts . Replace Intelligent Key battery . Inspect brake pads and rotors . Inspect propeller shaft (AWD models) . Perform tire rotation . Inspect CVT fluid . Inspect drive shaft boots Severe maintenance: . Inspect engine drive belts . Replace brake fluid . Inspect brake pads and rotors . Inspect fuel tank vapor vent system (1) If operating mainly in dusty conditions, more . Inspect exhaust system . Inspect fuel lines/connections . . frequent maintenance may be required. Inspect steering gear and linkage Inspect exhaust system (2) If the oil replacement indicator is displayed, . Inspect axle and suspension parts . Inspect steering gear and linkage . . change the engine oil and filter within two Inspect propeller shaft (AWD models) Inspect axle and suspension part weeks or less than 500 miles (800 km). . Inspect drive shaft boots . Inspect propeller shaft (AWD models) . Inspect differential gear oil (AWD models) . Inspect AWD coupling oil (AWD models) . Inspect transfer case oil (AWD models) . Inspect drive shaft boots . Replace engine air filter (1) . Replace brake fluid . Replace engine oil and filter (2) . Perform tire rotation

9-28 Maintenance and schedules 63,750 Miles/102 Months/102,000 67,500 Miles/108 Months/108,000 Severe maintenance: . Inspect brake pads and rotors Km Km . Inspect exhaust system Standard maintenance: Standard maintenance: . Inspect steering gear and linkage . Perform tire rotation . Inspect brake lines and cables . Inspect axle and suspension parts Severe maintenance: . Inspect brake pads and rotors . Inspect propeller shaft (AWD models) . Inspect brake pads and rotors . Inspect CVT fluid . Inspect drive shaft boots . Inspect exhaust system . Inspect engine drive belts . Replace brake fluid . Inspect steering gear and linkage . Inspect propeller shaft (AWD models) (1) If the oil replacement indicator is displayed, . Inspect axle and suspension parts . Inspect differential gear oil (AWD models) . . change the engine oil and filter within two Inspect propeller shaft (AWD models) Inspect AWD coupling oil (AWD models) weeks or less than 500 miles (800 km). . Inspect drive shaft boots . Inspect transfer case oil (AWD models) . Inspect drive shaft boots . Replace engine oil and filter (1) . Replace In-cabin microfilter . Replace Intelligent Key battery . Perform tire rotation

Maintenance and schedules 9-29 71,250 Miles/114 Months/114,000 75,000 Miles/120 Months/120,000 Severe maintenance: . Inspect brake pads and rotors Km Km . Inspect exhaust system Standard maintenance: Standard maintenance: . Inspect steering gear and linkage . Perform tire rotation . Inspect brake lines and cables . Inspect axle and suspension parts Severe maintenance: . Inspect brake pads and rotors . Inspect propeller shaft (AWD models) . Inspect brake pads and rotors . Inspect CVT fluid . Inspect drive shaft boots . Inspect exhaust system . Inspect engine drive belts . Replace brake fluid . Inspect steering gear and linkage . Inspect fuel tank vapor vent system (1) If the oil replacement indicator is displayed, . Inspect axle and suspension parts . Inspect fuel lines/connections . . change the engine oil and filter within two Inspect propeller shaft (AWD models) Inspect exhaust system weeks or less than 500 miles (800 km). . Inspect drive shaft boots . Inspect steering gear and linkage . Inspect axle and suspension part . Inspect propeller shaft (AWD models) . Inspect differential gear oil (AWD models) . Inspect AWD coupling oil (AWD models) . Inspect transfer case oil (AWD models) . Inspect drive shaft boots . Replace brake fluid . Replace engine oil and filter (1) . Perform tire rotation

9-30 Maintenance and schedules 78,750 Miles/126 Months/126,000 82,500 Miles/132 Months/132,000 Severe maintenance: . Inspect brake pads and rotors Km Km . Inspect exhaust system Standard maintenance: Standard maintenance: . Inspect steering gear and linkage . Replace In-cabin microfilter . Inspect brake lines and cables . Inspect axle and suspension parts . Replace Intelligent Key battery . Inspect brake pads and rotors . Inspect propeller shaft (AWD models) . Perform tire rotation . Inspect CVT fluid . Inspect drive shaft boots Severe maintenance: . Inspect engine drive belts . Replace brake fluid . Inspect brake pads and rotors . Inspect propeller shaft (AWD models) (1) If the oil replacement indicator is displayed, . Inspect exhaust system . Inspect differential gear oil (AWD models) . . change the engine oil and filter within two Inspect steering gear and linkage Inspect AWD coupling oil (AWD models) weeks or less than 500 miles (800 km). . Inspect axle and suspension parts . Inspect transfer case oil (AWD models) . Inspect propeller shaft (AWD models) . Inspect drive shaft boots . Inspect drive shaft boots . Replace engine oil and filter (1) . Perform tire rotation

Maintenance and schedules 9-31 86,250 Miles/138 Months/138,000 90,000 Miles/144 Months/144,000 Severe maintenance: . Inspect brake pads and rotors Km Km . Inspect exhaust system Standard maintenance: Standard maintenance: . Inspect steering gear and linkage . Perform tire rotation . Inspect brake lines and cables . Inspect axle and suspension parts Severe maintenance: . Inspect brake pads and rotors . Inspect propeller shaft (AWD models) . Inspect brake pads and rotors . Inspect CVT fluid . Inspect drive shaft boots . Inspect exhaust system . Inspect engine drive belts . Replace brake fluid . Inspect steering gear and linkage . Inspect fuel tank vapor vent system (1) If operating mainly in dusty conditions, more . Inspect axle and suspension parts . Inspect fuel lines/connections . . frequent maintenance may be required. Inspect propeller shaft (AWD models) Inspect exhaust system (2) If the oil replacement indicator is displayed, . Inspect drive shaft boots . Inspect steering gear and linkage . change the engine oil and filter within two Inspect axle and suspension part weeks or less than 500 miles (800 km). . Inspect propeller shaft (AWD models) . Inspect differential gear oil (AWD models) . Inspect AWD coupling oil (AWD models) . Inspect transfer case oil (AWD models) . Inspect drive shaft boots . Replace engine air filter (1) . Replace brake fluid . Replace engine oil and filter (2) . Replace In-cabin microfilter . Replace Intelligent Key battery . Perform tire rotation

9-32 Maintenance and schedules Additional information NOTE FOR ENGINE COOLANT *: (1) First replacement interval is 105,000 miles (168,000 km) or 84 months. After first replacement, replace every 75,000 miles (120,000 km) or 60 months. (2) Use only Genuine NISSAN Long Life Anti- freeze/Coolant (blue) or equivalent with proper mixture ratio of 50% antifreeze and 50% demineralized or distilled water. Mixing any other type of coolant or the use of non- distilled water may reduce the life expectancy of the factory fill coolant. * Maintenance items and intervals with “ * ” are recommended by NISSAN for reliable vehicle operation. The owner need not perform such maintenance in order to maintain the emission warranty or manufacturer recall liability. Other maintenance items and intervals are required. NOTE FOR SPARK PLUGS: (1) Replace every 105,000 miles (168,000 km) (2) Replace spark plug when the plug gap exceeds 0.041 in (1.05 mm) even if within specified replacement mileage.

Maintenance and schedules 9-33 MEMO

9-34 Maintenance and schedules 10 Technical and consumer information

Capacities and Securing the load ...... 10-17 recommended fluids/lubricants ...... 10-3 Loading tips ...... 10-17 Fuel information ...... 10-5 Measurement of weights ...... 10-18 Engine oil and oil filter recommendation...... 10-7 Towing a trailer ...... 10-18 Air conditioning system refrigerant and Maximum load limits ...... 10-19 lubricant recommendations ...... 10-8 Maximum Gross Vehicle Weight (GVW)/ Specifications ...... 10-9 maximum Gross Axle Weight (GAW) ...... 10-20 Engine ...... 10-9 Towing load/specification...... 10-22 Wheels and tires ...... 10-10 Towing safety ...... 10-23 Dimensions and weights ...... 10-10 Flat towing ...... 10-28 When traveling or registering in Flat towing for All–Wheel Drive vehicle (if another country ...... 10-10 so equipped)...... 10-28 Vehicle identification ...... 10-11 Flat towing for Front-Wheel Drive vehicle Vehicle Identification Number (if so equipped)...... 10-28 (VIN) plate ...... 10-11 Uniform tire quality grading ...... 10-29 Vehicle identification number Treadwear ...... 10-29 (chassis number) ...... 10-11 Traction AA, A, B and C ...... 10-29 Engine serial number...... 10-12 Temperature A, B and C ...... 10-29 F.M.V.S.S./C.M.V.S.S. certification label...... 10-12 Emission control system warranty...... 10-30 Emission control information label ...... 10-12 Reporting safety defects ...... 10-30 Tire and Loading Information label ...... 10-13 Readiness for Inspection/Maintenance Air conditioner specification label ...... 10-13 (I/M) test ...... 10-31 Installing front license plate ...... 10-14 Event Data Recorders (EDR) ...... 10-32 Vehicle loading information ...... 10-15 Additional data recording (on vehicles Terms...... 10-15 equipped with optional Vehicle load capacity ...... 10-15 ProPILOT Assist)...... 10-32 Owner’s manual/service manual order information ...... 10-33 CAPACITIES AND RECOMMENDED FLUIDS/LUBRICANTS

The following are approximate capacities. The actual refill capacities may be a little different. When refilling, follow the procedure instructed in the “8. Do-it-yourself” section to determine the proper refill capacity.

Capacity (approximate) Fluid type Metric US Imperial Recommended Fluids/Lubricants Measure Measure Measure Fuel 55 L 14-1/2 12-1/8 ā See “Fuel information” (P.10-5). gal gal Engine oil*1 PR25DD With oil filter change 5.1 L 5-3/8 qt 4-1/2 qt ā Genuine “NISSAN Motor Oil 0W-20 SN” (or equivalent) is recommended. Drain and refill Without oil filter change 4.8 L 5-1/8 qt 4-1/4 qt ā If the above motor oil (or engine oil) is not available, a synthetic 0W-20 *1 GF-5 SN motor oil (or engine oil) may be used. Damage caused by the use : For additional KR15DDT With oil filter change 4.7 L 5 qt 4-1/8 qt information, see of motor oil (or engine oil) other than as recommended is not covered Without oil filter change 4.6 L 4-7/8 qt 4 qt under NISSAN’s New Vehicle Limited Warranty. For additional informa- “Changing engine tion, see “Engine oil and oil filter recommendation” (P.10-7). oil and filter” (P.8- 8). Engine coolant PR25DD With reservoir 8.8 L 9-1/4 qt 7-3/4 qt ā Pre-diluted Genuine NISSAN Long Life Antifreeze/Coolant (blue) or Reservoir 0.8 L 7/8 qt 3/4 qt equivalent KR15DDT With reservoir 8.5 L 9 qt 7-1/2 qt Reservoir 0.8 L 7/8 qt 3/4 qt Intercooler coolant With reservoir 3 L 3-1/8 qt 2-5/8 qt Reservoir 0.5 L 1/2 qt 1/2 qt Continuously Variable Transmission (CVT) fluid — — — ā Genuine NISSAN CVT Fluid NS-3 ā NISSAN recommends using Genuine NISSAN CVT Fluid NS-3 (or equivalent) ONLY in NISSAN CVTs. Do not mix with other fluids. Using fluids that are not equivalent to Genuine NISSAN CVT Fluid NS-3 may damage the CVT. Damage caused by the use of fluids other than as recommended is not covered under NISSAN’s New Vehicle Limited Warranty. Differential gear oil ——— ā Genuine NISSAN HYPOID FLUID·S1 GL-5 75W-80 or equivalent Transfer fluid ———ā Genuine NISSAN Differential Oil Hypoid Super-S GL-5 synthetic 75W-90 or equivalent Brake fluid Refill to the proper oil level ā Genuine NISSAN Super Heavy Duty Brake Fluid*2 or equivalent DOT 3 according to the instructions *2: Available in mainland U.S.A. through a NISSAN dealer. in the “8. Do-it-yourself” section. Multi-purpose grease — — — ā NLGI No. 2 (Lithium soap base) Air conditioning system refrigerant — — — ā See “Vehicle identification” (P.10-11) for air conditioner specification label. ā HFO-1234yf (R-1234yf) Air conditioning system oil — — — ā See “Vehicle identification” (P.10-11) for air conditioner specification label. ā A/C System Oil ND-OIL12(PAG) or equivalent Window washer fluid With liquid level sensor 5 L 1-3/8gal 1-1/8gal ā Genuine NISSAN Windshield Washer Concentrate Cleaner & Antifreeze or Without liquid level sensor 2.4 L 5/8gal 1/2gal equivalent

Technical and consumer information 10-3 Capacity (approximate) Fluid type Metric US Imperial Recommended Fluids/Lubricants Measure Measure Measure Coupling oil ———ā LSC Transmission Fluid 12-301 or equivalent

10-4 Technical and consumer information FUEL INFORMATION . Do not use fuel that contains the Reformulated gasoline Use unleaded regular gasoline with an octane booster methylcyclopen- Some fuel suppliers are now producing octane rating of at least 87 AKI (Anti- tadienyl manganese tricarbonyl reformulated gasolines. These gasolines Knock Index) number (Research octane (MMT). Using fuel containing are specially designed to reduce vehicle number 91). MMT may adversely affect vehicle emissions. NISSAN supports efforts to- performance and vehicle emis- wards cleaner air and suggests that you sions. Not all fuel dispensers are use reformulated gasoline when avail- CAUTION labeled to indicate MMT content, able. so you may have to consult your . Using a fuel other than that spe- gasoline retailer for more details. Gasoline containing oxygenates cified could adversely affect the Note that Federal and California Some fuel suppliers sell gasoline contain- emission control system, and laws prohibit the use of MMT in ing oxygenates such as ethanol, MTBE may also affect warranty cover- reformulated gasoline. and methanol with or without advertising age. . U.S. government regulations re- their presence. NISSAN does not recom- . Under no circumstances should a quire ethanol dispensing pumps mend the use of fuels of which the leaded gasoline be used, because to be identified by a small, oxygenate content and the fuel compat- this will damage the three-way square, orange and black label ibility for your vehicle cannot be readily catalyst. with the common abbreviation or determined. If in doubt, ask your service station manager. . Do not use a fuel containing more the appropriate percentage for than 15% ethanol in your vehicle. that region. If you use oxygenate-blend gasoline, Your vehicle is not designed to please take the following precautions as run on a fuel containing more Gasoline specifications the usage of such fuels may cause vehicle than 15% ethanol. Using a fuel performance problems and/or fuel sys- NISSAN recommends using gasoline that tem damage. containing more than 15% etha- meets the World-Wide Fuel Charter nol in a vehicle not specifically . The fuel should be unleaded and (WWFC) specifications where it is avail- designed for a fuel containing able. Many of the automobile manufac- have an octane rating no lower than more than 15% ethanol can ad- turers developed this specification to that recommended for unleaded versely affect the emission con- gasoline. improve emission control system and . trol devices and systems of the vehicle performance. Ask your service If an oxygenate-blend, other than vehicle. Damage caused by such station manager if the gasoline meets methanol blend is used, it should fuel is not covered by the NISSAN the WWFC specifications. contain no more than 15% oxyge- new vehicle limited warranty. nate. Technical and consumer information 10-5 . If a methanol blend is used, it should priate percentage for that region. deposit removal may contain active sol- contain no more than 5% methanol vent or similar ingredients that can be (methyl alcohol, wood alcohol). It E-85 fuel harmful to the fuel system and engine. should also contain a suitable E-85 fuel is a mixture of approximately amount of appropriate cosolvents 85% fuel ethanol and 15% unleaded gaso- Octane rating tips and corrosion inhibitors. If not prop- line. E-85 can only be used in a Flexible Using unleaded gasoline with an octane erly formulated with appropriate Fuel Vehicle (FFV). Do not use E-85 fuel in rating lower than recommended can cosolvents and corrosion inhibitors, your vehicle. U.S. government regulations cause persistent, heavy “spark knock”. such methanol blends may cause require fuel ethanol dispensing pumps to (Spark knock is a metallic rapping fuel system damage and/or vehicle be identified by a small, square, orange noise.) If severe, this can lead to engine performance problems. At this time, and black label with the common abbre- damage. If you detect a persistent sufficient data is not available to viation or the appropriate percentage for heavy spark knock even when using ensure that all methanol blends are that region. gasoline of the stated octane rating, or suitable for use in NISSAN vehicles. if you hear steady spark knock while If any driveability problems such as en- Fuel containing MMT holding a steady speed on level roads, it gine stalling and difficult hot-starting are MMT, or methylcyclopentadienyl manga- is recommended you have a NISSAN experienced after using oxygenate-blend nese tricarbonyl, is an octane boosting dealer correct the condition. Failure to fuels, immediately change to a non-oxy- additive. NISSAN does not recommend correct the condition is misuse of the genate fuel or a fuel with a low blend of the use of fuel containing MMT. Such fuel vehicle, for which NISSAN is not respon- MTBE. may adversely affect vehicle perfor- sible. Take care not to spill gasoline during mance, including the emissions control Incorrect ignition timing will result in refueling. Gasoline containing oxyge- system. Note that while some fuel pumps spark knock, after-run and/or overheat- nates can cause paint damage. label MMT content, not all do, so you may ing, which may cause excessive fuel have to consult your gasoline retailer for consumption or engine damage. If any E-15 fuel more details. of the above symptoms are encountered, E-15 fuel is a mixture of approximately Aftermarket fuel additives have your vehicle checked. It is recom- 15% fuel ethanol and 85% unleaded gaso- mended you visit a NISSAN dealer for line. E-15 can only be used in vehicles NISSAN does not recommend the use of servicing. designed to run on E- 15 fuel. U.S. govern- any aftermarket fuel additives (for example, fuel injector cleaner, octane booster, However, now and then you may notice ment regulations require fuel ethanol light spark knock for a short time while dispensing pumps to be identified with intake valve deposit removers, etc.) which are sold commercially. Many of these accelerating or driving up hills. This is small, square, orange and black label with not a cause for concern, because you the common abbreviation or the appro- additives intended for gum, varnish or 10-6 Technical and consumer information get the greatest fuel benefit when there is light spark knock for a short time under heavy engine load.

JVT0351X

API certification mark dization and Approval Committee (ILSAC) API service symbol certification and SAE viscosity standard. ENGINE OIL AND OIL FILTER RE- These oils have the API certification mark on the front of the container. Oils which COMMENDATION do not have the specified quality label Selecting the correct oil should not be used as they could cause engine damage. It is essential to choose the correct grade, quality, and viscosity engine oil to ensure Oil additives satisfactory engine life and performance, NISSAN does not recommend the use of see “Capacities and recommended fluids/ oil additives. The use of an oil additive is lubricants” (P.10-3). NISSAN recommends not necessary when the proper oil type is the use of an energy conserving oil in used and maintenance intervals are fol- order to improve fuel economy. lowed. Select only engine oils that meet the Oil which may contain foreign matter or American Petroleum Institute (API) certifi- has been previously used should not be cation or International Lubricant Standar- used. Technical and consumer information 10-7 Oil viscosity recommended change interval. system components. The engine oil viscosity or thickness Oil and filter change intervals depend changes with temperature. Because of upon how you use your vehicle. Opera- The refrigerant HFO-1234yf (R-1234yf) in this, it is important to select the engine oil tion under the following conditions may your NISSAN vehicle will not harm the viscosity based on the temperatures at require more frequent oil and filter earth’s ozone layer. Although this refrig- which the vehicle will be operated before changes: erant does not affect the earth’s atmo- the next oil change. Choosing an oil . repeated short distance driving at sphere, certain government regulations viscosity other than that recommended cold outside temperatures require the recovery and recycling of any could cause serious engine damage. . driving in dusty conditions refrigerant during automotive air condi- Selecting the correct oil filter . extensive idling tioner system service. Air conditioner . system should only be serviced by trained Your new NISSAN vehicle is equipped with towing a trailer . and certified technicians to ensure proper a high-quality genuine NISSAN oil filter. stop and go commuting and safe operation (SAE J2845). A NISSAN When replacing, use a genuine NISSAN oil (See “9. Maintenance and schedules” sec- dealer has the trained technicians and filter or its equivalent for the reason tion.) equipment needed to recover and recycle described in “Change intervals”. AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM RE- your air conditioner system refrigerant. Change intervals FRIGERANT AND LUBRICANT RE- Only new and SAEJ2842 certified eva- COMMENDATIONS porator(s) shall be used as replacement The oil and oil filter change intervals for parts. your engine are based on the use of the The air conditioner system in your A damaged or leaking air conditioning specified quality oils and filters. Using an NISSAN vehicle must be charged with evaporator shall never be repaired or engine oil and filter other than the the specified refrigerant HFO-1234yf (R- replaced with one removed from a used specified quality, or exceeding recom- 1234yf) and A/C system oil ND-OIL12 or salvaged vehicle. To replace a da- mended oil and filter change intervals (PAG) or the exact equivalent. maged or leaking evaporator, use only could reduce engine life. Damage to the new and SAE J2842 certified evaporator engine caused by improper maintenance (s). It is recommended that you visit a or use of incorrect oil and filter quality CAUTION NISSAN dealer when servicing your air and/or viscosity is not covered by the conditioner system. NISSAN new vehicle limited warranty. The use of any other refrigerant or oil Your engine was filled with a high quality will cause severe damage to the air engine oil when it was built. You do not conditioning system and will require have to change the oil before the first the replacement of all air conditioner

10-8 Technical and consumer information SPECIFICATIONS

ENGINE Model PR25DD KR15DDT Type Gasoline, 4-cycle, DOHC Gasoline, 4-cycle, DOHC Cylinder arrangement 4-cylinder, in-line 3-cylinder, in-line Bore × Stroke in (mm) 3.504 × 3.937 (89.0 × 100.0) - when compression ratio = 8 in (mm) - 3.307 × 3.547 (84.0 × 90.1) when compression ratio = 14 in (mm) - 3.307 × 3.500 (84.0 × 88.9) Displacement cu in (cm3) 151.85 (2,488) - 3 when compression ratio = 8 cu in (cm )- 91.41 (1,497) 3 when compression ratio = 14 cu in (cm )- 90.19 (1,477) Firing order 1-3-4-2 1-2-3 Idle speed rpm No adjustment is necessary. Ignition timing (B.T.D.C.) degree/rpm Spark plug Standard DXE22H11C ILMAR8G8GS Spark plug gap (Normal) in (mm) 0.043 (1.1) 0.031 (0.8) Camshaft operation Timing chain Timing chain

This spark ignition system complies with the Canadian standard ICES-002.

Technical and consumer information 10-9 WHEN TRAVELING OR REGISTERING IN ANOTHER COUNTRY

WHEELS AND TIRES DIMENSIONS AND WEIGHTS When planning to travel in another country, you should first find out if the Road wheel Overall length in 182.9 (4,645)*1 fuel available is suitable for your vehicle’s (mm) 183.5 (4,660)*2 engine. Type Size Offset in Overall width in 72.4 (1,840) (mm) (mm) Using fuel with an octane rating that is Conven- 17 × 7.5J 1.57 (40) too low may cause engine damage. All Overall height in 67.9 (1,725) gasoline vehicles must be operated with tional (mm) 18 × 7.5J 1.57 (40) unleaded gasoline. Therefore, avoid tak- Front tread in 62.4 (1,585) ing your vehicle to areas where appro- (mm) 19 × 7.5J 1.57 (40) priate fuel is not available. Spare 17 × 4T 1.18 (30) Rear tread in 62.6 (1,590) (mm) When transferring the registration of Tire Wheelbase in 106.5 (2,705) your vehicle to another country, state, (mm) province or district, it may be necessary Pressure PSI to modify the vehicle to meet local laws Type Size (kPa) [Cold] Gross Vehicle Weight Rating lb (kg) and regulations. Con- Front: 36 (GVWR) See the F.M.V.S.S. or The laws and regulations for motor (250) ven- 235/65 R17 Gross Axle C.M.V.S.S. certifica- vehicle emission control and safety stan- Rear: 33 (230) tional Weight Rating tion label on the dards vary according to the country, 235/60 R18 Front: 33 (GAWR) driver’s side center pillar. state, province or district; therefore, vehi- (230) Front lb (kg) 235/55 R19 Rear: 30 (210) cle specifications may differ. Rear lb (kg) T155/80 D17 When any vehicle is to be taken into (2WD) another country, state, province or dis- 60 (420) *1: Without license plate Spare T165/90 D17 trict and registered, its modifications, *2: With license plate (AWD) transportation, and registration are the responsibility of the user. NISSAN is not responsible for any inconvenience that may result.

10-10 Technical and consumer information VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION

JVT0352X JVT0253X WAJ0103X PR25DD engine VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION NUMBER VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION NUMBER (VIN) PLATE (chassis number) The vehicle identification number plate is The vehicle identification number is lo- attached as shown. This number is the cated as shown. identification for your vehicle and is used in the vehicle registration.

WAJ0221X KR15DDT engine Technical and consumer information 10-11 ENGINE SERIAL NUMBER The number is stamped on the engine as shown.

STI0718 WAJ0232X F.M.V.S.S./C.M.V.S.S. CERTIFICATION EMISSION CONTROL INFORMATION LABEL LABEL The Federal/Canadian Motor Vehicle The emission control information label is Safety Standards (F.M.V.S.S./C.M.V.S.S.) attached to the underside of the hood as certification label is affixed as shown. This shown. label contains valuable vehicle information, such as: Gross Vehicle Weight Rat- ings (GVWR), Gross Axle Weight Rating (GAWR), month and year of manufacture, Vehicle Identification Number (VIN), etc. Review it carefully.

10-12 Technical and consumer information STI0494 WAJ0153X TIRE AND LOADING INFORMATION AIR CONDITIONER SPECIFICATION LABEL LABEL The cold tire pressure is shown on the The air conditioner specification label is Tire and Loading Information label affixed affixed to the underside of the hood as to the pillar as shown. shown.

Technical and consumer information 10-13 INSTALLING FRONT LICENSE PLATE

Air conditioner specification label symbols: Symbol Name Reference Graphic Caution ISO 7000 0434

Air Conditioning System ISO 2575 D01 (MAC)

MAC System Lubricant Type (PAG–POE)

Requires Registered Techni- cian to Service MAC System WAJ0104X To mount the front license plate , attach the licence plate to the location marks Flammable Refrigerant (small dimples) of the bumper using the two screws provided.

10-14 Technical and consumer information VEHICLE LOADING INFORMATION

passengers and cargo. be loaded into the vehicle. If the WARNING . GVW (Gross Vehicle Weight) - vehicle is used to tow a trailer, curb weight plus the combined the trailer tongue weight must . It is extremely dangerous to weight of passengers and cargo. be included as part of the cargo ride in a cargo area inside . GVWR (Gross Vehicle Weight Rat- load. This information is located the vehicle. In a collision, ing) - maximum total combined on the Tire and Loading Infor- people riding in these areas weight of the unloaded vehicle, mation label. are more likely to be ser- passengers, luggage, hitch, trai- . Cargo capacity - permissible iously injured or killed. ler tongue load and any other weight of cargo, the subtracted . Do not allow people to ride optional equipment. This infor- weight of occupants from the in any area of your vehicle mation is located on the F.M.V.S. load limit. that is not equipped with S./C.M.V.S.S. label. VEHICLE LOAD CAPACITY seats and seat belts. . GAWR (Gross Axle Weight Rating) Do not exceed the load limit of your . Be sure everyone in your - maximum weight (load) limit vehicle shown as “The combined vehicle is in a seat and using specified for the front or rear weight of occupants and cargo” on a seat belt properly. axle. This information is located the Tire and Loading Information on the F.M.V.S.S./C.M.V.S.S. label. label. Do not exceed the number of TERMS . GCWR (Gross Combined Weight occupants shown as “Seating Ca- Rating) - The maximum total It is important to familiarize your- pacity” on the Tire and Loading weight rating of the vehicle, self with the following terms before Information label. passengers, cargo, and trailer. loading your vehicle: To get “the combined weight of . Vehicle Capacity Weight, Load . occupants and cargo”, add the Curb Weight (actual weight of limit, Total load capacity - max- weight of all occupants, then add your vehicle) - vehicle weight imum total weight limit specified the total luggage weight. Examples including: standard and optional of the load (passengers and are shown in the following illustra- equipment, fluids, emergency cargo) for the vehicle. This is tion. tools, and spare tire assembly. the maximum combined weight This weight does not include of occupants and cargo that can Technical and consumer information 10-15 Steps for determining correct load limit 1. Locate the statement “The combined weight of occupants and cargo should never exceed XXX kg or XXX lbs” on your vehicle’s placard. 2. Determine the combined weight of the driver and passengers that will be riding in your vehicle. 3. Subtract the combined weight of the driver and passengers from XXX kg or XXX lbs. 4. The resulting figure equals the available amount of cargo and luggage load capacity. For example, if the XXX amount equals 1400 lbs. and there will be five 150 lb. passengers in your vehicle, the amount of available cargo and luggage load capacity is 650 lbs. (1400 − 750 (5 x 150) = 650 lbs) or (640 − 340 (5 x 70) = STI0445 300 kg.) 5. Determine the combined weight of luggage and cargo being loaded on the vehicle. That

10-16 Technical and consumer information weight may not safely exceed backs. In a sudden stop or colli- the available cargo and luggage sion, unsecured cargo could load capacity calculated in Step cause personal injury. 4. . The child restraint top tether strap may be damaged by con- Before driving a loaded vehicle, tact with items in the cargo area. confirm that you do not exceed Secure any items in the cargo the Gross Vehicle Weight Rating area. Your child could be seriously (GVWR) or the Gross Axle Weight injured or killed in a collision if the Rating (GAWR) for your vehicle. (See top tether strap is damaged. “Measurement of weights” (P.10- . Do not load your vehicle any 18).) heavier than the GVWR or the maximum front and rear GAWRs. Also check tires for proper inflation WAC0534X If you do, parts of your vehicle pressures. See the Tire and Loading can break, tire damage could Information label. SECURING THE LOAD occur, or it can change the way There are luggage hooks located in the your vehicle handles. This could cargo area as shown. The hooks can be result in loss of control and cause used to secure cargo with ropes or other personal injury. types of straps. Do not apply a total load of more than LOADING TIPS 22 lbs. (10 kg) to a single metal floor . The GVW must not exceed GVWR hook when securing cargo. or GAWR as specified on the F.M. V.S.S./C.M.V.S.S. certification la- WARNING bel. . Do not load the front and rear . Properly secure all cargo with axle to the GAWR. Doing so will ropes or straps to help prevent it exceed the GVWR. from sliding or shifting. Do not place cargo higher than the seat-

Technical and consumer information 10-17 TOWING A TRAILER

could result in a serious WARNING accident and personal in- WARNING . Properly secure all cargo jury. Failures caused by overloading are not covered Overloading or improper loading of a with ropes or straps to help trailer and its cargo can adversely prevent it from sliding or by the vehicle’s warranty. affect vehicle handling, braking and shifting. Do not place cargo performance and may lead to acci- higher than the seatbacks. MEASUREMENT OF WEIGHTS dents. In a sudden stop or collision, Secure loose items to prevent unsecured cargo could weight shifts that could affect the cause personal injury. balance of your vehicle. When the CAUTION . Do not load your vehicle any vehicle is loaded, drive to a scale and weigh the front and the rear . Do not tow a trailer or haul a heavier than the GVWR or heavy load for the first 500 miles the maximum front and rear wheels separately to determine axle loads. Individual axle loads (800 km). Your engine, axle or GAWRs. If you do, parts of other parts could be damaged. should not exceed either of the your vehicle can break, tire . For the first 500 miles (800 km) damage could occur, or it Gross Axle Weight Ratings (GAWR). that you tow a trailer, do not drive can change the way your The total of the axle loads should over 50 MPH (80 km/h) and do vehicle handles. This could not exceed the Gross Vehicle not make starts at full throttle. result in loss of control and Weight Rating (GVWR). These rat- This helps the engine and other ings are given on the vehicle certi- parts of your vehicle wear in at cause personal injury. the heavier loads. . fication label. If weight ratings are Overloading not only can exceeded, move or remove items to Your new vehicle was designed to be shorten the life of your ve- bring all weights below the ratings. hicle and the tire, but can used primarily to carry passengers and cause unsafe vehicle hand- cargo. Remember that towing a trailer places additional loads on your vehicle’s ling and longer braking dis- engine, drivetrain, steering, braking and tances. This may cause a other systems. premature tire failure, which A NISSAN Towing Guide (U.S. only) is 10-18 Technical and consumer information available on the website at trailer in high outside temperatures on www.nissanusa.com. This guide includes graded roads can affect engine perfor- information on trailer towing capability mance and cause overheating. The trans- and the special equipment required for mission high fluid temperature and proper towing. engine protection mode, which helps reduce the chance of transmission and MAXIMUM LOAD LIMITS engine damage, could activate and auto- Maximum trailer loads matically decrease engine power. Vehicle speed may decrease under high load. Never allow the total trailer load to Plan your trip carefully to account for exceed the value specified in the “Towing trailer and vehicle load, weather and road load/specification” (P.10-22) chart found conditions. in this section. The total trailer load equals trailer weight plus its cargo weight. STI0541 WARNING The maximum Gross Combined Weight Rating (GCWR) should not exceed the The GCWR equals the combined weight of Overheating can result in reduced value specified in the following “Towing the towing vehicle (including passengers engine power and vehicle speed. Load/Specification” chart. and cargo) plus the total trailer load. The reduced speed may be lower Towing loads greater than these or using than other traffic, which could in- improper towing equipment could ad- crease the chance of a collision. Be versely affect vehicle handling, braking especially careful when driving. If the and performance. vehicle cannot maintain a safe driv- The ability of your vehicle to tow a trailer ing speed, pull to the side of the road is not only related to the maximum trailer in a safe area. Allow the engine to loads, but also the places you plan to tow. cool and return to normal operation. Tow weights appropriate for level high- (See “If your vehicle overheats” (P.6- way driving may have to be reduced for 14).) low traction situations (for example, on slippery boat ramps). Temperature conditions can also affect towing. For example, towing a heavy

Technical and consumer information 10-19 CAUTION

Vehicle damage resulting from improper towing procedures is not covered by NISSAN warranties.

STI0542 TI1012M

Tongue load MAXIMUM GROSS VEHICLE WEIGHT When using a weight carrying or a weight (GVW)/MAXIMUM GROSS AXLE distributing hitch, keep the tongue load WEIGHT (GAW) between 10 – 15% of the total trailer load The GVW of the towing vehicle must not or use the trailer tongue load specified by exceed the Gross Vehicle Weight Rating the trailer manufacturer. The tongue load (GVWR) shown on the F.M.V.S.S./C.M.V.S.S. must be within the maximum tongue certification label. The GVW equals the load limits shown in the following “Towing combined weight of the unloaded vehicle, Load/Specification” chart. If the tongue passengers, luggage, hitch, trailer tongue load becomes excessive, rearrange cargo load and any other optional equipment. In to allow for proper tongue load. addition, front or rear GAW must not exceed the Gross Axle Weight Rating (GAWR) shown on the F.M.V.S.S./C.M.V.S.S. certification label. Towing capacities are calculated assuming a base vehicle with driver and any 10-20 Technical and consumer information options required to achieve the rating. 1. Find the GCWR for your vehicle on the . Gross Vehicle Weight Rating (GVWR) Additional passengers, cargo and/or op- “Towing Load/Specification” chart from F.M.V.S.S./C.M.V.S.S. certification tional equipment, such as the trailer hitch, found later in this section. label - 7,250 lb. (3,289 kg). will add weight to the vehicle and reduce 2. Subtract the actual vehicle weight . Gross Combined Weight Rating your vehicle’s maximum towing capacity from the GCWR. The remaining (GCWR) from “Towing Load/Specifica- and trailer tongue load. amount is the available maximum tion” chart - 15,100 lb. (6,849 kg). The vehicle and trailer need to be towing capacity. . Maximum Trailer towing capacity weighed to confirm the vehicle is within To determine the Gross Trailer Weight, from “Towing Load/Specification” the GVWR, Front GAWR, Rear GAWR, Gross weigh your trailer on a scale with all chart - 9,100 lb (4,128 kg). Combined Weight Rating (GCWR) and equipment and cargo, that are normally 7,250 lb. (3,289 kg) GVWR Towing capacity. in the trailer when it is towed. Make sure − 6,350lb. (2,880 kg) GVW All vehicle and trailer weights can be the Gross trailer weight is not more than Available for tongue measured using platform type scales the Gross Trailer Weight Rating shown on = 900 lb. (409 kg) weight commonly found at truck stops, highway the trailer and is not more than the weigh stations, building supply centers or calculated available maximum towing 15,100 lb. (6,849 kg) GCWR salvage yards. capacity. − 6,350 lb. (2,880 kg) GVW To determine the available payload capa- Also weigh the front and rear axles on the Capacity available for city for tongue/king pin load, use the scale to make sure the Front Gross Axle = 8,750 lb. (3,969 kg) towing following procedure. Weight and Rear Gross Axle Weight are 1. Locate the GVWR on the F.M.V.S.S./C. not more than Front Gross Axle Weight Available tongue M.V.S.S. certification label. and Rear Gross Axle Weight on the F.M.V.S. 900 lb. (409 kg) / weight S./C.M.V.S.S. certification label. The cargo 8,750 lb. (3,969 kg) Available capacity 2. Weigh your vehicle on the scale with in the trailer and vehicle may need to be all of the passengers and cargo that moved or removed to meet the specified = 10 % tongue weight are normally in the vehicle when ratings. towing a trailer. The available towing capacity may be less Example: than the maximum towing capacity due 3. Subtract the actual vehicle weight . Gross Vehicle Weight (GVW) as to the passenger and cargo load in the from the GVWR. The remaining vehicle. amount is the available maximum weighed on a scale - including pas- tongue/king pin load. sengers, cargo and hitch - 6,350 lb. Remember to keep trailer tongue weight (2,880 kg). between 10 - 15% of the trailer weight or To determine the available towing capa- within the trailer tongue load specifica- city, use the following procedure. Technical and consumer information 10-21 tion recommended by the trailer manu- TOWING LOAD/SPECIFICATION facturer. If the tongue load becomes excessive, rearrange the cargo to obtain the proper tongue load. Do not exceed WARNING the maximum tongue weight specification shown in the “Towing load/specifica- The towing capacities provided in tion” chart even if the calculated available this manual are for general reference tongue weight is greater than 15%. If the only. The safe towing capacity of calculated tongue weight is less than 10%, your vehicle is affected by dealer reduce the total trailer weight to match and factory installed options and the available tongue weight. passenger and cargo loads. You Always verify that available capacities are must weigh the vehicle and trailer within the required ratings. as described in this manual to determine the actual vehicle towing capacity. Do not exceed the pub- lished maximum towing capacity, or the GCWR or the GVWR shown on the F.M.V.S.S./C.M.V.S.S. certification label. Doing so can result in an accident causing serious personal injury or property damage.

10-22 Technical and consumer information Towing load/specification chart TOWING SAFETY Engine Type KR15DDT PR25DD Trailer hitch Axle Type Two-Wheel All-Wheel Drive Two-Wheel All-Wheel Drive Drive (2WD) (AWD) Drive (2WD) (AWD) Choose a proper hitch for your vehicle Maximum Towing Capa- and trailer. Make sure the trailer hitch is 1,500 lbs (680 kg) city*1 1,350 lbs (612 kg) securely attached to the vehicle to help Maximum Tongue Load 150 lbs (68 kg) avoid personal injury or property damage 135 lbs (61 kg) due to sway caused by crosswinds, rough Maximum Gross Com- 5,836 lbs (2,647 5,969 lbs (2,707 6,053 lbs (2,745 6,185 lbs (2,805 road surfaces or passing trucks. bined Weight Rating kg) kg) kg) kg) 1: The towing capacity values are calculated assuming a base vehicle with driver and any options required to achieve the rating. Additional passengers, cargo and/or optional WARNING equipment will add weight to the vehicle and reduce your vehicle’s maximum towing capacity. Trailer hitch components have specific weight ratings. Your vehicle may be capable of towing a trailer heavier than the weight rating of the hitch components. Never exceed the weight rating of the hitch components. Doing so can cause serious personal injury or property damage.

Hitch ball Choose a hitch ball of the proper size and weight rating for your trailer: . The required hitch ball size is stamped on most trailer couplers. Most hitch balls also have the size printed on top of the ball. . Choose the proper class hitch ball based on the trailer weight.

Technical and consumer information 10-23 . The diameter of the threaded shank of Weight distribution hitch General set-up instructions are as follows: the hitch ball must be matched to the This type of hitch is also called a “load- 1. Park unloaded vehicle on a level sur- ball mount hole diameter. The hitch leveling” or “equalizing” hitch. A set of bars face. With the ignition switch in the ON ball shank should be no more than attach to the ball mount and to the trailer position and the doors closed, allow 1/16″ smaller than the hole in the ball to distribute the tongue weight (hitch the vehicle to stand for several min- mount. weight) of your trailer. Many vehicles utes so that it can level. . The threaded shank of the hitch ball cannot carry the full tongue weight of a 2. Measure the height of a reference must be long enough to be properly given trailer, and need some of the point on the front and rear bumpers secured to the ball mount. There tongue weight transferred through the at the center of the vehicle. should be at least 2 threads showing frame and pushing down on the front 3. Attach the trailer to the vehicle and beyond the lock washer and nut. wheels. This gives stability to the tow adjust the hitch equalizers so that the vehicle. Ball mount front bumper height is within 0 - .5 The hitch ball is attached to the ball A weight-distributing hitch system (Class inches (0 - 13 mm) of the reference mount and the ball mount is inserted into IV) is recommended if you plan to tow height measured in step 2. The rear the hitch receiver. Choose a proper class trailers with a maximum weight over bumper should be no higher than the ball mount based on the trailer weight. 5,000 lbs (2,267 kg). Check with the trailer reference height measured in step 2. Additionally, the ball mount should be and towing equipment manufacturers to chosen to keep the trailer tongue level determine if they recommend the use of a with the ground. weight-distributing hitch system. WARNING NOTE: Properly adjust the weight distribut- Weight carrying hitches A weight-distributing hitch system may ing hitch so the rear of the bumper is A weight carrying or “dead weight” ball affect the operation of trailer surge no higher than the measured refer- mount is one that is designed to carry the brakes. If you are considering use of a ence height when the trailer is at- whole amount of tongue weight and weight-distributing hitch system with a tached. If the rear bumper is higher gross weight directly on the ball mount surge brake-equipped trailer, check than the measured reference height and on the receiver. with the surge brake, hitch or trailer when loaded, the vehicle may handle manufacturer to determine if and how unpredictably which could cause a this can be done. loss of vehicle control and cause Follow the instructions provided by the serious personal injury or property manufacturer for installing and using the damage. weight-distributing hitch system.

10-24 Technical and consumer information Sway control device Safety chains Trailer lights should comply with federal and/or local regulations. For assistance in Sudden maneuvers, wind gusts and buf- Always use a suitable chain between your hooking up trailer lights, contact a NISSAN feting caused by other vehicles can affect vehicle and the trailer. The safety chains dealer or reputable trailer retailer. trailer handling. Sway control devices should be crossed and should be at- may be used to help control these affects. tached to the hitch, not to the vehicle Pre-towing tips If you choose to use one, contact a bumper or axle. Be sure to leave enough . Be certain your vehicle maintains a reputable trailer hitch supplier to make slack in the chains to permit turning level position when a loaded or un- sure the sway control device will work corners. loaded trailer is hitched. Do not drive with the vehicle, hitch, trailer and the Trailer lights (if so equipped) the vehicle if it has an abnormal nose- trailer’s brake system. Follow the instruc- up or nose-down condition; check for tions provided by the manufacturer for improper tongue load, overload, worn installing and using the sway control CAUTION suspension or other possible causes device. of either condition. Class I hitch When splicing into the vehicle elec- . Always secure items in the trailer to prevent load shift while driving. Class I trailer hitch equipment (receiver, trical system, a commercially avail- . ball mount and hitch ball) can be used to able power-type module/converter Keep the cargo load as low as possible tow trailers of a maximum weight of must be used to provide power for in the trailer to keep the trailer center 2,000 lb (907 kg). all trailer lighting. This unit uses the of gravity low. vehicle battery as a direct power . Load the trailer so approximately 60% Tire pressures source for all trailer lights while of the trailer load is in the front half . When towing a trailer, inflate the using the vehicle tail light, stoplight and 40% is in the back half. Also make and turn signal circuits as a signal sure the load is balanced side to side. vehicle tires to the recom- source. The module/converter must . mended cold tire pressure indi- Check your hitch, trailer tire pressure, draw no more than 15 milliamps vehicle tire pressure, trailer light op- cated on the Tire and Loading from the stop and tail lamp circuits. eration, and trailer wheel lug nuts Information label. Using a module/converter that ex- every time you attach a trailer to the . Trailer tire condition, size, load ceeds these power requirements vehicle. may damage the vehicle’s electrical . Be certain your rearview mirrors con- rating and proper inflation pres- system. See a reputable trailer retai- sure should be in accordance form to all federal, state or local ler to obtain the proper equipment regulations. If not, install any mirrors with the trailer and tire manu- and to have it installed. required for towing before driving the facturers’ specifications. Technical and consumer information 10-25 vehicle. when you are backing up. 3. Shift the transmission into gear. . Determine the overall height of the Always block the wheels on both vehicle 4. Release the parking brake. vehicle and trailer so the required and trailer when parking. Parking on a 5. Drive slowly until the vehicle and clearance is known. slope is not recommended; however, if trailer are clear from the blocks. you must do so: Trailer towing tips 6. Apply and hold the brake pedal. In order to gain skill and an understand- 7. Have someone retrieve and store the ing of the vehicle’s behavior, you should CAUTION blocks. practice turning, stopping and backing up . While going downhill, the weight of the in an area which is free from traffic. If you push the park button to trailer pushing on the tow vehicle may Steering stability, and braking perfor- engage the P (Park) position before decrease overall stability. Therefore, to mance will be somewhat different than blocking the wheels and applying maintain adequate control, reduce under normal driving conditions. the parking brake, transmission da- your speed and shift to a lower gear. . Always secure items in the trailer to mage could occur. Avoid long or repeated use of the prevent load shift while driving. brakes when descending a hill, as this . Lock the trailer hitch coupler with a 1. Apply and hold the brake pedal. reduces their effectiveness and could pin or lock to prevent the coupler from 2. Have someone place blocks on the cause overheating. Shifting to a lower inadvertently becoming unlatched. downhill side of the vehicle and trailer gear instead provides “engine braking” . Avoid abrupt starts, acceleration or wheels. and reduces the need to brake as stops. frequently. 3. After the wheel blocks are in place, . . Avoid sharp turns or lane changes. slowly release the brake pedal until If the engine coolant temperature . Always drive your vehicle at a moder- the blocks absorb the vehicle load. rises to a high temperature, see “If your vehicle overheats” (P.6-14). ate speed. Some states or provinces 4. Apply the parking brake. have specific speed limits for vehicles . Trailer towing requires more fuel than that are towing trailers. Obey the local 5. Push the park button to engage the P normal circumstances. speed limits. (Park) position. . Avoid towing a trailer for your vehicle’s . When backing up, hold the bottom of 6. Turn off the engine. first 500 miles (800 km). the steering wheel with one hand. To drive away: . For the first 500 miles (800 km) that you do tow, do not drive over 50 MPH Move your hand in the direction in 1. Apply and hold the brake pedal. which you want the trailer to go. Make (80 km/h). small corrections and back up slowly. 2. Start the engine. If possible, have someone guide you 10-26 Technical and consumer information . Have your vehicle serviced more often 3. Try to rearrange the trailer load so it is — Intelligent Lane Intervention (I-LI) than at intervals specified in the balanced as described earlier in this system recommended maintenance schedule section. — Blind Spot Warning (BSW) system shown in the "9. Maintenance and . Be careful when passing other vehi- — Intelligent Blind Spot Intervention schedules" section. cles. Passing while towing a trailer (I-BSI) system . When making a turn, your trailer requires considerably more distance — Rear Cross Traffic Alert (RCTA) sys- wheels will be closer to the inside of than normal passing. Remember the tem the turn than your vehicle wheels. To length of the trailer must also pass the — ProPILOT Assist system (Intelligent compensate for this, make a larger other vehicle before you can safely Cruise Control (ICC), ProPILOT As- than normal turning radius during the change lanes. sist with Navi-link and Steering turn. . Downshift the transmission to a lower Assist) . Crosswinds and rough roads will ad- gear for engine braking when driving — Automatic Emergency Braking versely affect vehicle/trailer handling, down steep or long hills. This will help (AEB) with Pedestrian Detection possibly causing vehicle sway. When slow the vehicle without applying the system being passed by larger vehicles, be brakes. — Intelligent Forward Collision Warn- prepared for possible changes in . Avoid holding the brake pedal down ing (I-FCW) system crosswinds that could affect vehicle too long or too frequently. This could — Rear Automatic Braking (RAB) sys- handling. cause the brakes to overheat, result- tem Do the following if the trailer begins to ing in reduced braking efficiency. . Some states or provinces have speci- sway: . Increase your following distance to fic regulations and speed limits for 1. Take your foot off the accelerator allow for greater stopping distances vehicles that are towing trailers. Obey pedal to allow the vehicle to coast while towing a trailer. Anticipate stops the local speed limits. and steer as straight ahead as the and brake gradually. . Check your hitch, trailer wiring har- road conditions allow. This combina- . NISSAN recommends that the cruise ness connections, and trailer wheel tion will help stabilize the vehicle. control not be used while towing a lug nuts after 50 miles (80 km) of . Do not correct trailer sway by trailer. travel and at every break. steering or applying the brakes. . While towing a trailer, do not use the . When launching a boat, do not allow following systems (if so equipped): 2. When the trailer sway stops, gently the water level to go over the exhaust apply the brakes and pull to the side — Lane Departure Warning (LDW) sys- tail pipe or rear bumper. of the road in a safe area. tem . Make sure you disconnect the trailer lights before backing the trailer into

Technical and consumer information 10-27 FLAT TOWING

the water or the trailer lights may FLAT TOWING FOR ALL–WHEEL FLAT TOWING FOR FRONT-WHEEL burn out. DRIVE VEHICLE (if so equipped) DRIVE VEHICLE (if so equipped) When towing a trailer, the Continuously Towing your vehicle with all four wheels Towing your vehicle with all four wheels Variable Transmission (CVT) fluid, trans- on the ground is sometimes called flat on the ground is sometimes called flat fer fluid and differential gear oil should towing. This method is sometimes used towing. This method is sometimes used be changed more frequently. For addi- when towing a vehicle behind a recrea- when towing a vehicle behind a recreational information, see the "9. Mainte- tional vehicle, such as a motor home. tional vehicle, such as a motor home. nance and schedules" section. CAUTION CAUTION

. Failure to follow these guidelines . Failure to follow these guidelines can result in severe transmission can result in severe transmission damage. damage. . Never flat tow your All-Wheel . Whenever flat towing your vehi- Drive (AWD) vehicle. cle, always tow forward, never . DO NOT tow your All-Wheel Drive backward. (AWD) vehicle with any wheels on . Never tow your front wheel drive the ground. Doing so may cause vehicle with the front tires on the serious and expensive damage to ground. Doing so may cause ser- the powertrain. ious and expensive damage to . For emergency towing proce- the powertrain. dures refer to “Towing recom- . DO NOT tow your front wheel mended by NISSAN” (P.6-17). drive Continuously Variable Transmission (CVT) vehicle with all four wheels on the ground (flat towing). Doing so WILL DAMAGE internal transmission parts due to lack of transmission lubrication.

10-28 Technical and consumer information UNIFORM TIRE QUALITY GRADING

DOT (Department Of Transportation) . For emergency towing proce- TRACTION AA, A, B AND C Quality Grades: All passenger car tires dures refer to “Towing recom- must conform to federal safety require- The traction grades, from highest to low- mended by NISSAN” in the “In ments in addition to these grades. est, are AA, A, B and C. Those grades case of emergency” section of represent the tire’s ability to stop on wet this manual. Quality grades can be found where ap- pavement as measured under controlled plicable on the tire sidewall between conditions on specified government test tread shoulder and maximum section Continuously Variable Transmis- surfaces of asphalt and concrete. A tire width. For example: marked C may have poor traction perfor- sion (CVT) Treadwear 200 Traction AA Tempera- mance. To tow a vehicle equipped with a CVT, an ture A appropriate vehicle dolly MUST be placed under the towed vehicle’s drive wheels. TREADWEAR WARNING Always follow the dolly manufacturer’s The treadwear grade is a comparative recommendations when using their pro- rating based on the wear rate of the tire The traction grade assigned to this duct. when tested under controlled conditions tire is based on straight-ahead brak- on a specified government test course. ing traction tests, and does not For example, a tire graded 150 would include acceleration, cornering, hy- wear one and one-half droplaning, or peak traction charac- (1 1/2) times as well on the government teristics. course as a tire graded 100. The relative performance of tires depends upon ac- TEMPERATURE A, B AND C tual conditions of their use, however, and may depart significantly from the norm The temperature grades A (the highest), due to variations in driving habits, service B, and C, representing the tire’s resistance practices and differences in road charac- to the generation of heat and its ability to teristics and climate. dissipate heat when tested under controlled conditions on a specified indoor laboratory test wheel. Sustained high temperature can cause the material of the tire to degenerate and reduce tire life, and excessive temperature can lead to sudden tire failure. The grade C corre- sponds to a level of performance which Technical and consumer information 10-29 EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEM WARRANTY REPORTING SAFETY DEFECTS all passenger car tires must meet under Your vehicle is covered by the following For USA emission warranties. the Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Stan- If you believe that your vehicle has dard No. 109. Grades B and A represent For USA: higher levels of performance on the a defect which could cause a crash . Emission Defects Warranty laboratory test wheel than the minimum or could cause injury or death, you . required by law. Emissions Performance Warranty should immediately inform the Na- Details of these warranties may be found tional Highway Traffic Safety Ad- with other vehicle warranties in your WARNING Warranty Information Booklet which ministration (NHTSA) in addition to comes with your vehicle. If you did not notifying NISSAN. The temperature grade for this tire is receive a Warranty Information Booklet, If NHTSA receives similar com- established for a tire that is properly or it has become lost, you may obtain a plaints, it may open an investiga- replacement by writing to: inflated and not overloaded. Exces- tion, and if it finds that a safety sive speed, under-inflation, or exces- . Nissan North America, Inc. defect exists in a group of vehicles, sive loading, either separately or in Consumer Affairs Department combination, can cause heat build- it may order a recall and remedy P.O. Box 685003 up and possible tire failure. campaign. However, NHTSA cannot Franklin, TN 37068-5003 become involved in individual pro- For Canada: blems between you, your dealer, or Emission Control System Warranty NISSAN. Details of this warranty may be found with other vehicle warranties in your To contact NHTSA, you may call the Warranty Information Booklet which Vehicle Safety Hotline toll-free at 1- comes with your vehicle. If you did not 888- 327-4236 (TTY: 1-800-424- receive a Warranty Information Booklet, 9153); go to http://www.safercar. or it has become lost, you may obtain a gov; or write to: Administrator, replacement by writing to: NHTSA, 400 Seventh Street, SW., . Nissan Canada Inc. Washington, D.C. 20590. You can 5290 Orbitor Drive also obtain other information Mississauga, Ontario, about motor vehicle safety from L4W 4Z5 http://www.safercar.gov.

10-30 Technical and consumer information READINESS FOR INSPECTION/ MAINTENANCE (I/M) TEST

You may notify NISSAN by contact- wwwapps.tc.gc.ca/Saf-Sec-Sur/7/ ing our Consumer Affairs Depart- PCDB-BDPP/fc-cp.aspx?lang=fra WARNING ment, toll-free, at 1-800-NISSAN-1. (French speakers). For Canada Additional information concerning A vehicle equipped with All-Wheel Drive (AWD) should never be tested If you believe that your vehicle has motor vehicle safety may be ob- using a two wheel dynamometer a defect which could cause a crash tained from Transport Canada’s (such as the dynamometers used by or could cause injury or death, you Road Safety Information Centre at some states for emissions testing), should immediately inform Trans- 1-800-333-0371 or online at www. or similar equipment. Make sure you tc.gc.ca/roadsafety (English speak- inform test facility personnel that port Canada in addition to notifying your vehicle is equipped with AWD NISSAN. ers) or www.tc.gc.ca/securiterou- before it is placed on a dynam- tiere (French speakers). If Transport Canada receives com- ometer. Using the wrong test equip- plaints, it may open an investiga- To notify NISSAN of any safety ment may result in transmission concerns please contact our Con- damage or unexpected vehicle tion, and if it finds that a safety movement which could result in defect exists in a group of vehicles, sumer Information Centre toll free serious vehicle damage or personal it may request that NISSAN con- at 1-800-387-0122. injury. duct a recall campaign. However, Transport Canada cannot become Due to legal requirements in some states/ involved in individual problems be- areas or provinces, your vehicle may be tween you, your dealer, or NISSAN. required to be in what is called the “ready condition” for an Inspection/Maintenance You may contact Transport Cana- (I/M) test of the emission control system. da’s Defect Investigations and Re- The vehicle is set to the “ready condition” calls Division toll free at 1-800-333- when it is driven through certain driving 0510. You may also report safety patterns. Usually, the “ready condition” defects online at: https:// can be obtained by ordinary usage of wwwapps.tc.gc.ca/Saf-Sec-Sur/7/ the vehicle. PCDB-BDPP/fc-cp.aspx?lang=eng If a powertrain system component is repaired or the battery is disconnected, (English speakers) or https:// the vehicle may be reset to a “not ready Technical and consumer information 10-31 EVENT DATA RECORDERS (EDR) condition”. Before taking the I/M test, This vehicle is equipped with an Event could combine the EDR data with the type check the vehicle’s inspection/mainte- Data Recorder (EDR). The main purpose of of personally identifying data routinely nance test readiness condition. Place the an EDR is to record, in certain crash or acquired during a crash investigation. ignition switch in the ON position without near crash-like situations, such as an air To read data recorded by an EDR, special starting the engine. If the Malfunction bag deployment or hitting a road obsta- equipment is required and access to the Indicator Light (MIL) comes on steady for cle, data that will assist in understanding vehicle or the EDR is needed. In addition 20 seconds and then blinks for 10 sec- how a vehicle’s systems performed. The to the vehicle manufacturer and NISSAN onds, the I/M test condition is “not ready”. EDR is designed to record data related to dealer, other parties, such as law enforce- If the MIL does not blink after 20 seconds, vehicle dynamics and safety systems for a ment, that have the special equipment, the I/M test condition is “ready”. short period of time, typically 30 seconds can read the information if they have It is recommended you visit a NISSAN or less. The EDR in this vehicle is designed access to the vehicle or the EDR. EDR data dealer to set “ready condition” or to to record such data as: will only be accessed with the consent of prepare the vehicle for testing. . How various systems in your vehicle the vehicle owner or lessee or as other- were operating; wise required or permitted by law. . Whether or not the driver and passen- ADDITIONAL DATA RECORDING (on ger safety belts were buckled/fastened; vehicles equipped with optional . How far (if at all) the driver was ProPILOT Assist) depressing the accelerator and/or If your vehicle is equipped with the brake pedal; and, optional ProPILOT Assist, it will also be . How fast the vehicle was traveling. equipped with supplemental data record- . Sounds are not recorded. ing function intended to assist in understanding how ProPILOT Assist performs in These data can help provide a better certain nontrivial crash or near-crash understanding of the circumstances in scenarios. Specifically, supplemental re- which crashes and injuries occur. cording is designed to capture the follow- NOTE: EDR data are recorded by your ing: vehicle only if a nontrivial crash situation . Driver operational status of the accel- occurs; no data are recorded by the EDR erator, brakes, steering, etc. under normal driving conditions and no . personal data (e.g. name, gender, age and Detection status of a vehicle ahead crash location) are recorded. However, and lane markers other parties, such as law enforcement, 10-32 Technical and consumer information OWNER’S MANUAL/SERVICE MANUAL ORDER INFORMATION

. Vehicle information including distance . In response to an official request from Genuine NISSAN Service Manuals for this to vehicle ahead and lateral position law enforcement, court order, govern- model year and prior can be purchased. A . Information on the operation of the mental agency, or other legally en- genuine NISSAN Service Manual is the ProPILOT Assist and other crash forceable request best source of service and repair informa- avoidance features . For research purposes after the data tion for your vehicle. This manual is the . ProPILOT Assist malfunction diagnosis is modified such that it is no longer same one used by the factory trained information tied to a specific vehicle or vehicle technicians working at a NISSAN dealer. . owner (anonymized) Genuine NISSAN Owner’s Manuals can External images from the multi-sen- also be purchased. sing front camera (Available only when the SRS air bag or AEB with In the USA: Pedestrian Detection system is acti- For current pricing and availability of vated) genuine NISSAN Service Manuals con- The ProPILOT Assist does not record tact: conversations, sounds or images of the www.nissan-techinfo.com inside of the vehicle. To read this supplemental data, special For current pricing and availability of equipment is required and access to the genuine NISSAN Owner’s Manuals con- vehicle or the recording unit is needed. tact: This supplemental data will only be ac- 1-800-247-5321 cessed with the consent of the vehicle owner or lessee or as otherwise required In Canada: or permitted by law. If downloaded, To purchase a copy of a genuine NISSAN NISSAN and third parties entrusted by Service Manual or Owner’s Manual for this NISSAN may use the data recorded for the model year and prior please contact a purpose of improving NISSAN’s vehicle NISSAN dealer. For the phone number safety performance. and location of a NISSAN dealer in your NISSAN and third parties entrusted by area call the NISSAN Information Center NISSAN will not disclose/provide the re- at 1-800-387-0122 and a bilingual NISSAN corded data to a third party except: representative will assist you. . With the consent of the vehicle owner or with the consent of the lessee

Technical and consumer information 10-33 MEMO

10-34 Technical and consumer information 11 Index

Alcohol, drugs and driving...... 5-12 Battery saver system...... 2-63 A Alert Variable voltage control system...... 8-17 Rear Door Alert...... 2-67 Before starting the engine...... 5-17 ABS (Anti-lock Braking System) ...... 5-156 All-Wheel Drive (AWD) (See Blind Spot Warning (BSW)...... 5-58 Active noise cancellation...... 5-174 Intelligent 4x4)...... 5-151 Booster seats...... 1-44 Active Ride Control ...... 5-160 Android Auto...... 4-2 Brake Active sound enhancement...... 5-174 Antenna...... 4-38 Anti-lock Braking System (ABS)...... 5-156 Adjustable luggage floor ...... 2-75 Anti-lock Braking System (ABS)...... 5-156 Brake fluid ...... 8-12 Advanced Air Bag System...... 1-53 Anti-lock Braking System (ABS) Brake system...... 5-155 Air bag system warning light...... 2-17 Electronic parking brake system Advanced Air Bag System...... 1-53 Appearance care warning light...... 2-18 Driver and front passenger Exterior appearance care ...... 7-2 Parking brake ...... 5-25 supplemental knee air bag system...... 1-62 Interior appearance care...... 7-4 Warning light...... 2-14 Front and rear seat-mounted Apple CarPlay®...... 4-2 Break-in schedule ...... 5-149 side-impact supplemental air Armrest...... 1-9 Brightness control bag system...... 1-64 Audible reminders...... 2-22 Instrument panel...... 2-11 Front central seat-mounted AUTO mode...... 5-32 Bulb check/instrument panel...... 2-14 side-impact supplemental air Automatic Bulb replacement...... 8-28 bag system...... 1-64 Door locks...... 3-7 Front passenger air bag and Automatic air conditioner C status light...... 1-55 and heater ...... 4-31, 4-34 Roof-mounted curtain side-impact Automatic brake hold...... 5-28 Capacities and supplemental air bag system...... 1-64 Automatic Emergency Braking (AEB) recommended fluids/lubricants...... 10-3 Air bag warning labels ...... 1-67 system OFF warning light...... 2-17 Car phone or CB radio...... 4-38 Air bag warning light...... 1-67, 2-16 Automatic Emergency Braking (AEB) Card holder...... 2-79 Air cleaner housing filter...... 8-19 with Pedestrian Detection system...... 5-122 Cargo cover ...... 2-80 Air conditioner Automatic moonroof and sunshade...... 2-85 Cargo light...... 2-89 Air conditioner operation...... 4-26 Average fuel consumption...... 2-46 Catalytic converter, Three way catalyst ...... 5-6 Air conditioner service...... 4-37 Average speed...... 2-46 Charger Air conditioner specification label...... 10-13 Avoiding collision and rollover...... 5-10 USB (Universal Serial Bus) Air conditioning system refrigerant AWD (See Intelligent 4x4)...... 5-151 charging connector...... 2-69 and lubricant recommendations...... 4-37 Wireless charger...... 2-70 Air conditioning system refrigerant B Chassis control...... 5-160 and oil recommendations...... 10-8 Child restraints...... 1-24 Alarm, How to stop alarm (see vehicle Battery...... 8-15 Booster seats...... 1-44 security system)...... 2-53 Battery replacement, Intelligent Key..... 8-25 LATCH system...... 1-26 Precautions on child restraints...... 1-24 Cruise control (without E Child safety...... 1-21 ProPILOT Assist)...... 5-83 Child safety rear door lock...... 3-7 Intelligent Cruise Control (ICC)...... 5-98 Easy-Fill Tire Alert system...... 5-9 Chimes Cup holders...... 2-73 ECO mode ...... 5-32 Seat belt warning light CVT, Driving with CVT (Continuously ECO mode system and chime...... 1-16, 2-16 Variable Transmission)...... 5-19 ECO Drive Report...... 2-11 Chimes, Audible reminders...... 2-22 Economy, Fuel...... 5-150 Circuit breaker, Fusible link...... 8-23 D Elapsed time...... 2-46 Cleaning exterior and interior...... 7-2, 7-4 Electric power steering...... 5-154 Clock...... 2-48 Daytime Running Lights (DRL) system...... 2-63 Electric power steering warning light ...... 2-17 Coat hook...... 2-79 Defroster switch, Rear window and Electric shift control system Cockpit...... 2-3 outside mirror defroster switch...... 2-57 warning light...... 2-15 Cold weather driving...... 5-172 Dimensions and weights...... 10-10 Emergency Call (SOS) button ...... 2-72 Connection to Roadside Assistance...... 6-2 Display Emission control information label...... 10-12 Console box...... 2-78 Head Up Display (HUD)...... 2-49 Emission control system warranty ...... 10-30 Continuously Variable Transmission Vehicle information display...... 2-22 Engine (CVT) fluid...... 8-12 Drive belt...... 8-17 Before starting the engine...... 5-17 Continuously Variable Transmission (CVT) Drive Computer...... 2-46 Break-in schedule ...... 5-149 position indicator ...... 2-11 Drive Mode Selector...... 5-31 Capacities and Conventional (fixed speed) cruise control Driver and front passenger supplemental recommended fluids/lubricants...... 10-3 mode (with ProPILOT Assist)...... 5-119 knee air bag...... 1-62 Changing engine coolant...... 8-6 Coolant Driver Assistance systems...... 5-35 Changing engine oil and filter ...... 8-8 Capacities and Common troubleshooting guide...... 5-40 Checking engine coolant level...... 8-6 recommended fluids/lubricants...... 10-3 Driving Checking engine oil level...... 8-8 Changing engine coolant...... 8-6 Cold weather driving...... 5-172 Coolant temperature gauge ...... 2-9 Changing intercooler coolant...... 8-8 Drive Mode Selector...... 5-31 Emergency engine shut off...... 5-16, 6-3 Checking engine coolant level...... 8-6 Driving with CVT (Continuously Engine compartment Checking intercooler coolant level...... 8-7 Variable Transmission)...... 5-19 check locations...... 8-3 Corrosion protection...... 7-7 Intelligent 4x4...... 5-151 Engine cooling system...... 8-4 Cover, Cargo cover...... 2-80 On-pavement and off-road driving...... 5-10 Engine oil...... 8-8 Cruise control Precautions when starting Engine oil and oil Conventional (fixed speed) cruise and driving...... 5-5 filter recommendation ...... 10-7 control mode...... 5-119 Safety precautions ...... 5-12 Engine oil viscosity...... 10-8 Cruise control (with ProPILOT Assist) Engine serial number...... 10-12 (See Conventional (fixed speed) cruise Engine specifications...... 10-9 control mode)...... 5-119 Engine start operation indicator...... 2-34 If your vehicle overheats...... 6-14 11-2 Remote engine start...... 3-19 Fuel economy...... 5-150 Hook Starting the engine...... 5-18 Fuel information...... 10-5 Coat hook...... 2-79 Event Data Recorders (EDR)...... 10-32 Fuel octane rating ...... 10-5 Luggage hook...... 2-80 Exhaust gas (carbon monoxide) ...... 5-5 Fuel-filler door...... 3-29 Horn...... 2-65 Explanation of scheduled Gauge...... 2-10 maintenance items...... 9-5 Fuel Efficient Driving Tips...... 5-149 I Fuses...... 8-22 F Fusible links...... 8-23 Ignition switch ...... 5-14 Ignition switch positions ...... 5-15 F.M.V.S.S./C.M.V.S.S. certification label...... 10-12 G Immobilizer system...... 2-53 Filter Indicator Air cleaner housing filter...... 8-19 Garage mode system...... 3-27 Lights...... 2-17 Changing engine oil and filter ...... 8-8 Gauge...... 2-5 Vehicle information display...... 2-22 Flashers (See hazard warning Engine coolant temperature gauge...... 2-9 indicator light flasher switch)...... 6-2 Fuel gauge...... 2-10 Electronic parking brake Flat tire...... 6-3 Odometer...... 2-8 warning light...... 2-15 Flat towing...... 10-28 Speedometer ...... 2-8 Inside mirror ...... 3-33 Floor mat cleaning...... 7-5 Tachometer...... 2-9 Inspection/maintenance (I/M) test ...... 10-31 Fluid General maintenance...... 9-2 Instrument brightness control ...... 2-11 Brake fluid ...... 8-12 Glove box ...... 2-77 Instrument panel...... 2-4 Capacities and Intelligent 4x4...... 5-151 recommended fluids/lubricants...... 10-3 H Intelligent Around View® Monitor...... 4-9 Continuously Variable Transmission Intelligent Auto Headlight system ...... 2-58 (CVT) fluid...... 8-12 Hazard warning flasher switch ...... 6-2 Intelligent Blind Spot Engine coolant...... 8-4 Head restraints/headrests...... 1-10 Intervention (I-BSI)...... 5-66 Engine oil...... 8-8 Head Up Display (HUD)...... 2-49 Intelligent Cruise Control (ICC)...... 5-98 Intercooler coolant...... 8-6 Headlights Intelligent Driver Alertness (I-DA)...... 5-141 Window washer fluid ...... 8-13 Bulb replacement...... 8-29 Intelligent Forward Collision Fog light switch...... 2-64 Headlight switch ...... 2-57 Warning (I-FCW)...... 5-132 Forward Driving Aids...... 5-35 Heated seats...... 2-65 Intelligent Key button operation light...... 3-17 Front manual seat adjustment...... 1-4 Heated steering wheel...... 2-65 Intelligent Key system ...... 3-7 Front passenger air bag and Heater Key operating range...... 3-9 status light...... 1-55 Heater and air Key operation...... 3-11 Front seat, Front seat adjustment...... 1-4 conditioner operation...... 4-26 Remote keyless operation ...... 3-15 Fuel High beam assist...... 2-61 Intelligent Lane Intervention (I-LI)...... 5-52 Capacities and Hill start assist system ...... 5-161 Intelligent Trace Control...... 5-160 recommended fluids/lubricants...... 10-3 Hood release...... 3-22 Intercooler cooling system...... 8-6 11-3 Interior light replacement...... 8-29 Liftgate...... 3-23 Single luggage board...... 2-75 Interior light switch...... 2-88 Auto closure ...... 3-28 Luggage hooks ...... 2-80 Interior lights...... 2-87 Liftgate release lever...... 3-28 ISOFIX child restraint...... 1-26 Operating manual liftgate...... 3-23 M Operating power liftgate...... 3-24 J Light Maintenance Air bag warning light...... 1-67 Battery...... 8-15 Jump starting...... 6-11 Bulb replacement...... 8-28 General maintenance...... 9-2 Cargo light...... 2-89 Maintenance precautions...... 8-2 K Fog light switch...... 2-64 Maintenance requirements...... 9-2 Headlight switch ...... 2-57 Maintenance schedules...... 9-7 Key Headlights bulb replacement...... 8-29 Seat belt maintenance...... 1-21 Ignition switch positions ...... 5-15 Indicator lights...... 2-17 Standard maintenance...... 9-8 Keyless entry Interior lights...... 2-87 Maintenance schedules...... 9-7 With Intelligent Key system Map lights...... 2-88 Malfunction indicator light (MIL)...... 2-19 (See Intelligent Key system)...... 3-15 Rear personal lights ...... 2-89 Manual air conditioner and heater...... 4-27 Keys...... 3-3 Room lights...... 2-88 Manual front seat adjustment...... 1-4 For Intelligent Key system...... 3-7 Vanity mirror lights...... 2-89 Map lights...... 2-88 KR15DDT engine model ...... 8-4 Warning lights, indicator lights and Master warning light...... 2-16, 2-20 audible reminders...... 2-14 Mechanical key (Intelligent Key system)...... 3-4 L Lights, Exterior and interior Memory seat ...... 3-37 light replacement...... 8-29 Meters and gauges...... 2-5 Labels Loading information (See vehicle Instrument brightness control ...... 2-11 Air bag warning labels ...... 1-67 loading information) ...... 10-15 Mirror Air conditioner specification label...... 10-13 Lock Inside mirror ...... 3-33 Emission control information label .... 10-12 Automatic door locks...... 3-7 Outside mirrors...... 3-35 Engine serial number...... 10-12 Door locks...... 3-5 Vanity mirror...... 3-36 F.M.V.S.S./C.M.V.S.S. Power door lock...... 3-5 Moonroof...... 2-85 certification label...... 10-12 Low tire pressure warning (Tire Moving Object Detection (MOD)...... 4-21 Tire and Loading Pressure Low)...... 2-35 information label...... 8-33, 10-13 Low tire pressure warning light...... 2-18 N Vehicle identification number (VIN) .... 10-11 Low tire pressure warning system Lane Departure Warning (LDW)...... 5-47 (See Tire Pressure Monitoring Neutral hold mode ...... 5-22 LATCH system...... 1-26 System (TPMS))...... 5-6 New vehicle break-in...... 5-149 License plate, Installing front Lower console tray ...... 2-78 NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System ...... 2-53 license plate...... 10-14 Luggage Adjustable luggage floor ...... 2-75 11-4 O Precautions RearView Monitor...... 4-2 Braking precautions...... 5-155 Recorders, Event data ...... 10-32 Odometer...... 2-8 Child restraints...... 1-24 Registering in another country...... 10-10 OFF-ROAD mode...... 5-32 Driving safety...... 5-12 Remote engine start...... 3-19 Off-road recovery...... 5-11 Maintenance...... 8-2 Remote keyless entry function, For Oil On-pavement and off-road driving...... 5-10 Intelligent Key system ...... 3-15 Capacities and Seat belt usage...... 1-14 Reporting safety defects...... 10-30 recommended fluids/lubricants...... 10-3 SRS ...... 1-47 Road Assistance...... 6-2 Changing engine oil and filter ...... 8-8 When starting and driving...... 5-5 Rollover...... 5-10 Checking engine oil level...... 8-8 ProPILOT Assist...... 5-85 Roof rack...... 2-81 Engine oil...... 8-8 ProPILOT Assist with Navi-link...... 5-85 Room lights...... 2-88 Engine oil viscosity...... 10-8 Speed Adjust by Route ...... 5-106 Oil control system...... 2-29, 9-7 Speed Limit Assist...... 5-103 S Other lights...... 2-21 Push starting...... 6-14 Outside air temperature...... 2-49 Push-button ignition switch...... 5-14 Safety Outside mirrors...... 3-35 Child seat belts...... 1-21 Overheat, If your vehicle overheats...... 6-14 R Reporting safety defects...... 10-30 Owner’s Manual/Service Manual Towing safety...... 10-23 order information...... 10-33 RAB system ...... 5-143 Seat adjustment Rapid air pressure loss...... 5-11 Front manual seat adjustment...... 1-4 P Readiness for inspection/maintenance Front power seat adjustment...... 1-5 (I/M) test...... 10-31 Front seats...... 1-4 Panic alarm...... 3-17 Rear Automatic Braking (RAB)...... 5-143 Seat belt(s) Parking Rear Automatic Braking (RAB) system Child safety...... 1-21 Brake break-in ...... 5-155 OFF warning light...... 2-20 Infants...... 1-22 Parking brake ...... 5-25 Rear Cross Traffic Alert (RCTA)...... 5-77 Injured persons ...... 1-17 Parking on hills...... 5-153 Rear Door Alert...... 2-67 Larger children ...... 1-22 Parking Aids...... 5-35 Rear door lock, Child safety rear Precautions on seat belt usage...... 1-14 Parking brake door lock ...... 3-7 Pregnant women...... 1-17 Electronic parking brake Rear Driving Aids...... 5-35 Seat belt cleaning...... 7-7 warning light...... 2-15 Rear personal lights ...... 2-89 Seat belt extenders...... 1-20 Power Rear seats...... 1-7 Seat belt hook...... 1-20 Electric power steering...... 5-154 Rear Sonar System (RSS)...... 5-168 Seat belt maintenance...... 1-21 Power door lock...... 3-5 Rear sunshade...... 3-32 Seat belt warning light Power outlet...... 2-68 Rear window and outside mirror and chime...... 1-16, 2-16 Power windows ...... 2-82 defroster switch ...... 2-57 Seat belts...... 1-14 PR25DD engine model...... 8-3 Rear window wiper and washer switch .... 2-55 Seat belts with pretensioners...... 1-66 11-5 Shoulder belt height adjustment ...... 1-19 SRS Steering Assist switch...... 2-67 Small children...... 1-22 Precautions on SRS ...... 1-47 Turn signal switch ...... 2-64 Three-point type with retractor...... 1-17 Standard maintenance...... 9-8 Wiper and washer switch ...... 2-54 Seat(s) STANDARD mode...... 5-32 Heated seats...... 2-65 Starting T Memory seat ...... 3-37 Before starting the engine...... 5-17 Seats...... 1-3 Jump starting...... 6-11 Tachometer...... 2-9 Security system (NISSAN Vehicle Precautions when starting Temperature gauge, Engine coolant Immobilizer System), Engine start...... 2-53 and driving...... 5-5 temperature gauge ...... 2-9 Security system, Vehicle Push starting...... 6-14 Theft (NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer security system...... 2-52 Starting the engine...... 5-18 System), Engine start ...... 2-53 Servicing air conditioner...... 4-37 Status light, Front passenger air bag...... 1-55 Three-way catalyst...... 5-6 Shifting Steering Tilt/telescopic steering...... 3-31 CVT (Continuously Electric power steering...... 5-154 Tire pressure, Low tire pressure Variable Transmission)...... 5-19 Heated steering wheel...... 2-65 warning light...... 2-18 Shoulder belt height adjustment, For Tilt/telescopic steering...... 3-31 Tires front seats...... 1-19 Steering Assist...... 5-113 Easy-Fill Tire Alert system...... 5-9 Side Driving Aids...... 5-35 Steering Assist switch...... 2-67 Flat tire...... 6-3 Single luggage board...... 2-75 Storage...... 2-73 Low tire pressure warning system ...... 5-6 SNOW mode...... 5-32 Sun visors...... 3-32 Tire and Loading Soft bottle holders...... 2-74 Sunglasses holder...... 2-78 information label...... 8-33, 10-13 Sonar Sunshade (rear)...... 3-32 Tire chains...... 8-38 Rear Automatic Braking (RAB)...... 5-143 Supplemental air bag warning labels...... 1-67 Tire dressing...... 7-4 Rear Sonar System (RSS)...... 5-168 Supplemental air bag Tire pressure ...... 8-31 Sonar system...... 5-162 warning light...... 1-67, 2-16 Tire pressure monitoring SOS button (See Emergency Call Supplemental Restraint System (SRS)...... 1-47 system (TPMS)...... 5-6, 6-3 (SOS) button)...... 2-72 switch Tire rotation...... 8-39 Spare tire...... 8-42, 10-10 Drive Mode Selector...... 5-31 Types of tires...... 8-37 Spark plugs...... 8-18 Emergency Call (SOS) button ...... 2-72 Uniform tire quality grading...... 10-29 Speed Adjust by Route (ProPILOT Assist Fog light switch...... 2-64 Wheel/tire size ...... 10-10 with Navi-link)...... 5-106 Hazard warning flasher switch ...... 6-2 Wheels and tires...... 8-31 Speed and Average speed...... 2-46 Headlight switch ...... 2-57 Towing Speed Limit Assist (ProPILOT Assist Intelligent Auto Headlight switch...... 2-58 Tow truck towing...... 6-16 with Navi-link)...... 5-103 Memory seat switch...... 3-37 Towing a trailer...... 10-18 Speedometer ...... 2-8 Power door lock switch ...... 3-6 Towing safety...... 10-23 SPORT mode...... 5-34 Rear window and outside mirror TPMS, Tire pressure monitoring system...... 5-6 defroster switch ...... 2-57 TPMS with Easy Fill Tire Alert...... 5-9 11-6 TPMS, Tire pressure warning system...... 6-3 Security system...... 2-52 Electronic parking brake system Traffic Sign Recognition (TSR)...... 5-44 Vehicle Dynamic Control warning light...... 2-18 Trailer towing ...... 10-18 (VDC) system...... 5-157 Low tire pressure warning light...... 2-18 Transmission Vehicle information display...... 2-22 Seat belt warning light Continuously Variable Transmission Settings...... 2-24 and chime...... 1-16, 2-16 (CVT) fluid...... 8-12 Vehicle information display warnings Warranty, Emission control Driving with CVT (Continuously and indicators...... 2-34 system warranty...... 10-30 Variable Transmission)...... 5-19 Ventilators...... 4-25 Washer switch Transmitter, With Intelligent Key system Rear window wiper and (See Intelligent Key system)...... 3-15 W washer operation...... 2-55 Traveling or registering in Wiper and washer switch ...... 2-54 another country ...... 10-10 Warning Washing...... 7-2 Trip computer...... 2-46 Blind Spot Warning (BSW)...... 5-58 Waxing...... 7-3 Trip odometer...... 2-46 Driver Assistance systems Weights (See dimensions Troubleshooting guide troubleshooting guide...... 5-40 and weights)...... 10-10 Driver Assistance systems...... 5-40 Hazard warning flasher switch ...... 6-2 Wheel/tire size ...... 10-10 Turbocharger system ...... 5-6 Intelligent Forward Collision Wheels and tires...... 8-31 Turn signal switch ...... 2-64 Warning (I-FCW)...... 5-132 Care of wheels...... 7-3 Lane Departure Warning (LDW)...... 5-47 Cleaning aluminum alloy wheels...... 7-3 U Lights...... 2-14 Window washer fluid ...... 8-13 Low tire pressure warning...... 2-35 Window(s) Underbody cleaning...... 7-3 Rear Door Alert...... 2-67 Cleaning...... 7-3 Uniform tire quality grading...... 10-29 Tire pressure monitoring Power windows ...... 2-82 USB (Universal Serial Bus) system (TPMS)...... 5-6, 6-3 Wiper charging connector...... 2-69 Vehicle information display...... 2-22 Rear window wiper blade...... 8-21 Warning lights, indicator lights and Wiper and washer switch ...... 2-54 V audible reminders...... 2-13 Wiper blades...... 8-20 Warning labels, Air bag warning labels...... 1-67 Wiper and washer switch ...... 2-54 Vanity mirror...... 3-36 Warning light Wireless charger...... 2-70 Vanity mirror lights...... 2-89 Air bag warning light...... 1-67, 2-16 Variable Compression Turbo...... 2-12 Anti-lock Braking System (ABS) Variable voltage control system...... 8-17 warning light...... 2-17 Vehicle Brake warning light...... 2-14 Dimensions and weights...... 10-10 Electric power steering Identification number (VIN)...... 10-11 warning light...... 2-17 Loading information...... 10-15 Electric shift control system Recovery (freeing a stuck vehicle)...... 6-18 warning light...... 2-15 11-7 MEMO MEMO MEMO MEMO GAS STATION INFORMATION

FUEL INFORMATION: fuel is not covered by the NISSAN ENGINE OIL RECOMMENDATION: Use unleaded regular gasoline with an new vehicle limited warranty. See “Capacities and recommended fluids/ lubricants” (P.10-3) for engine oil and oil octane rating of at least 87 AKI (Anti- . Do not use fuel that contains the filter recommendation. Knock Index) number (Research octane octane booster methylcyclopen- number 91). tadienyl manganese tricarbonyl COLD TIRE PRESSURES: (MMT). Using fuel containing For additional information, see “Tire and MMT may adversely affect vehicle Loading Information label” (P.10-13). CAUTION performance and vehicle emis- The label is typically located on the driver sions. Not all fuel dispensers are side center pillar. For additional informa- . Using a fuel other than that spe- labeled to indicate MMT content, tion, see “Wheels and tires” (P.8-31). cified could adversely affect the so you may have to consult your emission control system, and gasoline retailer for more details. NEW VEHICLE BREAK-IN PROCE- may also affect warranty cover- Note that Federal and California DURES RECOMMENDATION: age. laws prohibit the use of MMT in During the first 1,200 miles (2,000 km) of . Under no circumstances should a reformulated gasoline. vehicle use, follow the recommendations leaded gasoline be used, because . U.S. government regulations re- outlined in the “Break-in schedule” (P.5- this will damage the three-way quire ethanol dispensing pumps 149) of this Owner’s Manual. Follow these catalyst. to be identified by a small, recommendations for the future reliability . Do not use a fuel containing more square, orange and black label and economy of your new vehicle. than 15% ethanol in your vehicle. with the common abbreviation or Your vehicle is not designed to the appropriate percentage for run on a fuel containing more that region. than 15% ethanol. Using a fuel containing more than 15% etha- For additional information, see “Capaci- nol in a vehicle not specifically ties and recommended fluids/lubricants” designed for a fuel containing (P.10-3). more than 15% ethanol can adversely affect the emission control devices and systems of the vehicle. Damage caused by such

Printing : March 2021 Publication No.: OM21EA 0T33U3 Printed in the U.S.A. T33-D